Google
This is a digital copy of a book lhal w;ls preserved for general ions on library shelves before il was carefully scanned by Google as pari of a project
to make the world's books discoverable online.
Il has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one thai was never subject
to copy right or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often dillicull lo discover.
Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the
publisher lo a library and linally lo you.
Usage guidelines
Google is proud lo partner with libraries lo digili/e public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order lo keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial panics, including placing Icchnical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:
+ Make n on -commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request thai you use these files for
personal, non -commercial purposes.
+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort lo Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.
+ Maintain attribution The Google "watermark" you see on each lile is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.
+ Keep it legal Whatever your use. remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is slill in copyright varies from country lo country, and we can'l offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe.
About Google Book Search
Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through I lie lull lexl of 1 1 us book on I lie web
al |_-.:. :.-.-:: / / books . qooqle . com/|
Xibrarg
of tbe
University of Wisconsin
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
BY THE SAME AUTHOR
ESSENTIALS OF DRAFTING
A Text and Problem Book
for Apprentice, Trade and
Evening Technical Schools
200 Pages 460 Illustrations
$1.60
A HANDBOOK ON
PIPING
BT
CARL L. SVENSEN, B.S.
assistant professor or engineering drawinu or
the ohio state university, junior u»m»«h
of toe american socibtt or mechanical
engineers, formerly instructor
in mechanical engineering
in tufts colijigb
350 Illustrations
8 Folding Plater
NEW YORK
D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY
25 Pabx Placi
1918
COPYEIGHT, IQl8, BY
D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY
IBIPLIMPTOH'Pllll
NO* WOODitAII'U'l'A
222773
JAN 21 1919
PREFACE
There are many things which every engineer is assumed to
know about piping, but the sources of such information are not
always so readily available as to justify this assumption. In
designing some pieces of work requiring the use of piping, the
designer has often been under the necessity of searching through
collections of catalogs! handbooks, and even fittings themselves,
perhaps without finding the details desired. The inconvenience
and loss of time resulting from the lack of a ready source of infor-
mation regarding the use of pipe and its accessories would seem
to justify the publication of a book devoted to it.
This work is thus offered for the purpose of supplying in con-
venient form information and data regarding piping, fittings,
pipe joints, valves, piping drawings, and pipe lines and their
accessories. It is hoped that the variety and extent of the tables,
illustrations and formulae will be sufficient to make it of value
to both engineers and students. The tables have been prepared
with care, and are all uniform in arrangement, to facilitate their
use. In the case of tables of sizes the names of the different com-
panies have been given, which it is believed will add to their
value. The illustrations have all been especially drawn for the
book. A list of books and references is given in Chapter XIX
with a view to extending the usefulness of this work.
Various authorities have been consulted, and no claim for
orginality can be made for the substance of the information thus
obtained, but it is hoped that the form of presentation will com-
mend itself.
The author wishes to express his appreciation of the complete
and valuable responses with which his inquiries were met by the
• ••
111
iv PREFACE
companies and individuals mentioned in the text, and in par-
ticular the services of Prof. Thomas E. French and Mr. W. J.
Norrifl.
Suggestions and criticisms will be welcomed by both publishers
and author.
CARL L. SVENSEN
Columbus, Ohio.
April 8, 1917
CONTENTS
PAGE
•••
1U
CHAPTER I
Pipe 1
Historical — Wrought Iron and Steel — Briggs Standard — Out-
side Diameter Pipe — Manufacture of Steel Pipe — Cast Iron —
Copper — Brass — Lead — Riveted Pipe — Strength of Materials.
CHAPTER H
DllfBNBIONB AND STRENGTH OF FtPB 11
General Formula — Formulae for Cast Iron — Cast Iron Cylinder
Tests — Cast Iron Hub and Spigot Pipe — Plain Cast Iron Pipe
— Briggs Standard Dimensions — Bursting Pressures of Pipe —
— Mill Tests — English Pipe — Riveted Pipe — Copper and Brass
Pipe — Lead Pipe — Wooden Stave Pipe.
CHAPTER m
Pipe Threads 85
American Pipe Threads — Standard Pipe Thread Gages — Pipe
Threading — Pipe Tools — English Pipe Threads — Foreign Pipe
Threads.
CHAPTER IV
Pipe FnnNGB 44
Screw Fittings — Couplings — Elbows — Tees, Crosses, Bushings,
Caps, Plugs — Nipples — Cast Iron Fittings — Screwed Reducing
Fittings — Brass Fittings — Malleable Iron Fittings — Extra
Heavy Cast Steel Screwed Fittings — Strength of Fittings —
Flanged Fittings — Reducing Fittings — Cast Steel Fittings —
Ammonia Fittings — British Standard Pipe Flanges and Fittings.
CHAPTER V
Joints 76
Welded Joints — Screw Unions — Flange Unions — Bolt Circles
and Drillings — Flange Facing — Flange Joints for Steel Pipe —
vi CONTENTS
Flange Tables — Special Connections — Convene Joints-—
Matheson Joints — Flanges for Copper Pipe — Lead Pipe Joints
— Joints for Riveted Pipe — Joints for Cast Iron Pipe.
CHAPTER VI
Standard Valves 08
Valves — Materials — Globe and Gate Valves — Valve Seats —
Gate Valves — By-Pass Valves — Valve Stem Arrangements —
Strength of Gate Valves — Standard Pressures and Dimensions
— Check Valves — Operation of Valves — Location.
CHAPTER VH
Spbcial Valves 114
Butterfly Valves — Blow-off Valves — Plug Valves — Bofler Stop
Valves — Foster Automatic Valve — Emergency Stop Valves —
Crane-Erwood Automatic Valve — Reducing Valves — Reducing
Valve Sues — Pump Governors — Back Pressure Valves — Auto-
matic Exhaust Relief Valves — Safety Valves — Installation of
Pop Safety Valves — Extracts from Report of American Society
of Mechanical Engineers 1 Boiler Code Committee.
CHAPTER VIII
Steam Piping 137
General Considerations — Header System — Direct System with
Cross-over Header — Ring System — Duplicate System — Steam
Velocity — Siie of Pipe — Equalisation of Pipes — Superheated
Steam — Effect of High Temperature on Metals and Alloys — live
Steam Header — Connections between Boiler and Header — Pipe
lines from Main Header — Auxiliary and Small Steam Lines for
Engines, Pumps, etc — Steam Loop — Injector Piping — live
Steam Feed Water Purifier — Method of Piping Purifier — Water
Column Piping — The Placing of Thermometers in Pipes — Steam
Gages.
CHAPTER IX
Dbdp and Blow-Off Piping 161
Drainage — Separators — Drip Pockets — Steam Traps — Drips
from Steam Cylinders — Drainage Fittings — Automatic Pump
and Receiver — Blow-Off Piping.
CHAPTER X
Exhaust Piping and Condensers 172
Exhaust Piping — Exhaust from Small Engines, Pumps, etc. —
Exhaust Heads — Vacuum Exhaust Pipes — Classes of Condensers
— Surface Condensers — Piping for Surface Condenser — Jet Con-
CONTENTS yii
densers — Jet Condenser Piping — Barometric Condenser — Pip-
ing for Barometric Condenser — Multi-jet Educator Condenser.
CHAPTER XI
Feed Watbb Hbatbes 188
Uses and Types of Heaters — Closed Feed Water Heaters —
Closed* Heater Piping — Open Feed Water Heaters — Open
Heater Piping.
CHAPTER XII
Piping for Heating Systems 201
Piping for Heating Systems — Steam Heating Piping Systems —
Steam Radiator Pipe Connections — Sizes of Steam Heating Pipes
— Hot Water Heating Systems — Expansion Tanks — Hot Water
Radiator Pipe Connections — Sizes of Hot Water Pipes — Exhaust
Steam Heating — The Webster Vacuum System of Steam Heating
— Radiator Pipe Connections — Typical Arrangement Webster
Systems — Atmospheric System of Steam Heating — Central Sta-
tion Heating — Underground Steam Mains — Underdrainage —
Installation in Wood Casings — Expansion and Contraction —
Interior Piping for Central Station Heat.
CHAPTER XIII
Watbb and Hydraulic Piping 226
Water Piping — Gravity Pipe Lines — Flow of Water in Pipes —
Pump Suction Piping — Pump Discharge Piping — Boiler Feed
Piping — Interior Water Piping — Hydraulic Pipe and Fittings —
Hydraulic Valves.
CHAPTER XIV
Compressed Air, Gas and Oil Piping 237
Compressed Air Piping — Compressed Air Transmission — The
Air Lift Pumping System — Gas Fitting — Materials — Location
of Piping — Sizes of Pipes — Testing — Gas Meters — Gas Piping
Specifications — Pressure Test — Obstructions and Jointing — '
Slope of Piping — Protection of Piping — Outlets — Gas Engine
Connection — Explanation of Piping Schedule — Use of Piping
Schedule — Plan of Piping — Stems — Arms — General — Oil
Piping — Oil Piping for Lubrication — Richardson Individual Oil-
ing System — Phenix Individual Oiling System — Oil Pipe Fit-
tings — Oil Piping Drawing — Sight Feed Lubricator Connec-
tions — Oil Fuel Piping.
CHAPTER XV
Erection — Workmanship — Miscellaneous 269
Handling Pipe — Putting Up Pipe — Pipe Dopes — Gaskets —
Tiii CONTENTS
Valves — Vibration and Support — Expansion — Pipe Bends —
Bending Pipe — Nozzles — Pipe Saddles — Supporting Large Thin
Pipe — Flexible Metal Hose — Aluminum Piping and Tubing —
Brass and Copper Tubing — Boiler Tubes — Color System to Des-
ignate Piping.
CHAPTER XVI
Piping Insulation 289
Pipe Coverings — Tests on Pipe Coverings — Low Pressure Steam,
Hot and Cold Water Pipes — Cold Pipes — Forms of Pipe Cover-
ings — Underground Piping — Out-of-Doors Piping.
CHAPTER XVII
Piping Drawings 306
Classification of Piping Drawings — Erection Drawings — Con-
ventional Representation — Dimensioning — Flanges — Coils —
Sketching — Developed or Single Plane Drawings — Isometric
Drawing — Oblique Drawings.
CHAPTER XVm
Specifications 329
Standard Piping Schedule — Standard Specifications (Stone &
Webster) — Model Specifications (Walworth).
CHAPTER XIX
List of Books and References 347
Index 353
APPENDIX
Plate 1 — Main Steam lines — Han.
Plate 2 — Main Steam lines — Elevations.
Plate 3 — Auxiliary Exhaust lines — Han.
Plate 4 — Auxiliary Exhaust lines — Elevations.
Plate 5 — Boiler Feed Lines — Plan.
Plate 6 — Boiler Feed lines — Elevation.
Plate 7 — Boiler Blow-Off Lines.
Hate 8 — Heater Suction and City Water lines.
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
PIPE
Historical. — All branches of engineering involve the con-
veying of fluids — gas, air, water, etc. For this purpose pipes
made of various materials are used. Wood was probably one
of the first piping materials, and a piece of early wood piping is
shown in Fig. 1. Pipes made of hollow hemlock logs were used
with the first waterworks constructed in America, at Boston,
Massachusetts, in 1652.
In tropical countries bamboo tubes are used for conveying
water short distances and it is likely that the practice dates from
Fig. 1. A Piece of Wood Piping.
ancient times. Tubes made of pottery have been found in pre-
historic ruins and lead pipes were in use as early as the first cen-
tury a.d. Wrought iron tubes were first made for gun barrels.
The method employed was to bend an iron plate to form a skelp.
A smith then welded the edges of the red hot metal piecemeal
by hammering over a rod. Machinery for welding tubes was
patented in 1812 by an Englishman named Osborn. For convey-
ing gas for lighting purposes old gun barrels were screwed together
to form the first continous pipes. In 1824 James Russell filed a
"specification for an improvement in the manufacture of tubes
for gas and other purposes," by which the weld could be formed
either with or without a mandrel, and the edges butted against
2 % A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
each other. The basis of the present process was invented by
Cornelius Whitehouse in 1825. Between 1830 and 1834 the first
butt-welding furnace in the United States was built by Morris,
Taaker and Morris in Philadelphia. In 1849 Walworth A Nason
built the Wanalancet Iron A Tube Works at Maiden, Mass., of
which Robert Briggs was construction engineer. Other early
pipe mills were those of Griffith Brothers, Allison A Company,
and Girard Tube Company, Philadelphia, and Seyfert, McManus
A Company, Beading, Pa.
Materials ordinarily used for pipe are clay, cement, cast iron,
wrought iron or steel, steel plate, brass, copper, lead, lead lined
and tin lined iron or steel.
Wrought Iron and Steel. — Wrought iron or steel piping is
most generally used for conveying steam, gas, air, and water.
Wrought iron pipe because of its expense has been largely dis-
placed by steel pipe. Through custom the term " Wrought
Iron Pipe " is often taken to refer to the Briggs Standard sizes
rather than to the material of which the pipe is made, and so it is
necessary to specify exactly what is wanted. "Steel," "wrought
steel, 11 and "wrought pipe, 11 are terms sometimes used and refer
to welded pipe made of steel. If real wrought iron pipe made
from puddled iron is required the terms "genuine wrought iron,"
"guaranteed wrought iron/' or the manufacturer's brand or name
should be used. There are differences of opinion as to the superi-
ority of one over the other, especially in the matter of corrosion.
Some people consider that the cinder which remains in the wrought
iron breaks up the continuity of the metal and tends to impede
corrosion. Many authorities hold that there is little or no dif-
ference in the rust-resisting qualities of the two materials. Steel
pipe has a higher tensile strength than wrought iron. In 1915
approximately 90 per cent, of the wrought pipe was made of steel,
a reversal of conditions of twenty years ago when wrought iron
was mostly used.
Briggs Standard. — Both wrought iron and steel pipe are made
to the same standard of sizes. Standard pipe is known by its
nominal inside diameter. This nominal diameter differs from
the actual diameter by varying amounts as an inspection of
Table 4 in Chapter II will show. It is necessary to guard against
underweight pipe known as "merchant weight," of which the
reputable companies have given up the manufacture. This
PIPE 3
varies from standard full weight pipe and is usually 5 to 10 per
cent, thinner. It should be carefully avoided in work of any
importance as the extra cost of maintenance will soon over-
balance the small difference in first cost. Besides standard weight
there is made extra strong and double extra strong pipe. The
outside diameter remains the same, but the thickness is increased
by decreasing the inside diameter. Fig. 2 shows sections of the
three weights of pipe of the same nominal inside diameter.
Above 125 pounds per square inch extra strong pipe should be
used. Standard weight is sometimes used for pressures up to 200
OO
Fig. 2. Sections of !", Standard, Extra Heavy, and Double Extra Heavy
Wrought Pipe.
pounds per square ineh, but this is not advisable. Double extra
strong pipe is used for hydraulic work.
Outside Diameter Pipe. — Above 12 inches in diameter pipe
ib known as 0. D. or outside diameter pipe. It is then specified
by its outside diameter. The thickness varies with the diameter
and the use for which it is required. For large sizes it is always
advisable to specify the outside diameter and the thickness of
the metal. Especially is this true if the pipe is to be threaded,
as sufficient thickness must be allowed to maintain the strength
of the pipe after cutting the threads. The thickness should not
be less than A inches.
When used for water wrought iron or steel pipe may be gal-
vanized, or otherwise treated to prevent corrosion and pitting.
Manufacture of Steel Pipe. — The manufacture of steel pipe
by the National Tube Company is described in one of their books,
from which the following is abstracted:
"Welded tubes and pipe are made either by the lap or butt-
weld process.
" The lap-weld process consists of two operations, bending and
welding. The plate, rolled to the necessary width and gage for
4 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
the size of pipe intended, is brought to a red heat in a suitable
furnace, and then passed through a set of rolls which bevel the
edges, so that when overlapped and welded the aeam will be neat
and smooth. It now passes immediately to the bending machine
where it takes roughly the cylindrical shape of a pipe with the
two edges overlapping. In this form it is again heated in another
furnace, Fig. 3, and when brought to the welding temperature
the bent skelp is pushed out of the furnace into the welding rolls,
Kg. 3. Lap- Weld Furnace — Bent Plate ready to Charge.
Fig. 4. Each of these rolls has a semi-circular groove forming a
circular pass, corresponding to the size of pipe being made. A
cast iron ball, or mandrel, held in position between the welding
rolls by a stout bar, serves to support the inside of the pipe as
it is carried through. This 'ball' or mandrel is shaped like a
projectile and the pipe slides over it on being drawn through the
rolls. Thus every portion of the lapped edge is subjected to a
compression between the ball on the inside and the rolls on the
outside, which reduces the lap to the same thickness as the rest
of the pipe, and welds the overlapping portions solidly together.
" The pipe then enters similarly shaped rolls called the sizing
rolls, which correct any irregularities in shape and give the exact
PIPE 5
outside diameter required. Any variation in gage makes a pro-
portional variation in the internal diameter. Finally the tube
is passed through the straightening or cross rolls, consisting of
two rolls set with their axes askew. The surfaces of these rolls
are so curved that the tube is in contact with each for the whole
Fig. 4. Welding Rout for Up-Wold, Mandrel in Position.
length of the roll, and is passed forward and rapidly rotated
when the rolls are revolved. The tube is made practically straight
by the cross rolls, and is also given a clean finish with a thin,
firmly adhering scale.
" After this last operation the tube is rolled up an inclined cool-
ing table, so that the metal will cool off slowly and uniformly
without internal strain. When cool enough the rough ends are
removed by cold saws or in a cutting-off machine, after which the
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
tube is ready for inspection and testing. In the ease of threaded
pipe the ends are threaded before testing.
" In the case of some sizes of double-extra-etrong pipe (3-inch
to 8-inch) made by the lap-weld process, two pipes are first made
to such sizes as will telescope one within the other, the respective
welds being placed opposite each other; these are then returned
to the furnace, brought to the proper welding heat, and given
a pass through the welding rolls. While a pipe made in this
way is, in respect to its resistance to internal pressure, as strong
or stronger than when made from one piece of skelp, it is not neces-
sarily welded at all points between the two tubular surfaces;
Kg. 5. Drawing Butt-Weld Pipe.
however, each piece is first thoroughly welded at the seam before
telescoping.
" Skelp used in malcing butt-welded pipe comes from the rolling
department of the steel mills with a specified length, width, and
gage, according to the size pipe for which it is ordered. The
edges are .slightly beveled with the face of the skelp, so that the
surface of the plate which is to become the inside of the pipe
is not quite as wide as that which forms the outside; thus when
the edges are brought together they meet squarely.
" The skelp for all butt-welded pipe is heated uniformly to the
welding temperature. The strips of steel when properly heated
are seized by their ends with tongs and drawn from the fur-
naces through bell-shaped dies or 'bells,' as they are called,
Fig. 5. The inside of these bells is so curved that the plate is
PIPE
gradually formed in the shape of a tube, the edges being forced
squarely together and welded. For some sizes the pipe is drawn
through two bells consecutively at one heat, one bell being just
behind the other, the second one being of a slightly smaller
diameter than the first.
" The pipe is then run through sizing and cross rolls similar to
those used in the lap-weld process, to secure the correct outside
diameter and finish.
" The pull required to draw double-extra strong (hydraulic)
pipe by this process is so great, on account of the thickness of
the skelp, that it is found necessary to weld a strong bar on the
end of the skelp, thereby more evenly distributing the strain.
With this bar the skelp is drawn through several bells of decreaa-
FSg. 6. Cast Iron Pipe —
Flanged.
Fig. 7. Cast Iron Pipe — Bell and
Spigot.
ing size, and is reheated between draws until the seam is thor-
oughly welded. It is evident that the skelp is put to a severe
test in this operation, and, unless the metal is sound and homo-
geneous, the ends are likely to be pulled off. 1 '
Cast Iron* — Cast iron is commonly used for underground
water pipes, gas mains, and sanitation piping, and it may be
used for any low pressure work. Because of its uncertain nature
it should not be used for high pressures. Cast iron does not cor-
rode as readily as wrought iron or steel pipe. It is cheap and
easily shaped. Cast iron pipe must be well supported because of
its great weight. Supports should be placed from ten to twelve
feet apart. Cast iron pipe is made with either flanged ends,
Fig. 6, or bell and spigot ends, Fig. 7. For sanitation piping and
underground work the bell and spigot end pipe is used. There
is a certain amount of flexibility with this form of joint which
adapts it to variations in level. The joint is leaded and calked.
8
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
Flanged pipe is bolted together with gaskets between the flanges.
This is the usual form when the pipe is above ground.
Copper. — Copper pipe is expensive, and is used only where
its flexibility makes it superior to other materials, such as on
shipboard or for expansion bends, for small oil piping, and for
stills and chemical work. At high temperature it becomes
brittle. Copper pipe is sometimes wound with steel or copper
wire under tension to increase its strength. The same result is
o
o
o
VWWWWI*
I
6
o
*
;W3
°o°oW
©
o
O
O
O
o
o
o
Fig. 8. Straight Riveted Steel Pipe.
secured by using steel hoops at frequent spaces. Copper pipe may
be made by brazing plates together (in which cases the joint is a
source of weakness) or they may be solid drawn in iron pipe sizes.
Brass. — Brass pipe is safe and strong but is too expensive for
general use. It is used for hot water where iron would corrode
rapidly, generally in small sizes. Up to four inches diameter
seamless drawn brass tubes come in twelve foot lengths in iron
pipe sizes. Such pipe is called iron pipe size to distinguish it
from thin brass tubing and plumbers' brass pipe.
Fig. 9. Spiral Riveted Steel Pipe.
Lead. — Lead piping is used for water and waste pipes and
for acid and various chemical solutions which would rapidly cor-
rode iron pipe. It is made in sizes up to twelve inches diameter
and of the thicknesses and qualities of lead as given in Table
14 in Chapter U.
Pipe is also made of tin, of lead lined with tin, and of steel
lined with lead for special purposes or conditions.
Riveted Pipe. — Large pipes may be made up of steel plates
fanning riveted steel pipe. They may be either straight riveted,
PIPE
9
Fig. 8, or spiral riveted, Fig. 9. They may be joined by flanges
of cast or pressed steel. These flanges are riveted to the ends
of the pipe. The riveted ends are calked, and then the pipe is
generally galvanized. Such pipe is largely used for low pressure
work, as exhaust mains, drains, etc. The spiral riveted pipe
has only one seam and consequently is stronger than the straight
riveted pipe for the same diameter and thickness of plate.
Strength of Materials. — Some average values for the proper-
ties of various materials used for piping, valves, and fittings are
given in the following tabulations. These values will be found
to vary somewhat with different manufacturers, but the ulti-
mate strength should not be much more than five per cent, lower*
Material
Cast iron
Semi Steel
Malleable Iron ,
Brass ,
Hard Metal Compos*
tion ,
Cast Steel
Monel Metal
Crucible Steel
Wrought Iron.
Soft Steel
Lead Pipe
Ultimate
Tensile
Strength
23,000
83,400
37,000
18,000
to
130,000
33,000
65,000
75,000
80,000
40,000
50,000
1,050
Elastic
Limit
15,000
25,000
35,000
36,000
30,000
Elongation
15%
in 2 inches
25%
in 2 inches
32%
in 2 inches
18%
in 2 inches
Reduction
in
10%
35%
40%
50%
The following is the composition of two casting alloys of the
U. S. Navy Bureau of Steam Engineering.
Gun Bronze. . .
Screw Pipe Fit-
tings, Brass.
Copper
87-80 %
77-80%
Tin
fr-11%
4 % (Min.)
Zino
1-3%
13-19%
Iron (Max.)
.06%
.1%
Lead (Max.)
J2%
3.0%
10 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
The gun bronze is suitable for all composition valves four
inches in diameter and above; expansion joints, flanged pipe
fittings, gear wheels, bolts and nuts, miscellaneous brass castings,
all parts Where strength is required of brass castings, or where
subjected to salt water, and for all purposes where no other
alloy is specified. Composition valves; safety and relief, feed,
check and stop, surface blow, drain, air and water cocks, main
stop, throttle reducing, sea, safety sluice, and manifolds at pumps.
This gun bronze has an ultimate tensile strength (minimum)
of 30,000 pounds, yield point (minimum) of 15,000 pounds, and
elongation in two inches (minimum) of 15 per cent. The brass
listed is suitable for composition screwed fittings. This brass
has an ultimate tensile strength (minimum) of about 40,000
pounds, yield point (minimum) of about 20,000 pounds and
elongation in two inches (minimum) of about 20 per cent. No
physical tests are specified however.
CHAPTER II
DIMENSIONS AND STRENGTH OF PIPE
All kinds of pipe are now manufactured in standard sizes and
thicknesses, so that it is not often necessary to figure them. Vari-
ous formulae are here given for use where it is desirable to check
sizes, to have pipe made to specifications, or for any other reason.
The properties of materials are given in the tabulation at the end
of Chapter I.
General Formula. — The general formula for cylinders subject
to internal pressure is obtained as follows:
In Fig. 10, let d - inside diameter in inches.
t - thickness of cylinder wall in inches.
I - length of cylinder wall in inches,
p - internal fluid pressure in lbs. per sq. in.
/ - stress induced in material in lbs. per sq. in.
Fig. 10. General Formula for
Fig. 11.
The pressure will be exerted at right angles to the surface.
Considering a very small portion of the circumference, w, Fig. 11,
the arc may be assumed equal to the chord, and the area about
point C will be wl square inches. The pressure at C will then be
pwl.
12 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
Let a - angle COB
Let C ■ pressure at C - p w I
The vertical component of C will then be plw sin a
Each point may be treated in the same manner, and the alge-
braic sum of the upward pressures will equal the algebraic sum
of the downward pressures. This will be a measure of the tend-
ency to separate the cylinder at A and B and is equal to
2 plw sin a - pld
Resisting this pressure is the metal at A and B, the strength
of which is 2Uf.
Equating this to the pressure gives
pld-2Uf
»-« »
o
or *-^ (2)
This formula may be used for wrought iron or steel, assuming
a proper factor of safety. For cast iron it does not give practical
thicknesses, and a constant is generally added.
Formulae for Cast Iron. — Several formulae are here given
for cast iron pipe. The formula for pressures above 100 pounds
per square inch is
!--£- + !' (3)
4000 2
Another common formula is
-& (4)
The American Society of Mechanical Engineers' formula for
cast iron pipe is
t
[^'♦—(i-ia)] " »
in which/ - 1800
Fanning's formula for cast iron water pipe is
t - 0.00006 (h + 230) d + 0.333 - 0.0033d. . . .(6)
in which h - head in feet
DIMENSIONS AND STRENGTH OF PIPE 13
Francis' formula for cast iron water pipe is
t - 0.000058 hd + 0.0152d + 0.312 (7)
Cast Iron Cylinder Tests. — In the A. S. M. E. Trans. Vol. 19,
page 597, Prof. C. H. Benjamin gives the results of some tests of
cast iron cylinders made at Case School of Applied Science.
The cylinders were 10 1/8 inches in diameter, 20 inches long, 3/4
inches thick and had covers bolted on the ends. Water pressure
was used.
Cylinder 1 t S f Average
Bursting pressure. . . 1350 1400 1350 1200 1350
TTnit- ■! i ^m t _ — _ OfhJn lMnn atbe man AEfm
Cast Iron Hub and Spigot Pipe. — The dimensions of hub and
spigot pipe given in Tables 1 and 2 are from the "Standard
Fig. 12. Cast Iron Bell and Spigot Pipe.
Specifications for Cast Iron Pipe " of the American Society for
Testing Materials, which give complete information as to ma-
terials, allowable variation in weight, methods of inspection,
testing, etc. The hydrostatic tests for various classes of pipe
are given as follows:
30-Inch Diameter
Lsm thu 20-Inoh
ud Larger
Diunetm
Pounds par Sq. In.
Pound» per Sq. In.
Class A Pipe
150
300
Class B Pipe
200
300
Clan C Pipe
260
300
Class D Pipe
300
300
14
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
I
iM 00
- .B
*l
£
1
3
CO
£
8
£
«3
s
^
3
8
I
I
U
1
I
III
i
H H H C^ C4
s
O(9 00NOC4eQNnNOOOON<0
^» • • • * • .,* • * _• ^» • • • • _ J
Sg88iS8888SS5Sg888
• •••••••••••••••
00000000»-«»h*Hi-i^h*hNN
8S8
8
« « »H . _
1-1 iH 1-1 C*
|8
CO CD
CQOOHOONNOOOCOOOOONCONN
• • ^» • ^» • ••••••••••
OOOOOOOOOtH*HvHv-Ii>-4i>-4C4
&
I
8
8
I
u
h«MJ00HiCOOO«WNNOWN
!§93!388gi58882893S
0000000000^*Ht-J^tH^4
&
!
I
U
o jog g g
CO 8 S 00 ©
88
<# CD
OQOO>HM}<OtONONNNU)NON
_» ^» • • • • • « • • • •«» ^% ,
9 31 9 S S fe 8 3 & g $ $ 2 8 8 8
^•"sssssssssgsass
DIMENSIONS AND STRENGTH OF PIPE
15
TABLE 2 (Fig. 12)
Cast Ibqn Hub and Spigot Potd
Nominal
Diam.
Inches
GbUBM
Actual
Outside
Diam.
Inches
Diam. of 8oekets
Depth of Sockets
A
B
Pipe
Inches
Special
Castings
Inches
Pipe
Inches
Special
Castings
Inches
C
4
A — B
4.80
5.60
5.70
3.50
4.00
1.6
1.30
.65
4
C — D
6.00
5.80
5.70
3.50
4.00
1.5
1.30
.65
6
A — B
6.90
7.70
7.80
3.50
4.00
1.5
1.40
.70
6
C — D
7.10
7.90
7.80
3.50
4.00
1.5
1.40
.70
8
9.06
9.85
10.00
4.00
4.00
1.5
1.50
.76
8
C— D
9.30
10.10
10.00
4.00
4.00
1.5
1.50
.75
10
A — B
11.10
11.90
12.10
4.00
4.00
1.5
1.50
.75
10
C— D
11.40
12.20
12.10
4.00
4.00
1.6
1.60
.80
12
A — B
13.20
14.00
14.20
4.00
4.00
1.5
1.60
.80
12
C — D
13.60
14.30
14.20
4.00
4.00
1.5
1.70
.86
14
A — B
16.30
16.10
16.10
4.00
4.00
1.5
1.70
.86
14
C — D
16.66
16.45
16.45
4.00
4.00
1.5
1.80
.90
16
A — B
17.40
18.40
18.40
4.00
4.00
1.75
1.80
.90
16
C —
17.80
18.80
18.80
4.00
4.00
1.75
1.90
1.00
18
A — B
19.60
20.60
20.60
4.00
4.00
1.75
1.90
.95
18
C — D
19.92
20.92
20.92
4.00
4.00
1.75
2.10
1.05
20
A — B
21.60
22.60
22.60
4.00
4.00
1.75
2.00
1.00
20
C— D
22.06
23.06
23.06
4.00
4.00
1.76
2.30
1.15
24
A — B
26.80
26.80
26.80
4.00
4.00
2.00
2.10
1.06
24
C — D
26.32
27.32
27.32
4.00
4.00
2.00
2.50
1.25
30
A
31.74
32.74
32.74
4.50
4.50
2.00
2.50
1.15
30
B
32.00
33.00
33.00
4.50
4.50
2.00
2.30
1.15
30
C
32.40
33.40
33.40
4.50
4.50
2.00
2.60
1.32
30
D
32.74
33.74
33.74
4.50
4.50
2.00
3.00
1.50
36
A
37.96
38.96
38.96
4.50
4.50
2.00
2.50
1.25
36
B
38.30
39.30
39.30
4.50
4.50
2.00
2.80
1.40
36
C
38.70
39.70
39.70
4.50
4.60
2.00
3.10
1.60
36
D
39.16
40.16
40.16
4.50
4.50
2.00
3.40
1.80
42
A
44.20
45.20
45.20
5.00
5.00
2.00
2.80
1.40
42
B
44.60
45.60
45.50
5.00
5.00
2.00
3.00
1.50
42
C
46.10
46.10
46.10
6.00
5.00
2.00
3.40
1.75
42
D
45.68
46.58
46.68
5.00
5.00
2.00
3.80
1.05
48
A
60.60
61.50
51.50
5.00
5.00
2.00
3.00
1.50
48
B
60.80
51.80
51.80
5.00
6.00
2.00
3.30
1.65
48
C
51.40
52.40
52.40
5.00
5.00
2.00
3.80
1.96
48
D
51.98
62.98
62.98
5.00
5.00
2.00
4.20
2.20
64
A
66.66
67.66
67.66
5.50
5.50
2.25
3.20
1.60
64
B
57.10
68.10
58.10
6.50
5.50
2.25
3.60
1.80
64
C
57.80
68.80
68.80
5.50
5.50
2.25
4.00
2.15
64
D
68.40
69.40
69.40
6.50
5.50
2.25
4.40
2.46
60
A
62.80
63.80
63.80
6.50
6.50
2.25
3.40
1.70
60
B
63.40
64.40
64.40
5.50
5.50
2.25
3.70
1.90
60
C
64.20
65.20
65.20
6.50
5.50
2.25
4.20
2.25
60
D .
64.82
65.82
9
65.82
5.50
5.50
2.25
4.70
2.60
16
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
Plain Cast Iron Pipe. — For flanged cast iron pipe the weight
of the flanges must be added to the weight of the plain pipe.
The weight of two flanges is equal to the weight of one foot of
pipe. Table 3 gives the approximate weight per foot of length
for cast iron pipe of various thicknesses.
TABLE 3
Weight m Pounds phb Foot of ]
Plain Cast Ibon Pipb
U
Thioknesi
> of Metal in Inches
X
H
X
H
y<
H
1
m
IJi
lbs.
n».
lbs.
n».
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
2
5.62
8.74
12.27
16.11
20.25
24.70
29.45
34.52
39.88
2H
6.75
10.58
14.73
19.18
23.95
28.99
34.36
40.04
46.02
3
7.93
12.43
17.18
22.24
27.61
32.29
39.27
45.56
52.16
3H
9.20
14.27
19.64
25.31
3139
37.58
44.18
51.08
58.29
4
10.43
16.11
22.09
28.38
34.98
41.88
49.09
56.60
64.43
*x
11.66
17.95
24.54
31.45
38.66
46.18
54.00
62.13
70.56
5
12.89
19.79
27.00
34.52
42.34
50.47
58.91
67.65
76.70
*x
14.11
21.63
29.45
37.58
46.02
54.76
63.81
73.17
82.84
6
15.34
23.47
31.91
40.65
49.70
59.06
68.72
78.69
88.97
,7
17.79
27.15
36.82
46.79
57.06
67.65
78.54
89.74
101.24
'8
20.25
30.83
41.72
52.92
64.43
76.24
88.36
100.78
113.52
9
22.70
34.52
46.63
59.06
71.79
84.83
98.18
111.83
125.79
10
25.16
38.20
51.54
65.19
79.15
93.42
107.99
123.87
138.06
11
27.61
41.88
56.45
71.33
86.52
102.01
117.81
133.92
150.33
12
30.07
46.56
61.36
77.47
93.88
110.60
127.63
144.96
162.60
13
32.52
49.24
66.27
83.60
101.24
119.19
137.45
156.01
174.87
14
34.98
52.92
71.18
89.74
108.61
127.78
147.26
167.05
187.15
15
• * • •
56.60
76.09
95.87
115.97
136.37
157.08
178.10
199.42
16
• « • •
60.29
80.99
102.01
123.33
144.96
166.90
189.14
211.69
18
• • • •
67.65
90.81
114.28
138.06
162.14
186.53
211.23
23633
20
• • • •
« • • •
100.63
126.55
152.79
179.32
206.17
233.32
260.78
22
• • • •
• • • •
110.45
138.83
167.51
196.50
225.80
255.41
285.32
24
• * • •
• • • ■
120.26
151.10
182.24
213.68
245.44
277.50
309.87
Briggs Standard Dimensions. — Wrought iron and steel pipe
as used for steam, gas, air, and water is known as the Briggs
Standard, the dimensions of which have been established as noted
in Chapter I. The sizes and information are given in Tables 4, 5,
and 6 for standard weight, extra strong, and double extra strong
pipe.
DIMENSIONS AND STRENGTH OF PIPE
17
4
w
CO
ssisslSslIglsssf!
omo^conmnhhh
• • • • • •
I
CD
_i ^ t*. in
3® •* ?H Tf
t*. CO oo «o
^ON«^»N«HHHH
II
I
{J*
t*. *! ^«
3s2
• ••••••••■•
!OCpiOQQC09Qt*»fi^Q9sJ£lO*-4l9COQ^
s
i
ag
I
j
*1
!1
i!i3
Q^^HHOOOtD
8isssg8j2§ss8ili§i§8§§§§§l
j!
£
• • ■ • •
• • • ♦ •
HHNN««JN»ON^00
8 S 3 3 55 3 8 5 $ 5 3 SJ $
£
I
2 s £2 *^
CO GO CO
• • • •
a
IO
CO
IO IO © ©
N N 5 o
CO 00 kO o
c* 0$ CO **
§8Kcs3§SSSSSS
»O&<bc0«3t>-t*>b*t*.t*t*.
• •••••••••••
IQU}«N009000HOM
1
838
HHHC4Neoeo4^iie<eNoo«ooOHNC4
feSss
*
I
xsxx«.,S3«,S«oS«$
T^^ T^^ ^^^ T^^ ^^^ ^^^
18
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
TABLE 6
Emi Sibonq Wrought Pipb
Nominal
8ue
External
Diameter
Inches
Internal
Diameter
Inohea
Thiok-
Inohee
Weight
per Foot
Plain Ends
Pound*
Internal
Area
Sq. Inches
Length of Pipe per
Square Foot of
External
Surface
Feet
Internal
Surface
Feet
H
.405
.215
.095
.314
.036
9.431
17.766
H
.540
.302
.119
.535
.072
7.073
12.648
H
.675
.423
.126
.738
.141
5.658
9.030
H
.840
.546
.147
1.087
.234
4.547
6.995
a
1.050
.742
.154
1.473
.433
3.637
5.147
1
1.315
.957
.179
2.171
.719
2.904
3.991
Mi
1.660
1.278
.191
2.996
1.283
2.301
2.988
Vi
1.900
1.500
.200
3.631
1.767
2.010
2.546
2
2.375
1.939
.218
5.022
2.953
1.608
1.969
2H
2.875
2.323
.276
7.661
4.238
1.328
1.644
3
3.500
2.900
.300
10.252
6.605
1.091
1.317
3H
4.000
3.364
.318
12.505
8.888
.954 .
1.135
4
4.500
3.826
.337
14.983
11.497
.848
.Wo
4J*
5.000
4.290
.355
17.611
14.455
.763
.890
5
5.563
4.813
.375
20.778
18.194
.686
.793
6
6.625
5.761
.432
28.573
26.067
.576
.663
7
7.625
6.625
.500
38.048
34.472
.500
.576
8
8.625
7.625
.500
43.388
45.663
.442
.500
9
9.625
8.625
.500
48.728
58.426
.396
.442
10
10.750
9.750
.500
54.735
74.662
.355
.391
11
11.750
10.750
.500
60.075
90.763
.325
.355
12
12.750
11.750
.500
65.415
108.434
.299
.325
As stated in Chapter I, pipe above 12 inches is called O. D.
pipe because it is known by its actual outside diameter. The
inside diameter changes with the variation in thickness. In-
formation concerning O. D. pipe is given in Table 7.
Pipe is sold in random lengths which are 18 to 21 feet for stand-
ard, and 12 to 22 feet for extra strong and for double extra strong
pipe. These lengths have recently been doubled and pipe is
now made in lengths from 35 to 42 feet. Ordinarily standard
pipe is threaded and supplied with couplings, while extra and
double extra pipe have plain ends.
Bursting Pressures of Pipe. — From an investigation and com-
parison of five formulae, Reid T. Stewart in a paper in A. S. M. E.
Trans. Vol. 34 concludes that for all ordinary calculations per-
taining to the bursting strength of commercial tubes, pipes, and
DIMENSIONS AND STRENGTH OF PIPE
19
cylinders, Barlow's formula is to be preferred. This formula
assumes that because of the elasticity of the material, the different
circumferential fibres will have their diameters increased in such
TABLE 6
Double Extra Strong Wrought Pips
Nominal
Sise
External
Diameter
Inches
Approxi-
mate
Internal
Diameter
Tnnhfn
ThloJc-
Inehea
Weight
per Foot
Plain Ends
Pounds
Internal
Area
8q. Inches
Length of Pips per
Square Foot of
External
Surface
Feet
Internal
Surfaoe
Feet
H
£40
.252
.294
1.714
.050
4.547
15.157
%
1.050
.434
.308
2.440
.148
3.637
8.801
1
1.315
.599
.358
3.659
.282
2.904
6.376
l>i
1.660
.896
.382
5.214
.630
2.301
4.263
IH
1.900
1.100
.400
6.408
.950
2.010
3.472
2
2.375
1.503
.436
9.029
1.774
1.608
2.541
2J*
2.375
1.771
.552
13.695
2.464
1.328
2.156
3
3.500
2.300
.600
18.583
4.155
1.091
1.660
3H
4.000
2.728
.636
22.850
5.845
.954
1.400
4
4.500
3.152
.674
27.541
7.803
1.211
4H
5.000
3.580
.710
32.530
10.066
.763
1.066
5
5.563
4.063
.750
38.552
12.966
.686
.940
6
6.625
4.897
.864
53.160
18.835
.576
.780
7
7.625
5.875
.875
63.079
27.109
.500
.650
8
8.625
6.875
.875
72.424
37.122
.442
.555
TABLE 7
Wright of Outside Diameter Wrought Pipe
Outside
Diameter
of Pipe
Incihns
Weight in Pounds per Foot
i/ 4 Inch
Thick
*
Thick
•/•Inch
Thick
*tt
i/t Inch
Thick
AInoh
Thick
•/• Inch
Thick
•AInoh
Thick
1 Inch
Thick
14
36.71
45.68
54.57
63.37
72.10
80.73
89.28
106.13
138.84
15
39.38
49.02
58.57
68.04
77.43
86.73
95.95
114.14
149.52
16
42.05
52.36
62.68
72.72
82.77
92.74
102.63
122.15
160.20
17
44.72
55.69
66.58
77.39
88.11
98.75
109.30
130.16
170.88
18
47.39
59.03
70.59
82.06
93.45
104.76
115.98
138.17
181.56
20
57.00
65.71
78.60
91.41
104.13
116.77
129.33
154.19
202.92
21
59.20
69.04
82.60
96.08
109.47
122.78
136.00
162.20
22
62.60
72.38
86.61
100.75
114.81
128.79
142.68
170.21
24
68.00
85.00
94.62
110.10
125.49
140.80
156.03
186.23
26
74.00
93.00
102.63
119.44
136.17
152.82
169.38
202.25
28
80.00
100.00
120.00
128.79
146.85
164.83
182.73
218.27
30
85.00
107.00
128.00
138.13
157.53 176.85
196.06
234.30
20 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
a manner as to keep the area of cross section constant; and
that the length of the tube is unaltered by the internal fluid
pressure. As neither of these assumptions is theoretically cor-
rect the result is approximate. Barlow's formula is
jf-2£;p-«£;<-|DJf;/-|D! (8)
D - outside diameter in inches.
t m nominal or average thickness of wall in inches.
p - internal fluid pressure in pounds per square inch.
/ - fibre stress in pounds per square inch.
n - safety factor based on ultimate strength.
/ » for butt-welded steel pipe
n
f for lap-welded steel pipe
n
* 60000. . . f . ,
/ for seamless steel tubes
n
, 28000. ...
/ for wrought iron pipe
n
. The average values of / are based on a large number of tests
on commercial tubes and pipes made at one of the mills of the
National Tube Company, which gave the following values:
Butt-welded steel pipe 41686
Butt-welded wrought iron pipe 29168
Lap-welded steel pipe 62225
Lap-welded wrought iron pipe 80792
The average bursting pressures for a number of the tests re-
ferred to above are shown graphically in Fig. 13.
It is understood that recent improvements in the manufacture
of butt-welded pipe t.e. 3 inches and smaller, have resulted in
such strengthening of the weld that the bursting strength is
approximately equal to that of lap-welded pipe.
Hill Tests. — The various pipe mills have their own standard
of test pressures which are applied to wrought pipe. National
Tube Company test pressures are as follows:
DIMENSIONS AND STRENGTH OF PIPE
21
Nominal Sise
Standard Pifb
Method of Manufacture Test Pressure
X inch to 2 inches (inclusive) Butt-weld
2H inches and 3 inches " "
Up to 8 inches Lap-weld
9 and 10 inches "
11 and 12 inches "
13 and 14 inches "
15inch "
u
u
tt
It
700 pounds
800
tt
1000
tt
000
tt
800
tt
700
tt
600
U
t
3T££L BUTT HfELD£0 ©
ST£T£L. LAP IVCLO£P •
WROUGHT f/MN BfTTWUOED o
WRW6HT1AON LAP WELDED m
K 700Q
*****
\*—
WPP
*
4
—
i
i
i
i
•
(
f i
' J
J
1 /
' /
I K
i -
? £
>> J
f 4
i j
r 4
; ;
9 6
t J
' m
MOMiNAL CtA*fET£A Of WPE - //V£M£S
Fig. 13. Diagram Showing Bursting Strength of Wrought Iron and
Steel Pipe.
Extra Strong Pifb
Nominal Sise
Method of Manufacture
}4 inch to 1 inch (inclusive) Butt-weld
lJi inches to 3 inches (inclusive) " "
iyi and 2 inches Lap-weld
2)4 to 4 inches (inclusive)
4J£ to 6 inches (inclusive)
7 inches to 9 inches (inclusive)
10 inches "
11 and 12 inches "
13 inches to 15 inches (inclusive) "
it
tt
u
tt
tt
u
tt
u
Test Pressure
700 pounds
1600 "
2500 "
2000 "
1800 "
1500 "
1200 "
1100 "
1000 "
22 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
Dottblb Extra Strong Pifb
Nominal Size Method of Manufacture Test Pressure
yi inch to 1 inch (inclusive) Butt-weld 700 pounds
IJi inches to 2J* inches (inclusive) " " 2200 "
IJj inches to 3 inches (inclusive) Lap-weld 3000 "
3J* inches and 4 inches " " 2500 "
4Ji inches to 8 inches (inclusive) " " 2000 "
English Pipe. — English standard wrought pipe differs slightly
from the Briggs Standard. The ruling dimension is the external
diameter, but the sizes are designated by the nominal internal
diameter. These nominal sizes were mainly established in the
English Tube trade between 1820 and 1840. Tables 18 and 19,
Chapter III, give the dimensions of English pipe. The British
Board of Trade rule for lap welded wrought iron pipe when the
thickness is greater than \ inch is
t--?*- (9)
6000 v ;
in which
t - thickness in inches.
p « pressure in pounds per square inch.
d •» diameter in inches.
Riveted Pipe. — For spiral riveted steel pipe the following
formula may be used.
«-s <"»
in which e = efficiency of riveted joint in per cent.
The dimensions and weight of Root spiral riveted pipe, made
by Abendroth & Root, as given in Table 8, are for piping to be
used for conveying water, oil, gas, exhaust steam, compressed
air, etc. Spiral riveted pipe is two-thirds stronger and is more
rigid than straight seam pipe of equal weight. This great rigidity
is due to the absence of seams having a tendency to weaken the
pipe, there being but one continuous helical seam from one end
to the other, and this forms a stiffening rib. When spiral riveted
pipe has been tested to destruction, fracture has always occurred
toward the center of the strip rather than at the seam.
For underground water work systems and exposed work where
the temperature is less than 100 degrees F., asphalted pipe is
advised. It is made in lengths up to 30 feet. For conveying
DIMENSIONS AND STRENGTH OP PIPE
23
exhaust steam, paper pulp, and all hot liquids, especially such as
are acid or alkaline, galvanised pipe is advised. It may be single
or double galvanised and is made in lengths up to 20 feet.
TABLE 8
Abbndboth and Root Black Spiral Rtvbtbd Pipb
Thiokneas
B. W. Gauge
Approximate
Bursting
Pressure in
Lba. per 8q.
Inch
Weight in Lba. per 100 Feet
Diameter
in Inches
Plain End
Pipe
With AAR
Flanges, Bolts
andGeeketa
With Root
Bolted JoinU
8
22
80
18
1060
1828
1860
115
147
205
139
171
229
153
186
243
4
20
18
16
1000
1890
1845
195
273
360
227
806
392
247
825
412
6
20
18
16
795
1100
1480
242
840
448
282
880
488
304
402
510
6
18
16
14
12
930
1820
1580
2060
385
608
653
858
433
666
701
906
475
698
743
948
7
18
16
14
12
790
J060
1340
1780
446
688
755
992
510
652
819
1056
540
682
849
1086
8
18
16
14
12
690
946
1180
1540
507
669
860
1130
587
749
940
1210
604
766
957
1227
9
16
14
12
820
1040
1380
768
967
1271
873
1087
1391
868
1077
1381
10
16
14
12
740
946
1024
835
1071
1408
963
1199
1536
1025
1261
1598
11
16
14
12
670
860
1120
916
1176
1546
1060
1890
1690
1122
1382
1752
18
16
14
12
10
615
790
1025
1265
1003
1287
1692
2060
1163
1447
1852
2240
1215
1499
1904
2292
24
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
TABLE 8 (Continued)
Thiokness
aw.
Gfluife
Approximate
Bunting
Pressure in
Pounds per
Square Inoh
Weight in Pounds per 100 Feet
Diameter
inlnohes
Plain flfrul
Pipe
With A and R
Flanges,
Bolts and
Gaskets
With Root
Bolted
Joints
18
16
14
12
10
570
780
050
1165
1106
1420
1866
2204
1274
1688
2034
2462
1346
1660
2106
2534
14
16
14
12
10
530
676
890
1090
1100
1680
2022
2486
1300
1780
2222
2686
1465
1806
2288
2752
16
14
12
10
680
825
1015
1640
2167
2664
1880
2407
2904
1078
2401
2088
16
14
12
10
600
770
050
1771
2327
2861
2061
2607
3141
2148
2705
3230
18
14
12
10
525
600
850
1074
2508
3188
2334
2068
3548
2304
8018
3608
90
14
12
10
470
620
760
2180
2868
3521
2566
8280
3897
2608
8291
3040
22
14
12
10
430
666
605
2390
8140
3860
2830
8680
4300
2830
8680
4300
24
14
12
10
305
615
635
2604
8421
4216
3108
8026
4720
30B4
8901
4696
26
12
10
475
660
3558
4880
4718
6640
4090
4912
28
12
10 *
440
645
3804
4720
6274
6100
4478
6804
80
12
10
410
610
4115
6068
5531
6479
4755
6708
•ji/jm
rSIONS AND STRENGTH OF PIPE
25
The following information and Tables 9, 10, and 11 are based
upon the American Spiral Pipe Works publications. In manu-
facturing Taylor's spiral riveted pipe, a strip of sheet metal is
wound into helical shape with one edge overlapping the other
for riveting the seam. The sheet is drawn and formed in such a
manner as to obtain metal to metal contact, in order that the
pipe may be more nearly smooth inside. The riveting is done
cold by compression or squeezing under enormous pressure, thus
insuring complete filling of the rivet holes with slight counter-
sink. The pipe comes from the machines in a continuous piece,
and is cut to any desired length. American Spiral pipe is made
of various thicknesses, in sizes from 3 inches to 40 inches diam-
eter, and is furnished in any length desired up to 30 feet for
asphalt coated pipe and 20 feet for galvanized pipe.
TABLE 9
Taylor's Spiral Riveted Pips
Standard Tkkkneu
Thick-
XL 8.
Stand-
ard
Gauge
Approximate
Weight
per Foot
Aaphalted
Pounds
Approximate
Bunting
Pressure in
Pounds per
Square Inch
Diam-
eter in
Inches
Thick-
ness
U.S.
Stand-
ard
Gauge
Diam-
eter in
Innfifis
Weight
per Foot
Aaphalted
Pounds
Bunting
Pressure in
Pounds par
Square Inch
3
20
1.9
1500
16
14
18.1
585
4
18
3.0
1500
18
14
19.9
520
5
18
3.7
1200
20
14
22.1
470
6
16
5.3
1250
22
12
33.7
595
7
16
6.2
1070
24
12
36.5
540
8
16
7.1
935
26
12
39.5
505
9
16
8.0
835
28
10
51.7
605
10
16
8.8
750
30
10
56.8
560
11
16
9.7
680
32
10
61.6
525
12
16
10.6
625
34
10
65.4
490
13
16
11.4
575
36
10
69.1
470
14
14
15.9
670
40
10
76.7
420
15
14
17.0
625
Above weights are for plain ends without connections.
Working pressure should not be more than 25 per cent, of the
ultimate strength or bursting pressure.
28
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
TABLE 10
Taylor's Spiral Riyrtkd Pipe
Extra Heavy Thickness
Diam-
eter in
Tnwhof
Thiok-
U.8.
Stand-
ard
Gauge
Approximate
Weight
per Foot
Asphalted
Pound*
Approximate
Bunting
Pressure in
Pounds per
Square Inch
Diameter
in
Inehea
Thiekneas
u. a
Standard
Gauge
Approximate
Weight
per Foot
Pounds
Approximate
Pressure in
Pounds per
Square Inch
3
18
2.3
2000
16
12
25.2
820
4
16
3.7
1875
18
12
27.6
730
5
16
4.5
1500
20
12
30.6
660
6
14
6.6
1560
22
10
42.2
765
7
14
7.7
1340
24
10
45.7
705
8
14
8.8
1170
26
10
49.5
650
9
14
9.9
1045
28
8
63.6
735
10
14
11.0
935
30
8
68.7
685
11
14
12.0
850
32
8
74.3
645
12
14
13.0
780
34
8
78.8
600
13
14
14.1
720
36
8
83.4
570
14
12
22.2
940
40
8
92.4
515
15
12
23.7
875
TABLE 11
Taylor's Spiral Rivbtbd Pipr
Double Extra Heavy Thickness
Diam-
eter in
Inches
Thiok-
U.8.
Stand-
ard
Gauge
Approximate
Weight
per Foot
Asphalted
Pounds
Approximate
Bursting
Pressure in
Pounds per
Square Inch
Diameter
in
Inohes
Thiek-
u. a
Stand-
ard
Gauge
Approximate
Weight
per Foot
Asphalted
Pounds
Approximate
Bursting
Pressure in
Pounds per
Square Inoh
6
12
9.2
2170
18
10
34.5
940
7
12
10.7
1860
20
10
38.3
840
8
12
12.3
1640
22
8
50.8
940
9
12
13.9
1460
24
8
55.2
820
10
12
15.3
1310
26
8
59.8
795
11
12
16.6
1200
28
6
76.6
870
12
12
18.2
1060
30
6
80.5
810
13
12
19.7
1010
32
6
87.1
760
14
10
27.6
1210
34
6
93.6
715
15
10
29.6
1125
36
6
97.8
680
16
10
31.5
1050
40
6
108.5
610
DIMENSIONS AND STRENGTH OF PIPE
27
Some of the advantages claimed for riveted pipe as compared
with cast iron pipe in large sixes are given in a pamphlet by Edwin
Burhorn, M.E. These are uniformity in thickness and materials,
absence of blow holes, no shrinkage strains, lessened freight and
haulage charges (straight riveted pipe can be shipped "knocked
down" and nested, the sheets being properly curved, punched,
fitted, and marked ready for erection), cheapened erection and
handling costs as its weight is only about one third that of cor-
responding cast iron pipe, lessened resistance to flow of contents,
safety against damage due to hidden defects. The pamphlet
also describes and illustrates straight riveted pipe which has been
built and which is advocated for high pressure steam mains,
exhaust steam systems, vacuum exhausts for engines and tur-
bines, discharge pipe from hydraulic dredges, water power dis-
tribution, pneumatic power and air supply, gas power and pipe
lines, etc.
The thickness of material and character of the joint on riveted
pipe depend entirely upon the service for which the pipe is re-
quired. The lap and butt joint may be single, double, or triple
riveted, designed for the special conditions, and flanges may be
either single or double riveted to the pipe.
When pipe is straight riveted the computation becomes the
same as for a steel tank or boiler shell. Information with regard
to straight riveted pipe is given in Table 12.
TABLE 12
Straight Seam Rivbtbd Pipe
Inside
Thickness of Material
Theoretical
Safe Working
Head, Feet
Approximate
Weight per
Diameter
Inches
U. S. Standard
Gauge
Inches
Lineal Foot
Pounds
16
16
16
16
16
18
18
18
18
18
18
20
20
16
14
12
11
10
16
14
12
11
10
8
16
14
.062
.078
.109
.125
.140
.062
.078
.109
.125
.140
.171
.062
.078
190
237
332
379
425
168
210
295
337
378
460
151
189
13.00
16.00
22.25
24.50
28.50
14.75
18.50
25.25
29.00
32.50
40.00
16.00
19.75
28
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
TABLE 12 (Contimud)
Straight Sbah Brnim Pm
Inside
Thickness of Material
Theoretical
Approximate
■■a * a a
Safe Working
Head* Feet
w eigne per
Diameter
Inches
U.S. Standard
Gauge
Inches
lineal Foot
Pounds
20
12
.109
265
27.50
20
11
.126
904
91.50
20
10
.140
940
95.00
20
8
.171
415
45.50
22
16
.062
198
17.75
22
14
.078
172
22.00
22
12
.109
240
90.50
22
11
.126
276
94.50
22
10
.140
909
99.00
22
8
.171
976
50.00
24
14
.078
158
23.75
24
12
.109
220
32.00
24
11
.126
259
97.50
24
10
.140
289
42.00
24
8
.171
846
50.00
24
6
.200
405
59.00
26
14
.078
145
25.50
26
12
.109
208
95.50
26
11
.126
299
99.50
26
10
.140
261
44.25
26
8
.171
919
54.00
26
6
.200
979
64.00
28
14
.078
195
27.25
28
12
.109
188
8840
28
11
.126
216
42.25
28
10
.140
242
47.50
28
8
.171
295
58.00
28
6
.200
946
69.00
90
12
.109
176
99.50
90
11
.126
202
45.00
90
10
.140
226
50.50
90
8
.171
276
61.76
90
6
.200
829
79.00
90
H
.250
404
90.00
96
11
.125
168
54.00
96
10
.140
189
60.50
96
V*
.187
252
81.00
96
H
.250
997
109.00
96
V«
.312
420
135.00
40
•/«•
.187
226
90.00
40
H
.250
903
120.00
40
•/«
.312
378
150.00
40
H
.375
455
180.00
■WJM-
fSIONS AND STRENGTH OF PIPE
29
The safe working heads given in the Table are theoretical and
are based on ordinary working conditions, so judgment should
be used in deciding the safe heads for a particular case. The
values given in the Table are for double-riveted longitudinal
seams and single-riveted circumferential seams. Proper allow-
ances should be made for possible water hammer, settling, expan-
sion and contraction of the pipe, and causes which would tend to
collapse the pipe.
Copper and Brass Pipe. — Copper pipe may be figured by the
British Board of Trade rule which for well made pipe with brazed
joints is
* ■ l ' an
t-
6000 + 16
and for solid drawn pipe of 8 inches diameter or less
(12)
t
pd JJ
6000 + 32
t m thickness in inches.
p - pressure in pounds per square inch.
d « diameter in inches.
Table 13 gives dimensions and weights of brass and copper pipe.
TABLE 13
Seamless Drawn Brass and Copper Pips
Standard Weight Extra Heavy
Nonrinsl
Dfaun-
Diameter
Lushes
Outride
Diameter
Inohee
Approximate
Weight per
lineal Foot
Nominal
Diam-
eter
Diameter
Inches
Approximate Weight
per lineal Foot
«tar
Brass
Pounds
Copper
Pounds
Brass
Pounds
Copper
Pounds
X
.281
.405
.25
.26
K
.205
.370
.388
H
.375
.540
.43
.45
K
.294
.625
.650
H
.404
.675
.62
.65
H
.421
.830
.870
K
.625
.840
.90
.95
K
.542
1.200
1.33
H
.822
1.05
1.25
1.31
H
.736
1.660
1.75
' 1
1.002
1.315
1.70
1.79
1
.951
2.360
2.478
IK
1.368
1.66
2.50
2.63
IK
1.272
3.300
3.465
l«
1.600
1.90
3.00
3.15
m
1.494
4.250
4.462
2
2.062
2.375
4.00
4.20
2
1.933
5.460
5.733
30
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
TABLE 13 (Continued)
fhiAMT,TO« Drawn Brass and Copper Pipe
Standard Weight Extra Heavy
Nominal
Diam-
Inside
Diameter
Inches
Outride
Diameter
Tnnhos
Approximate
Weight per
Lineal Foot
Nominal
Diam-
eter
Inside
Diameter
Inehes
Approximate Weight
per lineal Foot
eter
Braes
Pounds
Copper
Pounds
Brass
Pounds
Copper
Pounds
2H
2.500
2.875
5.75
6.04
2J*
2.315
8.300
8.715
3
3.062
3.50
8.30
8.72
3
2.892
11.200
11.760
3«
3.500
4.00
10.90
11.45
3H
3.358
13.700
14.385
4
4.000
4.50
12.70
13.33
4
3.818
16.500
17.325
4tf
4.500
5.00
13.90
14.60
5
4.813
22.800
23.940
5
5.002
5.563
15.75
16.54
6
5.750
32.00
33.60
6
6.125
6.625
18.31
19.23
7
7.062
7.625
26.28
27.60
8
7.082
8.625
29.88
31.37
Lead Pipe. — As mentioned in Chapter I, lead pipe was in use
in very early times. It was made by the Romans by bending
sheets of lead and soldering the seams. Lead pipe is now made
by extrusion, using the hydraulic press to produce continuous
pieces of almost any length. For lead pipe the Chadwick-Boston
Company give the following formulae and Tables 14 and 15:
t
hd
750
(13)
(14)
t
d
f
V
h
thickness in inches.
diameter in inches.
fibre stress in pounds per square inch.
internal fluid pressure in pounds per square inch.
head in feet.
DIMENSIONS AND STRENGTH OF PIPE
31
TABLE 14
Sizes and Weights of Lead Pipe
Calibre
InCuSS
A - Outride Diameter, Inches
B - Wdfht per Foot, Pounds, Ounces
V.
A
B
0-2V.
v«
A
B
V.
0^5
T A.
0-8
0-11
v.
A
B
•Vm
0-6
"A.
0-8
•At
0-10
Vh
0-12
0-14
4 Vsi
1-0
1-4
•A
1-8
1-12
4 V«
2-0
v.
1
A
B
A
B
0-8
1V«
3-0
0-10
IV.
4-0
At /u
0-12
Vis
0-14
"A.
1-0
1-4
"A.
1-8
1-12
V.
2-0
2-8
•/•
A
B
A
B
•A
0-13
IVm
3-0
0-14
IV.
3-4
"A.
1-0
V/m
3-8
1-4
IV.
4-0
•Vm
1-8
1*7.4
4-8
•Vm
1-12
"A.
2-0
1
2-4
lVsi
2-8
1V»
2-12
•A
A
B
A
B
V.
0-12
1V»
2-12
•V*
0-14
IV.
3-0
1-0
l 14 /e4
3-8
1-2
1"/m
4-0
4 Vio
1-4
1"/4S
4^8
1-8
l l7 /4l
5-0
1V-4
1-12
lVu
2-0
IV*
2-4
IV.
2-8
1
A
B
A
B
V/m
1-4
1 M A.
5-0
IVie
1-8
l M /«
7-0
l M /ti
1-12
IV.
8-0
IV*
2-0
2-4
V/m
2-8
l"/«
3-0
IV.
3-8
lVu
4-0
1"/*
5-0
1V«
A
B
A
B
lVn
1-12
l"/u
7-0
1V»
2-0
1"/m
&-0
I"/-
2-4
l n /»
1M)
l'V*
2-8
l"A.
3-0
l w /t.
3-8
IV.
4-0
l»/»
4-8
lVio
6-0
IV.
6-0
IV.
A
B
A
B
lVa
2-0
V/m
*-o
1V»
2-8
2»/l4
10-0
l'A
3-0
2»A.
12-0
l M /tt
3-8
1»A.
4-0
i*7»
4-8
l w /ti
6-0
1"/*
6-0
2V»
7-0
1V«
A
B
l.V«
3-0
2V«
4-0
2»/«
5-0
2V«
6-0
2*7.4
*-o
2Vu
10-0
2 V.
12-0
2
A
B
2»/i«
a-o
2V.
4-0
2»A.
5-0
2V.
6-0
2»A.
7-0
2»/«
8-0
2 l V«
9-0
27b
10-0
2"A.
12-0
32
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
TABLE 14 {Continued)
SlSIS AND WWQHTB Of LiBAD PlPB
Calibre
Inches
A ■■ Outside Diameter, Inches
B - Weight per Foot, Pounds, Ounces
2»/t
A
B
2»/u
3-8
2»/«
5-0
2"/»
7-0
2»/ii
8-0
3
11-0
3Vi
14-0
3Vt
18-0
3
A
B
3Vi
4-0
3V«
• 5-0
3V»
6-0
37,
8-0
3»/»
10-0
3Vt
13-0
3«/«
16-0
3"/w
17-0
3«A
19-0
3»/i
A
B
8»/»
4-8
3"/»
6-0
37s
10-0
4
15-0
4Vu
10-0
4
A
B
4V»
5-0
4*A
6-0
4V«
8-0
4«/«
10-0
47s
12-0
47t
18-0
4«/«
21-0
4V.
A
B
4»/is
7-0
4"/«
8-0
4«Vt4
14-0
5
20-0
8
A
B
5»/«
8-0
5"/i«
£-0
5«A
15-0
5Vi
22-0
6
A
B
67s
10-0
6V»
12-0
6Vi
25-0
6»/«
33-0
TABLE 15
Weight of Lead Pipe fob Vabioub Pbbssubes
Calibre
Pressure in Pounds per Square Inch
Inches
15
20
26
38
GO
75
100
v.
•/•
•A
1
IV*
IV.
lbs. os.
0-8
0-12
■
1-4
1-8
1-4
1-8
1-12
2-0
2-8
3-8
lbs. os.
O-10
0-12
0-14
1-0
1-12
1-12
2-0
2*
3-0
4-0
lbs. os.
0-12
1-4
1-12
2-0
2-4
2-8
3-0
4-0
4-8
5-0
lbs. os.
1-0
1-8
1-12
2-4
2-8
3-0
3-8
4-0
4-8
5-0
fr-0
lbs. os.
1-4
2-0
2-12
3-0
4-0
5-0
7-0
10-0
lbs. os.
1-4
1-8
2-8
3-4
3-8
4-8
6-0
0-0
12-0
lbs. os.
1-8
3-0
4-0
5-0
7-0
12-0
15-0
DIMENSIONS AND STRENGTH OF PIPE
33
Wooden Stave Pipe* — Continuous wooden stave pipe is used
for conveying water long distances and especially where the
expense of cast iron or steel pipe would be prohibitive. Sizes
ordinarily range from two to ten feet in diameter. The staves
are generally made of redwood or fir, and of thicknesses ranging
from l s /t inches net thickness for sizes up to 44 inches diameter,
2 inches up to 60 inches, and 2 1 /* inches up to 8 feet diameter.
The bands for wooden stave pipe should be of soft steel with
an ultimate tensile strength of about 60,000 pounds per square
inch, and an elongation of at least 25 per cent, in 8 inches. The
ends of the bands should have either rolled threads or be upset
i
ea
Fig. 14. Wood Stave Pipe.
so as to have the same strength as the unthreaded portion. The
usual sizes of bands vary from s /g inches for pipe 2 feet outside
diameter to */« inches for pipe 4 1 /* feet outside diameter. The
spacing may be figured from formula 15.
In Fig. 14 let
Then
A
f
d
I
V
equating
area of section of hoop in square inches.
unit stress of material of hoop in pounds per
square inch,
diameter of pipe in inches,
spacing of hoops in inches,
pressure in pounds per square inch.
pctt - force tending to separate pipe,
2Af « force resisting separation of pipe,
pdl - 2Af.
34 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
Introducing a coefficient C to allow for the stress due to swelling I
of the wood including a factor of safety of four or five for the i
bands, this equation becomes '
-a* «
or
(16)
It is not considered desirable to have the band spacing exceed
10 inches, and good practice often indicates even closer spacing,
regardless of pressure requirements.
Bulletin 155, of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, by S. 0.
Jayne, gives considerable information on this subject, and has
been referred to in the preparation of the foregoing article.
CHAPTER III
PIPE THREADS
Screw threads form a part of many types of joints and fittings
used for piping. The kinds used for such purposes will be de-
scribed in this chapter.
American Pipe Threads. — The thread used on piping in the
United States is known as the Briggs Standard. This standard
Fig. 15. Enlarged Section of 2|' Pipe Thread.
is due to Robert Briggs, C. E., who prepared a paper on " Ameri-
can Practice in Wanning Buildings by Steam/' for the Institu-
tion of Civil Engineers of Great Britain. This paper was presented
and read after his death. An enlarged longitudinal section of
a nominal 2Vrinch pipe is shown in Fig. 15. The end of the
pipe has a taper of 1 in 16 or */« inch per foot, Fig. 16. The
thread has an angle of 60 degrees and is rounded at the top and
bottom, so that the depth of the thread is .8 of the pitch. Fig. 17
shows this form. The length
r ^.. ( ..,.. nip
of perfect thread, which is the
distance the pipe should enter,
is given by the formula
1
5
7
fcst
Fig. 16. Taper of Threaded Pipe End.
(17)
L - (4.8 + .8D)^
D - actual external diameter of pipe.
N - number of threads per inch.
Preceding the perfect threads are two threads perfect at the
bottom and imperfect at the top. Preceding these are four
threads imperfect at both top and bottom. The number of
36 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
threads per inch is arbitrary, and comes from usage along with
the nominal size of the pipe. They are finer in pitch than ordi-
nary bolt threads because of the thinness of the metal and to
Fig. 17. Form of Briggs' Pipe Thread.
maintain a tight joint. Table 16 gives the dimensions for pipe
threads.
TABLE 16
Standard Pipb Thrbads
Outatda
Sba
InohiB
ITIi ml i|
of Tap
Drill
Diamrfer
otThnwk "
at End
olPlpa
ipthol
lima*
mtm
Number of
Pnrfeot
Threede
Laofthof
Perfect
Thread.
V.
27
»/«
.393
029
5.13
.19
V«
IS
"A.
.522
044
622
.29
V.
18
Vi.
.666
044
6.4
30
V.
14
»/..
.815
057
5.46
30
■/«
14
»/-
1.026
057
5.6
.40
1
UV-
IV.
1.283
069
5.87
.51
IV.
ll'/l
1"A.
1.626
069
6.21
M
IV.
HVi
l'V»
1.866
069
6.83
.55
2
liVi
2V«
2.339
089
6.67
.68
2Vi
8
2*/»
2.819
100
7.12
.89
3
8
3'A.
3.441
100
7.6
.95
3»A
8
3»/it
3.938
100
8.0
1.00
4
8
4*/w
4.434
100
8.4
1.05
*V.
8
4V.
4.931
100
8.8
1.10
6
8
fiV..
6.490
100
9.28
1.16
6
8
«v»
6.546
100
10.08
126
7
8
7.540
100
10.88
1.36
8
8
8.534
100
11.68
1.46
9
8
9.S27
100
12.56
1.57
10
8
10.645
100
13.44
1.68
PIPE THREADS
37
Standard Pipe Thread Gages. — In order to avoid variation
in the number of threads which pipe will screw into fittings
tapped at different shops it is necessary to have a definite stand-
ard for the proper depth of thread. The following is from the
report of the committee on Standardization of Pipe Threads of
the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
"The gages shall consist of one plug and one ring gage of each
" The plug gage shall be the Briggs standard pipe thread as
adopted by the manufacturers of pipe fittings and valves, and
recommended by The American Society of Mechanical Engi-
neers in 1886. The plug is to have a flat or notch indicating the
distance that the plug shall enter the ring by hand.
11 The ring gage is to be known as the American Briggs standard
adopted by the Manufacturers' Standardization Committee in
1913, and recommended by The American Society of Mechanical
Engineers, the Committee on International Standard for Pipe
Threads, and the Pratt & Whitney Company, manufacturers of
gages. The thickness of the ring is given in Table 17. It shall
be flush with the small end of the plug. This will locate the flat
notch on the plug flush with the large side of the ring.
TABLE 17 (Fia. 18)
Br andabd Pipe Thread Gages
Pipe
BlogGaa.
Pipe
RingGege
Sbe
ThiokDM.
Sbe
Thioknees
Inohei
IimIm.
Inohei
Tnohen
V.
.180
5
.937
v«
.200
6
.958
v.
.240
7
1.000
V.
.320
8
1.063
»A
.839
9
1.130
1
.400
10
1.210
IV*
.420
12
1.360
IV.
.420
14
1.562
2
.436
15
1.687
2V.
.682
16
1.812
8
.766
18
2.000
8V.
.821
20
2.125
4
.844
22
2.260
4V.
.875
24
2.375
38 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
" The Table indicates the dimensions of the ring gage, A, shown
in Fig. 18, which are the figures adopted by the Manufacturers'
Standardization Committee.
" In the use of the plug gage shown in Fig. 18, the notch on
the plug is to gage, and one
thread large or one thread
small must be the inspection
" In the use of the ring
gage, male threads are to
gage when flush with small
end of ring, and one thread
large or one thread small
must be inspection limits."
Pipe Threading. — Pipe
Fig. 18. Standard Plug and Ring Gage, threads may be cut either by
hand or in a machine. When
cut by hand a pipe tap or die is used, shown in Fig. 19. For
machine threading a lathe may be used, Betting a properly
shaped tool at right angles to the axis of the pipe, not per-
pendicular to the taper. A Saunders' pipe threading machine is
shown in Fig. 20. A good threaded joint requires clean, smoothly
Fig. 19. Pipe Reamer, Hand Tap, Die and Die Stock.
cut threads. To make sure of such threads the die must be made
with proper consideration as to lip, chip space, clearance, lead,
and sufficient number of chasers. Valuable information along
the following lines is given in National Tube Company's Bulletin
No. 6.
PIPE THREADS 39
The lip is the inclination of the cutting edge of the chaser to
the surface of the pipe, as shown in Fig. 21. This lip angle should
Fig. 20. Pipe Threading Machine.
be from 15 degrees to 25 degrees, depending upon conditions, and
may be obtained by milling the cutting face of the chaser as
shown by the full lines, or inclining the chaser as in the dotted
Fig. 21. Thread Cutting. Fig. 22. Thread Cutting.
40
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
lines. Chip space should be provided as shown in the figure, as
otherwise the chips will clog and tear the threads. Fig. 22 shows
the working of a properly made chaser.
Clearance is the angle between the threads of the chasers and
those of the pipe. Lead is the angle which is ground or machined
on the front of each chaser to enable the die to start on the pipe
and to distribute the work of cutting. The proper amount of
Pig. 23. Pipe Viaes.
lead is about three threads. The number of chasers to obtain
good results in threading at one cut is as follows:
l'/t* to 4" should have approximately 6 chasers
In all cases the cutting tools should be kept well lubricated with
good lard oil or crude cottonseed oil.
Pipe Tools. — Examples of various forms of vises, cutting tools,
wrenches, etc., for use in the threading and making up of pipe
are illustrated and named in Figs. 23 and 24.
English Pipe Threads. — "British Standard Pipe Threads,"
as given in the report of the Engineering Standards Committee,
PIPE THREADS 41
ore shown in Fig. 25. This is the Whitworth form of thread. The
tops and bottoms are rounded so that the depth is about .64 of
/b/krC»t/lsr*'g3fS? r WrmrKh . Tangs
Fig. 24. Pipe Cutters, Tonga, and Wrenches.
the pitch, and the angle is 65 degrees. Ordinary pipe ends or
"short screws" taper */» mc h to *^ e f°°t or '/» inch per inch
of length measured on the diameter, as in the Briggs system.
Long screws are made straight. Table 18 gives information on
Pig. 25. Form of Whitworth Pipe Thread.
British pipe threads as approved by the above committee, for
sues up to 18 inches diameter.
42
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
TABLE 18
Bbitibh Standabd Pipe Thheam
Nominal
Diameter
Inches
Approximate
Ontnde
Diameter
Inches
Gage Diameter
Top of
Thread
Inohei
Depth of
Thread
Inohei
Core
Diameter
Inohea
Number
of Threade
per Inch
»/•
"/«
.383
.0230
.337
28
v.
"/«
.518
.0335
.451
19
•/•
"At
.656
.0335
J589
19
V.
w /«
.825
.0455
.734
14
»/•
"At
.902
.0455
.811
14
•A
lVit
1.041
.0455
.950
V.
r/«
1.189
.0455
1.098
1
i»/«
1.309
.0580
1.193
IV4
i M At
1.650
.0580
1.534
lVi
!"/«
1.882
.0580
1.766
IV*
2V«
2.116
.0580
2.000
2
2V.
2.347
.0580
2.231
2>A
2Vt
2.587
.0580
2.471
2V.
3
2.960
.0580
2.844
2V«
3V«
3.210
.0580
3.094
3
3V.
3.460
.0580
v.«S44
3V«
3»A
3.700
.0580
3.584
3Vt
4
3.950
.0580
3.834
3»/«
*/•
4.200
.0580
4.084
4
4 l A
4.450
.0580
4.334
4V.
5
4.950
.0580
4.834
5
5Vi
5.450
.0580
5.334
5Vt
6
5.950
.0580
5.834
6
6V,
6.450
.0580
6.334
7
7Vi
7.450
.0640
7.322
10
8
8V.
8.450
.0640
8.322
10
9
9 l A
9.450
.0640
9.322
10
10
lOVt
10.450
.0640
10.322
10
11
liVt
11.450
.0800
11.290
8
12
12»/i
12.450
.0800
12.290
8
13
13»/«
13.680
.0800
13.520
8
14
14»A
14.680
.0800
14.520
8
15
15«A
15.680
.0800
15.520
8
16
16»A
16.680
.0800
16.520
8
17
17»A
17.680
.0800
17.520
8
18
18»A
18.680
.0800
18.520
8
PIPE THREADS
43
The Whitworth Standard Threads are given in Table 19 for
sizes up to 4 inches in diameter.
TABLE 19
Whttwobth Standabd Potb Thbxads
Nomi-
nal
an
Actual
Outside
Diam-
eter
Inches
Diameter
at
Bottom
of
Thread
Inches
No. of
Threads
per
Inch
Diameter
of
Tap Drill
Inches
Nomi-
na
Actual
Outride
Diam-
eter
Inches
Diameter
at
Bottom
of
Thread
Inches
No. of
Threads
per
Inch
Diameter
of
Tap Drill
Inches
V.
.3825
,3367
28
Vh
IV.
2.245
2.1285
11
*/*
.518
.4506
19
n /u
2
2.347
2.2305
11
1V«
V.
.8563
.5889
19
•At
2V.
2.467
2.3505
11
V.
.8257
.7342
14
"At
2'A
2.5875
2.4710
11
2"/«
V.
.9022
.8107
14
"A.
2V.
2.794
2.6775
11
•A
1.041
.9495
14
*•/«
2V.
3.0013
2.8848
11
2»/«
V.
1.189
1.0975
14
lVw
2V.
3.124
3.0075
11
1
1.309
1.1925
11
IV.
2«A
3.247
3.1305
11
3V«
IV.
1.492
1.3755
11
2V.
3.367
3.2505
11
IV*
1.650
1.5335
11
i M As
3
3.485
3.3685
11
3 f /«
IV.
1.745
1.6285
11
3V«
3.6985
3.5820
11
3Vt
IV.
1.8825
1.7660
11
l M As
3V.
3.912
3.7955
11
3»A
IV.
2.021
1.9045
11
3'A
4.1255
4.0090
11
4
!•/•
2.047
1.9305
11
i»At
4
4.339
4.2225
11
4»A
Foreign Pipe Threads. — The author is indebted to Mr. Wil-
liam J. Baldwin for notes on foreign practice. In the practice of
Germany and France (comparing the German and French sys-
tems with the Briggs system), Germany uses straight threads
nearly altogether. The pitch and form of thread is about the
same as the English except that the thread as a whole is not
tapered. France is more irregular in practice, the Navy follow-
ing one method and private shops other methods. The French
Navy, however, leans toward tapered threads.
South American countries have no fixed standards, but import
from the United States and England and use the method of the
country from which they import. Canada uses the Briggs stand-
ard. In Mexico a great deal of American pipe and fittings is used,
but Mexico and the South and Central American countries use
the methods of those from whom they buy, as a general rule.
CHAPTER IV
PIPE FITTINGS
Screw Fittings. — Since there is a practical limit to the length
of pieces of pipe aa well as the necessity for connections and
convenient changes in direction, pipe fittings have been devised.
There are two general classes of fittings, namely: screwed fittings
and flanged fittings. As a rule the screwed fittings are used with
M**f*fff Coupling.
fig. 26. Pipe Fittings.
the smaller sizes of pipe and for low pressure work. The flanged
fittings are used for higher pressures and for larger sizes of pipe.
Fig. 26 shows a variety of screwed fittings for "making up"
standard pipe.
Couplings. — For joining two lengths of pipe, couplings are
used. These may have right hand threads at both ends or may
have right hand threads at one end and left hand threads at the
other for convenience in connecting and disconnecting. Right
and left couplings generally have bars running lengthwise to
distinguish them from couplings with right hand threads. Some-
times reducing couplings are used where a change in size of pipe
is desired. Couplings are made of cast iron, wrought iron, steel,
PIPE FITTINGS
45
malleable iron, and brass. A coupling is included on one end of
each full length of standard pipe. Forms of couplings are shown
Goat /ron
/Zen* l>
C&pf/ng
Coqp/mg
Sl*»
A
8
*
/*
J*
/
i*
4
/*
2
si
Off-3*
Fig. 27. Couplings.
in Fig. 27 and Table 20 gives the dimensions of standard wrought
iron couplings.
TABLE 20
Standabd Wrought Ibon Couplings
8ueof
Outetde
Ungtk
Inehei
Atwiib
Site of
Outside
Ungtk
Indie*
Average
Pipe
Diameter
Weight
Pipe
Diameter
Weight
Inches -
InohM
Pounds
Inches
Inches
Pounds
v.
"/«
•Vm
.03
3Vt
4'A.
3'A.
3.40
V.
•A
1V«
.07
4
4»/„
3'A.
3.50
V.
"/«
1V»
.11
4Vi
5"/«
3V.
4.70
V.
l»/«
1*A.
.15
5
6»/«
4V.
8.50
•A
l»/«
l»A.
35
6
VU
*V.
9.70
1
l*A
l w A.
.42
7
8V«
4V.
11.10
1V«
l»V«
2»/i.
.60
8
9'A
4V.
13.60
l»/i
2"A«
2«/i.
.81
9
10»/,.
5>A
17.40
2
2»Ai
2»A.
1.18
10
11V.
6>A
31.10
2»A
3»A.
2»A
1.70
12
13V.
6V.
44.20
3
3»/„
3»/i.
2.45
46
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
Elbows. — For turning corners elbows or ells are used, Fig. 28.
Reducing ells are used to change the size of pipe at a corner.
Sometimes ells are provided with an opening at the side in which
case they are called side outlet elbows. Elbows are also made
&o £r/&»Y
Aaetocing £/fio»r
JO*£lbo~
P/o/n &bo»
riot 3ea<t r/6o$* Rot/nd Bead £tbcw
Fig. 28. Elbows.
Str^mt £tbo»
for angles other than 00 degrees and are then specified by the
angle, as 45 degree ell, 30 degree ell, or 60 degree ell, etc. It will
be noticed that the angle is the one made with the axis or run of
the pipe.
Tees, Crosses, Bushings, Caps, Plugs. — For a branch at right
angles to the pipe tees are used. When the three openings are
/ o/wJcn
5=L
I
]
the same, the fitting is specified by the size of the pipe, as a 1-inch
tee, or 2-inch tee, etc. When the branch is of a different size
the size of run is given first and then the outlet, as 2"x l 1 // tee.
When the three openings are different they are all specified, giv-
PIPE FITTINGS
47
ing the sizes of the run first, as 2* x l 1 /*" X 1' tee, as shown at
C in Fig. 29. Side outlet tees are also made. For a branch at
other angles a Y, Fig. 30, may be used. Note that the angle is
Fig. 30. Y-Branches.
the smaller of the two made with the run of the pipe. The use
of a cross (+) is evident from the figure as well as the notation.
Figs. 31 and 32 show other fittings. A bushing is used to bush
or reduce the size of an opening so that a smaller pipe may be
3vshi/?gs
Pip* Plugs.
Fig. 31. Bushings and Rugs.
used. For closing an opening a pipe plug is used. For closing
the end of a pipe a cap is used. A pipe nut is sometimes used as
a locknut when a pipe is screwed into sheet metal. There are
many special forms of fittings and the catalogs of standard manu-
facturers should be consulted, y^-v
Tables 20 to 35 in this chap- /V\\
ter give dimensions of screwed
fittings sufficiently close for
most purposes.
Nipples. — Short pieces of
pipe used to join fittings which
are near together are called nipples, and may be purchased with
threads cut ready for use. They are known as close nipples when
\0w
Fig. 32. Pipe Nut and Cap.
48
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING.
the threads run the entire length (A, Fig. 33), short or shoulder
nipples when there is a small amount of unthreaded pipe (B,
Fig. 33). Long nipples and extra long nipples have various
lengths. Extra long nipples range from sizes given up to twelve
inches in length. Table 21 gives the ordinary sizes of wrought
iron nipples when both ends have right hand threads.
TABLE 21
Wrought Iron Nipples
s»
Length of Nlppln in Indus
of Pip*
Inch**
Clae
Shot
Lone
V.
V.
l'A
2
2Vi
3
37.
'A
V.
17.
2
2V.
3
37.
Vi
1
IV.
2
2V.
3
3'A
V.
IV.
IV.
2
27.
3
87,
•A
17.
2
2'A
3
37.
4
1
l'A
2
3V.
3
37.
4
IV.
l'A
2V.
3
3V.
4
4V.
l'/i
l'A
27.
3
3V.
4
4V.
2
2
27.
3
3'A
4
4V.
2V.
2V.
3
3'A
4
4V.
S
3
27.
3
3V.
4
4V.
5
8'A
2*A
4
4'/.
8
5V,
6
4
3
4
47.
6
57.
6
4>/.
3
4
47.
5
67.
6
5
3V.
«V.
6
57,
6
6V.
ft
3'A
47.
6
«7.
6
«V.
7
37.
6
8
3"/.
6
4
5
10
4
5
12
4
5
PIPE FITTINGS
49
The Buses when threaded one end right hand and the other
end left hand are the same for sizes up to four inches diameter.
A right and left nipple of malleable iron with a hexagon center
is shown at C in Fig. 33. These are made in sizes ranging from
V< inch to 4 inches. Variations will be found as there are no
standard dimensions.
Cast Iron Fittings. — Pipe fittings for screwed pipe are made
of various materials and in various designs to suit the require-
ments of pressure and medium to be conveyed. For steam,
water, etc., under pressure less than 125 pounds per square inch
£
Fig. 34. Screwed Fittings
Cap
M
standard weight fittings of cast iron are generally used. The
question of strength involves much more than the pressure from
within the pipe which induces a comparatively low stress in the
material. The greater strains come from expansion, support,
and "making up. 11 For severe service or pressures from 125 to
250 pounds per square inch extra heavy cast iron fittings may
be used. The dimensions of cast iron screwed fittings are not
standardised and a variation will be found in the products of
different manufacturers. For this reason the dimensions for
standard weight, extra heavy, and long sweep cast iron fittings,
and malleable iron fittings, as made by a number of companies
have been given in Tables 22 to 29 inclusive. These will be
found to give sufficient information for most purposes.
60
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
TABLE 22 (Fra. 34)
Walwohth Co. Standard Cast Iboh Fnraras
Bee
of
A
A-A
B
c
D
E
P
o
Pipe
Inohee
Inohee
Inohe.
Inehat
Inches
Inches
Inoh««
Inohee
Inehcs
V*
'A
IV.
Vi.
• • •
• • •
1
v«
V.
•/•
V.
l'A
•A.
l'A.
2Vie
IV.
v..
v..
V.
l»A.
2V.
m /m
IV.
2Vie
l'A.
V.
V.
•/«
l'A.
2»A
M Ai
2Vw
2»A
l'A
'A.
v..
l
IV.
3
1§ A.
2V.
3»A
2»/i.
V.
V.
1V4
l"A.
3«A
lVu
3
3»A
2V.
•A.
"A.
lVt
2
4
lVw
3«A
4»A
2V«
V.
"A.
2
2*/,
4'A
l'A
4
5Vt
3V.
"A.
V.
2'A
2»A
6»A
1 § A
5
6"/u
4V.
"A.
l
3
3*A.
6V.
1 T A
6V.
7»A
4'A
"A.
1
3Vt
3»A.
7'/.
27i.
«v.
8»A
5»A
1
l'A.
4
4
8
2 l A
7V.
9»A
6
l'A.
IV.
4Vi
4Vw
87.
2Vu
77.
lOVt
6Vi.
IV.
l'A
5
4»/»
»V.
2Vw
8V.
hVm
7Vi.
IV.
l l A
6
6*/i.
io»A
2"At
9»A.
13Vi
8'/.
IV.
l'A
7
6»A.
12V.
3 l A
ll'A
14Vt
v/ t
l'A.
IV.
8
6 l »A«
13*/.
3Vu
12»A.
16"/u
iov.
l'A
IV.
9
7V.
15
3Vt
14V.
19
12V.
l'A.
l'A
10
8>A
16V.
4»/m
16
20Vi
13'A
IV.
l'A
12
9»/i.
i»V.
4»/t
• • •
• • •
16V.
l'A
IV.
Walworth
TABLE 23 (Fig. 34)
Co. Extra Heavy Cast Iron Fittings
Bias
of
A
A-A
B
B
p
a
Pipe
Inohee
Inohee
Inohee
Inohee
Inohee
Inohee
Tnohin
V.
lVa
2Vie
•A
l* 1 /-
'A.
•A.
•A
lVt
2»A
V s
l tt /«
v.
V.
l
l"/*
3Vm
l
2*Ae
•A.
"A.
l'A
i 1§ /u
3Vi
lVit
2»A
"A.
"A.
IV.
2Vie
4Vi
i l A
3Vw
•A
V.
2
2Vt
5
IV.
3»A
V.
1
2Vt
3
6
l'A
4Vm
1
IV.
3
3»/u
7»A
2*A
*»/•
l'A
l'A
3V«
4V«
8Vw
v/ u
6
l'A.
l'A.
4
4»/a
8»Vw
2"/u
6"Ae
lVi.
l'A.
4Vt
4»/«
9»Vw
2 7 A
7«A
l'A.
1"A.
5
5V«
lOVit
8Vi
7»/ie
l'Vi.
l»A.
6
5"/it
llVi
3»/u
9Vu
l'A
17.
8
7»/m
14»/t
3»A.
HVm
IV.
l"A.
PBPB FITTINGS
51
■-#
C«f Um m J. m -+
»4
^
*
^
CI
Fig. 35. Long Sweep Cast Iron Fittings.
TABLE 24 (Fia. 35)
Walwobth Co. Long Sweep Cast Iron Fittings
of
Pipe
Inches
1
l"/4
2
2Vt
3
3Vt
4
4V.
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
A
Inohea
2V«
2V.
3
3V.
4V«
6V.
6*A
6'A
6»/«
7
7>A
8V.
9V.
HHA
ll'/t
12«A
B
Inahaa
2*A
3V4
3V.
3'/.
*V>
6>/4
6»A
«•/•
67.
7»/«
9
10V.
ll'A
ii»A
c
Inobt*
IV.
IV.
2
2V.
3>/4
3V«
4
4V.
4V.
6»/.
6'/4
6*/.
rv.
• • ■ •
ilVi
D
Inoh<
6V.
6»/«
7>A
6V.
8'A
6»/«
10*/,
»V.
10V.
9'A
11V.
»V.
13
11V.
14V.
12'A
I8V4
16>A
21V.
19»A
24»/4
22V.
31
28»A
TABLE 25 (Fia 36)
National Tube Company Standard Cast Iron Fittings
OMof
A
A-A
B
BiMOf
A
A-A
B
Pipe
Pip.
Inebee
Inohee
Ioohea
Ineha.
Inelm
Inoha*
Inofaw
India
v«
"A.
IV.
• • •
3V.
3V.
7
2«A.
V.
"A.
IV.
V.
4
3"A.
7»A
2V.
V.
l'A.
2V.
■/«
4V.
4»A.
8»A.
2"A.
•A
l»A
2»A
"A.
5
4V.
9
2'A
1
IV.
3
IV.
6
5»A.
io»A.
3V.
1V«
IV.
3«A
IV4
7
5"A.
11V.
3*A.
IV.
l"A.
3V.
IV.
8
6>A
12"A.
3»A.
2
2>A.
4»A
l'A.
9
7Vt.
14V.
4'A
2V.
2»A
«»A
l»A.
10
8'A
16V.
4»A
3
3»A.
6V.
2>A.
12
©•A.
19V.
5»A
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
Fig. 36. Screwed Fittings.
TABLE 26 (Fro. 86)
National Tube Company, Extra Uxavt Cast Ikon Ftfitnos
S» of
A
A-A
SUBOI
A
A-A
Hp»
Ur-
Inohaj
look.
InalK*
inal™
Lmm.
InahM
V.
V.
IV.
«v.
3V.
7V.
'/•
1
2
4
VI,
8V.
Vl
IV..
2V.
•A
4V..
9*/.
V.
IV.
2V.
G
4V.
9V<
1
IV..
«'/■
6
VI,
11V.
IV.
IV.
«■/.
7
«v»
12*/.
IV.
2V.
IV.
8
6"A.
13V.
2
2V.
6
9
7"/..
15V.
2V.
2"/..
«V.
10
SV.
17
3
8-/.
«•/.
12
9"A.
19*/,
Fig. 37. Long Sweep Cut Iron Fittings.
TABLE 27 (Fig
. 37)
National Tube Company, Lono Sweep Cast Iron Fitttngb
of
A
A-A
B
c
Su»
Of
A
A-A
B
c
Pip.
*■»-
I"*".
Inoha.
Inoh«
iE£
-*-
I » 1 -
•*»*-
Inooo.
1
2V.
6
2
IV..
4V.
7"/,.
14'/.
5"/..
3'Vi.
IV.
2V.
VI,
2V.
IV.
6
7V.
icy.
«'/,.
4'/..
1'/,
2 W A.
«V.
VI,
IV.
6
9V»
18'/.
7'V»
4V..
2
3>A.
«V.
VI,
2V.
7
10*/.
20 1 /.
S'V..
5"/.
2V.
4V.
VI,
sv.
2V.
8
11V.
23
9"A.
6
3
SI.
10'A.
4»/,.
2"/..
10
14V.
29
12"/..
ev,.
37.
6" A.
11V.
4'/.
VI,
12
16
32
14
8
4
ev.
12*/.
6"A.
vi.
PIPE FTTTINGS
53
Cap
£
s
Fig. 34. Screwed Fittings.
TABLE 28 (Fia. 34)
Cbanb Company, Standard Cast Iron FrrriNas
flbeof
A
B
c
D
K
H
Pipe
Inohe*
Inches
Inebw
Inches
Inabt*
Inehw
Tnflhf
V4
W A.
•/«
Vt
»/«
»A.
V.
IVt
V.
IV.
2»A
V<
V/u
1
2>A
3
1
V/u
l»A
2»A
3»A
1V<
1»A
l'A.
3>A
4'A
2'A
lVi
l'Vi.
V/u
3"A.
4'/.
2'A
2
2»A
i»A.
4»A
5»A
2V».
2Vt
2" A.
i"A.
5»A.
6»/«
2»A.
3
8V.
2'A.
«v.
7V.
2»Vi.
3V*
3'A.
2«A
6V.
8V.
3V.
4
3'A
2*/.
7V.
»*A
3»A
2»/i.
4Vi
4>/i.
2>»A.
•Vl
11V.
3V.
2»/i.
5
V/u
V/u
•V,
11V.
3V.
2»A
6
«■/.
3'A.
10V«
13'A.
4V.
2V.
7
« W A.
3V.
12»A
18'A
4»A.
2'/.
8
6»/t
4»A
13V.
16»*/i.
5'A
3V.
9
7Vi.
4"A.
io»A
20»Vi.
«"A.
3V.
10
v/ t
5'A.
16»A
20»A.
«'A.
3V.
12
» X A
•
19V.
24V.
7V.
4V.
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
^^#^%
Fig. 38. Screwed Fittings.
TABLE 29 (Fio. 38)
Coanh Coicant, Extra Hbatt Cast Ibon Firmraa
Smal
A
B
ejMtj
A
B
Kp.
Inahca
tnohw
Ineh*
IncfcM
Ioohw
1
2
IV.
IV.
•Vi
8
IV.
2V.
IV.
5
«V.
3V..
IV.
2V»
IV.
6
7V.
3V.
2
3
1"/,.
7
8V.
4
av.
3'/.
2V.
8
»V.
4V.
3
4'/.
2V.
10
11V.
47.
8V.
*■'/■.
2-/..
12
lsv.
6V.
4
5V.
2V.
Screwed Reducing Fittings. — The centre to face and face to
face dimensions for Walworth Standard Weight cast iron screwed
reducing tees and crosses, Fig. 39, are determined as follows:
For A A face to face, add to the outside
diameter E of outlet bead, twice the width
F of the run-bead. For A centre to face,
add to the width F of outlet bead, one half
the diameter E of the run-bead. Thus for a
2* x *// tee the dimensions are
Fig. 30. Reducing
Tees and Crosses.
AA - 1'/. + "/» + "/» - 1
A - '/„ + !"/„ -2'/.'.
'/.*
See Table 22 for necessary dimensions.
Brass Fittings. — Brass fittings are made in both standard and
extra heavy weights. They are used for feed water pipes where
bad water makes steel pipes undesirable. Brass fittings may be
had in iron pipe sizes. The dimensions as made by the Lunken-
heimer Company are given in Table 30 for pressures up to 175
pounds, and in Table 31 for pressures up to 300 pounds.
PIPE FITTINGS
55
Fig. 40. Brass Fittings.
TABLE 30 (Fiq. 40)
LUNKENHEIMEB BrONZB FlTTINGfl, MEDIUM PATTERN
Sue of
A
B
C 1 D
E
F
a
H
K
Pipe
Inohei
Inches
Inohe.
Inohei
Inohei
Inohei
Inohei
Indies
Inehes
Inohei
v.
•A.
IV.
v.
v.
l l A.
v.
1
l'A
IV.
v.
*A
IVi
i
l»A.
i»/«
"A.
i»A.
i»A.
2V.
v.
V.
l'A
1>A.
IV.
IVi.
"A.
l'A.
1»/m
2V.
V.
1
2
l'A
IV.
i w /«
l'A.
1"A.
2Vu
2"A.
•A
iVi.
2»A
17m
2
2V.
l'A.
2V.
3
3V.
1
l'A.
2Va
l'A
2»/u
2'A
l'A
2V.
3V.
4»A.
1»A
l"/l.
3 l A
i"A.
2"/i.
3»/i.
2V.
3*/i.
4'A.
5»A
IV*
IV.
3»A.
2
3
8»/«
2»/.
3"A.
4»/i.
6V.
2
2»/i.
4Vi
2»A.
3»/u
4'/.
2V.
4'A
5"A.
7»A
2>/t
2V.
5 l A
2V.
• . ■ .
• • • •
3»A.
5»A
3
3»A.
6Vw
2»A.
TABLE 31 (Fig. 40)
Lunkhnhbhobr Bbonzb FrrriNas, Extra Heavy Pattern
Sue of
A
B
c
Sue of
A
B
c
Pipe
Pipe
Inohei
Inches
Inahes
Inohe.
Inohei
Inohei
Inohei
Inohei
v.
"A.
IV.
"A.
1V«
l l Vi.
3Vi.
»A
V.
l"A.
i l A.
IV.
2
4
•A
1
i"A.
l'A.
2
2V.
4»A.
»/•
l'A
2V«
IV.
2V.
2»A
5Vi.
•A
i»A.
2V.
. * •
3
8»/i§
6Vi.
1
IV.
3
Malleable Iron Fittings. — Malleable iron fittings are made
plain and beaded and for various pressures. Plain fittings are
for low pressure work only. Standard beaded fittings may be
used up to 150 pounds; extra heavy beaded fittings up to 250
pounds, and double extra heavy fittings for hydraulic work up
to 800 pounds. The principle dimensions of malleable fittings as
made by the National Tube Company are given in Tables 32 and
33. Extra heavy malleable iron fittings for pressures up to 250
pounds as made by Crane Company are dimensioned in Table 34.
66
srnL
*-4 ,1. A-*
AA-
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
i.
.. ■ I «•
X A *
Kf~j
Fig. 41. Standard Malleable Fittings.
TABLE 32 (Fia. 41)
National Tube Company Standabd Flat Bead Malleable
Fittings
1 Bisect
A
A-A
B
Siieof
A
A-A
B
Pipe
Pipe
Inches
Inch*.
Incbet
Inches
InohM
Inches
Inches
Inches
v.
"/■
lVit
"/«
2V»
2V«
5V«
i"A.
7«
V.
l'A
•/•
3
3»/«
6»/i.
2»/i.
7.
l'A.
2Vm
U A.
3Vi
3"/«
7»/u
2»/«
7.
!»/■
2Vi«
"/■
4
4V«
8Vw
2V.
•A
1»A»
2»/i.
«•/»
4 l /i
4»A.
9»A
3V.
1
l'A.
3Vi
l'A.
5
5Vit
lov.
3'/.
l»A
IV.
3»A
IVi
6
6V«
12Vit
4V«
IV.
2»/i.
4 l /«
l"/«
7
6»/n
13V.
47.
2
2"/w
4»/u
!«/■
8
7»V«
15Vw
5»A
Fig. 36. Screwed Fittings.
TABLE 33 (Fig. 3d)
National Tubs Company, Extra. Heavy Flat Bead Malleable FrrriNas
Siieof
A
A-A
B
SiMot
A
A-A
B
Pipe
Pip.
Inches
Inoh«*
Inebe*
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
v«
"A.
l'A
• • • •
3Vi
3V.
7
27i.
•/•
"A.
l'A
7.
4
3»/u
7»/i
27.
v.
l'A.
2Vi
"A.
4Vi
4»/i.
8Vi.
2»/i.
•A
l'A
2 l A
»7i.
5
4Vt
9
27«
1
IV.
3
IV.
6
5Vi.
ioVi.
37.
l'A
IV.
3V4
l'A
7
5»Ai
nv.
37m
IV.
i»A.
3»A
IV.
8
6Vt
12»A.
3"/m
2
2'/i.
4»/i
17m
9
7Vx.
14V.
47.
2V«
27.
5 l A
l"A.
10
8 l A
16V.
47.
3
3>/i.
6V.
27x.
12
9Vw
19V.
57.
PIPE FITTINGS
57
Jttijfn
- vk-
+-4 J^-fiZZ
i
* -J
1
Fig. 38. Screwed Fittings
TABLE 34 (Fig. 38)
Crane Company, Extra Heavy Malleable FrrnNoe
ffiseof
A
B
c
Sise of
A
B
c
Pipe
Pipe
Inches
Inches
Indies
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
V.
lVu
•A
• • • •
2Vi
3V.
2V«
4*A
V.
1V4
V 8
• m m •
3
4V.
2'A
5V.
V.
IVt
1
« * • •
37.
4'A
2»A
6>A
•A
I'A
IVt
• • • •
4
5«A
2»A.
7
1
2
IVm
27i
4%
5«A
• • * •
7'A
1'A
2»A
lVi
3
5
6«A
• • ■ •
8V.
IV.
2'A
l u /li
3Vi
6
7'A
• • • •
»V.
2
3
2
4
Extra Heavy Cast Steel Screwed Fittings. — Screwed fittings
are made by Walworth Company of cast steel for superheated
steam at 350 pounds working pressure and a total temperature
of 800 degrees F. or for water working pressures of:
5,000 pounds for 1 inch and smaller sizes.
3.500 pounds for 1 */« inch to 2 inch.
2.500 pounds for 2 l / 2 inch to 4 1 /* inch.
2,000 pounds for 5 inch and 6 inch sizes.
Such fittings have a larger radius than ordinary cast iron
fittings.
Strength of Fittings. — Some results of tests to determine the
average bursting pressures of extra heavy flanged fittings are
plotted in Fig. 42. These tests were made by Crane Company
who burst several fittings of each size under hydraulic pressure.
The average tensile strength of the metal test bars were: Ferro-
steel 33,000 pounds per square inch, and cast iron 22,000 pounds
per square inch.
The bursting pressure of screwed fittings is from ten to twenty
times the working pressure. The internal fluid pressure, how-
58
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
ever, is not the determining factor, as fittings must withstand
the strain of expansion, contraction, weight of piping, settling,
and water hammer, and there is also the possibility of non-uni-
form thickness.
For cast iron the
bursting pressure is
generally in excess
of 1000 pounds,
and for malleable
iron in excess of
2,000 pounds.
Flanged Fittings.
— Flanged fittings,
Fig. 43, are to be
preferred for im-
portant or high
pressure work.
Regular fittings are
now made with
dimensions of the
American Standard
as devised by a
committee of the
A. S. M. E., and a
Manufacturers'
committee. This
standard fixes the
dimensions for
1
3
■
\
i
'■u'Win
\
JOT
\
\
\
\
&-
%
\
yF
\
\
Skfi . ...
^,^
X*
^^^^
Mw^H?
V
N
£b»~-
^
•^
V 5
fist.
^JL
yf«i|
,
&-
Nfe
/»w
\
\
Nfc
1
c
5^*5
^^'
"~—~~
^^»
"-^
toot
V
•
\
\
^^•^^to^
\
s'
soo
to /* i4 ie te
OtAMCTEK OP MTINS- INCHES.
MO £4
Fig. 42. Bursting Strength of Flanged Fittings.
standard weight fittings (125 lbs.) from 1 inch to 100 inches and
for extra heavy or high pressure fittings (250 lbs.) from 1 inch to
48 inches. The following tables give the dimensions revised to
March 7th and 20th, 1914. The dimensions in Table 35 are
common to all fittings for 125 pounds working pressure, and
those in Table 36 are common to all fittings for 250 pounds
working pressure. Tables 37 and 38 give the thickness of
metal, and Tables 39 and 40 the dimensions of pipe flanges.
The following explanatory notes as well as the Tables and
data here given are from the A. S. M. E. committee's report.
" (a) Standard and Extra Heavy Seducing Elbows carry same
dimensions centre to face as regular Elbows of larger straight size.
PIPE FITTINGS 59
" (b) Standard and Extra Heavy Tees, Crosses, and Laterals,
reducing on run only, carry same dimensions face to face as
larger straight size.
"(c) If Flanged Fittings for lower working pressure than 125
pounds are made, they shall conform in all dimensions except
thickness of shell, to this standard and shall have the guaranteed
(•*•! b* , *t M "d i**d K*d v*^s.
m H i# S *
BO* Ell Deutk Branch Sidt Outfit Long ftotf/um 4S'Sff
£11 £11 £/l
W*A>A-A U-a*.a*1 wyii.i.^J b- , i"d
1^3 tgi H §1
r Stywep Sk/a Oi/f/st
m m
Lateral
Fig. 43. A. S. M. E. Flanged Fittings.
working pressure cast on each fitting. Flanges for these fittings
must be of standard dimensions.
" (d) Where Long Radius Fittings are specified, it has reference
only to Elbows which are made in two centre to face dimensions,
and to be known as Elbows and Long Radius Elbows, the latter
being used only when so specified.
"(e) All standard weight fittings must be guaranteed for 125
pounds working pressure and Extra Heavy Fittings for 250
pounds working pressure, and each fitting must have some mark
cast on it indicating the maker and guaranteed working steam
" (f) AH extra heavy fittings and flanges to have a raised sur-
face of Vi» inch high inside of bolt holes for gaskets, Fig. 44.
60 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
Standard weight fittings and flanges to be plain faced. Bolt
holes to be V* inch larger in diameter than bolts. Bolt holes to
straddle centre line.
" (g) Size of all fittings scheduled indicates inside diameter of
ports.
" (A) The face to face dimension of reducers, either straight or
eccentric, for all pressures, shall be the same face to face as given
in table of dimensions.
" (i) Square head bolts with hexagonal nuts are recommended.
For bolts, l 5 /s inch diameter and larger, studs with a nut on
each end are satisfactory. Hexagonal nuts for pipe sizes 1 inch
% to 46 inch, on 125 pounds
standard, and 1 inch to 16
inch on 250 pounds standard
can be conveniently pulled
Fig. 44. Raised Face on Flange. U P ™ th °P en wrenches of
minimum design of heads.
Hexagonal nuts for pipe sizes 48 inch to 100 inch on 125
pounds, and 18 inch to 48 inch on 250 pound standards can be
conveniently pulled up with box or socket wrenches.
"(j) Twin Elbows, whether straight or reducing, carry same
dimensions centre to face and face to face as regular straight size
ells and tees. Side Outlet Elbows and Side Outlet Tees, whether
straight or reducing sizes, carry same dimensions centre to face
and face to face as regular tees having same reductions.
"(&) Bull Head Tees or Tees increasing on outlet, will have
same centre to face and face to face dimensions as a straight fit-
ting of the size of the outlet.
"(Q Tees and Crosses, 16 inches and down, reducing on the
outlet, use the same dimensions as straight sizes of the larger port.
Size 18 inch and up, reducing on the outlet, are made in two
lengths, depending on the size of the outlet as given in the table
of dimensions. Laterals, 16 inches and down, reducing on the
branch, use the same dimensions as straight sizes of the larger
port.
" (m) Sizes 18 inches and up, reducing on the branch, are made
in two lengths, depending on the size of the branch, as given in
the table of dimensions. The dimensions of reducing flanged
fittings are always regulated by the reductions of the outlet or
branch. Fittings reducing on the run only, the long body pattern
PIPE FITTINGS
61
will always be used. Y's are special and are made to suit condi-
tions. Double sweep tees are not made reducing on the run.
"(n) Steel Flanges, Fittings, and Valves are recommended for
Superheated Steam"
TABLE 35 (Fig. 43)
American Standard Flanged Fittings
125 Pounds Working Pressure
SUe
A-A
A
B
c
D
E
P
o
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
1
7
37.
5
IV.
77.
574
174
1V4
7V.
374
57*
2
8
674
174
17.
8
4
6
274
9
7
2
2
9
4Vi
67*
27*
107.
8
27.
2Vt
10
5
7
3
12
97.
27.
3
11
5V*
774
3
13
10
3
6
3Vi
12
6
87.
37.
147.
117.
3
07.
4
13
6V«
9
4
15
12
3
7
4Vt
14
7
97.
4
157,
127.
3
77t
5
15
77*
1074
47.
17
137.
37.
8
6
16
8
117.
5
18
147.
37.
9
7
17
8Vi
1274
57.
207..
167.
4
10
8
18
9
14
57.
22
177.
47.
11
9
20
10
1574
6
24
197.
47.
117.
10,
22
11
167.
67.
257.
207.
5
12
•
12
24
12
19
77.
30
247.
57.
14
14
28
14
217.
77*
33
27
6
16
15
29
147i
2274
8
347.
287.
6
17
16
30
15
24
8
367.
30
67.
18
18
33
167.
267*
87*
39
32
7
19
20
36
18
29
97*
43
35
8
20
22
40
20
317.
10
46
377.
87.
22
24
44
22
34
11
497.
407.
9
24
26
46
23
367*
13
53
44
9
26
28
48
24
39
14
56
467.
97.
28
30
50
25
417.
15
59
49
10
30
32
52
26
44
16
• • •
• • .
• • •
32
34
54
27
467,
17
• • •
• • •
• ■ •
34
36
56
28
49
18
« • •
• • •
• • .
36
38
58
29
517.
19
• • •
• • •
• • .
38
40
60
30
54
20
• • •
• • .
• • a
40
62
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
TABLE 36 (Fia. 43) (Continued)
Amhbican Standard Flangbd FrrnNos
126 Pounds Working Pressure
8iM
A-A
A
B
C
D
E
P
O
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
42
62
31
56Vi
21
42
44
64
32
59
22
44
46
66
33
61Vi
23
46
48
68
34
64
24
48
60
70
36
66 l /i
25
50
62
74
37
69
26
52
64
78
39
71V»
27
54
66
82
41
74
28
56
68
84
42
76 l /f
29
58
60
88
44
79
30
60
62
90
45
81Vi
31
62
64
94
47
84
32
64
66
96
48
86Vi
33
66
68
100
60
89
34
68
70
102
51
91Vi
35
70
72
106
63
94
36
72
74
108
54
967s
37
74
76
112
56
99
38
76
78
116
58
loiVi
39
78
80
118
59
104
40
80
82
120
60
106 1 /,
41
82
84
124
62
109
42
84
86
126
63
HlVi
43
86
88
130
65
114
44
88
90
134
67
116Vi
45
90
92
136
68
119
46
92
94
138
69
121 l /i
47
94
96
142
71
124
48
96
98
146
73
126Vi
49
98
100
148
74
129
50
100
PIPE FITTINGS
63
TABLE 36 (Fig. 43)
Hbavt American Standard Flanged Fittings
260 Pounds Working Pressure
Sm
A-A
A
B
C
D
E
F
1 °
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inohes
Inches Inch
ies Inohes
1
8
4
5
2
87.
67.
2
lVi
8Vi
4 l A
57.
27.
97.
774
2'
n
IV.
9
47,
6
274
ll
87.
2\
u
2
10
5
67.
3
117.
9
2\
h
27.
11
57,
7
37.
13
107.
2\
u
3
12
6
77*
37.
14
n
3
6
3V.
13
6V.
87.
4
157.
127.
3
67.
4
14
7
9
47.
167.
137.
3
7
4V.
15
77.
97.
47.
18
147.
3\
U 77.
5
16
8
1074
5
187.
15
3 1 ,
U 8
6
17
87.
117.
57.
217.
177.
i
9
7
18
9
127*
6
237.
19
*»,
!% 10
8
20
10
14
6
257.
207.
5
11
9
21
107.
1574
67.
277.
227. J
5
117.
10
23
117.
167.
7
297.
24
5'/
f % 12
12
26
13
19
8
337.
277. <
S
14
14
30
15
217.
87.
377.
31 <
B»,
ft 16
15
31
157.
227 4
9
397.
33 I
B'y
U 17
16
33
167.
24
97.
42
347.
1\
f% 18
18
36
18
267.
10
457.
377. 1
S
19
20
39
197.
29
107.
49
407. i
8«/
', 20
22
41
207.
317.
n
53
437. {
» 1 /
/, 22
24
45
227,
34
12
577.
477. 1<
24
26
48
24
367.
13
• ■ •
• • • i
• *
26
28
52
26
39
14
• • •
• • •
m I
28
30
55
277.
417.
15
• • «
• • •
■ 1
30
32
58
29
44
16
• • •
• • •
■ I
32
34
61
307.
467.
17
• # •
• • • «
• 4
34
36
65
327.
49
18
• • •
• • a i
a <
36
38
68
34
517.
19
• • •
• a • «
• *
38
40
71
357.
54
20
• • •
m m • <
a i
40
42
74
37
567,
21
« « •
• • • <
t • *
42
44
78
39
59
22
• • •
• • • »
k • i
44
46
81
407.
617.
23
• • •
• • • *
i • i
46
48
84
42
64
24
• • •
• • a
k • 4
48
64
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
TABLE 37
Ambbican Standard Cast Ibon Potb, Wall Thickness
125 Pounds Working Pressure
ft
Diameter
Thickness
M?"?"* 11 " 1
Stress per
Square
Inch
Pounds
Diameter
Thickness
Mimwi^iq
Stress per
Square
Inch
Pounds
of Pipe
of Pipe
Thickness
of Pipe
of Pipe
Thickness
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
1
.43
7.6
143
42
1.82
l"A.
1448
l'A
.44
7i.
178
44
1.87
IV.
1467
IV.
.45
'A.
214
46
1.94
l w A.
1484
2
.46
v..
286
48
2.00
2
1500
2V»
.48
Vw
357
50
2.07
2Vw
1515
3
.50
V»
428
52
2.14
»/•
1530
3Vi
.52
Vtt
500
54
2.20
2»/u
1543
4
.53
V.
500
56
2.27
2»A
1555
4Vi
.55
V.
562
58
2.34
2*A.
1567
6
.56
Vt
625
60
2.41
2Vu
1538
6
.60
v..
667
62
2.47
2V.
1550
7
.63
v.
700
64
2.54
2»A.
1561
8
.66
V.
800
66
2.61
2V.
1572
.70
"A.
818
68
2.68
2»/i.
1582
10
.73
•A
833
70
2.74
2'A
1591
12
.80
"A.
923
72
2.81
2"A.
1600
14
.86
'A
1000
74
2.88
2V.
1609
15
.90
V.
1072
76
2.94
2»/„
1617
16
.93
l
1000
78
3.01
3
1625
18
1.00
l'A.
1059
80
3.08
3Vu
1633
20
1.07
IV.
1111
82
3.15
3V.
1640
22
1.13
l«A.
1158
84
3.21
3'A.
1647
24
1.20
l'A
1200
86
3.28
3»A
1653
26
1.27
l'A.
1238
88
3.35
3*A.
1660
28
1.33
l*A
1273
90
3.41
3V.
1667
30
1.40
l'A.
1304
92
3.48
3V.
1643
32
1.47
IV.
1333
94
3.55
3»A.
1649
34
1.54
l'A.
1360
96
3.62
3»A
1655
36
1.60
IV.
1385
98
3.68
3»A.
1661
38
1.67
l"A.
1407
100
3.75
3'A
1667
40
1.73
l'A
1428 1
PIPE FITTINGS
TABLE 38
Extra Heavy Cast Ikon Pipe, Wall Thickness
250 Pounds Working Pressure
65
Diameter
Thiokness
Minimum
Stress per
Square
Inch
Pounds
Diameter
Thiokness
Minimum
Stress per
Square
Inch
Pounds
of Pipe
of Pipe
Thickness
of Pipe
of Pipe
Thickness
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
1
.45
v.
250
l'A
.47
V.
312
16
1.27
l'A
1600
IV.
.49
v.
375
18
1.37
IV.
1636
2
.51
V.
500
20
1.48
IV.
1666
2V.
.53
•A.
555
22
1.59
lVi.
1760
3
.56
Vw
667
24
1.70
IV.
1846
3Vi
.59
•A.
778
26
1.81
1"A.
1793
4
.61
V.
800
28
1.91
IV.
1866
47.
.64
•A
900
30
2.02
2
1875
5
.67
"A.
009
32
2.13
2V.
1882
6
.72
•A
1000
34
2.24
2 l A
1889
7
.78
"A.
1077
36
2.35
2V.
1894
8
.83
"A.
1230
38
2.46
2Vi.
1948
9
.89
'A
1285
40
2.56
2Vi.
1953
10
.94
"Ae
1333
42
2.67
2»/i.
1953
12
1.05
1
1500
44
2.78
2"/i.
1955
14
1.16
IV.
1555
46
2.89
2V.
2000
15
1.21
l'A.
1579
48
3.00
3
2000
TABLE 39
American Standard Pipe Flanges — 125 Pounds Working Pressure
Sue
Inches
Diameter
Thickness
Bolt
Number
Sue of
Length
Length of
Studs with
Two Nuts
Inches
of Fiances
of Flanges
Circle
of
Bolts
of Bolts
Inches
Inches
Inches
Bolts
Inches
Inch*.
1
4
Vi.
3
4
'A.
IV.
l'A
4V>
V.
3V.
4
V«
IV.
IV.
5
•A.
37.
4
V.
l'A
2
6
V.
4«A
4
•A
2
2V>
7
"A.
5V.
4
•A
2>A
3
7V.
'A
6
4
•A
2V.
3V.
8V.
"A.
7
4
•A
2V.
4
9
"A.
7V.
8
•A
2»A
4V.
«V«
"A.
7«A
8
»A
3
5
10
"A.
8V.
8
•A
3
6
11
1
0V.
8
•A
3
7
12V.
lVi.
io»A
8
V«
3
8
13V.
IV.
li'A
8
•A
3 l A
9
15
IV.
13»A
12
•A
3»A
10
16
l'A.
14V4
12
'A
3V.
12
19
1V4
17
12
V.
3«A
14
21
IV.
18«A
12
1
4»A
15
22»A
IV.
20
16
1
4»A
66
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
TABLE 39 (Continued)
American Standard Pipe Flanges — 126 Pounds Working Pressure
Inches
Diameter
Thickness
Bolt
Number
Siseof
Length
Length of
Studs with
Two Nuts
Inches
of Flanges
of Fiances
Circle
of
Bolts
of Bolts
Inches
Inches
Inches
Bolts
Inches
Inches
16
237,
l7n
2174
16
474
18
25
17ie
227 4
16
IV.
474
20
277i
l»/if
25
20
IV.
5
22
297.
l l 7ie
2774
20
IV.
57.
24
32
17.
297.
20
iy«
57.
26
3474
2
3174
24
IV.
574
28
367.
27i.
34
28
1V«
6
SO
3874
27s
36
28
IV.
674
32
4174
274
387.
28
IV.
67.
34
437 4
27ie
407.
32
IV.
67.
36
46
27.
427 4
32
IV.
7
38
4874
27s
4574
32
IV.
7
9
40
5074
27.
4774
36
IV.
7
9
42
53
27.
497.
36
IV.
77.
97.
44
5574
27.
5174
40
IV.
77.
97.
46
5774
2»/ie
637 4
40
IV.
77.
97.
48
597t
274
56
44
IV.
8
97.
50
6174
274
5874
44
IV.
8
10
52
64
27.
607.
44
l'A
8
107.
54
6674
3
6274
44
l'A
87.
107.
56
6874
3
65
48
l'A
87.
107.
58
71
37.
6774
48
l'A
9
n
60
73
•
37.
6974
52
l'A
9
n
62
7574
374
7174
52
IV.
9
117.
64
78
374
74
52
IV.
9
117.
66
80
37.
76
52
IV.
97.
117.
68
827 4
37.
7874
56
IV.
97.
117.
70
847,
37.
807.
56
IV.
10
12
72
867i
37.
827.
60
IV.
10
12
74
887a
37.
847.
60
IV.
10
12
76
9074
37.
867.
60
77.
10
12
78
93
374
8874
60
2
107.
127.
80
9574
374
91
60
2
107.
127.
82
977i
37.
9374
60
2
107.
13
84
9974
37.
957.
64
2
107.
13
86
102
4
977 4
64
2
n
13
88
10474
4
100
68
2
n
13
90
1067.
47.
10274
68
2V.
117.
14
92
10874
47.
1047.
68
2V.
117.
14
94
111
474
10674
68
2V.
117.
14
96
11374
474
1087.
68
2'A
117.
147.
98
1157*
47.
11074
68
2 l A
12
147.
100
11774
47.
113
68
2»A
12
147.
PIPE FITTINGS
67
TABLE 40
Extra Heavy American Standard Pipe Flanges
250 Pounds Working Pressure
Sue
TniinAA
Diameter
Thiokness
Bolt
Number
Siseof
Length of
Length of
gtuda with
TwoNuto
Indies
of Flanges
of Fiances
Circle
of
Bolts
Bolt*
iiWUrel
Inches
Inches
Inches
Bolts
Inches
Inohe*
1
4Vi
U /l6
3'A
4
*/•
2
iy«
5
'A
3«A
4
v.
2>A
IV.
6
"A.
*/■
4
V.
2V.
2
6V»
V.
5
4
»
v.
2V.
2V«
7Vt
1
5V.
4
•A
3
3
8V4
l 1 /.
6'A
8
•A
3'A
3V«
9
lVit
7V4
8
»A
3V«
4
10
l l A
7V.
8
•A
3V.
4Vi
lOVi
l'A.
8V.
8
»A
3V.
5
n
l»A
9 l A
8
•A
3'A
6
12Vi
i 7 A.
10Vs
12
•A
3»A
7
14
IV.
11V.
12
V.
4
8
15
IV.
13
12
V.
4>A
9
1674
l'A
14
12
4*A
10
17Vt
IV.
15V4
16
6
12
20Vi
2
17«A
16
IV.
5V.
14
23
2V.
20 l A
20
IV.
5'A
15
24»/i
2»/ie
21 Vi
20
lVi
6
16
25Vi
2 l A
22 l A
20
l'A
6
18
28
2»A
24»A
24
lVi
6V*
20
30Vi
2V.
27
24
l'A
6»/«
22
33
2V.
29V4
24
IV.
7
24
36
2«A
32
24
IV.
7V.
•Vi
26
38 l A
2"/i.
34V.
28
l'A
8
10
28
40»A
2«A.
37
28
IV.
8
10
30
43
3
39>A
28
l'A
8V.
iov.
32
45V4
3V.
41V.
28
l'A
9
n
34
47Vi
3»A
43V.
28
IV.
9
iiVi
36
50
3V.
46
32
IV.
»v.
HV.
38
52 l / 4
3Vi.
48
32
IV.
•V.
HV.
40
54 l /t
3Vu
50V4
36
IV.
10
12
42
57
3"A.
52»A
36
l'A
10
12
44
59V4
3«A
55
36
2
io»A
12V.
46
61 l /i
3V.
57 4 A
40
2
lOVi
13
48
65
4
60»A
40
2
li
13
Reducing Fittings. — The sizes for reducing fittings are given
in Tables 41, 42, 43, and 44.
68
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
On all reducing tees and crosses from 1 inch to 16 inches, in-
clusive, the centre to face dimension of the various outlets is the
same on fittings of the same size run. Thus a 5 x 5 x 1 tee has
the same centre to face dimension as a 5 x 5 x 5 tee, and is inter-
changeable with any combination of 5 inch cross. For sizes 18
inches and up interchangeability exists in two classes, one for
short body patterns and one for long body patterns.
TG
n . \ if
Fig. 45. Short Body Reducing Crosses and Tees.
TABLE 41 (Fig. 45)
American Standard Reducing Tbbb and Cbossbs
Short Body Pattern
125 Pounds, Working Pressure
Sim of
Sise of
8ise
Outlet
and
B-B
B
C
Sise
Outlet
and
B-B
B
C
Inches
Smaller
Inches
Indies
Inches
Inches
Inches
Smaller
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
18
12
26
13
15V.
60
40
66
33
41
20
14
28
14
17
62
40
66
33
42
22
15
28
14
18
64
42
68
34
44
24
16
30
15
19
66
44
70
35
45
26
18
32
16
20
68
44
70
35
46
28
18
32
16
21
70
46
64
37
47
30
20
36
18
23
72
48
80
40
48
32
20
36
18
24
74
48
80
40
49
34
22
38
19
25
76
50
84
42
50
36
24
40
20
26
78
52
86
43
52
38
24
40
20
28
80
52
86
43
53
40
26
44
22
29
82
54
88
44
54
42
28
46
23
30
84
56
94
47
56
44
28
46
23
31
86
56
94
47
57
46
30
48
24
33
88
58
96
48
58
48
32
52
26
34
90
60
100
50
61
50
32
52
26
35
92
60
100
50
62
52
34
54
27
36
94
62
104
52
63
54
36
58
29
37
96
64
106
53
64
56
36
58
29
39
98
64
106
53
65
58
38
62
31
40
100
66
110
55
67
PIPE FITTINGS
69
TABLE 42 (Fig. 45)
Extra Heavy American Standard Reducing Tbbs and Crosses
Short Body Pattern
260 Pounds. Working Pressure
Siieof
Siaeof
8b.
Outlet
and
B-B
B
c
Siae
Outlet
and
B-B
B
C
fn4ffi*4
Inohea
Inohea
Inohea
Inohea
Smaller
Inohea
Inohea
Inohea
Tnchea
Inohea
18
12
28
14
17
34
22
44
22
28
20
14
31
15Vt
18V.
36
24
47
23V.
29V.
22
15
33
16*/.
20
38
24
47
23V.
30V.
24
16
34
17
21Vi
40
26
50
25
31V.
26
18
38
19
23
42
28
53
26V.
33V.
28
18
38
19
24
44
28
53
26V.
34V.
30
20
41
20Vt
25 l A
46
30
55
27V.
35V.
32
20
41
20 l /«
26V.
48
32
58
29
37V.
Fig. 46. Short Body Reducing
Laterals.
Fig. 47. Long Body Reducing
Laterals.
TABLE 43
American Standard Reducing Laterals
Short Body Pattern (Fig. 46)
126 Pounds Working Pressure
Siae
Siaeof Branch
and Smaller
C
D
E
p
Inohea
Inohea
Inohea
Inohea
Inohea
Inohea
18
9
26
25
1
27V.
20
10
28
27
1
29V.
22
10
29
28V.
V.
31V.
24
12
32
31V.
v.
34V.
26
12
35
35
38
28
14
37
37
40
30
15
39
39
42
70
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
Long Body Pattern (Fia. 47)
SUe
Sim of Branch
and Larger
C
D
E
F
Tnnfhitif
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
18
10
39
32
7
32
20
12
43
35
8Vi
35
22
12
46
37V,
8
37V,
24
14
40V,
40V,
9
40V,
26
14
63
44
9
44
28
15
56
46*/,
9Vt
46V,
90
16
59
49
10
49
TABLE 44
Extra Hravy American Standard Reducing Latbraia
Short Body Pattern (Fig. 46)
250 Pounds Working Pressure
Sue
Sue of Branch
and Smaller
C
D
E
P
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
18
9
34
31
3
32V,
20
10
37
34
3
22
10
40
37
3
24
12
44
41
3
43
Long Body Pattern (Fio. 47)
Sise
Sise of Branch
and Larger
C
D
E
P
Inches
Tfifihns
Inches
Inches
Inohes
Inches
18
10
45V,
20
12
49
22
12
53
24
14
57V,
Cast Steel Fittings. — Walworth Company list cast steel fit-
tings for steam pressures up to 350 pounds working pressure, and
total temperature of 800 degrees, or working water pressures of
1,000 pounds for 2 inch to 4 inch sizes.
800 pounds for 4 1 /*. inch to 8 inch sizes.
500 pounds for 9 inch to 24 inch sizes.
PIPE FITTINGS
71
These fittings have the same dimensions as extra heavy cast iron
fittings but are made from steel, having a tensile strength of
60,000 pounds.
Ammonia Fittings. — For ammonia piping malleable iron
screwed fittings are made with a recess for soldering to insure
tightness. Flange fittings are made tongued and grooved and
provided with gaskets. The flanges may be round, square, or
Fig. 48. Flanged Ammonia Fittings.
oval. Fig. 48 shows some flanged ammonia fittings, and Table
45 gives the ares of lead or rubber gaskets for tongued and grooved
ammonia joints, as made by the Walworth Company.
TABLE 45
Ammonia Gaskets fob Tongued and Grooved Joints
Outdds
In«d.
Blw
Outude
IOKdo
■—
Di.rn.tiir
Inohw
Iiuh*
Inch™
InolM.
V.
■V.
"/«
2
8V.
2V,.
7.
IV.
"/.
2-/.
3-7.
2 u /»
'/■
1'/.
V.
3
*/■
«•/»
V.
l'V.
IV.
»'/.
V/m
4'/,.
1
1»/.
IV.
4
6"/.
4V..
IV.
*/•
l'V..
5
«"/«
6V.
IV.
2"/*
l'V..
6
7"/»
e"A.
72
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
British Standard Pipe Flanges and Fittings!. — The dimensions
for standard pipe flanges used in England are given in Tables 46
and 47.
TABLE 46
British Standard Pipb Flanges
For Working Steam Pressures up to 66 Pounds per Square Inch, and for
Water Pressure up to BOO Pounds per Square Inch
This table does not apply to boiler feed pipes, or other water pipes subject
to exceptional shocks.
Diameter
of Flange
Diameter
of BoH
Circle
Number
of
Bolts
Diameter
of Bolts
Thieknea of Flange*
Internal
Diameter
of Pipe
Cut Iron
and Steel
or Iron
Welded on
Cart
Steel and
Bronae
Stamped
or Forged
Wrought
Iron or
Steel
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inohes
Inches
Inches
V.
3'A
2V.
4
V.
V.
V.
v..
V«
4
2Vs
4
V.
v.
V.
•A.
l
4 l /«
3V«
4
V.
'A
V.
'A.
1V«
4*A
V/u
4
V.
•A
V.
'A
IV*
5»/«
3Vi
4
■A
•A
V.
V«
2
6
4V»
4
v.
•/«
v..
•At-
2Vi
6Vi
5
4
V.
•A
•A.
v..
3
7V«
5«A
4
•A
•A
•A.
V.
3V»
8
ay.
4
V.
•A
•A.
V.
4
8 l A
7
4
•A
V.
"A.
v.
4Vi
9
7V.
8
V.
v.
"A.
'A.
5
10
8V4
8
•A
v.
"A.
V.
6
11
9V4
8
V.
V.
"A.
v.
7
12
10 X A
8
•/•
1
•A
V.
8
13*A
n i A
8
V.
1
•A
V.
9
14Vi
12*A
8
V.
1
•A
V.
10
16
14
8
'A
1
'A
V.
12
18
16
12
•A
IV.
V.
•A
14
20»A
18 l /i
12
'A
l l A
1
•A
15
21*A
19 l /s
12
'A
l'A
1
•A
16
22»/«
20Vi
12
'A
l'A
1
•A
18
2574
23
12
'A
IV.
IV.
V.
20
27»A
25»A
16
V.
IV.
l«A
1
24
32V.
29»A
16
1
IV.
IV.
IV.
Bolt-holes. — For Yr-inch and Yi-inch bolts the diameters of the holes
to be Vir-inch larger than the diameters of the bolts, and for larger sises of
bolts, Ys inch. Bolt-holes to be drilled off centre lines.
PIPE FITTINGS
73
TABLE 47
British Standard Potb Flanges
For Working Pressures up to 126 Pounds, 226 Pounds, and S26 Pounds per
Square Inch
Internal
Diam.
of
Diam.
of Bolt
Number
Diana.
of
of Pipe
Fiance
Circle
Bolts
125 Lbs.
126 Lbs.
125 Lbs.
225 Lbs.
225 Lbs.
225 Lbs.
325 Lbs.
325 Lbs.
325 Lbs.
Inches
Inches
Inches
Vt
3V«
2»/ 8
•A
4
2V §
1
4«A
V/u
IV.
5»A
3'A
IV.
5Vt
4Vt
2
ey«
5
V/t
7»A
6»/«
8
8
8
6Vi
8
8>A
8Vt
7
8
4
7>A
8
4V»
10
8V«
8
5
11
9»A
8
•
12
10V«
12
7
lay.
ll»A
12
8
14»/i
12»A
12
9
16
14
12
10
17
15
12
12
19»A
17»/4
16
14
2l»A
19»/t
16
15
22»/«
20i/t
16
ie
24
21«A
20
18
26>A
24
20
20
29
28»A
24
22
31
28»A
24
24
33>A
30»A
24
Diameter of
Bolts
125 Lbs.
225 Lbs.
Inches
Vt
Vt
■A
•A
•A
■A
■A
•A
■A
■A
■A
•A
•A
•A
•A
Vt
»/■
Vt
1
1
1
IV.
lVt
IV.
1V«
325 Lbs.
Inohe
V«
v.
V.
v.
v.
•A
•A
•A
•A
•A
V.
V.
V.
V.
V.
1
1
1
IV.
IV.
IV.
1V«
iy«
1»A
IV.
Thickness of Flanges
Cast Iron, and
Steel or Iron
Welded on
Steel (Cast or
Riveted on)
and Bronae
125
Lbs.
In.
V.
v.
v.
v.
v.
•A
■A
■A
V.
V.
V.
1
l
l
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
225
Lbs.
In.
v.
v.
V.
V.
•A
V.
V.
1
l
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
2
2V«
2V
2V
325
Lbs.
In.
v.
v.
•A
•A
V.
1
l
IV.
1V«
IV.
IV.
IV.
IV.
IV.
IV.
l»A
IV.
2
2»A
2V.
2>A
2V.
2V«
2«/i
2»/«
125
Lbs.
In.
v.
v.
v.
v.
Vt
V.
V.
V.
•A
•A
■A
V.
v.
v.
1
1
1
IV.
1V«
IV*
1»A
IV.
IV.
lVt
IV.
225
Lbs.
In.
Vm
Vm
V.
V.
Vm
"A.
"A.
•A
•A
V.
V.
V.
V.
V*
v«
v.
v.
v.
v.
•A
v.
2
2»A
825
Lbs.
In.
V.
V.
"A.
"A.
•A
Vt
V.
l
1
IV.
IV.
1V«
1V«
IV.
IV.
lVt
lVt
1"A
IV.
lVt
2
2Vt
2»A
2Vt
2Vt
Bolt-holes. — For Vt-inch and Vrinoh bolts the diameters of the holes to be Virinch
larger than the diameters of the bolts, and for larger sises of bolts, l /*-inch. Bolt-holes to be
drilled off center lines.
The Engineering Standards Committee gives four classes
according to pressure, as follows: low pressure for steam up to
55 pounds, and water up to 200 pounds per square inch; inter-
mediate pressure for steam over 55 pounds and not exceeding
125 pounds; high pressure for steam pressure over 125 pounds,
and not exceeding 225 pounds; extra high pressure for steam
pressure over 225 pounds and not exceeding 325 pounds.
74 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
General dimensions for British Standard Flanged Fittings are
given in Tables 48 and 49 for short tees and bends of cast material
and for long bends of wrought iron and steel.
Fig. 49. British Standard Short Ten sod Bends.
TABLE 48 (Fra. 49)
Bmtish Standard Shobt Binds and Tubs
StS Pounds Working P
Bim
A
B
9i»
A
B
D
D
IndkM
DMhH
iMfcW
Incfe-
iBdbM
IudkM
V.
3'A
2*A
7
10
7'A
■A
3'A
2»A
8
11
8*A
1
4
2»A
9
12
9
IVi
4'A
3
10
13
10
IV.
4'A
3
12
15
U'A
2
6
3>A
14
17
13>A
2V.
6V.
3'A
15
IS
147,
3
6
4
16
19
15'A
3'A
«v.
4V»
18
21
17
4
7
4>A
20
23
18*A
S
8
6'/,
21
24
19'A
6
9
6V.
24
27
22V.
Fig. 50. British Standard Long Bends.
PIPE FITTINGS
75
TABLE 49 (Fro. 60)
Bbitibh Standard Long Bunds or Wbouqht Ibon and Stbbl
Hm
A
B
R
8i»
A
B
R
D
D
Timli^
Timlin
InohM
InohM
InohM
InohM
InohM
InohM
V.
4V.
2V.
2
6
25
7
18
•A
5
2V.
2V»
7
31V.
7
24V.
l
6
3
3
8
36
8
28
1V4
6«/«
3
3«A
9
39V.
8
31V.
IV.
7Vi
3
4Vi
10
49
9
40
2
»Vi
3Vi
6
12
58
10
48
2Vi
HVi
4
7Vi
14
74
11
63
3
13
4
9
15
79V.
12
67V.
8Vt
15V.
5
iov.
16
93
13
80
4
17
5
12
18
104
14
90
5
21
6
15
20
126
16
110
CHAPTER V
PIPB JOINTS
There are a great many kinds of joints used for connecting
pieces of pipe. Some forms are described in this chapter but
there are many others which space does not permit showing. The
ideal arrangement would be to have the pipe in one continuous
piece, but this is not practicable, although the number of joints
Fig. 51. Atwood Line Weld.
can be greatly reduced by using welded joints. The question of
joints should receive very careful attention and the type selected
which will best meet the conditions involved.
Welded Joints. — Any means of reducing the number of joints
to be made in pipe lines is distinctly worth while as it makes
Fig. 52. Interlock Welded Necks.
fewer chances for leakage, lessens repairs, and is generally com-
mendable. The oxy-acetylene blow torch is used by the Pitts-
burg Valve, Foundry, and Construction Company for doing
PIPE JOINTS
77
welded work, ae illustrated in the patented joints shown in Figs.
51 and 52. The "Atwood line weld," Fig. 51, allowB the fabrica-
tion of pipes into lengths as long as can be handled for shipment,
with a consequent reduction by about fifty per cent of the number
Figs. 53 and 54. Screwed Unions.
of flange joints in the line. For connecting branch lines of wrought
pipe in mains of the same material, "interlock welded necks"
are made use of to eliminate cast fittings. This appears to good
advantage in welded headers where the weight is reduced in addi-
tion to doing away with a large number of joints. The method
of making tins connection is shown in Fig. 52.
Screw Unions. — For joining two lengths of small screwed
pipe, couplings are in general use, as described in Chapter IV,
Figs. 65 and 66. Screwed Unions.
Table 20. When the joint must be unmade frequently, or for
making the last joint in a line, unions may be used. Fig. 53 shows
a union made of malleable iron with a brass seat forced into place
60 that contact is between iron and brass. Both ends are ground
78
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
together, making a tight joint. Fig. 54 shows a union made of
malleable iron, using a metallic gasket to make a tight joint. The
Kewanee Union shown in Fig. 55 is made by the National Tube
Company. Part A is made of brass, giving a brass to iron thread
connection, and a brass to iron ball joint seat. Fig. 56 shows
the Dart Union, having inserted brass seats. Unions are also
made entirely of brass. Table 50 gives the dimensions of Crane
Company Unions.
Figs. 57. Screwed Unions.
TABLE 60 (Fig. 57)
Crams Malleable Ibon Unions, Union Ells, Union Tans
Standard
JtfilDOWS
Union,
Union,
Standard
Crane and
and Rail-
road Unions
Sin
and Ten
Male
Female
Union
Navy
with Male
A
B
C
D
Unions
D
and Female
Ends
E
Inches
Tmfliff
Innhf
Inches
Inches
Tmfli«y§
Inches
v.
• • •
• • •
• • •
IV.
V«
»Vh
2Vu
l»/u
IV.
2»A.
2 l A
v.
"A.
2»A
2Vm
1»A
2»A
2Vi.
V.
IV.
3Vit
2»/u
IV.
2»/i.
2»/u
•A
l'A.
3Vi
2»A
2V.
2V.
3Vu
l
IVm
3"/i.
3
2V.
2V.
8Vw
1»A
1'A
4Vi.
3Vw
2V.
2»/«
3»A.
IV.
l'Vi.
4»A
3"/i.
2"/u
3V.
4
2
2«A
5»/t
4»A
8 l A
3»A.
4Vi.
2V.
2" A.
6
4»A
8Vm
4' A.
4V.
3
• • •
■ ■ •
• • •
3"/h
47.
3V»
■ • •
• • •
» « •
4V.
4
• • •
• • *
« • •
4V.
PIPE JOINTS 79
Flange Unions. — For many purposes, especially for the larger
sizes, flange unions, Figs. 58 and 59, are to be preferred. These
are made is a targe variety of forms. The object of using them
is to facilitate the erection and disassembling of the piping. The
Kewanee Flange Union is shown in Fig. 59.
Figs. 58 and W. Flanged Unions.
Bolt Circles and Drilling. — The diameters of bolt circles,
sizes of bolts and bolt holes, number of bolts, etc., are given
in Tables 39 and 40, Chapter IV, for the American Standard
which is generally used in the United States. When cast
steel flanges are used the bolt holes are spot faced. This is
done by facing off around the bolt holes on the back side of
the flange, where the nut or head of the bolt bears. This
gives a truer and firmer bearing than can be had with a
rough casting.
Flange Facing. — There are a large number of methods of
facing flanges and providing for the holding of gaskets to make
tight joints. These may be listed as
80
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
Straight plain face
Corrugated, plain face
Scored, plain face
Grooved, plain face
Raised face for gasket
Raised face for ground joint
Tongue and groove
Male and female
Fig. 60 shows the plain straight-faced flange commonly employed
for pressures up to 125 pounds on steam and water. Either a
full face or ring gasket is used. The full face gasket is a little
easier to put in place and to centralize with the bore of the pipe.
Very good results can be obtained by a ring gasket of fair thick-
ness, so that the gasket will have sufficient pressure exerted upon
it by the bolts to make a tight joint, before the outside edges of
the flange meet.
A corrugated, plain face flange is made by cutting concentric
curves with a round nosed tool. The corrugations have a tend-
Pig. 60. Straight Faced Flange.
Fig. 61. Raised Face Flange.
ency to prevent the gaskets from blowing out. Their use is
desirable when the fluid conveyed requires extra thick gaskets.
A scored, plain face flange is one which has concentric rings scored
upon the face by a diamond-pointed tool. When lead gaskets
must be used, as on oil and acid lines, this form of flange is de-
sirable. The lead gasket squeezes into the scores and helps to
maintain a tight joint without bringing undue strain on the bolts.
Same forms of grooved flanges are used in which contact is made
by a copper or lead wire pressed into a groove cut into both
flanges. This joint is effective, but the flanges must be strong
to withstand the stresses set up when the bolts are tightened.
A very satisfactory joint for high pressure steam lines is made
by raising the face of the flange between the inside of the bolt
PIPE JOINTS 81
holes and the bore Vie inch above the rest of the flange, Fig. 61.
The entire force exerted by the bolts is concentrated at the joint
without danger of the edges of the flanges coming together, mak-
ing an efficient joint. Such flange faces are advised by the
A. S. M. E. Committee for all flanges and fittings for use with
pressures above 125 pounds.
It is essential that no organic matter should be in contact with
superheated steam as it will carbonize. For such use the raised
faces of Fig. 61 may be ground, giving a metal to metal joint.
Special gaskets may be had for superheated steam.
The tongued and grooved flange shown in Fig. 62 provides a
recess to hold the packing in place so that it cannot blow out.
nmmmM
»,i»mniu
Fig. 62. Tongued and Grooved flanges. Fig. 63. Male and Flanges.
The male and female flanges shown in Fig. 63 are used con-
siderably on high pressure hydraulic lines and to some extent
on high pressure steam lines. The gasket is held securely in place,
but both Figs. 62 and 63 are difficult to take down as they must
be separated a distance equal to the projection before the pipe
can be moved.
Flange Joints for Steel Pipe. — For making joints with wrought
pipe various forms of flange joints are made, of which the follow-
ing may be mentioned:
Screwed Rolled joint
Screwed and calked Riveted and shrunk
Screwed and welded Swivel
Welded Shrunk joint
The screwed joint shown in Fig. 60 is a common method of attach-
ing flanges. The flange is screwed on until the pipe projects
82
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
through, then the flange and pipe are faced off together. It is
advisable to have the gasket bear on the end of the pipe to insure
tightness. The threading weakens the pipe so that for high
pressures some of the following types are advisable. Flanges
*>»»»»»»{
Fig. 64. Walco- Weld Flange.
Fig. 65. Flange with Calking Recess.
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^9
are made of cast iron, semi steel, malleable iron, cast steel, and
forged steel suitable for the method of joining to the pipe and the
pressure to be met.
The Walco-Weld flange, Fig. 64, made by the Walworth Com-
pany, is made by half-threading on the flange and then welding
the back by the oxy-acetylene method, thereby completely elimi-
nating the possibility of an imperfect or incomplete weld, as
sometimes occurs with
the furnace-welded
flange. Flanges with a
calking recess, Fig. 65,
are made by the Crane
Company by cutting a
recess in the hubs on
the backs of the flanges.
This recess is x /% inch
in depth, V< inch wide
at top, and Vie inch
wide at bottom. It
can be applied to extra
heavy flanges in sizes from 2 to 24 inch. Flanges so fitted are
l /t inch higher than the regular flanges. When the flanges are
used on cold water, the recesses are filled with lead, and when
used on steam the recesses are filled with soft copper, which is
%
Tzzazzzzzzzzm
Fig. 66.
Welded Flange.
Fig. 67.
Rolled Joint.
PIPE JOINTS
83
calked in firmly to keep the flanges from leaking where they are
made on pipe.
Welded joints are made by welding a wrought steel flange to
the pipe, making them into one piece, as shown in Fig. 66. Fig.
67 shows a form of rolled
joint. A groove is turned
into the flange and the pipe
rolled into it. The shrunk
joint is shown in Fig. 68.
The flange is first bored to a
shrink fit, and then heated
and placed over the end of the
pipe which is peened into the
recess in the flange. Afterwards a facing cut is taken across the
end of the pipe and flange. The gasket should bear on the end
of the pipe as the joint between pipe and flange may not be
absolutely tight. Shrunk joints are also made with either single
or double riveting.
The Walmanco joint, Fig. 69, was developed in the Walworth
shops in 1897. Some of the advantages of this form as stated by
the makers are: first — the pipe is not weakened by cutting into
the wall; second — the gasket bears on the face of the lap, and
Fig. 68. Shrink Joint.
Fig. 69. Walmanco Joint.
Fig. 70. Cranelap Joint
absolutely prevents leakage through the bore of the flange; third
— the advantage of the flange swiveling on the pipe is obvious to
the fitter; fourth — the flange has maximum strength, and is
not subject to torsional strains in attaching.
The Cranelap joint made by Crane Company is shown in Fig.
70. The face of the flange is bevelled to the width of the lap, to
84
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
compensate for the difference in the thickness of the pipe between
the inside and outside portions of the lap, caused by drawing over
the pipe, and the lap is made with a square corner so that the
inside of the pipe runs straight to the face of the joint, as illus-
trated in Fig. 70. The flanges in these joints are loose and swivel.
This is a great convenience when it is necessary to change the
position of bolt holes, which this makes possible.
Pipe Flange Tables. — The principal dimensions for the vari-
ous flange joints are given in Tables 51 to 56 inclusive. For
American standard pipe flanges and British standard pipe flanges
see Tables 39, 40, 46 and 47 of Chapter IV.
Long Hub fkmgta
Long Hub n*nf9
Short //vb rVangms
Mat/Mb frvn. Cbst^t—i
Fig. 71. Cranelap Flanges.
TABLE 51 (Fia. 71)
Extra Heavy Cranelap Pips Joints
£50 Pounds Working Pressure
Sin
B
Q
a
R
T
o
N
A
Indies
Inches
Inches
Inches
lushes
Ineha.
Inches
Inohn
Indus
4
6»/it
5»/e
l'A
IV.
67.
3»A
3V.
l'A
47.
6"/u
674
IVm
l'A
774
3'Vm
3'A
1"/m
5
7V.
7
IV.
l'A
774
4V.
3'A
IV.
6
87.
7"/w
IVm
l'A
9
4'A
3'A
2
7
•V.
97t
l'A
IVm
10
4»/«
3V.
2»A.
8
107s
lOVit
IV.
IV.
11
4«A
3V.
3«A.
9
ii 7 /i
HVs
l'A
IVm
1274
4»Vi.
3V.
2'A
10
13V»
12»/t
IV.
1Vi
137.
4»/ M
3»A
2V.
12
15»/i
1474
2
IV.
1574
5Vi.
4
2Vm
14
16»/4
levit
2V.
l»A
17
6V.
4«A
2"A.
15
17Vi
1774
2Vi.
l"A.
18
«V»
4V.
2"A.
16
1974
187.
2'A
l'A
19
6
4«A
2V.
18
217.
207i
2V.
2
217.
6«A
5
3Vm
20
23»A
227t
2'A
2«A
237.
6V.
5V.
3«A
22
26
2474
2V.
2»A
257.
6V.
fi'A
3Vu
24
2874
27
2«A
2Vm
277.
7>A
6»A
3«/»
PIPE JOINTS
85
Cast /ran
f/
/Hb/jsaM* //W9
Fbnpecf Sfee/
Cnst/ron, Semi St**/ 9
Fig. 72. Walmanoo Flanges.
TABLE 52 (Fig. 72)
Standard Weight Walmanoo Flanots
New Style
Low Hub
High Hub
Diameter
Thickness
Thickness
Thiokness
Thickness
MRS • S ^ _
PipeSbe
of Flange
through Hub
at Edge
through
Hub
at Edge
through
Hub
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inohes
Inohes
Inohes
4
9
17.
W A.
I7i.
"A.
2»A
4Vi
»V«
17.
»»A.
174
5
10
17.
»/m
I7u
"A.
2V.
6
11
2
1
I7i.
1
27.
7
12Vi
27i.
l'/u
17.
V/u
27.
8
13Vt
17.
IV.
17.
IV.
3
9
15
27.
IV.
174
IV.
3'A
10
16
27i.
l'/u
17.
i*A.
3V.
12
19
274
1V«
2Vm
l'A
4»/«
14
21
27.
IV.
27w
IV.
4>A
15
22»/ 4
27.
IV.
27u
IV.
4>A
16
237t
27i.
lVw
27i.
V/u
4 l A
18
25
27i.
lVi.
27.
V/u
47.
20
277.
2"/u
1"A.
274
i"A.
47.
22
297i
2"/ M
l"A.
27.
24
32
27.
r/i
3
IV.
57.
26
347i
3
28
367.
37m
30
3874
37.
86
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
TABLE 53 (Fig. 72)
Extra Hbavy Wauianco Flanokb
Forced
Outride
Diameter
Inches
New Style
High Hub
Sled
Pipefflse
High Hub
Inches
Diameter
of Face
Thick-
nenof
Fiance
Diameter
of Hub
Thickness
through
Hub
Thiekneai
of
Flange
TMefaxaB
of Plant*
4
10
6Vi
2
5Vt
2»/it
i'A
l'A
4V.
10V1
7V.
2
6Vu
2 T A
l'A.
l'A
5
n
8
2Vt
6»/u
3
IV.
l'A
6
12Vi
9*A
2V4
8Vw
3Vit
lVu
l'A
7
14
10V4
2»/.
9
3Vu
l'/»
l'A.
8
15
11V4
2V.
10
av»
IV.
IV.
9
16V«
12Vi
2Vi
HV4
3"/«f
l*A
lVt.
10
17V«
13»/4
2»A
12Vit
3"/u
IV.
l'A
12
20Vi
16
3
MVit
4Vu
2
IV.
14
23
17 l A
3Vi
15»/u
4"/i.
2V.
l'A
15
24V«
18V4
3V*
17
4Vs
2«A.
l'Vu
16
25Vi
19V4
3V.
18
5
2'A
IV.
18
28
21V4
3V«
20
5»/it
2»/»
2
20
30 l /i
23»A
8Vi
22V«
5V.
2V.
2»A
22
33
25»A
3V§
24V«
5V.
2V.
24
36
27»A
4
26V.
6"/m
2'A
TABLE 54 (Fia. 68)
Shrunk and Prrnrd Flanges — Extra Heavy
81m
Diameter
Cast Flanges
Forged FlancM
of Flange
xhoom
Inches
A
B
C
A
B
C
4
10
1V4
6Vi.
3»A
IV.
5'A
3'A
4V.
10V.
1VI4
6»/w
3"/l4
l'A
«'A
3'A
5
11
lVs
7V.
4V.
l'A
7
3'A
6
12V.
IV..
8V.
4»A
l'A
7'Vw
3'A
7
14
IV.
9»A
4Vi.
l»/»
»'/.
3V.
8
15
IV.
lov.
4*A
IV.
10»/„
3'/.
9
16V4
l'A
11V.
4»/u
l'A.
11V.
3V.
10
17V.
IV.
13V.
4»/it
l'A
12V.
3»A
12
20Vt
2
15V.
5Vit
IV.
14»A
4
14
23
2V.
16*A
5V.
l'A
16»/i.
4V.
15
24V.
2Vi.
17V.
5V.
l'Vi.
17»A
4V.
16
25V.
2 l A
19V4
6
IV.
18V.
4«A
18
28
2V.
21V.
6 l A
2
20»A
5
20
30V.
2V.
23»A
6V.
2'A
22V.
5V.
22
33
2*A
26
6V.
2'A
24«A
5V.
24
36
2«A
28V4.
7V4
2Vi.
27
fl'A
PIPE JOINTS
87
Fig. 73. Tongued and Grooved Flanges.
§
15 O
6 8
3 I
II
I
NWNWNWNNeoeococceo
*>» > v. ^*^ *^v «; \ m ^> «• >s. **v. **v. ****. '"v. "v. •• ""s. *•«*» ^. ^ > v. m
I
O
a i:
NW«N
• • •
NNNClNNNNNCO«»eO
•eo^^'O^cocNOOHN^iocoa
8SS8
,h^4^^i^^^i^h^iHi^C9C<IC4C9C4CIC4C9
-n*. •« ""v^ •* «• •* -"^ -»* ""v.. _■« ^r* «j* «*r .^r -»T" «*r ^- >^7 «»r «*r «nT >c <»^
M
ciebeo^^<oiococot«ooob0^co|S^;SSSSiSS
»
H
■i i^ 94 W P* «• p* wm ^ ^ IV «^ ^" ^^ *^ vtp ^ ^» V* ^ ^« «■«
*w,«e&?.ao» ssa a3sSJ:8SS888J3S
rt?.^e»e»«oft'*'*«o«i*ooo>ogj;«g»ooggjj|
88
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
5XU
F
Fig. 74. Male and Female Flanges.
TABLE 56 (Fia. 74)
Extra Heavy Male and Female Flanges
BUe
D
B
P
H
J
Cast Flanges
Forged Flanges
Inches
A
B
C
A
B
O
1
4Vt
Vm
Vm
2Vit
2Vt
• • •
• • •
• • •
Vm
2
l
IV*
5
Vm
Vi
21/4
2"/it
• • •
• • •
• • •
Vi
2»A
IVi
lVi
6
•At
Vi
8Vi
3Vm
• • •
• • •
• • •
V*
V/t
IVi
2
6Vt
Vm
»/■
3»/t
8"/m
T A
8VI
lVi
Vi
8Vi
IVi
2»/i
7Vt
V"
Vi
4Vi
4Vm
1
4
IVm
1
4Vm
IVm
8
8»/«
Vm
Vi
6
5Vm
lVi
4Vi
IVm
1
4"/m
IVm
8Vi
Vh
V«
6»/t
6Vit
IVm
5V«
IVi
IVi
5Vu
IVi
4
10
Vm
Vi
6
•Vm
IV*
51/4
IV*
IVi
6*Vm
lVi
4Vt
lOVi
Vh
Vi
6»/»
•Vm
lVi*
6Vm
1»»/m
IV*
•V*
1"/m
5
11
Vm
Vi
7V*
7Vit
l»A
6V«
IVi
IV*
6»Vm
IVi
6
12»/t
Vw
Vi
8i/t
8Vm
IVm
7"/u
2
IV*
7Vi
2
7
14
V*
Vit
9i/t
•Vm
lVi
2Vm
IVm
9»/i
2Vm
8
16
V*
Vm
lOVi
10"/m
!•/•
lOVi
2i/it
IVi
lOVi
2Vm
16V*
V*
Vw
HVt
11"/m
IV*
hVm
2V*
IVm
llVi*
2Vi
10
17V«
V*
Vit
121/4
12"/it
IV*
12Vt
2Vt
IVi
12Vm
2i/t
12
20Vi
V*
Vit
15V«
l«Vn
2
14»/i
2Vi*
IVi
14»/i
2Vm
14
28
V*
Vm
16»/i
16»/it
2Vi
15Vii
2"/i*
IV*
16"/m
2»Vm
15
24Vt
V*
Vm
17Vf
17Vit
2Vm
16»Vm
2»/it
1"/m
17Vm
2"/m
id
25Vi
V*
Vh
18Vt
18Vn
21/4
18
2Vi
IVi
20V*
8Vn
18
28
V*
Vm
21
21Vm
2Vi
20Vi
•Vm
2
20«/i
3Vm
20
3QVi
V*
Vm
28
23Vm
2»/i
22Vu
3V«
2Vi
22Vi
3Vi
22
38
V*
•/it
25»A
25»/m
2»/i
24Vi
3Vm
2V«
24V*
8Vi
24
86
V*
Vit
27Vi
27Vm
1 21/4
1 26i/4
| 8»/i
2Vi
26»/m
8»A
Special Connections. — Several forms of special connections for
lap-welded steel pipe, as made by the American Spiral Pipe Works,
are shown in Figs. 75 to 80. The flanges are all made of forged
steel. Fig. 75 shows a riveted steel flange connection which is
made in different standards for high and low pressure work. Fig.
76 shows a welded steel flange with follower rings, a form of con-
nection especially suited for high pressure work. A field riveted
joint suitable for long lines where facilities are ample for rivet-
ing up at destination, is shown in Fig. 77. It possesses many
advantages over the ordinary field joint as the taper end may
be inserted into the flared end without difficulty, thus enabling
holes to be brought quickly into alignment.
PIPE JOINTS
89
A form of bell and spigot lead joint for low pressure water
lines is shown in Fig. 78. It requires a less amount of lead than
Fig. 75. Riveted Flanges. Fig. 76. flanges with Follower Rings.
ordinary cast pipe. The bolted socket joint shown in Fig. 79 is
especially suited for long line work or for connections on submerged
**P
o
o
J§-
Fig. 77. Field Riveted Joint.
Fig. 78. Bell and Spigot Joint.
pipe lines as it allows for a slight deflection at each joint. The
standard bolted joint connection shown in Fig. 80 forms an ex-
Fig. 79. Bolted Socket Joint.
Fig. 80. Bolted Joint.
pansion joint and permits a deflection or slight angle to be made
at each joint.
90
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
Converse Joints. — The Converse lock joint pipe, Fig. 81, and
the Matheson joint pipe, Fig. 82, are made by the National Tube
Company in sizes ranging from 2 inches to 30 inches outside
diameter, and about 18 feet long. The joints are made with
Fig. 81. Convene Joint.
lead. The Converse Lock Joint is made by means of a cast iron
hub whose inner surface has an inwardly projecting ring at mid-
length; on each side of this ring are two wedge-shaped pockets,
diametrically opposite; near each mouth of the hub is a recess
for lead. Close to each end of the pipe are two strong rivets,
placed at such distance from the end that when the pipe is inserted
into the hub and
slightly rotated,
the rivets engage
the slopes of the
wedge-shaped pock-
ets and force the
end of the pipe
against the central
ring of the hub.
Lead is then pour-
ed into the recess
provided for it,
UIMMUUfUi
Fig. 82. Matheson Joint.
and securely calked. Table 57 gives standard sizes, thicknesses,
etc., for Converse joint pipe.
Matheson Joints. — Matheson joint pipe is a pipe with a joint
of a bell and spigot type, very similar in appearance to a cast iron
PIPE JOINTS
91
TABLE 67 (Fra. 81)
Conybbsb Lock Joint Pn
Hub — Cast Iron
W 1 1~ A
Weight per
19 A.
External
Thick-
Weight
per Foot
Plain Ends
Weight
Foot
Complete,
Mm
Diameter
ntm
Diameter
D
Length
L
Weight
for Field
End
Including
Hub Leaded
Tort
on Mill End
2.00
.095
1.932
3»A
8V1
4.25
1.00
2.207
700
3.00
.109
3.365
5Vi
3»A
8.50
2.25
3.931
700
4.00
.128
5.293
674
4
10.50
3.00
5.991
600
5.00
.134
6.963
7V4
4 l A
15.00
3.75
7.932
600
6.00
.140
8.762
8V«
4Vi
19.00
4.50
9.969
600
7.00
.149
10.902
97s
4Vi
24.00
5.50
12.419
600
8.00
.158
13.233
10Vi
4»A
28.25
6.50
15.008
600
0.00
.167
15.754
11V4
4»A
34.50
8.50
17.958
500
10.00
.175
18.363
12«A
5
39.00
9.00
20.801
500
11.00
.185
21.368
13»A
5
41.50
10.00
23.963
500
12.00
.194
24.461
15
5V.
55.00
11.00
27.795
500
13.00
.202
27.610
16Vi
57.
59.00
12.00
31.179
500
14.00
.210
30.928
177a
574
67.00
14.50
35.013
500
15.00
.222
35.038
18»A
574
78.00
15.50
39.731
500
16.00
.234
39.401
19»A
67*
102.00
25.00
45.847
500
17.00
.240
42.959
20Vt
674
110.00
26.00
49.850
450
18.00
.245
46.458
22Vi
674
140.00
30.00
55.123
450
19.00
.259
51.840
23Vu
67*
150.00
32.00
61.081
450
20.00
.272
57.309
24Vit
774
180.00
37.00
68.337
450
22.00
.301
69.765
26»/t
774
215.00
45.00
82.868
450
24.00
.330
83.423
29
874
275.00
50.00
99.789
450
26.00
.362
99.122
31»A
874
360.00
64.00
120.555
450
28.00
.396
116.746
33»/u
974
425.00
77.00
142.000
450
30.00
.432
136.421
36»/w
10
525.00
82.00
166.828
450
pipe joint. The joint is made by belling out or expanding one
end of the pipe in such a manner as to permit the bell end to slip
over the plain or spigot end of the next length of pipe, leaving
enough space between the two for the lead which is to make the
joint. After the end of the pipe has been shaped a wrought band
is shrunk on the outside of the bell to reinforce it at this point
and to keep it in shape to withstand the calking of the lead. The
spigot end of the pipe has a recess turned in it which prevents the
lead from blowing out or the pipe from pulling out. This pipe is
extensively used for water service in the west. Table 58 gives
standard sizes, thicknesses, etc., for Matheson pipe.
S2
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
TABLE 58 (Fiq. 82)
Mathmon Joint Fin
External
Diameter
Tbick-
Outride
Diameter
of Rein-
forcing
RlngD
Length
of Joint
L
Weight
per Foot
Weight
of Lead
per Joint
m tf*oa
Plain
End.
Complete
IfiD
Teat
2.00
.095
2.966
2.16
1.932
1.952
1.00
700
3.00
.109
4.034
2.26
3.365
3.392
1.75
700
4.00
.128
5.236
2.32
5.293
5.339
2.75
600
5.00
.134
6.268
2.38
6.963
7.019
3.50
600
6.00
.140
7.446
2.50
8.762
8.872
4.75
600
7.00
.149
o.4o4
2.58
10.902
11.028
5.50
600
8.00
.158
9.646
2.73
13.233
13.405
6.75
600
9.00
.167
10.684
2.73
15.754
15.945
8.25
500
10.00
.175
11.846
2.82
18.363
18.610
9.50
500
11.00
.185
12.886
2.91
21.368
21.638
11.00
500
12.00
.194
14.048
3.00
24.461
24.880
13.25
500
13.00
.202
15.084
3.07
27.610
28.060
15.25
500
14.00
.210
16.370
3.15
30.928
31.536
17.25
500
15.00
.222
17.394
3.24
35.038
35.686
19.25
500
16.00
.234
18.438
3.32
39.401
40.069
22.00
500
17.00
.240
19.470
3.41
42.959
43.687
23.75
450.
18.00
.245
20.730
3.50
46.458
47.384
25.75
450
19.00
.259
21.778
3.57
51.840
52.815
29.00
450
20.00
.272
22.804
3.64
57.309
58.332
31.00
450
22.00
.301
24.882
4.06
69.756
71.098
40.25
450
24.00
.330
26.980
4.26
83.423
84.882
48.00
450
26.00
.362
29.064
4.40
99.122
100.697
55.25
450
28.00
.396
31.672
4.58
116.746
119.021
65.00
450
30.00
.432
33.764
4.75
136.421
138.851
75.00
450
Fige. 83, 84, and 85. Flanges far Copper Pipe.
PIPE JOINTS
93
Flanges for Copper Pipe. — For copper pipe the flanges are
made of composition and are attached by brazing or brazing and
riveting. Figs. 83, 84, and 85 show three methods of attaching
flanges to copper pipe, the first form is a plain flange brazed on,
the second is brazed and riveted, and the third is peened and brazed.
Fig. 86. Wiped Joint.
Fig. 87. Blown Joint.
Lead Pipe Joints. — Lead pipe may be joined by means of
flanges bolted together or by wiped or blown joints as shown in
Figs. 86 and 87. The flanges may be of lead integral with the
pipe or separate cast iron flanges may be used as in Figs. 88 and
89 respectively. The amount of lead required for making lead
joints is given in the following tabulation. The thickness of the
joint ranges from l A inch on small sizes to l /% inch on larger sizes.
Fig. 88. Lead Flanges. Fig. 89. Iron Flanges for Lead Pipe.
Diameter
Weight
Diameter
Weight
Inches
Pounds
Inches
Pounds
2
2Vt
12
15
3
3Vt
14
18
4
4Vt
16
22
6
«Vi
18
26
8
9
20
33
10
13
94
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
Joints for Riveted Pipe. — Straight riveted pipe may be joined
by riveting while in the course of erection, by flanges riveted on
to the end of the pipe, or in some cases by a slip joint. Spiral
riveted pipe may be joined by flanges riveted to the ends of the
Fig. 90. Slip Joint.
pipe, by a slip joint, Fig. 90, by means of a crimped end and
sleeve, Fig. 91, or by bolting, Figs. 80 and 92. The makers have
their own standard for dimensions of flanges and drilling so that
the American Standard is not supplied unless called for. Table
59 gives the spiral pipe manufacturers' standard dimensions for
flanges.
The Boot bolted joint, Fig. 92, is recommended for both asphalted
and galvanized pipe when used to convey water. The joints shown
in Figs. 90 and 93 are from literature of the American Spiral Pipe
*"- -
S>
e 5
^ - ~ i
Fig. 91. Crimped End and Sleeve.
Works. The lugs shown in Figs. 90 and 91 are for the purpose
of drawing up the pipe. Calking is necessary to obtain a tight
joint. Differences in temperature cause a large amount of expan-
sion and contraction on long lines of flanged pipe. Either bolted
joints, Figs. 80 and 92 or an expansion joint, Fig. 93, may be
PIPE JOINTS
95
used at intervals of about 400 feet to take care of these changes in
length. The expansion joint consists of a cast body and brass
sleeve, with a gland and packing as shown in the figure.
Fig. 92. Bolted Joint.
TABLE 59
Flanges fob Riveted Pipe
Riveted Pipe Manufacturers' Standard
Inside
Outride
Diameter
Sim of
Number
Diameter of
Diameter
Diameter
of Bolt Circle
Boh*
of
Bolt Hobs
TllflluMi
Inches
Inches
Inch*.
Bolts
Inches
3
6
4»/«
'A.
4
v.
4
7
*»/»
Vm
8
v.
5
8
6»/„
'A.
8
V.
6
9
7V.
»/•
8
•/•
7
10
9
V.
8
v.
8
11
10
V.
8
v.
9
13
HV4
*A
8
V.
10
14
12'A
V.
8
v.
11
15
13»/.
V.
12
•/•
12
16
14»/4
»/•
12
•/•
13
17
15V«
V.
12
•/.
14
18
16'/«
V.
12
•A
15
19
17V„
v.
12
v.
16
21V4
19«/4
V.
12
•/.
18
23V4
21>/4
v.
16
•A
20
25V4
23V.
V.
16
•A
22
28V4
26
•A
16
V.
24
30
27'A
•/•
16
•A
96
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
Joints for Cast Iron Pipe. — Two forms of joints for cast iron
pipe are mentioned and illustrated in Chapter I. Dimensions for
cast iron bell and spigot joints are given in Tables 1 and 2, Chapter
II. For flanges the dimensions for the American Standard are
given in Tables 39 and 40, Chapter IV.
""""j'**"i
ion Joint.
The form of joint shown in Fig. 94 is used on "universal"
cast iron pipe made by the Central Foundry Company. The
contact surfaces are machined on a taper at slightly different
angles and drawn together by bolts, giving an iron to iron joint.
The different tapers permit a deflection of three degrees so that
the joint allows for expansion and uneven ground settlement.
Hub End
£g Toper
Fig. 94. Universal Cast Iron Joint.
Straight lengths may be laid on a curve of 150 feet radius. Two
bolts per joint are sufficient for pressures up to 175 pounds.
Table 60 gives the thicknesses and weights of "universal" pipe.
Lengths lay a full six feet.
PIPE JOINTS
97
* s
s S
i
CO tP *0 *6 O P- 00 C& & '" ,
XXMKKKMMKK*
<5
55
I
3
11
I
hhnco^w5no)C<5
I
aoqocrj
•xojddy
8 S3 * 5 3 8 3 8 R 8 3
8
o „
J*
1- I
IS 5
I!
H PO H ON IO
rH i-l rH C*
o
l^
I
hc5nw^<doooco$
KHfOVJ
*xoiddy
CQCQ^f^f^iOiQCOvNOO
8
o
2
j
ill
4
I
• •
283S28S8g
■wmpmx
■zojddy
• -§5J!S^S«oSSn.
3
o
8
It*
111
£
8
:8S8
§1
I
■oqonj
•xaiddy
• •
: :238S8!23;38
• -eoSS^SSSSo
NC0^i0(D00OC4^O
fi fi fi »-» ©5
CHAPTER VI
STANDARD VALVES
Valves. — Valves of many forms are used to control the convey-
ing of fluids in pipes. It will be impossible to describe all of the
valves made for the
different purposes for
which they are re-
quired. The general
classes and types,
however, will be illus-
trated and described.
The figures have been
chosen to illustrate
these types, and it
does not follow that
the particular design
or make shown is the
best of its class, as it
would be difficult to
make such a selection
from the many reli-
able valves now
manufactured.
Valves are made
with either screwed
or flanged ends. It
is not desirable to use
screwed ends for sizes
larger than six inches
for steam pressure.
superheated steam
flanged end fittings should be used for all sues. It is good prac-
tice to call for flanged fittings and valves in all cases for sizes
larger than 2*/i inches.
STANDARD VALVES
09
Materials. — Valves are made of various materials suited to
the purpose in view. Brass or bronze valves are ordinarily made
in sizes up to and including three inches. These valves are used
for steam up to iVi inches and the larger sizes on boiler feed lines.
Valves with cast iron bodies are suitable for water or saturated
steam. For steam under high pressure and superheat other
materials are necessary, such as Ferrosteel and cast steel.
Globe and Gate Valves. — There are two general classes of
valves, globe valves and gate valves. The globe valve has a
spherical body and a circular opening at right angles to the axis
of the pipe. A section of a globe valve, together with the names
of the principal parts, is shown in Fig. 95.
1. Stem nut
f . Hand wheel
5. Valve stem
£ Valve nut
6. Valve (swivel)
Nambs of Paris of Globb Valvb
6. Valve body
7. Gland Nut
8. Gland
9. Bonnet
10. Bonnet ring
m
F 1
A
B
F g
Fig. 96. Forms of Valve Seats.
H
A valve may be used in place of an elbow and a globe valve,
in which case it is called an angle valve, Fig. 107. A cross valve
is shown in Fig. 107. There are several objections to the use
of globe valves, among which are the resistance which they offer
to the fluid, and the water pocket which is present when they
are used for steam lines. They are desirable, however, when
throttling is necessary.
Valve Seats. — A variety of valve seats are shown in Figs. 96,
97, and 98. In Fig. 96 A, B, and C are plain flat seats; D is a
concave or spherical seat; E and F are rounded seats; is a
square seat, and H is a bevel seat. Any of these forms may be
made as a part of the valve body or separate, and either screwed
or forced into place. The forms of valve discs differ, as shown
100 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
in the various figures. The valve seat shown in Fig. 97 is made
up of two conical surfaces and a groove. The disc is made in
Kg.97. Spring Valve Seat. Fig. 08. Removable Diao Valve Seat
similar form. The grooves permit a certain amount of spring
and insure tightness when the valve is closed. This form of seat
is made by the Crosby Steam Gage and Valve Company. Fig. 98
shows the use of a removable
disc instead of a solid disc.
The disc holder A is of brass
or other suitable material and
the disc B of softer material.
When leakage takes place the
disc can be removed and re-
placed by a new one. Discs
are made by Jenkins Brothers
of various compounds suiting
them to different kinds of
service.
Gate Valves. — A gate valve
is shown in section in Fig.
99, and as will be observed
has its openings parallel to
the cross section of the pipe,
so there is little or no resist-
ance to the flow, making it
preferable for most purposes.
The valve disc which closes
the passage way may be a
solid tapered wedge, as in
^ „ n. ri a im m i F>8- 99i ™*y be m two parts,
Fig. 99. Gate Valve — Solid Tapered ~ ' ;__ *?^ '
Wedge -Rking Stem. as in Fig. 100, or may have
parallel faces, as in Fig. 101.
The gate valve Bhown in Fig. 99 is made by Walworth Com-
pany. It is of the solid wedge gate type, in which the disc
STANDARD VALVES 101
consists of a single piece faced with hard metal. This disc slides
on libs in the valve body. This valve may be packed while under
pressure by screwing the stem out until the beveled collar A on
the stem engages with the beveled recess B of the bonnet, form-
ing a tight joint. The valve shown in Fig. 100 is made by the
Fig. 100. Gate Valve— Pig. 101. Gate Valve — Parallel
TVo Part Wedge. Seat
Lunkenheimer Company. The principle upon which the discs
are seated makes them self-adjusting and they will accommodate
themselves to scale or sediment which may lodge on one of the
Beats, so that at least one disc will close tightly. This is accom-
plished by the ball and socket bearing between the discs, which
permits sufficient play in any direction. The stuffing boxes can
be packed when the valve is wide open and under pressure, as a
shoulder on the stem directly above the threads forms a seat
beneath the stuffing box.
The parallel seat double disc valve shown in Fig. 101 is con-
102 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING'
structed so that the discs do not bear on the seats in opening or
closing. The discB are hung on the stem and are seated by a
wedge which bears on the centres of the discs. The lug on the
bottom of the valve body brings the wedge into action just before
the discs reach their lowest position. At the instant of starting
Fig. 103. Gate Valve with
Fig. 102. Hopldnaon-Ferranti Valve. By-paaa.
to open the valve the wedge is released. This valve is made by
the National Tube Company.
A form of gate valve based upon the principle of the Venturi
meter is the Hopkinson-Ferranti valve shown in Fig. 102. This
form of valve is widely used in England and has found applica-
tion in American practice. The velocities are increased in the
central portion of the valve which is only one half the size of the
pipe in which the valve is used. The contour of the delivery side
is such as to reduce the velocity and restore the pressure. The
reduced size of the valve faces makes them leas liable to distor-
tion. The small valve seats make a by-pass valve unnecessary
as the steam can be throttled when opening. A throat piece is
drawn up when the valve is opened, and this forms a continuous
STANDARD VALVES 103
Venturi tube. These valves are adaptable for steam lines where
velocities of less than 6000 feet per minute are used.
By-pass Valves. — The effort required to open a large valve
with the steam acting upon one side is considerable, and some
means of equalizing the pressure on the two sides of the disc as
well as to permit "warming
up" is desirable. This is ac-
complished by means of a
small auxiliary valve in the
passage joining the two ends
of the valve, called a by-pass.
Fig. 103 shows an extra heavy
Walworth valve with a by-
pass.
Valve Stem Arrangements.
— There are two general ar-
rangements of the valve stem
known as inside screw and
outside screw. The inside
screw may be either rising
stem or non-rising stem. Fig.
104 shows a valve with an
inside screw, non-rising stem;
Fig. 101 an inside screw, rising
stem; and Fig. 99 an outside
screw, rising stem. When the
screw is outside it is protected
from stem corrosion, and can
be kept oiled. The rising *"*• 104 - Gate Valve—Inmde Screw-
stem is desirable as its posi- on-nsmg tern,
tion clearly indicates whether the valve is open or closed. In
some parts of the country laws require the use of the rising stem
on boiler stop valves, and certain classes of work. The valve stem
on small sines is generally made of bronze and larger sizes of steel,
nickel plated. The valve shown in Fig. 104 is made by Crane
Company for steam working pressures up to 250 pounds. It
has an inside screw, non-rising stem. The seats are made of hard
brass and screwed to shoulders in the body of the valve. They
are renewable. The gate is faced with hard brass. This valve
may be packed while under pressure by opening the valve wide
104
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
and running the wedge tightly up to the top of the bonnet, which
draws the collar of the stem down tightly to the flange of the
bonnet, forming a steam or water tight joint at A.
Strength of Gate Valves. — Some actual bursting pressures for
gate valves as tested by Crane Company are given in Table 61.
TABLE 61
Strength of Standard Iron Gate Valves
Plica yitft frft
4to8
10 to 16
18
20 to 30
Pi ess me in Pounds par Square Inch
1000 to 1500
900
450 without breaking
300
u
«
Strength of Medium Pressure Gate Valves
Sisas, InebM
Pressure in Pounds par Square Inch
Cast Iron
Ferro Steel
4to8
1200 to 1900
1900 to 2600
10 and 12
850
1400 to 1500
14
• • •
O.K. at 1000
16
• • •
O.E. at 750
18
• • •
O.E. at 700
Strength of Extra Heavy Gate Valves
Stsea, Inefaea
Pressure in Pounds per Square Inch
Cast Iron
Ferro Steel
4to8
1600 to 1900
2450 to 2600
10 and 12
1350 to 1550
1750 to 1900
14 to 16
1100
1200 to 1350
18
• • * •
O.E. at 850
20 to 24
• • • •
O.E. at 600
Standard Pressures and Dimensions. — Valves are generally
constructed for three pressures, standard, medium, and extra
heavy. Standard pressure generally means 125 pounds, medium
175 pounds, and extra heavy 250 pounds, when referring to steam.
When used for water these values may be greatly increased, de-
pending upon the conditions of service. Valves are made of cast
steel suitable for steam pressures up to 350 pounds per square
inch. The following tables give some of the dimensions for vari-
ous kinds of valves as made by different companies.
STANDARD VALVES
F!g. 105. Jenkins Valves, Globe, Angle, and Crow.
TABLE 62 (Fig. 105)
Jinkiks Standard Globe, Angle, and Cross Valvsb. Bbabs-
and Flanged
ISO Pound* Working Preeture
SiK
A
B
c
D
E
F
Q
H
J
luchw
Inahca
Inohea
Luhs
Indua
Inch™
InohM
Inch*.
Inoh«
Infhc.
'/•
IV..
"A.
VI,
VI,
IV.
V.
2V.
2'A.
l'A.
IV.
2V.
V.
3V.
3V.
2'A.
7.
2V.
3
IV..
2'A.
2V.
"/.
4V.
4
2'A.
V.
2-/.
3'A.
IV.
2V..
3
V.
47.
S
2'A.
V.
av,.
3'A
IV.
2"/.
3V.
'V.
5V.
»V,
2" A.
1
3'V"
4
IV.
2V.
4
v..
»V.
6
3
IV.
«'/.
4"/.
*/..
2"A.
4V.
»/•
7
7>/«
3V.
IV.
4'A
47.
VI.
3'A.
5
V.
7V.
VI,
4'A
2
sv.
6
2"/.
3V.
6
v..
»V.
VI.
VI.
VI,
6'/.
«'/.
•V.
4V.
7
V.
«•/.
VI.
6
3
8V.
7V.
4V.
4'A.
7V.
"A.
10V.
11V.
6
TABLE 63 (Fio. 105)
Jenkins Extra Heavy Globe, Angus, amp Crom Valves. Brass -
Scbewed and Flanged
3 Pounds Working Pressure
Ha
A
B
c
D
E
r
o
B
J
InchM
too!™
Imhn
Inch«
Inehw
Inuhn.
iMbm
IndK.
iHlH.
loohc.
V.
2"A.
3V.
IV.
2V.
VI,
'V.
4V.
VI,
VI,
V.
3V.
4V.
IV.
VI,
VI,
'V.
3
VI.
VI,
1
4V.
4V.
2V,.
vi.
VI,
V.
8V.
VI,
VI,
IV.
4-/.
5'/.
2'A.
VI.
5
"A.
7V.
8
4V.
IV,
«■/.
VI,
2" A.
3"A.
6
v..
VI,
VI,
4V.
2
«'A
VI.
SV.
4V.
VI,
V.
VI.
10V.
5
2V.
7"/.
VI.
3V.
VI.
VI,
"A.
11V.
12V.
VI,
3
«■/.
VI,
4V.
VI.
vi.
'A
12V.
13V.
VI,
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
Fig. 106. Jenkins Gate Valves.
TABLE 64 (Fig. 106)
Jinhkb Standaud Gats Valvbs. Brass — Scbkwed and Flanged
1SB Pound* Working Prawn
Bat
A
B
B
F
o
J
■
L
M
InillS.
w™
Inch™
InobM
Indw.
Intea
iBShH
Inobe.
Iaofe
iMhw
V.
IV.
2V.
2V.
V.
SV.
IV.
'/■
IV.
2'/.
2'/.
'V.
3V.
IV.
V.
1"/,.
2»/,.
3
V.
3»A.
2
■/.
2>A.
3V.
37.
'V.
4"A.
SV»
■"1,
4"/.
5"/i.
1
«"/«
3"A.
4
V,.
PA.
2"/..
3V..
6V.
ev.
IV.
3
4V.
«•/■
'V.
6V.
3
3V.
6V.
8V..
1'/.
3V.
4V.
5
V.
ev.
3V.
3V.
7V.
»v..
2
4
5V.
e
■A.
VI.
VI.
4V.
8V.
10*/.
2Vi
4'V»
ev.
7
V.
9
vi.
4'V,.
Vlu
12" A.
3
6V.
TV.
77.
"A.
10»/i
5
VI.
11 V,
15
TABLE 65 (Fia. 106)
Midium Pkusubb Gat* Valves. Brass — Bcbmwmd
and Flanged
176 Pounds Working Preuurt
0a.
A
B
E
F
a
J
K
L
M
laehu
InohH
IlKD*.
Inohw
lulls
ludu.
IjlcJlM
Into.
luobn
IKJW.
V.
2Vu
2"A.
VI.
V.
SV.
2V..
V.
2'A.
2"A.
3
'V.
VI.
2V..
V.
vi.
3V.
8
V.
vi.
2"/,.
V.
•si.
3"A.
3V.
■V.
SV.
2"A.
sv..
VI,
6V.
1
SV.
VI.
4
v..
8
3
VI,
6
7V.
IV.
3'Vn
»l.
4V.
'V.
8V.
3V.
VI,
7
SV.
IV,
4V«
5'A.
8
V.
7
4V.
vi.
7V.
«v.
2
6'A.
6
6
•/■.
8V.
vi.
4»A.
8V.
11V.
2V.
VI.
6"A.
7
V.
10 1 /,
5
SV.
10'A
13V.
3
7
8V.
IVi
"A.
■ IV.
8
8"A.
12V.
15V.
STANDARD VALVES
107
TABLE 66 (Fig. 106)
Jenkins Extra Heavy Gate Valves. Brass — Screwed and Flanged
260 Pounds Working Pressure
SiM
A
B
B
p
o
J
K
L
M
Inches
Inobe.
Inches
InohM
Tn^ty^f
Xfiftlym
Indies
Inobaa
T^^tyjg
Xfifthgy
v.
2"/u
3"/u
3V4
"At
4»A
2V.
•A
8»/w
4Vw
3 8 A
"At
5»A
3«/.
3V.
67.
674
1
3»A
5
47.
Vt
67.
3V.
3'A
67i.
7»/it
v/*
4 l A
5Vi
5
"/«
77*
4'A
4'/.
77*
9
IV.
4»A
6
6
v..
8
4»/.
4'Vu
8
10
2
57.
77.
67.
•A
974
5
6»/«
97.
127.
2V»
6»A
87.
7Vi
M A.
11
6»A
fl'Vw
107.
1374
3
77.
9
8 l A
•A
127.
7'A
7V.
127i.
157.
t* ♦
G*d*A4/**
Ane*
An?* Mv
Crpss Yah*
Fig. 107. Crane Globe, Angle, and Cross Valves.
TABLE 67 (Fig. 107)
Crane Standard Weight Globe, Angle, and Cross Valves
126 Pounds Working Pressure, Iron Body
SiM
B
C
D
£
P
O
Sim
B
C
D
E
P
Q
A
a
Ins.
Ins.
Ins.
Ins.
Ins.
■/■
Ins.
Im.
Ins.
Ins.
Ins.
Ins.
Ins.
Ins.
Ins.
2
8
4
6
10»A
SVi
7
10
8
12*/t
lVu
20»/i
14
2»/t
8Vt
4»/«
7
"/it
ny«
evt
S
17
8»/t
18»/«
l»/i
23*/4
16
»»/■
4»/«
7V.
■/«
12*/«
7V.
10
20
10
16
l»/it
28
18
SVt
10Vi
5»A
8»/i
w/m
13
7V«
12
24
12
19
1»A
34
20
HVt
5«A
M/li
15»A
14
28
14
21
IV.
38>/t
24
4Vi
12
8V«
»/li
15V«
15
30
15
22V4
lVs
38*/s
24
13
eyi
10
»/li
17»A
10
16
32
16
23i/i
V/u
41V«
27
14
7
11
1
19
12
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
Fig. 108. Crone Globe, Cross, and Angle Valves.
TABLE 68 (Fig. 108)
Ckanb Medium Pbxssurb Glorr, Anqle and Cross Valves
176 Pound* Working Pressure — Iron Body
Six
B
o
E
F
a
1
of By
Put
Ineha
Indus
Inche.
ISfthH
3
9
4'/l
•Vl
v.
TV.
sv.
11V.
8V.
■Vl
to
•
TV.
a
iav.
7>/.
1
11
CA
SV.
!'/•
»/>
*V»
#/«
9
■Vl
13
S
V
1'/..
OVt
*•/.
IB-/.
10
13
8"/.
10
IV.
10V.
8"/.
16»/i
10
*Vt
13>/t
BV.
10V.
1'/..
li'/.
SV.
17"/,
13
B
1*"/.
7*/.
11
IV.
13>/.
■V.
18>/.
13
lfl
8
12-/.
IV..
14
T
30V,
7
17'/t
SV.
14
IV,
IT
8V,
31V.
14
8
30
10
IV.
!«*/.
•V*
241/4
IS
IV.
13
10
*av»
11'/.
WV.
IV.
32'/.
liV.
3S>/t
IV,
13-/.
13
25Vi
I2V.
30
3
25V.
13"/.
Bl
20
3
IMA
TABLE 60 (Fig. 108)
Crams Extra Heavy Qlobi, Akole, and Cross Valves
$50 Pound* Working Prenvre, Iron Body
Sue
A
B
c
D
E
F
o
H
J
of By
Angle
K
Globe
L
Inobe*
Inehee
Inoh™
Inch*.
Inche.
lachoi
Inohe*
Inohe.
Inohe*
Inches
Inches
- 3
10'/.
6V.
8V.
V.
OV.
4V.
13'/.
7'/.
3'/.
11V,
B'/l
7V.
10*/,
6V,
14V.
•
S
12V.
«V.
IV.
11V.
SV.
17'/.
10
avt
13V.
e
IV..
12V.
8-/.
17'/,
10
4
7
10
IV.
ia
«v.
lftV.
*'/•
IB
7V.
10V.
IVi.
7
19V.
14
B
1SV.
TVi
n
IV.
is
7V.
I1V.
17V.
8V.
1IV.
I'/l.
1SV.
SV.
38
IS
7
IS 1 /.
BV.
IV.
18'/.
ft'/.
38V.
20
8
11
10-/.
u
IV.
30
10
aevi
34
13V.
13'/.
10
24'/.
12'/,
I7V.
IV.
33'/.
11V.
33V.
IV,
HV.
14V.
13
38
30V.
a
3ft
30
2
IT'/.
17V'
33
lev.
33
av.
42
38
3
IB'/.
I8V"
13
33
18V.
24V.
■Vl.
42
38
3
19V.
18V.
STANDARD VALVES
100
Fig. 109. Fig. 110.
Walworth Gate Valves.
TABLE 70 (Figs. 109 and 110)
Walworth Standard Gatb Valvbs — Iron Body
125 Pounds Working Pressure
8be
A B
C
D
B
F
O
j
Inches Is
tones Inches
Inches
Inches
Inohes
Inches
Inohes
Inehe.
2 I
>7t 7
io»/,
127s
6
6
•A
10»A
2Vi *
>7i 7Vi
12Vs
15
6
7
»Vm
H7i
3 C
>7s 8
14
177i
8
7Vi
*A
137i
3 l /i e
PA 8 l A
15»A
19Vi
8
8V»
"A.
147i
4 1
ri A 9
17Vi
217s
9
9
»A»
16
4Vi 1
r, A 9Vi
19
237s
9
97*
»/m
167t
5 i
; 10
20»A
267i
10
10
M A.
187i
6 i
> lOVi
237s
307s
12
11
l
207i
7
n
27Vt
347i
14
127i
lVw
227s
8
11 V.
29Vi
38V«
14
137i
l'A
247i
9
12
• • •
• • •
14
15
l«A
10
13
36»A
467s
16
16
l'A.
297t
12
14
41Vi
5474
16
19
l'A
34
14
15
51
6574
18
21
l'A
387s
15
15
• • •
• • «
20
2274
l'A
16
16*A
56»/i
737i
20
237i
lVw
427s
18
. . • 17Vi
64
83
20
25
lVw
47
20
... 18 Vi
69
90
24
277i
1 U A.
507.
22
19
• • .
• • •
27
297t
l"A.
24
21
81
106
30
32
l'A
58
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
TABLE 71 (Flos. 100, 110, and 111)
Walworth Mronm Prbsstjm Gatb Valvbs, with Bt-Paw, Ibok
Boot
176 Pound* Working Pressure
aiNot
"
81m
A
B
c
D
s
F
G
By-Pnn
J
I»du»
Inohe.
Ioohn
tnolH.
Inohw
luohw
Inahw
Inch*.
InoLo.
Ineh«i
ii»
2
57,
77.
117.
14
67.
6V.
V.
11
2'/.
6
8
12»/i
16V.
67.
7V.
1
12
3
7'/«
97.
15
187.
77i
8V.
17.
14
3'/.
7V.
10
16V.
207.
77.
9
IV,.
15
4
TV.
107.
19
23'A
9
10
17.
16
4V.
8V.
n
20
26
9
107.
IVu
17
5
87.
117.
22
28
10
11
IV.
19
6
8'/«
12
267.
32
12
127.
17..
14
i'A
21
7
127.
28
36
12
14
17.
15
i'A
23
8
137,
32
41
14
16
IV.
16
IV.
26
14
34
44
14
167,
IV.
l«Vi
IV.
28
10
16
39
60
16
17'/.
17.
17'/.
l'A
30
12
16
437.
67
18
20Vt
2
187,
2
34
U
18
497.
65
20
23
27.
20
2
IS
18'/*
52V.
69
20
247.
2'A.
21
2
IS
197.
57V.
78
22
257.
27.
23
3
Table 72 gives the dimensions of Walworth extra heavy iron
gate valves for both screwed and
flanged ends. The dimensions for
Bizes from 6 inches to 12 inches are
the same with or without a by-pass
valve. The dimensions given in
Table 72 hold for non-rising stem
valves except the distances from
centre of valve to top of wheel and
diameter of handwheel above the 6
inch size. The values for these two
dimensions are given in Table 73.
The dimension D is to the top of
the valve when it is wide open. The
arrangement of the valve stem and
the kind of ends, whether screwed or
Fig. 111. Walworth Gate flanged, is shown in the figures.
Valve.
STANDARD VALVES
111
TABLE 72 (Figs. 110 and 111)
Walwokth Extra Heavy Gate Valves with By-Pass Rising Stem,
Outside Sgbew and Yoke, Iron Body — Screwed and Flanged
260 Pound* Working Pressure
Sise of
Sise
A
B
C
D
B
P
O
H
By-
Pass
Inches Ii
lohes
Inches
Inohes
Inohes
Inohes
Inches
Inches
Inobe*
Inohes
2Vt
8V.
9Vt
13 l /t
16V4
8
7Vi
1
• • •
• • m
3
9V«
liVt
15Vi
18Vs
10
8V4
l 1 /.
• • •
» • t
3Vt 1
lVt
liVi
17 l /s
21
10
9
V/u
■ • •
1 • 1
4 1
2V.
12
18 T /«
23V.
11
10
l l A
• • •
1*4
4 l /i 1
4
13V4
23»/«
29V4
11
iov.
1V»
• • •
1 • i
5 1
5«/i
15
23»/i
29 l A
12
11
l'A
• • •
1 • i
6 1
6V4
15Vi
25»/«
32
13
12Vs
V/u
14
IV.
7
16V4
29*A
38
15
14
i*/i
15
IV.
8
i6Vt
32Vi
41
15
15
IV.
16
IV.
9
17
36Vt
46
16
I6V4
l*A
16Vt
IV.
10
18
39»A
50
16
17Vt
IV.
17Vi
IV.
12
19»A
45V4
58Vt
18
20Vt
2
20
2
14
21V.
50 1 /.
66
22
23
2V.
21
2
15
22Vi
52Vt
69
22
24Vi
2»/j.
21Vt
2
16
24
58
75V.
24
25Vt
2'A
27
3
18
26
• * •
82V4
27
28
2V.
■ • •
3
20
28
• • •
91Vt
30
30V.
2'A
• « •
4
24
31
... |
109
36
36
2»A
• • •
4
TABLE 73 (Fig. 109)
Walworth Extra Heavy Gate Valves with By-Pass, Non-rising
Stem, Iron Body — Screwed and Flanged
260 Pounds Working Pressure
Sise
J
B
Sise
J
E
Inohes
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inohes
2V.
12»/4
8
6
22»/4
13
3
14V.
10
7
25
14
3V.
15V4
10
8
28
14
4
16V.
11
9
29»/ 4
15
4V.
21
11
10
33
15
6
21
12
12
37V.
18
Check Valves, — There are a large variety of special forms of
valves, some of which will be mentioned. When necessary to
permit flow in one direction and to prevent it in the opposite
112 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
direction a check or non-return valve is used. These are made
in many forms; Fig. 112 shows a swing check valve, Fig. 113
shows a ball check valve, Fig. 114 a lift check valve, and Fig.
Figs. 112, 113, and 114. Swing Check Valve, Ball Check Valve, and lift
Check Valve.
115 a large flanged check valve having a relief gate, as made by
Walworth Company. It is desirable that there should be pro-
vision for regrinding. The swing check valve shown in Fig. 112
is made with or without the stop plug 5. The purpose of the stop
plug is to allow for re-grinding in the following manner. Unscrew
the cap £ and the stop plug 5, place a small amount of abrasive
moistened with soap
or oil on the valve
seat 6 . By inserting a
screw driver through
the stop plug opening
and engaging the slot
in the clapper stud 4,
the disc S can be ro-
tated and re-ground
upon its seat.
The iron body swing
check valve shown in
Fig. 115 is for water
Fig. 116. Large Swing Check Valve with Gate. P** 8 " 18 U P to **J
pounds. The relief
gate shown is used on sizes larger than 16 inch. These valves
are made with screwed ends, flanged ends, and hub ends, and in
sizes from 2 l /% to 24 inches.
Operation of Valves. — While the purpose of this book is not
to deal with operation of valves and piping, there are a few
points which are worth setting down. A steam valve should
STANDARD VALVES 113
never be opened quickly aa the rush of steam is likely to bring
about a dangerous condition, especially if there is any water
present. A leaky valve cannot be made tight except by re-grind-
ing. Screwing down the valve excessively will only result in
damage to the valve. In attaching screwed end valves the wrench
should always be applied
to the end nearest the pipe,
as valve bodies are not
designed to transmit the
forces required in "mak-
ing up" lines. When the
wrench is applied to the
opposite end of the valve
it produces distortion. A
valve should always be
closed tightly when being
put into place. Cement
or graphite should not be
put into the valve threads, ,
but on to the pipe so that
it wBl not get into the ,_ i^^y.,™
valve and hold such grit
and dirt as may come through the pipe. A new pipe line should
always be thoroughly blown out after construction, and it is
well if possible to examine the valves after this blowing out and
before closing them.
Location. — The location of valves should receive careful atten-
tion, as many accidents have occurred through the placing of
valves in inconvenient places. Sometimes the valve stem can
be placed in a horizontal position and operated from the floor
by means of a chain or similar device. The operator should not
be required to open and close valves when they are in such a
position that he places his life in danger should there be an acci-
dent of any kind. Where a gallery or platform is used near valves
it should be placed to one side of the line, as shown in Fig. 116
rather than directly over the steam line with the valve stems
extending through the platform. In the latter case the workman
is directly over the line and in case of breakage is in great danger of
being scalded by the escaping steam.
CHAPTER VII
SPECIAL VALVES
The purpose of this chapter is to describe some rather special
forms of valves which are used for various purposes, such as
blow-off valves, boiler stop valves, reducing valves, pump gover-
nors, back pressure valves, and relief valves. The large number
of special forms and arrangements make it impossible to do more
than suggest the types that are available and some of the uses.
Manufacturers' catalogs should be consulted for more complete
and detailed descriptions of special valves that are regularly made.
Butterfly Valves. — In Fig. 117 is shown a cross-sectional view
of a butterfly valve, which consists of a disc which may be re-
volved either in line with or
across the opening, very much
like the damper in an ordinary
stove pipe. These valves can
be used only for regulating
purposes where absolute tight-
ness is not essential.
Blow-off Valves, — Special
valves are made for use in
the blow-off pipes of boilers.
Such valves require as clear
a passage way as possible,
and that it shall be without
interfering parts. Several de-
signs are shown in Figs. 118,
119, and 120, where the con-
n ii* t». .*..« v i struction of each is clearly
Pig. 117. Butterfly Valve. . _,,.,., ,T
shown. The objection to ordi-
nary valves is that they afford an opportunity for scale or sedi-
ment to obtain lodgment and prevent closing. The severe
conditions of service require that blow-off valves be of heavy
construction. Blow-off valves are made either straight, angle,
SPECIAL VALVES 115
or Y form. Fig. 118 is a Y blow-off valve, made by Walworth
Company. Often two valves are used together in the blow-off
pipe to make sure of a tight blow-off. Fig. 119 shows a Crane
blow-off cock with a compensating spring S. located between the
Fig. 118. Y — Blow-off Valve.
plug 1 and the cap S which automatically takes up wear and
holds the plug securely in place at all times, preventing the accum-
ulation of scale, sediment, etc., which would tend to impair the
ground surfaces of the plug and body. The Simplex seatless
blow-off valve as made by the Yaraell- Waring Company is illus-
trated in Fig. 120. This valve has no seat but closes by moving
the plunger S down past the port. In closing the valve the shoulder
1 on the plunger $ engages the loose follower gland £ and so com-
presses the packing 4 above and below the port, thus making
the valve tight. There are many other worthy forms which space
will not permit describing.
116 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
Plug Valves. — The plug valve shown in Fig. 121 is made by
the Homestead Valve Manufacturing Company for steam, com-
pressed air, and hydraulic service. This valve is so constructed
that when it is closed it is
at the same time forced
firmly to its seat. This
result is secured by means
of the traveling cam A
through which the stem
passes. The cam is pre-
vented from turning with
the stem by means of the
lugs B which move verti-
cally in slots. Supposing
the valve to be open, the
cam will be in the lower
part of the chamber in
which it is placed, and the
J
Fig. 119. Crane Cook. Fig. 120. YameU-Waring Valve.
plug will be free to be easily moved. A quarter of a turn in the
direction for closing it causes the cam to rise and take a bearing
on the upper surface of the chamber, and the only effect of fur-
ther effort to turn the stem in that direction is to force the plug
more firmly to the seat. A slight motion in the other direction
immediately releases the cam and the plug turns easily, being
arrested at the proper open position by contact of the fingers of
the cam at the other end of its travel. The balancing ports E
and D allow the pressure to predominate at the top of the plug,
SPECIAL VALVES 117
holding it gently in its seat while the valve is open. This valve
is made in sizes up to six inches, and for pressures up to 5000
pounds.
Boiler Stop Valves. — A boiler stop valve is a valve in the con-
nection of the boiler to the steam main, and may be of the globe
or angle type, hand operated. The larger sizes should be fitted
with a by-pass. When a plant
consists of two or more boilers
some form of automatic non-
return valve in addition to the
stop valve should be provided.
The purpose of the automatic
valve is to prevent back flow
from the main steam pipe when
the pressure in one boiler is
lower, due to the bursting of a
tube or other causes. Such
valves are made by many of the
valve companies, and advantages
are claimed for each design.
Foster Automatic Valve. — The
automatic non-return stop valve ^ 121 Homestead Cock,
shown in Fig. 122 is made by the
Foster Engineering Company. When installed between the
boiler and header it will equalize the pressure between the units
of a battery of boilers, remaining closed so long as the pres-
sure is lower than that of the header. The valve will open and
remain in that position when the boiler pressure is equal to the
pressure in the header. It automatically prevents the back
flow of steam into a disabled boiler and acts as a safety stop
valve to prevent steam being turned into a cold boiler while
men are working inside — the pressure in the header making it
impossible to open the valve. The valve may be closed in the
same manner as an ordinary stop valve by screwing down the
stem.
The operation of the valve is described as follows: Inlet A is
connected to the boiler nozzle, and outlet side B to the header.
When the pressure at A is one pound or more greater than the
pressure at B the valve C lifts and is held open by the flow of
steam passing through the valve. If the pressure at A should
118 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
fall below that at B, due to the blowing out or weaning of a tube,
a cock blowing off, or from other cause, the back flow of steam
from B acting on the upper aide of clapper C plus its weight,
forces the valve automatically to its seat. The clapper is then
held to its seat until there
is an equalization of pres-
sure on both sides of it.
Emergency Stop Valves.
— As a further protection
against accidents, and to
safeguard the lives of
operators, emergency
valves have been devised,
combining the duties of
the automatic non-return
stop valve, automatic
safety stop valve, auto-
matic emergency stop
valve, and hand stop
valve.
The Foster automatic
non-return emergency stop
Oram va ' ve •" S 00 ™ m Fig. 123
and described as follows:
in the event of a rupture
in the main line or a
. ., . break in fittings causing
Fig. 122. Forter Automatic Valve. , , ~"~ , ,
a sudden escape of steam,
it will close automatically and prevent further flow of steam
from the boiler or boilers. Small emergency pipes may be run
to different parts of the plant, and when desired, steam may
be shut off by opening a small globe valve, which should be
placed at convenient points, in the emergency lines, permitting
the isolating of any boiler in a battery at will from a distant
point if necessary. The valve may also be closed in the same
manner as an ordinary stop valve. The operation of this valve
as a non-return vahe is the same as for Fig. 122. As an auto-
matic and emergency stop valve. The pilot or governing valve
Fig. 124 may be placed near the main valve, or located at any
point desired, Fig. 125. A Vr-inch pipe connection is made from
SPECIAL VALVES 119
the boiler to the pilot valve at C, and from the pilot, at E to the
chamber D of the main valve at F. The diaphragm chamber
Fig. 123. Automatic Non-return Emergency Stop Valve.
J of this pilot valve is also connected to the header or at any
point on the main steam line beyond the outlet of the main valve.
120 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
Whenever, from rupture or other causes, the pressure in the main
lines falls abruptly, a corresponding effect is experienced upon
the upper diaphragm 4 s of the pilot valve, thus allowing the
boiler pressure acting upon and under the lower diaphragm 43' to
open valve 36 (which is normally closed) and close valve 57.
The full boiler pressure then is
enabled to flow through the
main port of the pilot valve
into chamber D of the main
valve, against piston 19, the
area of which is greater than
the main valve S, instantly
closing the latter to its Beat,
preventing the flow of steam
in either direction. The main
valve 2, then having been
closed automatically, will re-
main closed until the pressure
in chamber D is relieved. This
is accomplished in the follow-
ing manner: the hand wheel
46 of the pilot valve is turned
to the right until valve 36 is
forced to its seat, thus cutting
Fig. 124. F»ter Pilot Vd™. olI . U "" J*" 11 ° h » mb f D °<
mam valve, and at the same
time forcing valve 97 off its seat, exhausting the steam in
chamber D of main valve to the atmosphere, through the pipe
connection at M. After sufficient steam pressure has been raised
to hold down the upper diaphragm 4$ of the pilot valve, which
may be determined by the exhaust connection at M not blow-
ing, the alarm K (which will otherwise give notice) is then
closed by turning the hand wheel 48 to the left, in which (its
normal position) it is again ready for automatic action.
The Pilot Valve, Fig. 124, is constructed so that variations or
fluctuating conditions of the boiler pressure between maximum
and minimum loads will not influence the pilot, which requires
no adjustment to meet these conditions. The valve is automatic
and will respond only to any drop in line pressure for which it is
designed and intended. A number of */,-mch branch pipes may
SPECIAL VALVES
121
be run to and located at any desired point from the line leading
to the diaphragm chamber J of the pilot valve — on each of these
laterals a small globe valve is mounted. The mere cracking of
one of these globe valves obtains the same result as a break in
the main lines, in that the steam is in this way bled from the
Fig. 125. Arrangement of Piping for Pilot Valve.
diaphragm chamber J, functioning both the pilot and the main
valve. By the use of these emergency valves a boiler may be
cut out from a battery at will, from a distant point without the
necessity of access to the boiler.
Crane-Erwood Automatic Valve. — The automatic double act-
ing non-return and emergency cut-out valve shown in Fig. 126
is made by Crane Company. Some of the claims for this valve
are as follows: The valve will close automatically if any part
of the header or distributing lines fail; the valve will open when
the boiler to which it is connected reaches the full pressure in
122
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
the main; the valve will prevent back-flow of steam from the
main in the event of a tube blowing out or other accident to the
boiler; the valve may be used as an emergency valve by attach-
ing a cord to the lever so that it can be closed by hand at a dis-
tance, or may be operated electrically. The levers on the outside
of the valve are in line with the discs, and indicate their position
and operation. The separating link connecting the outside lever
may be adjusted to suit the load carried. Shortening the link
HCAoa* sroe
eotujtstoc
Fig. 126. Crane-Erwood Valve.
decreases the volume of steam passing through the valve; length-
ening the link increases the volume. Such adjustments do not
interfere with the operation of the valve. The valve may be
adjusted to close at any desired velocity. The purpose of the
by-pass is to provide for the valve to open automatically when
the pressure in the header equals the pressure in the boiler
after the valve has been closed due to a break or reduction in
pressure beyond the outlet of the valve.
Reducing Valves. — Reducing valves are valves made to re-
duce and maintain automatically a constant pressure of steam
or air with variable initial pressures. Such valves are employed
SPECIAL VALVES 123
for reducing boiler pressure for use with all kinds of steam heat-
ing systems, central station heating, paper machines, engines,
kettles and cooking apparatus, and other conditions necessitat-
ing a reduced pressure.
A reducing valve used to
supply a steam engine
should be placed some
distance from the engine
in order to provide as
large a reservoir as possi-
ble for the engine to draw
from. A receiver may be
placed between the valve
and steam cylinder to
serve the same purpose.
It should have a capacity
greater than the volume
of the steam cylinder.
When a reducing valve is
to be placed in a pipe line,
the piping should be thor-
oughly blown out. With
new pipe sufficient time
should be allowed for the
oil or grease to be com-
pletely burned out.
The reducing valve
shown in Fig. 127 is made
by the Mason Regulator
Company. This valve is ^ m MMtm j,^ ValTe .
controlled by the varia-
tion of the reduced pressure acting through the port A, on the
diaphragm 1. This diaphragm is resisted by a spring £, which is
adjusted to the reduced pressure. The auxiliary valve 5 is held
in contact with the diaphragm by the auxiliary valve spring 4,
and moves up and down freely with the diaphragm. As soon as
the valve 3 is open, steam passes through into the port B, and
under piston B. By raising piston 5, the main valve 6 opens against
the initial pressure because the area of valve 6 is only one-half of
that of piston 5; steam is thus admitted to the system. When
124 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
the pressure in the system has reached the required point, which
is determined by the spring 2, the diaphragm is forced upward
by the low pressure which passes up through port A to chamber
C under the diaphragm, allowing valve 5 to close, shutting off
the steam from piston 5. The main valve 6 is now forced to
its seat by the initial
pressure shutting off
steam from the system
and pushing the piston B
down to the bottom of
its stroke. The steam be-
neath piston 5 exhausts
freely around the piston,
being fitted loosely for
this purpose, and passes
off into the system. In
practice the main valve
does not open or close
entirely with each slight
variation of pressure, but
„,„,.,,. assumes a position which
Fig. 128. I^«Styl.E=du«*VJ™. fomjahea £ ^ ^^
required to maintain the required pressure. Piston 5 is fitted
with dashpot 7 which prevents chattering or pounding.
Where low pressures of from zero to 25 pounds per square
inch are employed, as on low pressure heating systems, central
station heating, and similar conditions where the initial pres-
sure may be high, the form of valve shown in Fig. 128 is
often used. The valve illustrated is the Mason lever style,
and consists of a balanced valve 1, which is under the control
of the diaphragm 8, by means of the stem S and an extension
stem 4 which is connected to lever 5. This lever is pivoted
at 6. The reduced pressure is determined by the amount of
weights 7, and for very low pressures the weight 8 is used
to counterbalance the weight of the lever. In action, the
reduced pressure from the low pressure system passes through
a small pipe to connection 9, and then down around the stem
S into the diaphragm chamber where it exerts its pressure on
the diaphragm. This pressure, balanced by weights 7, causes
the valve 1 to assume the proper position to supply the
SPECIAL VALVES 125
necessary volume of steam to maintain the required reduced
The Auld Company's "Quitetite" reducing valve may be ex-
plained by reference to Fig. 129, and the makers' description.
High pressure steam enters valve by branch marked inlet and
g=ra
Fig. 129. Auld "Quitetite" Reducing Valve.
acts between valve D and piston P which are of the same area
and, therefore, in equilibrium on H.P. side. Reduced pressure is
obtained by screwing up adjusting nuts 1 until pointer 4 on Spring
Bolt S is opposite the figure representing the reduced pressure
required. Acting through the lever the extension of Bpring 6
opens up valve D and passes steam at reduced pressure to outlet
side and when the pressure of this reduced steam tends to rise
above that required it closes the valve by acting on back of the
valve D and chamber Q. When the pressure tends to fall the
tension of spring overcomes the force holding valve closed and
opens valve, allowing it to admit more steam to the L.F. side, and
in this way the reduced pressure is kept constant.
126
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
A flexible diaphragm / is fitted at lower end of valve body,
which makes a frictionless steam-
tight packing between the station-
ary and movable lower parts of
the valve. This diaphragm is pro-
tected from the action of steam by
water of condensation which col-
lects in the lower parts of the valve
and keeps the diaphragm cool.
The operation of the Fisher re-
ducing valve shown in Fig. 130 is
as follows: the inner valve 1 is
held open by the lever and weight
S, The volume of steam which
passes through the valve builds up
in the low pressure main and
enters the diaphragm chamber
through the controlling pipe line 8.
When the desired low pressure is
_ _ reached, a balance is formed with
F* 130. FahTKrfu™,,™™. ^ ^ ^ ^^ TMs ^^
regulates the opening in the valve, and rTTfuntAinn the pressure
for which the valve is set.
When a large volume of ^ff—
steam is required at low
pressure, such as for heating
systems, and it mint be re-
duced from a high pressure,
reducing valves may be made
with an increased size of
outlet. Such valves are used
on vacuum systems of steam
heating, and for low pressure
steam turbines when the sup-
ply of exhaust steam is not
sufficient and live steam must
be reduced from boiler pres-
sure. The method of piping this type of valve is shown in Fig.
131. The pipe A should be tapped into the low pressure
main at a distance from the valve bo as to get the average low
Fig. 131.
Increased Outlet Reducing
Valve.
SPECIAL VALVES
127
9 tit Op R couch* Vautc
diss Or Rcowcino Valvc
Fig. 132. Pounds of Steam per Hour Delivered by Reducing Valves.
128 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
pressure. The outlet is often made double the aise of tile inlet,
thus increasing the area four times. ,
Reducing Valve Sizes. — The chart shown in Fig. 132 from
the catalog of the Auld Company may be used to determine the
size of their valves when the reduced pressure is less than three-
fifths of the lowest high pressure, with a
regular demand for steam. To use the
chart, find the high pressure and follow the
horizontal line representing it until it inter-
sects with the curve giving the required
weight of steam. Vertically above or below
this intersection will be found the sue of
valve.
Pump Governors. — A pump governor is
a valve placed in the steam line and ar-
ranged to maintain a constant discharge
pressure regardless of the initial pressure.
Such governors are used on all kinds of
pumps for fire, boiler feed, water works,
hydraulic, elevator, and other services where
pumps work against pressure. The opera-
tion of such a governor may be understood
by reference to Fig. 133, which shows a
Fisher pump governor. Steam from the
boiler passes through the semi-balanced
double seated valve 1 into the pump steam
chest. The valve is held open by the
„. „_ „. , spring shown inside the pressure regulating
Fig. 133. Fisher ,. ~ . . . . K_ Tr . °
Pump Governor. cylinder g. A pipe from the pump discharge
is piped to the top of the pressure regulating
cylinder at S. The discharge pressure acts directly on the
piston 4, and operates the steam valve by overcoming the ten-
sion on the spring. In this manner the discharge controls the
supply of steam to the pump. For ordinary service the parts
are made of cast-iron with bronze trimmings. Superheated steam
requires steel bodies and Monet metal or nickel steel trimmings.
The arrangement of the piping for a governor used for con-
trolling the discharge pressure from a pump used for boiler feed,
water works, and similar service where the pump is operating
against pressure is shown in Fig. 134.
SPECIAL VALVES
129
The method of attaching and operating the governor shown
in Fig. 133, as described by the Fisher Governor Company, is as
follows:
"To Attach and Conned. Place the governor between the
steam chest and throttle valve so that governor will stand per-
pendicular; connect outlet side of governor with the steam pipe
on steam chest, then connect the steam pipe to the branch or
side inlet, placing throttle valve in most convenient place. Use
short nipples and place governor as close to pump as possible.
JtoCfAon
Fig. 134. Piping a Pump Governor.
"For connecting the discharge to governor, tap the discharge
main or pipe, if horizontal, on the side, and if for one governor,
tap for '/g-inch pipe; run pipe up about a foot higher than gov-
ernor, then over it and down and connect to globe valve on top
of pipe work over governor. If for two governors on pump dis-
charging into same main, tap for Yt-inch pipe and run up and
over until on a line between governors, then put on a "T"
and run to right and left until over governor, then connect to
globe valve.
If you can tap discharge main or pipe, five or six feet from
pump, do so as governor will be less affected by the pulsation of
water from pump. However, if you must tap close to pump, this
pulsation can be avoided and pump run smoothly by partly cloe-
130 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
ing the upper globe valve. Do not connect close to air
chamber. Run piece of l /a-inch pipe from drip at bottom of
brass cylinder to floor or sewer. The drip pipe must never be
connected with waste pipe from steam cylinder blow-off cocks
or exhaust pipe, as the hot steam will burn out the cup leather
piston packing.
" To Operate. The upper wheel in yoke is simply for a lock
nut. Turn it to the left, then turn lower wheel to the right, which
raises and opens the steam valve, when partly open, open your
throttle valve and start your steam pump, now close the lower,
or angle valve over governor and open the upper globe valve;
this will give you the water pressure of the discharge main on
piston in water cylinder. Then regulate by screwing up or down
on lower wheel in yoke, until your water pressure gauge shows
the pressure you desire to cany; then lock in place by turning
upper wheel to the right until up tight against bottom end of the
piston rod.
"In starting and stopping your pump, do it with the throttle
and do not change the adjustment of your governor. Pack valve
stem as light as you can and screw stuffing box-nut down lightly
with thumb and finger, just enough to hold the steam and no
more. Do not use wick packing. Once every month run your
engine by the throttle, shut off water pressure, open union in
pipe work, take off clyinder cap, take out piston, wipe the cylinder,
clean and wipe piston head, and lubricate them with vaseline.
Always keep your governor clean."
Back Pressure Valves. — The purpose of this form of valve is
to maintain a uniform back pressure in the exhaust pipe from
an engine when the steam is used for steam heating, drying, cook-
ing or other purposes.
The Fisher valve shown in Fig. 135 has an inner valve chamber
with two accurately machined ports of different areas in which
the semi-balanced, double piston type of valve works. This
avoids the use of a heavy counterweight and eliminates the tend-
ency to pulsate and hammer. The steam exerts a pressure on
both valves, the smaller one tending to close and the larger to
open, so that the difference between the two forces tends to
keep the valve open. Since the valve stem is connected to the
lever arm, the weight tending to keep the valve closed may be
moved to a position where the valve will open at the required
SPECIAL VALVES 131
pressure. The lever and weight control can be adjusted to hold
the valve open when no back pressure is wanted.
The Foster back pressure valve shown in Fig. 136 operates
with a spring instead of a weight.
The valve is made up of two pieces
between which the valve seat is
clamped. The valve has a piston
and guide stem integral with it. A
spring and compensating lever hold
the valve to its seat. A push rod
rests on the bottom of the dash-pot
piston and engages with the end of
the compensating lever which has its
fulcrum at 1. The spring bears against _..„_._. „ , „
... ., i_ • . T_T Ik 136. Raher Back Pres-
the lever through a pivot washer S, * ^ y^^
and is adjusted by the screw 3.
When the steam pressure lifts the valve, the latter pushes up the
compensating lever. As the latter moves, the length of the arm
on which the spring acts shortens, so that as the resistance of
the spring increases a greater leverage is obtained with the
result that the back pres-
sure beneath the valve re-
mains constant regardless
of the opening of the.valve.
When for any reason the
flow of steam lessens, the
spring forces the valve
slowly to its seat, the dash-
pot 4 cushioning its move-
ment. Hole C is drilled
through bottom of the
dash-pot to admit of the
passage of steam or vapor
from or into the dash-pot.
A drain pipe is connected
Ffc.136. Ftt.IUkFnn.V.h. *° *• «■&■« »' D /■?
above the seat to drain
water of condensation. When no back pressure is required, the
valve may be thrown out of commission by turning screw 5 to
the right to shoulder which carries the valve off its seat
132 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
Automatic Exhaust Relief Valves. — With condensing engines
and steam turbines it is necessary to use a valve in the exhaust
pipe, which will open and allow the steam to exhaust direct to
the atmosphere in case
pressure accumulates,
due to loss of vacuum
from any cause. Such
valves are designed to
remain closed under
usual operating condi-
tions, but automati-
cally open to atmos-
phere as soon as the
vacuum is lost. The
_ _ . _...„. position of the valve
Kl. 137. F»tar EUnrt w V-lv* £~ , bi>noh ^^
to the atmosphere and taken from the main exhaust pipe be-
tween the engine and condenser.
The Fisher exhaust relief valve is shown in Fig. 137. The valve
is kept closed by atmospheric pressure. It may be kept open by
the screw 1 and lever £ when desired. The purpose of the internal
dash-pot is to prevent hammering when the valve is in operation.
A water seal is provided to insure tightness when the valve is used
with a high vacuum.
Safety Valves. — The purpose of a safety valve is to relieve the
boiler in case the steam pressure rises above the desired amount.
There are two general forms, the older form being of the weight
lever type, and
the modern spring
or "pop" type.
The lever type
is shown in Fig.
138. The pressure
at which the valve
»m open is regu- ^ L^&J.tyVa™.
lated by moving
the weight in or out on the lever. This form is open to several
objections; the blowing-off pressure is too easily changed, and
the action of the valve is likely to be sluggish, both when open-
ing and when closing.
SPECIAL VALVES 133
A pop safety valve is shown in Fig. 139. Such valves are more
certain in their operation, and are almost universally used. The
valve operates against a spring which can be set for the pressure
at which the boiler is to "blow off." Boiler pressure acting on
the under side of the valve raises it slightly, exposing a larger area
which causes the valve to "pop" open. The range of operation
can be maintained very closely with this type of valve. The lever
attachment is for the purpose of operating the valve by hand.
The valve shown in the figure is made by Crane Company and is
provided with a patented self-adjustyig auxiliary disc and spring
• AUXILIARY DI«C
10 EHCARINU SLEEVE
11 MAIN *PRI
11 AUXILIARY
M AMUKTINa ICMEW
1« STEM KEY
Fig. 139. Crane Fop Safety Valve.
operating independently of the main spring and disc. The device
automatically regulates the blow-back of the valve within cer-
tain limits and combines the following qualities: high discharging
capacity; small blow down of pressure; minimum waste of steam;
absence of wiredrawing at the Beat and prompt seating without
hammering. The dotted lines in the figure indicate a type of
valve in which the springs are enclosed in a casing or chamber.
This type should be used when the outlets of the valves are piped
to the atmosphere and is necessary where a number of valves are
connected to one exhaust or discharge pipe. The spring chamber
extends over a large portion of the top surface of the valve disc
and tends to prevent chattering caused by back-pressure due to
long or deflected discharge pipes. It also prevents any tendency of
back-pressure from retarding the action of a valve about to pop.
134 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
Installation of Pop Safety Valves. — The directions for the
installation of iron body pop safety valves are quoted from Crane
Company.
"Pop safety valves should be installed on a saddle nozzle if
possible. If piping is used between the boiler and the valve, it
should be of a larger size than the nominal diameter of the valve.
Care should be taken that no chips, scale, red lead or other sub-
stances are left in the inlet of the valve or in the boiler connec-
tions to it. Where new valves are found to be in a leaky condition,
this defect, in most cases, can be traced back to one of the above
mentioned causes.
The first time pressure is raised in a boiler on which new pop
valves have been installed, open the valve by pulling the lever
when the pressure is within about 5 or 10 pounds of the set
pressure stamped on the valve, and keep the valve open
about one minute or long* enough to make sure that all foreign
matter has been blown out of the valve and connections.
If piping is installed in the outlet of the valve, this should under
no circumstances be reduced in size, and if more than one fitting
is used in the line the entire installation beyond the first fitting
should be increased in size. Be sure to support this piping,
as many a perfect valve has been transformed into a leaky one
by reason of improper support of the outlet pipe.
"Do not install any pop valve in a horizontal position. 1
if
Extracts feom Report of American Society of Mechanical Engineers
Boiler Code Committee. (Power Boilers)
SAFETY VALVE REQUIREMENTS
209. Each boiler shall have two or more safety valves, except a boiler for
which one safety valve 3-in. sue or smaller is required by these Rules.
270. The safety valve capacity for each boiler shall be such that the safety
valve or valves will discharge all the steam that can be generated by the
boiler without allowing the pressure to rise more than 6 per cent, above the
mftTimiim allowable working pressure, or more than 6 per cent, above
the highest pressure to which any valve is set.
277. The safety valve or valves shall be connected to the boiler independ-
ent of any other steam connection, and attached as close as possible to the
boiler, without any unnecessary intervening pipe or fitting. Every safety
valve shall be connected so as to stand in an upright position, with spindle
vertical, when possible.
278. Each safety valve shall have full sued direct connection to the boiler.
No valve of any description shall be placed between the safety valve and
the boiler, nor on the discharge pipe between the safety valve and the atmo-
SPECIAL VALVES
135
sphere. When a discharge pipe is used, it shall be not less than the full size
of the valve, and shall be fitted with an open drain to prevent water from
lodging in the upper part of the safety valve or in the pipe.
280. When a boiler is fitted with two or more safety valves on one con-
nection, this connection to the boiler shall have a cross-sectional area not less
than the combined area of all the safety valves with which it connects.
286. A safety valve over 3-in. size, used for pressures greater than 15
pounds per square inch gage, shall have a flanged inlet connection. The
dimensions of the flanges shall conform to the American Standard.
SAFETY VALVES FOB HEATING BOILERS
354. No shut-off of any description shall be placed between the safety
or water relief valves and boilers, nor on discharge pipes between them and
the atmosphere.
355. When a discharge pipe is used, its area shall be not less than the
area of the valve or aggregate area of the valves with which it connects, and
the discharge pipe shall be fitted with an open drain to prevent water from
lodging in the upper part of the valve or in the pipe. When an elbow is
placed on a safety or water relief valve discharge pipe, it shall be located
close to the valve outlet or the pipe shall be securely anchored and supported.
The safety or water relief valves shall be so located and piped that there will
be no danger of scalding attendants.
358. The minimum size of safety or water relief valve or valves for each
boiler shall be governed by the grate area of the boiler, as shown by Table 74.
TABLE 74
Allowable) Sizes of Safett Valves fob Heating Boilers
Water evaporated
per Square Foot
of Grate Surface
75
100
160
160
200
240
per Hour Pounds
Maximui
able ^
Pressuj
per So,
n Allow-
f orking
re Pounds
[uare Inch
Zero
to
25 Lbs.
Over 25
to
50 Lbs.
Over 50
to
100 Lbs.
Over 100
to
150 Lbs.
Over 150
to
200 Lbs.
Over 200
Lbs.
Diam.
Area of
of
Valve
Valve
Square
Arei
& of Grate
, Square 1
fcet
Inches
Inches
1
0.7854
2.00
2.50
2.75
3.25
3.5
3.75
1V« '
1.2272
3.25
4.00
4.25
5.00
5.5
5.75
IV.
1.7671
4.50
5.50
6.00
7.25
8.0
8.50
2
3.1416
8.00
9.75
10.75
13.00
14.0
15.00
2V.
4.9067
12.50
15.00
16.50
20.00
22.0
23.00
3
7.0686
17.75
21.50
24.00
29.00
31.5
33.25
3V.
9.6211
24.00
29.50
32.50
39.50
43.0
45.25
4
12.5660
31.50
38.25
42.50
51.50
56.0
59.00
*/•
15.9040
40.00
48.50
53.50
65.00
71.0
74.25
136 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
When the conditions exceed those on which Table 74 is based,
the following formula for bevel and flat seated valves shall be
used:
A-E2LZ2 xn (18)
in which
A - area of direct spring-loaded safety valve per square
foot of grate surface, sq. in.
W - weight of water evaporated per square foot of grate
surface per second, lb.
P « pressure (absolute) at which the safety valve is set
to blow, lb. per sq. in.
I
CHAPTER VIH
STEAM PIPING
General Considerations. — It is not the purpose of this chapter
to deal with pipe lines in an exhaustive way, as there are large
books devoted to this one subject, but it is intended to tell some-
thing of the general arrangement of pipe lines and some of the
things to be considered.
The layout of a piping system is a question of design and ranges
from the piping of a single engine and boiler to the complex system
of the large power plant. In piping as in all other branches of
engineering work "safety first" should be one of the guiding
principles. To this end the best of material and workmanship
should be called for. These, together with intelligence in design
will give both economy and safety in operation and maintenance.
The items of general application to any system may be listed as
follows:
A. Reduce the length to the smallest practicable distance.
B. Have as few fittings and valves as safety and operating
conditions will allow.
C. Make allowances for expansion and contraction.
D. Make allowances for drainage.
E. Make allowances for supports.
F. Eliminate vibration as much as possible.
G. Make allowances for sectJonaliring or shutting off any por-
tion of the system.
H. Consider the sise of pipe from the viewpoints of safety,
economy in first cost, economy in operation, radiation losses, loss
in pressure, and velocity of flow.
Header System. — There are a number of systems for laying
out high pressure steam piping. In every case it is desirable to
maintain as uniform a velocity of flow as possible throughout the
system. The simplest is the header system. When the engines
and boilers are placed back to back as shown in Fig. 140, a small
size of header may be used. As the engines and boilers are close
together the pipe lines are short and direct. The header may be
138
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
located either in the boiler room or in the engine room, but
preferably in the boiler room. When the engines and boilers are
placed end to end as shown in Fig. 141 a larger header is required,
as all the steam must pass through the header at a single section.
The sections of the header farthest from the engines may be made
Fig. 140. Header System of Piping.
smaller as they carry only a part of the supply. A separate
header may be provided for supplying steam to pumps and other
auxiliary apparatus.
Direct System with Cross-over Header. — A direct system of
piping with cross-over header used in the Connors Creek Station
of the Detroit Edison Company is shown in Fig. 142 from the
September, 1915, Journal A. S. M. E., and described by C. F
Hirshfield. The live steam piping consists of a run from two
boilers to the unit which they serve, all of these runs being cross-
connected by a cross-over header. The steam leads from each
STEAM PIPING
139
boiler are of 10-inch pipe and these join together in a Y-fitting,
which has a 14-inch discharge. Under full load conditions with
two boilers supplying one unit, the steam velocities will be about
I
(
fe
)
J
(
(
1=
}
3C*£* moo*
i
(
fe
3
',
I
4»»»MJ/»JJMJJ»»JJJJJJJJJJJJM»»JJ»J
N
i
I
-n
£NG*VC ROOM
— 1 r-
d a g
[} 1U
LI U
y
i
Fig. 141. End to End System of Piping.
10,500 feet per minute in the 10-inch pipe, and 12,000 feet per
minute in the 14-inch pipe. With three boilers supplying two
units, these velocities will rise to about 14,000 and 16,000 feet
per minute, respectively. The cross-over main necessitated a
Fig. 142. Connors Greek Station, High Pressure Piping.
design which should permit steam from any two boilers to flow,
into that main, and steam from the main to flow into any turbine
lead, with practically equal facility.
140 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
The steam leaving the 10 x 14 x 10 inch Y-branch previously
mentioned, passes through a cast steel expanding nozzle which
enlarges to a diameter of 28 inches. This in turn leads into a
28-inch cast steel side-outlet T or side-outlet cross. The 28-inch
lateral outlets of the latter fittings are the connection points of
the cross-over main. The velocity of the steam passing into the
cross-over, or from the cross-over main to the turbine lead, is
thus reduced to about one quarter of its value in the 14-inch pipes,
or roughly, a little less than 4000 feet per minute under the worst
conditions. The steam turns through the necessary right angle
at this low velocity and, therefore, with small loss.
The steam for the auxiliary turbines is taken from a 6-inch
outlet on top of the 28-inch fittings above described.
All superheated steam piping is full weight steel with welded
flanges. The flanges are finished smooth and corrugated steel
gaskets are used. All fittings are cast steel.
The atmospheric exhaust from the main unit is made of riveted
steel pipe and fittings. The auxiliary exhaust piping is lap welded
steel with Van Stone joints and fitted with corrugated copper
gaskets. All saturated steam piping is extra heavy steel fitted
with steel flanges. The fittings are all cast steel and steel valves
of American make are used.
Ring System. — The ring system of piping provides a closed
ring of piping from the boilers to the engines and back to the
boilers. The purpose of this system is to allow operation of the
engines from either direction, in order to insure continuous opera-
tion. In case of accident parts of the line may be cut out. The
extra amount of large pipe, valves and fittings make this sytem
heavy, and expensive to install, as well as wasteful in operation
due to the large amount of radiating surface and extra valves and
joints to keep tight. There are cases where such a system may
be desirable, but it is not used so extensively as formerly due to
the improvements in materials and workmanship which have
lessened piping failures.
The ring main system of piping is shown in Fig. 143, which is a
span of the Baltimore high pressure pumping station. This is an
instance where reliability outweighs all other considerations. It
is described by J. B. Scott in Volume 35 A. S. M. E. Trans. "A
12-inch steam header forms a closed ring around the plant, with
long radius expansion bends at all changes in direction. A suffi-
STEAM PIPING
141
cient number of gate valves are placed in the header to sectional-
ize it, so that any portion may be cut out without disabling more
than one boiler or one pump. Pipe is full weight, lap welded, soft
open-hearth steel. To provide an independent header for the
ms
JSr
QQ
I
2
i
142 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
station auxiliaries, a 6-inch cross connection is made across the
centre of the main header, which is capable of being fed from
either side of the main header, in case of accident to the other.
No fittings whatever are used in the main line, all branches being
taken from interlocked welded necks. Boiler branches are pro-
vided with non-return valves at the boiler nozzles and gates at
the header end. Van Stone flanges are provided for connec-
tions to the valves and receivers, which are located so as to avoid
as far as possible the necessity for any additional joints in the
line. Wrought steel receiver type separators are installed at the
low points on each side of the header. 1 '
Duplicate System. — The double main or duplicate system
provides for two separate sets of piping in any of the following
combinations:
A. Two small size mains which together provide for the capac-
ity of the plant. When necessary on account of accidents or re-
pairs the plant can be operated with a single main by increasing
the boiler pressure and steam velocities.
B. One large main in regular use and a small idle main for
use when necessary to have the large main out of commission.
C. Two large mains, one in use and one idle. The duplicate
system is expensive as it requires a large number of fittings and
valves. Its purpose is to insure against shut downs, and there
may be conditions where its use is desirable.
Steam Velocity. — The velocity of high pressure steam flow
in piping is not at all uniform, but ordinarily the average velocity
may be taken at from 5000 to 8000 feet per minute. This veloc-
ity is often exceeded, especially in large plants. Some values for
actual plants are as follows: steam pressures 160 to 210 pounds
per square inch, average 175; superheat, 100 to 200 degrees F. y
average 134; velocity of steam in boiler steam pipe, 3750 to 8700
feet per minute, average 6150; velocity of steam in header, 4200
to 11,400 feet per minute, average 7000; velocity of steam in
turbine steam pipe, 3225 to 7900 feet per minute, average 5100.
For turbines smaller pipes may be used than for engines as the
flow is constant due to the uniform demand for steam. In the
steam plant large piping sometimes acts as a receiver to supply
the large amounts of steam required for short periods. Higher
velocities result in smaller pipes which are much cheaper to in-
stall and maintain. The matter of friction and drop in pressure
STEAM PIPING 14S
is not serious in view of high pressures and superheat commonly
employed in large plants. In one large plant operating with 210
pounds steam pressure the average steam velocity is 15,744 feet
per minute, and even higher velocities are used. This tendency
toward smaller pipes and higher velocities is advantageous in
many ways; the first cost is less, the radiation losses are less,
smaller repair expenses and provision for expansion is easier.
For exhaust, velocities up to 30,000 feet per minute may be
used in estimating sizes of pipe.
Size of Pipe. — The size of pipe may be calculated from the
volume of steam and the velocity of flow.
p - absolute pressure, pounds per square inch.
V - velocity of steam, feet per minute.
8 - specific volume of steam at given pressure, cubic feet
per pound.
a - internal area of pipe, square inches.
10 - weight of steam passing through pipe, pounds per
minute.
°W /IAN
w (19)
144*
144tirc /anN
a (20)
V
From these formulae the area of the pipe required can be ob-
tained and reference to the pipe tables will give the diameter.
When the drop in pressure due to friction is to be considered,
Babcock's formula may be used.
L - length of pipe, in feet.
p - drop in pressure, pounds per square inch.
d - inside diameter of pipe in inches.
D » mean density, pounds per cubic foot.
w » weight of steam flowing, pounds per minute.
JpDd
W " S7 ^TT^\ (21)
L ( l * t)
d
p - .0001321^ (l + M) (22)
Da* >■ a '
In addition to the friction of the pipe there is the friction of
valves and fittings to be considered. Where long radius pipe
144 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
bends are used they may be considered as being equal to the
same length of straight pipe. Gate valves produce very small
losses when fully open. The friction of an ordinary 90 degree elbow,
for a globe valve, or for a square end opening may be found from
information given in Briggs' paper on "Warming Buildings by
Steam. 91 Thus the length of pipe equivalent to a globe valve or
square end opening is found from the formula given below.
d - internal diameter, in inches.
E - equivalent length of pipe in feet.
E _Md*
3.6 + d
For a 90 degree elbow the equivalent length is two-thirds of
the above or
2?--®^ (24)
3.6 + d
The curves of Fig. 144 give the values of equation (24) for
various sizes.
The allowable drop in pressure varies with conditions and may
be from one to ten pounds per square inch. For ordinary plants
a drop of five pounds is allowable provided the boiler pressure is
high enough to compensate for it so that an economical pressure
is maintained at the engine.
Equalization of Pipes. — From formula (21)
^.ST^p^
J--
'♦$
the number of small pipes equivalent to a large one may be found.
The variable factor in the formula is
from which T d + 3.6
v d + Z.(
4:
&'
M- " d, + 3d (25)
i
4*
di + 3.6
di « diameter of smaller pipe in inches.
<k - diameter of larger pipe in inches.
N m number of smaller pipes equivalent to one large one.
STEAM PIPING
145
jg
i
"
— i
—r
' "
-f—
'
t—
r—
tis
*
1 1 in i
1
. so
fc
£
$
Vi
1^
fc
1
«»
3*
i
'<
i I
1 J
At
-4
/ J
73DT d
-mo
is
4
>
«
Fig. 144. Length of Pipe in Feet Equivalent to a 90° Elbow.
146 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
Values for this formula are given in Table 75. Tables 76 and
77 are from the Watson-Stillman Company's catalog of hydraulic
valves and fittings. In Table 75 the values above the heavy black
line are for standard pipe of the nominal diameter given. Below
the line the values are for actual internal diameters. The method
of using is the same for all three tables. To find the number of
lVt-inch pipes equivalent to one 6-inch pipe, follow the line
marked V/% across to the column headed 6 where the number
given is 39.2. Below the line the table shows that 46 pipes 1 l /%
inches actual inside diameter are equal to one pipe 6 inches actual
inside diameter, as found by following the line marked 6 over
to the column headed l l /V
Superheated Steam. — When superheated steam is to be used,
the selection of materials should be carefully made. Composi-
tion or cast iron lose their strength when used with superheated
steam and so are unsafe. Malleable iron or cast steel are the best
materials to use, although cast iron or semi-steel may be used
when the temperature is less than 500° F. Higher velocities
are used with superheated than with saturated steam. In this
way radiation losses are reduced. While there is a greater drop
in pressure, the operation as a whole is generally economical
as the heat of friction is given back to the steam. Piping for
superheated steam should be well covered as the higher tempera-
tures and low specific heat of superheat make conditions for
radiation losses very much greater than for saturated steam at
like pressures. Expansion and contraction are much greater
with superheated steam and ample provision must be made to
care for it. Specifications for superheated steam piping are given
in Chapter XIX.
Effect of High Temperature on Metals and Alloys. — The
effects of superheated steam due to high temperature is to reduce
the tensile strength of metals. An extensive series of tests made
in Crane Company's laboratories by I. M. Bregowsky and L. W.
Spring are reported in an article read before the International
Association for Testing Materials, and published in full by Crane
Company. A large number of tests were made upon the ma-
terials used by the above company in manufacturing their pro-
ducts and so have an important bearing upon high pressure and
superheated steam power plant piping. A number of curves from
the report showing the average results of some of the tests are
STEAM PIPING
147
D
I
I
CO
1-1
«
o
1H
CO
«*
«
f*£««co«*«o«f-ooc&©»*gco*5«o
*4 *4 *4 *4 *4 P* »4
agSScoooo^SSSaSSSSS |S29SS~.«
^CTHH ^J ■- -«
*■• * «D «9 •*
^sgss^^^ooSs^ss^s^e^ Is So s 8 a s fe «. «
^ fr» CO ■■« *+ ~ — J — ' -»
9§§ <oS iga^ ,d ^ gi5:S ' J J ""^ c4c< ^^ flg sg^
SSSSSlQHIOeHHSHSS
■f** ^» n ^ Jh.% - » p a ^« «•••»#
N«coe«iH H9g j 0( p^ MMHH
St3oo£2^oor»Of«o»*4C9
HHH S^88
2§!S~«e,r.8S3§o:»:5 lasss? s s § s « « * «
^^OS^SnS^! fa 3 33S588&S<*co.oco
*» *
fcg82«o«e»3Soo , 88 3gS823SS::Soo»..~<*q
g8gr-oo«eo8383 I^S^SSS^S^Sc^ocooS
§**;ib3co«$cQ<a~ H^deJco^ido^aod^^Sco^
29
I-l l-t
gS^oo«S8S |8 $ SSScIco*^.^ ««>«>€» - § S §
^•SoS
<* -* © *
ej *j eo <d co c*
io a> 2 8 8 |« 8S ocoiooo ^o»-«eoo§5§S3i51
53°^ |- ,w< °S8co , S88 -wco*
5 § 3 H^i^^oi^p^^-^^w^^^^^S^coSSS
oo<P«pcit*oo«oeoap^;cj^
*H «H r4 tH C4 C4
CO
£
^oowsooot-ooaooaoococjao
M0HK»SossflOgs9^SS
8
o o
s
3
NSO^aBNN(D1*(9e«<j
N»oH?Ngsg*8M
HHHHnn^rNelS4
C*
00
m
ca
4 I << < < J
148
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
£
9
5
I
I
n
■!
.9 .9 .9 i .9" i .9 .9 , .9 .9 i .9 J .9 .9
•i
S
*
N 55 H H
-i
s
00C*eO00*«e»3K3S8
_• • •■..•....«■• - ^
SSSRSI838 0, •' e,e *- , -"- , •«
•ON h
u
00
1-1
•
IQ CO H H S »H <D S »
H* W »H "^
*i
3
m
Si
•0
ad
»i
•
IQ CD ^ ^ CO
.loeo^iocSfHt^CNiio
8${J83 c,>IOCO * , - 4, - , : : -'So
i
U5 WNCoSw^? %
s : g goo« low «-^ : : : : : : ^
«i
•
H N U) H (Q (O
• • ...... *
Sg
s
I*
•
1H
C*ooeocoo>5Se8 *„
< d
»
(O 00 O >0 00 N *-
- d
••*
I-
*
• • • • • • •••••••••%
Si
%
• mm m ••••♦• • • m • • mm
>i
l-l
•
Si
nS *.
Si
■
8 :::::::::•••<
•
n
ti
.9 .9 .a .S .9 • .9 .9 • .9 • .9 • .9
*• v4 •• v* « w* r* •* p4 *4
HHHNNWW^^iO©
i
3 i
Si
s
i
§
ii
•i
3J
•J
*i
*J
•0 ^
w i
ea «H
e»
*.a
-J
SJ
SJ
Si
s
s
•
3
3
lO
s
*l
STEAM PIPING
•d .3 .3 .3 .3 J .9 .3 .3 .3 .3 .3 .3 .3
<<< << < < <
M *4 •• *4 »4 «4 *4 «4
io o> ^. . ^ S 2 S S eo :
9 fc ** ^ c fH
"^ ^f CO
... CO 00 N H ^ n eo
«NNCOIO^NHH H
^^ f^ eo ^< »h
»oioioco^2ffic?
j • •••••••• . • • •
SSS89 00,,|IC0 ^' H ' •
vH i-H 0> *H
«© <* ^ c* co co *<
^ • _• • ■ • • • • • . . • . . .
feSJ3c3 Cft ' oeo<N " 4 . . . .
«■* 1-4
cq.^^g^cSS
gS58t3 , °* c *- < ^
»a *o ^< c> c£ co &
jJHNOOCONHH
"? N «o3 2! $
*H t— C* CD C* »-l *-<
^ CO »H
i^^SSS
N Oi © « H H
co »h "<<r c<
■* co ^ c4 »h
1-1 fM
IQ t"» \Q
• • • •*•■••*••■
"si
co <n *-<
c*
^^ •••■■••••■•••
149
.a .a .a
.a.a
.a
.a
.a
CD
to
CO
co
ci
<<<.a <<.a <.a <.a <.a .a
m ** m *+ 9* w* w* p4
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
No. 7 MCtfhi
NkS. Fattmd PmM
Kb II. G-.C-P&UI
No. 1J. U S. N»r B« -9-.-
Fig. 115. Effect of Temperature on Strength of Metals and Alloys.
STEAM PIPING
Nfcl9. Old MM SMi*
No. IS. WIUW
Kg. 146. [cont'd]. Effect of Temperature on Strength of Metals and
Alloys.
given in Fig. 143. In each case curve A is ultimate tensile strength,
curve B is elastic limit, curve C is per cent, reduction in area and
curve D is per cent, elongation. Pounds per square inch are given
at the left of the curve, and per cent, at the right.
The materials are: No. 1, Crane "hard metal," a bronze made
up of pure copper and tin, alloyed in proportions which give
metal of high tensile strength and hardness. No. 2, aluminum
bronze (5 per cent, aluminum), a bronze containing 95 per cent,
copper and 5 per cent, aluminum. No. 3, acid metal. A piios-
phorbronze of straight tin and copper. An alloy of high resistance
to acids, which is used where ordinary metal would be likely to
corrode. Not intended for high temperature purposes. No 4,
ordinary steam metal. In general use for all pressures of saturated
steam. No. 7, Crane cast iron. A factor which enters into the
use of cast iron is the "growth" or "permanent" expansion, which
takes place when the metal is alternately heated and cooled a
number of times. Crane Company has found that the cast iron
of valves used for superheated steam is weaker after a few years
of use. Cast steel is considered the best material for use with
152 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
superheated steam. No. 8, Ferrosteel (semi-steel). Essentially
a strong cast iron, used for "extra heavy" valves, for standard
valves of sizes over 7 inches and wherever specified for other
valves. No. 11, Crane cast nickel. No. 13, U. S. Navy brass
"S-c" for government screw pipe fittings. (Cu. 77-80, Sn. 4,
Pb. 3, Zn. 13-10 per cent.). No. 18, rolled Monel metal. No. 19
cold-rolled shafting.
Live Steam Header. — A live steam header of large size may
be made up of riveted plates, of flanged fittings, or of welded
steel. If made of steel plates riveted together there may be dif-
ficulty in keeping all the joints tight, especially with high pressure
steam. Flanged fittings or welded steel headers are more satis-
factory. The number of joints involved when a large number of
flanged fittings are used is often a source of trouble and may be
avoided by using special fittings or welded headers, Figs. 51 and
52, Chapter V. The size and arrangement of live steam headers
depends upon the system of piping used and other factors having
to do with the particular design. Further information is given in
the articles describing the various systems of piping and the sizes
of steam pipes.
Connections Between Boiler and Header. — The pipe between
the boiler and header should be arranged so that it will be self-
draining, and with provision for expansion. A number of arrange-
ments are shown in Fig. 146. With screwed pipe and fittings,
expansion may be taken care of by allowing the pipe to turn on
the threads. Bends may be used with either screwed or flanged
piping to allow for expansion. Bends are desirable as they offer
less resistance to the steam flow and decrease the number of
joints to be made and kept tight.
The location of the valves is very important, as it affects the
proper draining of the pipe. The valve or valves should be placed
at the highest point in the connection to allow condensation to
drain from the valves in both directions and so keep the pipe dry.
The arrangement when a single boiler is piped with one valve is
shown at A, Fig. 146. When more than one boiler is to be used
the valve may be placed near the header, as in Fig. 146 at B.
Other single-valve arrangements are shown in Fig. 146 at C
and D.
Good practice dictates the use of two valves and in many
places the law requires two valves on boiler connections. One of
STEAM PIPING
153
o— -
&o//er
0***,
HtAv
&o//er
to**
£• ******** t+/r»
<SA*» M/m>
6*M*r
#*9*r
<4**»*w*t to/r* ,s»p fc/r*
r "S^
S"/mr
<4trfr*r*?/c
Mfrt**nMf Smrnr
V*
sz
K)t&hf
Kg. 146. Boiler to Header Pipes.
If4 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
these may well be of the automatic stop form described in Chap-
ter VI. With screwed fittings two valves may be arranged as
in Fig. 146 at E, but some provision should be made for draining
the pipe between them, as there is the possibility of condensation
accumulating even though the valves are closed. Arrangements
are shown with two valves in Fig. 146 at FG and H in which one
of the valves is a non-return valve. Both valves are located at
the highest point. Other arrangements of boiler connections with
either one or two valves are shown in Fig. 146 at J, J 9 K and L.
The necessity for avoiding dangerous water pockets- should be
kept in mind in all cases and where necessary to place a valve
other than at the highest point, provision should be made for
draining above the valve before it is opened.
Pipe Lines from Main Header. — Pipe lines from the main
header should be designed to allow for expansion and to supply
dry steam to the engine or other machine. A separator may be
used in the header before the branch is taken off, or if the branch
is long the separator may be near the engine. If a receiver sepa-
rator is employed a smaller pipe may be used between the main
and the separator. Several arrangements of engine piping are
shown in Fig. 147. Two valves are shown, one a stop valve near
the main and the other a throttle valve near the engine. Ordi-
narily the throttle valve is used, the stop valve being either
full open or closed. A drip pipe should be placed just above
the throttle to blow out the condensation which collects when
the throttle valve is closed. By making the connection from the
top of the main there is less danger of water getting into the
engine cylinder in case it should come over from the boiler,
whereas if the connection is taken from the side or bottom of
the main, the engine is almost certain to be wrecked.
Auxiliary and Small Steam Lines for Engines, Pumps, etc. —
The same general principles apply to auxiliary steam headers
and small steam lines. They should be arranged to provide for
expansion and contraction and for ample draining. The expan-
sion can generally be cared for by allowing the pipe to turn on
the threads, taking advantage of the necessary changes in direc-
tion. For draining, the pipe should slope in the direction of
the steam flow and should be provided with a steam trap, drip
pipes, or other means of disposing of the condensation. If
the branch is taken from the side or bottom of the steam line,
STEAM PIPING
166
there should be provision for draining, Fig. 148, A, B, C. This
can be avoided by taking steam from the top of the line, as in
Fig. 148, D, which also protects the branch while it is in use.
Two valves are shown in the illustrations, one a throttle valve
-fl
•*5i
Fig. 147. Header to Engine Pipes.
near the engine or pump, and a stop valve near the steam line.
When a throttling governor is used the arrangement may be as
at E, Fig. 148. Both valves are not always necessary, but they
are desirable. The throttle valve can be used to regulate the
machine, and the stop valve to close off the branch entirely when
necessary. The throttle valve should of course be of the globe or
angle pattern. The arrangement of piping when the different
166 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
forms of valves and regulating devices are used is taken up in
connection with the description of the devices.
Steam Loop. — The steam loop is an arrangement of piping for
returning condensed steam to a boiler by gravity, as shown in
Fig. 149. The water of condensation is carried up the riser along
with steam, then into the horizontal pipe where the steam con-
denses, and flows down the drop leg. When sufficient water has
collected in the drop leg, the increase in pressure will open the
<5Ap ktr/r+
0rotn
Fig. 148. Branch Pipes.
check valve and t*he water will flow into the boiler. This opera-
tion is repeated automatically as the drop leg fills. The head
or pressure in the drop leg must at all times be greater than that
in the riser in order to keep the loop in operation. The level of
the water when the two pipes are balanced may be about one
half way up the drop leg. The drop leg may be from 30 to 50 feet
long, depending upon the loss in pressure between the boiler and
drop leg and friction of piping and check valve.
Injector Piping. — The general arrangement of piping for an
injector is shown in Fig. 150 at A. The steam pipe should be
taken from as high a point as possible and directly from the boiler.
A globe valve should be placed at a convenient point in the steam
pipe. The suction pipe should be as short and direct as possible,
sometimes a size larger pipe than the injector connection is
STEAM PIPING
157
able. A foot valve may be necessary on a long lift. The globe
valve is placed close to the injector. The discharge pipe should
be the size of the injector outlet or larger, and should contain a
check valve, placed at a considerable distance from the injector.
/*
ft/**r
V
1
*W+ l0rw/ */ 3*/tor
dL*£5"*
7* Sm/far
>nff t&ym
Fig. 149. Steam Loop.
When the water is not lifted the suction pipe should contain two
valves, one close to the injector and one far away from it, Fig.
160, at B.
Live Steam Feed Water Purifier. — The Hoppes live steam feed
water purifier is shown in Fig. 151. It consists of a cylindrical
steel shell, within which are located a number of trough-shaped
"I CAft* J&to
■Secfiif
\
Sf/alnmr
Fig. 150. Injector Piping.
pans. The pans are made of hard sheet steel with malleable
iron ends.
The water enters the purifier through pipe C and overflows the
sides of the pans and follows the under surfaces in a thin film to
158 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
the lowest point and in direct contact with the steam. The
solids in solution are precipitated and adhere to the bottoms of
Fig. 151. lave Steam Purifier.
the pans, while those in suspension are retained in the troughs of
the pans.
Method of Piping Purifier. — The method of piping a live
steam purifier is indicated in Fig. 152. It is generally best to
Fig. 152. Live Steam Purifier Piping.
8TEAM PIPING
159
supply live steam to the heater by an independent pipe A in order
to be sure of sufficient pressure to allow the water to flow to the
boilers by gravity. To cause such a flow, the bottom of the
purifier should be placed two or
more feet above the water level in
the boiler. The feed pipe B from
the purifier is connected to the feed
line. The pipe C from the pump
supplies the feed water to the purifier.
This pipe can be used as a direct feed
to the boilers by closing the proper
valves.
Steam for the pump is supplied by
the pipe D. When the purifier is in
operation the valve E should be
closed and the valve F opened to
allow circulation.
Water Column Piping. — A water
column is a hollow casting, tapped
for three gage cocks, two water gage
connections, and for connections to
the steam and water spaces of the
boiler as shown in Fig. 153. The
object of the column is to show the
height of water in the boiler. For this
reason the steam connection should be taken from well above the
water level and the water connection well below it. These con-
nections should be made with tees or crosses with plugs instead
of elbows. By removing the plugs the connections may be thor-
oughly cleaned. Extra heavy
wrought pipe may be used,
but brass pipe of iron pipe
size is much better. For
small water columns one inch
pipe is used, but 1} inch is a
more usual diameter for all
sizes. Valves may be placed
in the boiler connections as
shown, but should be arranged to indicate plainly when they are
closed. In some places such valves are prohibited. The steam
Fig. 153. Water Column
Piping.
Fig. 154. Thermometer Well.
a
<3
3
160 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
gage may be piped as indicated, but no other connection should
be made from the water column piping.
The Placing of Thermometers in Pipes. — There are many
occasions where it is desirable to ascertain the temperature of
the medium passing through a pipe. For this purpose thermome-
ters may be used by inserting a thermometer well in the pipe line.
The well should be partly filled with oil before inserting the ther-
mometer. The arrangement
is indicated in Fig. 154. For
permanent locations thermo-
meters are made with a well
as part of the casing so that
they can be screwed into place.
The well should be made of
w „ „ ^ close composition brass and
IfelH. Steam Gage lotions. be rf^ either with a bit of
waste or arranged for a screw cap so that water can be kept
out when the well is not in use.
Steam Gages. — The location of gages for steam or water
should have careful attention to insure correct readings. With
steam gages some arrangement should be made for maintaining
water between the gage and the steam, Fig. 155. For this pur-
pose a goose neck may be used, or the gage may be placed below
the steam line. When placed as at D a correction should be made
for the head of water. The dial hand may be set to make the
proper allowance. The location of water pressure gages should
receive the same attention in order to avoid erroneous readings.
CHAPTER IX
DRIP UXD BLOW-OFF PIPING
Drainage. — Steam piping should be arranged so as to avoid
the possibility of condensed steam gathering in pockets and
there becoming a source of danger. A slug of water picked up
from such a pocket and carried along by a change in velocity of
the steam can cause a great deal of damage by its impact with
valves, fittings, etc. For this reason efficient drainage must be
provided. The slope of horizontal pipes should be at least 1
inch in 10 feet, and in the direction of steam flow. The steam
main should be drained from the bottom. The supply pipes
should slope from the header to separators, and the engine supply
should be taken from the top of the separator. The water from
steam main drips can be gathered in a receiver and automatically
pumped back to the boilers. The essentials of a properly designed
system are provision for drainage when the pipes are full of steam
under pressure but not flowing, and the care of all condensation
when it is flowing. When a change in size of pipe is necessary,
eccentric fittings may be used to keep the bottoms of the lines
on the same level. The location of valves should receive careful
attention. They should be placed so that the valve body will
not form a water pocket. A gate valve with the spindle pointing
downward is such & case. Valves should be placed at the high
points in the line or ample drain pipe provided to care for the
water which collects. When a valve is in a vertical pipe line
there must be a drain pipe tapped in immediately above it.
Separators. — Separators are made for the purpose of separat-
ing water from steam, or oil from steam. In cases where prim-
ing exists in the boilers or where the steam lines are long, water
collects in the piping and may be very destructive if carried into
the engine cylinder. Further, the presence of moisture in the
steam results in loss of economy in the operation of the engine.
To remove the water, steam separators of various designs may
be used. Baffle plates or changes in direction may be employed
in the design of a separator. When steam is to be condensed
162 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
and returned to the boilers, separators may be placed in the ex-
haust pipe to remove the oil and water. The principle of opera-
tion is the same as for steam separators. A steam separator
should be placed as near the engine
as possible. The water from the
^ separator may be blown out or
**~ may be taken care of automati-
cally by a steam trap.
The construction of the Pittsburg
separator is shown in Fig. 156.
The steam enters at 1 and is
turned downward bo that it strikes
the ribbed annular surface * where
the oil and water is caught and
runs off to the collecting chamber
S. The steam leaves by the open-
Fig. 166. Pittaburg Separator. m B 4 near the top.
The construction of the Cochrane
separator is shown in Fig. 157, where A is the exterior, B is
cross section, and C a longitudinal section. The steam enters
at 1 and impinges against a baffle plate B having vertical ribs,
where the oil or water adheres. This oil or water is directed
Fig. 167. Cochrane Separator.
to the collecting well 3. The steam turns to the side of the
baffle and leaves the separator at 4* The path of the steam is
indicated at D, Fig. 157.
DRIP AND BLOW-OFF PIPING
103
The Hoppe8 steam separator is shown in Fig. 158. Steam enters
at the top and plunges
downward, the moisture in
the steam impinges on the
surface of the water in the
bottom tod is caught and
retained. From here it is
drawn off through the drain
pipe shown. Any entrained
moisture creeping along the
sides of the separator is in-
tercepted by the troughs,
which are partly filled with
water and surround both in-
let and outlet.
Drip Pockets. — To drain
long horizontal pipes pro-
perly drip pockets. Fig. 159,
should be provided every 75
to 100 feet. In general the
drip pocket opening should
be the full size of the pipe,
as the water is likely to be
carried over small openings.
From the drip pocket a ****- HoppeB Separator.
drain connection is made with a steam trap.
Steam Traps. — A steam trap is an appa-
ratus made to dispose of the condensed steam
- from a piping system. The drip pipes from
the system are run to the trap which dis-
charges the water without allowing the steam
to escape. When this discharge is against
atmospheric pressure, as into a hot well or
sewer, the trap is called a discharge or non-
return trap. When the hot water is dis-
charged back into the boiler the trap is called
a direct return trap. Direct return traps
must be located above the boiler. There are
Fi g J5Q numerous forms of steam traps, only a few of
Drip Pocket. which will be described.
164 A HANDBOOK ON PIPINO
The Walworth trap shown in Fig. 160, is operated by a floating
bucket The condensation flows in at 1 around the bucket S
untO it overflows into the bucket and sinks it, uncovering the
opening in the apiudle at S.
This allows the water to be
driven out at 4-
The McDaniels trap
f - shown in Fig. 161, is oper-
— ■*■ ated by a float. The con-
densation flows in at t
until it raises the spherical
float t which opens the
valve S and allows the
in- iaa iwi™* tv.„ water to be forced out at 4-
Kg. 160. Bucket Trap- _- ,, .. . , . .
When the water is drained
the float falls and closes the valve S. The screw 6 may be used
to open the valve S.
The Famsworth trap shown at A, Fig. 162, operates by a tilt-
ing tank. The tank is composed of a partition and two pipes
making two unequal size chambers. The vertical pipe 1 receives
condensation into the long chamber j until its weight overbalances
the full short chamber S and opens the valve 4 and the condensa-
tion is passed from the bottom of the long chamber through the
diagonal pipe 5 into the top of the short chamber, and from the
bottom of the short chamber out through the valve, which re-
mains full opened so long nj
as condensation is coming _flL_
through the vertical pipe, ^^ ^r^^^k
and when the lines or ap- *9T j§r TH-«-£
paratus are finally drained Ws s w nv wx^ ^ W
and the long end nearly iyfe a^__ ^-/ ^^^Na
emptied, the full, short £? flffil Q )|j
chamber over-balances it Jjmffig- gw ' gH^? wVr< i »vg r
and closes the valve ^^^ ^M/$^//^0 ^^^ (
against the double seal of ^ttw^^ S ^ 1^4
™&pper Itaribte ho* i. "» "«■ M=D"*1**
used to avoid packed trunnion joints as shown at B. This
allows the trap to be arranged to operate as a non-return trap
or as a return trap.
DRIP AND BLOW-OFF PIPING 165
The Craaetilt trap is made for a variety of usee, the direct
return trap being shown in Fig. 163. Condensation enters
the trap through the inlet check valve 1 and passes through the
divided trunnion tee into the tank S. When the tank fills, the
weight of water causes it to drop to the bottom of the yoke 3.
This opens the steam valve 4 and closes the vent valve 5 allow-
ing pressure to enter the steam valve and through the inner pipe
Umn ;
Fig. 162. Fornsworth Trap.
into the space above the water, closing the inlet check valve.
The pressure is now the same in the trap as in the boiler and as
the trap is above the boiler, the water flows into the boiler by
gravity. After sufficient water has left the tank, the counter-
weight 6 brings it back into the filling position, this action closing
the steam valve and opening the vent valve which allows the
pressure in the tank to equal or fall below that in the return lines.
The directions given for setting and connecting up a Cranetilt
direct return trap are as follows:
" Place the trap at least four feet above the water level of the
boiler. The trap does not necessarily have to be directly above
the boiler as shown in Fig. 164. In some cases there is not room
166 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
enough between the top of the boiler and ceiling of the boiler
room, in which case the trap can be placed on the floor above,
either over or adjoining the boiler house. There are three essen-
tial points in connecting up a direct return trap. 1st, the pipe
marked 'Discharge to Boiler' in Fig. 164, should have a strong
pitch away from the trap along the horizontal line A. 2d, this
discharge pipe must not be connected into any pump or injector
Fig. 163. CranetUt Trap.
line feeding the boiler but connected independently of other feed
lines. 3d, the pipe marked 'steam' must be connected to the
boiler at a point where the initial boiler pressure will be secured.
Do not connect this line to any steam line connected to an engine,
pump or injector. Where the pressure in the receiver is not suf-
ficient to elevate the condensation to the trap a Cranetilt lifting
trap should be located below the receiver and connected to it.
The lifting trap will elevate the condensation through the pipe
marked 'discharge to trap' to the direct return trap. As the
amount of water which the trap handles at each operation will
vary only slightly, the attachment of a revolution counter, record-
ing each operation, will give a close average."
DRIP AND BLOW-OFF PD?ING 167
Drips from Steam Cylinders. — Steam cylinders should be
provided with drain connections at both ends, and may have
(fS>=
Fig. 164. Setting for Direct Return Trap.
automatic relief valves or hand operated valves. If hand oper-
ated the valves should always be opened before starting the engine
or pump. For small engines and pumps pet cocks screwed di-
rectly into the cylinder are frequently used. In most cases, how-
ever, it is preferable to pipe
the drips to a drain. The
size, of pipe should be suffici-
ently large to care for con-
densation and not be easily
stopped up. The arrange-
ment of drips for steam and
exhaust pipes from cylinders
is treated in connection with
the piping of engines.
Drainage Fittings.—
Condensed steam should be fl^i - J, .
f whenever t= IE? || l | €== ^^J
Fig. 155. Drainage Fittings.
drained by gravity v
possible. When conditions
are such that *■!»'« cannot be
done, lifts as shown in Fig. 165 at A , and B may be employed.
The principle of operation is the same. The water of conden-
168 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
sation gathers in a pocket until it cloaca the pipe and the steam
pressure forces it up the riser in slugs. Condensation may be
lifted by high vacuum by the same apparatus. The diameter of
the riser should be about one half to one third that of the hori-
sontal pipe. The arrangement at A, Fig. 166, is composed of a
tee with the ends of the riser lower than the horizontal pipe.
The fitting shown at B is called an entrainer or drainage fitting.
Fig. 106. Automatic Pump and Receiver.
toomaHc Pump and Receiver. — A combination of receiver
and pump, Fig. 166 provides an effective arrangement for drain-
ing radiators, steam jackets, steam coils and heaters. The water
of condensation enters at the top of the receiver. A float in the
receiver mftinf-n-jnii a constant water level and regulates the pump.
When used for boiler feed, cold water may be admitted directly
to the receiver to make up for losses or in case of excessively high
temperature. As with other apparatus the piping should be
DRIP AND BLOW-OFF PIPING
169
arranged with a by-pass so that the receiver may be cut out
when repairs are necessary.
Blow-off Piping, — The size of the blow-off pipe from a boiler
may be from one to 2 l /a inches in diameter. The wrought-pipe
Fig. 187. Blow-off Piping.
Fig. 168.
Asbestos Packed Cock.
fittings and valves should be extra heavy as made for 250 pounds
pressure. When the pipe passes through the combustion cham-
ber it should be protected from the hot gases by magnesia, asbestos,
or fire brick, or it may be enclosed in a larger pipe of either tile or
cast iron. Further protection may be had by arranging the pip-
ing as shown in Fig.
■/,,,/., 167, which allows a
asia m — continuous circulation
to be maintained.
The valve A is closed
before the blow-off
valve is opened.
^^KtfW&l&x Ample provision
should be made for
the movement of the
pipe due to expansion.
The blow-off pipe
should be arranged so
that the discharge is
visible, otherwise fail-
ure to close the valves may not be noticed until the boiler is dam-
aged. Any leaks can be seen and attended to. It is well also to
have the blow-offs from different boilers independent of each other.
Fig. 169. Arrangement of Blow-off Valves.
170
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
In general, two valves should be used in each blow-off pipe,
one a valve and the other a cock. The asbestos-packed cock,
shown in Fig. 168, is very commonly used. The valve should be
placed nearest to the boiler. The cock should be opened before
the valve and closed after the valve.
In this way it will be possible to keep
it tight for a longer time, as it will
not be under pressure when operated.
Blow-off valves are often made up in
pairs, Fig. 169. When cleaning the
boiler the valve A is kept closed and
the valve B opened and its bonnet
removed, allowing the wash water
and scale to fall upon the floor which
is connected to a drain. The blow-off valve being closed the
boiler cleaner is safe from any back blow from the pipe.
Blow-off water and steam can sometimes be discharged into
the open. When it must be cared for by a sewer it should first
be allowed to cool in some form of sump or tank, Figs. 170, 171
and 172, as the heat from the blow-off water will crack drain tile,
allowing it to be crushed and so become closed. Aside from
this, the escape of steam through street openings from the sewers
is objectionable. Blow-off tanks are made of cast-iron, steel or
wrought-iron plate, and brick or concrete. A blow-off tank
should have a vapor pipe carried up through the roof to carry off
Fig. 170. Cast Iron Blow-off
Tank.
Fig. 171. Steel Blow-off Tanks.
the steam and vapor, a manhole for cleaning, and if there is a
chance for the accumulation of pressure, a safety valve should be
added. The outlet of the blow-off pipe should be above the water
line, as otherwise condensation in the pipe will create a vacuum
DRIP AND BLOW-OFF PIPING 171
and draw water from the tank or sump back into the pipe, often
with injurious results. It is well to have a partition between the
inlet and outlet parts of a sump or tank, or other arrangements
to form a trap and so prevent steam from entering the tile drain.
Fig. 172. Concrete Sump.
A small cast-iron blow-off tank is shown in Fig. 170. Riveted
steel-plate tanks may be of cylindrical form with bumped heads,
Fig. 171. For a common blow-off from a number of boilers a
concrete sump may be constructed, similar to Fig. 172.
CHAPTER X
EXHAUST PIPING AHD COICDENSERS
Exhaust Paring. — Exhaust piping to the atmosphere can be
made of light-weight pipe, with light fittings and valves. For
small sizes wrought pipe or tubing may be used, while sizes 24 to
30 inches and larger may be made of riveted steel plates. Riveted
pipe, when less than y 4 inch thick, should be galvanized to assist
in keeping the joints tight; thicker plate can be calked. Large
fittingB may be made of steel plates riveted together, and with
Fig. 173. Riveted Steel Plate
cast-iron flanges, Fig. 173. Where flat surfaces occur they should
be braced to withstand pressure from the outside, as there may
be a vacuum due to condensation.
Exhaust lines should be designed carefully as to drainage. They
should pitch in the same direction as the flow. An exhaust-steam
separator may be used to separate the oil and water from the
steam, if it is to be used for heating and other purposes. The
drip from the oil separator or from a drip pocket may be dis-
charged through a loop, as shown in FigB. 174 and 175. The drop
leg should be long enough so that a possible slight vacuum in the
exhaust pipe will not raise the water from it. This will require
EXHAUST PIPING AND CONDENSERS
173
from three to six feet. Fig. 175 shows a loop applied to a tee
at the bottom of a vertical exhaust pipe.
£
I
2
Fig. 174. Method of Draining
Separator in Exhaust Pipe.
Fig. 175. Method of Drain-
ing Vertical Exhaust Pipe.
5
Onp Ptp*
18 1
T
When exhaust steam is used for heating purposes, a single
vertical pipe may be used for atmospheric exhaust and as a heat-
ing riser for an overhead system. This arrangement is shown in
Fig. 176, where a heating main con-
nection is made well up the pipe.
A smaller heating connection is
shown near the base of the riser.
The back-pressure valve is placed
just above the upper heating main.
A drip pipe is taken from the ex-
haust head, and another from just
above the back-pressure valve.
Ritimigf from Small Engines,
Pumps, etc — The arrangement of
small exhaust pipes is indicated in
Figs. 177 and 178. The piping as
shown enters an exhaust main. The
valve near the main serves to close
the branch for repairs, or when
working on the machine, and also to
keep the branch from filling with
condensation when not in use. The
exhaust pipe should be drained from
its lowest point, and should dope
from the highest point to the main.
Fig. 176. Combination Ex-
haust Pipe and Heating Riser.
If changes in direction occur, it may be necessary to provide
174
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
more than one drip pipe. As in all steam lines, pockets where
water may collect should be avoided. Either an angle stop
valve or a gate valve should be used, as the passage of the
t
£efovo/
Cylinder
Fig. 177. Connections to Exhaust Main.
exhaust steam should not be restricted. Care should be taken
to provide for movement due to expansion, and also to allow for
making up the pipe, lack of exact alignment, etc.
Fig. 178. Connections to Exhaust Main.
Exhaust Heads. — When steam is exhausted from an engine
to the atmosphere, some form of exhaust head should be used
to catch and return the oil and condensation. Such heads may
EXHAUST PIPING AND CONDENSERS
175
Fig. 179. Swartwout Exhaust Head.
be made of galvanized iron or cast iron, and should be so designed
as not to cause back pressure. The Swartwout cast-iron exhaust
head is shown in Fig. 179. The steam passes through a long
helix, from which it emerges
with a whirling motion. The
particles of water which have
been thrown into the outer sur-
face of the tube are flung for-
ward. The extension of the
tube forms an annular chamber
in which the water collects, and
from which it is removed
through the drip.
The Hoppes cast iron exhaust
head is shown in Fig. 180. When
the steam enters the head it ex-
pands gradually into a large cham-
ber several times the area of the pipe, while the particles of oil
and water in the centre of the current are separated by imping-
ing on the cone, and those on the outer edges strike against and
adhere to the side of the separating chamber. A trough partly
filled with water surrounds the outlet and prevents creeping. This
trough is connected with the drain by the pipe shown.
Vacuum Exhaust Pipes. — Vacuum exhaust pipes should be
as short and direct as possible, but with ample provision for
^_____^_^ expansion. Various forms of ex-
A /S i§^\ pansion joints for exhaust lines
/ f Tf \L M" 6 U&&9 three of which are
shown in Figs. 181, 182 and 183.
The first is of corrugated copper,
the second is a steel plate or
diaphragm, and the third is the
Badger copper expansion joint.
Because of the range in temper-
ature, a considerable movement
should be allowed for. The in-
crease in volume of steam at low pressures, makes it desirable
to have such pipes of as large a diameter as possible. If long
pipes must be used, the diameter should be increased. The
material of which the pipes are made may be cast iron, wrought
Fig. 180. Hoppes Exhaust Head.
176
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
iron or steel, or riveted steel. It is of course fl«*>ntjffl that the
pipe and its joints be tight, as a very small leak will seriously
affect the vacuum. Gate valves should be used where valves
are required in vacuum lines in order to keep the full opening of
?5'^^^$^^^
Fig. 181. Corrugated Copper
Expansion Joint.
Fig. 182. 8teel Plate Expansion
Joint.
the pipe. Light-weight valves should be avoided if tightness
is to be maintained. Automatic relief valves should be provided
in the vacuum exhaust pipe from engines or turbines to con-
densers. In case of an accident to the condenser, the pressure
will build up in the exhaust pipe and open the relief valve, thus
allowing the steam to exhaust to the atmosphere.
Classes of Condensers. — Condensers are used to reduce the
back pressure in steam cylinders and turbines by condensing the
steam and producing a vacuum. The different classes of conden-
sers are the surface condenser, jet condenser, and barometric or
siphon condenser. These may
be further subdivided, as the
surface condenser may be either
vertical or horizontal, and with
the steam either inside or outside
the tubes; the jet condenser is
made in a variety of forms, and
Kg " 183 ' ^^oSr PCr&Pai1 " ^e barometric condenser may be
either the nozzle or spray type.
Surface Condensers. — Essentially a surface condenser, Fig.
184 comprises a shell or casing containing tubes through which
cooling water is circulated. The tubes range in size from '/«
inch to one inch in diameter, and generally are made of brass or
^^^V^^"* E^
dm:
lIIST PIPING AND CONDENSERS
177
composition. An air pump is connected to the condensing cham-
ber to remove the condensed steam and air. Often the condenser
is mounted above the air and circulating pumps. The exhaust
steam from the engine, upon entering the condenser, comes into
contact with the external surface of the tubes which are kept
cool by the water circulated through them. This condenses the
steam which falls to the bottom of the casing, and is removed by
the air pump and may be used over again in the boilers. The air
pump should always be placed on a lower level than the condenser
so that the condensation can flow to it by gravity. The shell of
£xho*3t ftvm Engine
tooting Vtotor Dfscfouy
Condensation Outlet
Fig. 184. Surface Condenser.
the condenser may be either circular or rectangular in cross sec-
tion and may be set with the tubes either vertical or horizontal.
Piping for Surface Condenser. — Arrangements of piping for
surface condensers are shown in Figs. 185, 186 and 187. The
condenser should be placed near the engine or turbine in order to
make short piping and so avoid joints with possible leaks tending
to destroy the vacuum. As shown in Fig. 185, the condenser is
mounted above the air and circulating pumps, which are placed
in the basement below the engine. The valve in the pipe to the
condenser is for the purpose of cutting out the condenser when
exhausting to the atmosphere. The atmospheric relief valve is
placed in the atmospheric exhaust pipe and automatically opens
should the condenser lose its vacuum due to failure of either of
178
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
the pumps. Hie branch containing the relief valve may be one
size smaller than the main exhaust pipe.
A steam turbine is sometimes mounted directly on the con-
denser with the air and circulating pumps separate. Any form of
pump may be used for circulating the cold water. The arrange-
ment of a steam turbine in connection with a surface condenser
and dry vacuum pump is shown in Fig. 186. The higher the
vacuum is, the larger will be the volume of steam and air to be
handled, and larger pipes should be provided. In order to main-
.»«*
BSPPf^woawpr
Fig. 185. Steam Engine and Surface Condenser.
tain a high vacuum without an excessively large condensing sur-
face and air pump, it is usual to provide a separate pump for
removing the air, called a dry vacuum pump, which is piped from
the air space of the condenser. Such pumps generally run at a
high speed, and have small clearance spaces, and so should not
be expected to handle water without disastrous results. To this
end the piping from the condenser should slope toward the pump
and should not rise at any point or have any places for condensa-
tion to collect. By this arrangement, such condensation as oc-
curs will pass to the pump in a vaporous condition and be safely
handled. Where several condensers or pumps are used in con-
nection with a vacuum main, the pipes from the condenser should
EXHAUST PIPING AND CONDENSERS
179
enter at the top of the main, and those to the pumps should be
taken from the bottom of the main. The air discharge from the
PryMxvumfanp
mntt&am
Surface Condenser
Hot Well Pump
Fig. 186. Steam Turbine and Surface Condenser.
vacuum pump may be discharged through a pipe to the atmos-
phere, or into the atmospheric exhaust pipe of the engine.
i
Pump
Cyttnctmr
Fig. 187. Steam Pump and Surface Condenser.
180 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
A compound pumping engine may be piped with a surface
condenser as shown in fig. 187. The water supply to the pump
is taken through the condenser. Sometimes a surface condenser
is placed in the discharge pipe. In either case a separate air
pump is necessary to remove the condensate.
Jet Condensers. — The form of jet condenser illustrated in
fig. 188 is made by the Blake and Knowles Pump Works. As
Fig. 188. Jet
shown, it congistB of a condensing cone in which the exhaust
steam and cooling water mingle, and a pump for removing the
resulting air and water. The exhaust steam enters at the top
and meets the injection water which enters through a cone or
spray head. The cooling water enters due to the partial vacuum
produced by the pump. The vacuum breaking device is auto-
matic in its operation. Its purpose is to prevent the water ris-
EXHAUST PIPING AND CONDENSERS
181
ing above the proper level in the condenser. In case the pump
should stop for any reason, the water will continue to rise until
7b ^HriNM|nA0^p
/&*€*** tVWf*'
Fig. 189. Steam Engine and Jet Condenser.
it lifts the float. This float will then open a relief valve which
admits air, and so destroys the vacuum. In this way the water
is prevented from rising in the exhaust pipe, and possibly wreck-
ing the engine^ When the pump is again started, the float falls
to its normal position, and the condenser is put into operation.
Fig. 190. Steam Engine and Jet Condenser — Elevation.
Jet Condenser Piping. — Arrangements of piping for jet con-
densers are shown in Figs. 189, 190, 191 and 192. A steam engine
182
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
Kg. 191. Steam Turbine, Jet Condenser Single Acting Air Pomp.
Fig. 102. Steam Turbine, Jet Condenser and Dry Vacuum Pump.
EXHAUST PIPING AND CONDENSERS
183
and jet condenser are shown in Fig. 189. An automatic relief
valve is provided in the atmospheric exhaust pipe, and a gate
valve in the pipe to the condenser. The exhaust from the pump
may be arranged to connect into the condenser, to a feed water
heater, or to an atmospheric exhaust pipe. Several arrangements
of Blake condensing apparatus are given in Figs. 190, 191 and 192.
A steam engine piped to a jet condenser and double acting vacuum
Fig. 194. Steam Engine and Barometric
Condenser.
pump is indicated in Fig. 190, a steam turbine, jet condenser,
and single acting twin beam air pump in Fig. 191, and a steam
turbine arranged with a jet condenser, air pump, and rotative
dry vacuum pump in Fig. 192.
Barometric Condenser. — One form of barometric condenser is
shown in Fig. 193. The exhaust steam enters through a conical
nozzle, and passes down into a combining tube. The cooling
water enters at the side and around the steam nozzle, then passes
downward in a thin film or sheet. The steam meeting this water
is condensed and is carried down the discharge or tail pipe with
the water, thus creating a vacuum in the pipe above. The taper-
184 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
ing form of the condenser is such that the water acquires a high
velocity in passing the contraction and is enabled to carry the
entrained air and vapors along with the condensed steam. Hub
apparatus requires no pumps if the water supply pipe has less
than 20 feet lift. If over 20 feet, a pump must be used to supply
the cooling water. It is necessary, however, to have the con-
denser at a height of about 34 feet above the hot well in which
Fig. 195. Steam Turbine and Barometric Condenser.
the lower end of the discharge pipe is immersed. As the atmos-
phere will not support a column of water at such a height, the
cooling water supplied will fall through the condenser and dis-
charge pipe.
Piping for B ar ometric Condenser. — When the source of cool-
ing water is a tank, or is otherwise located not more than 20 feet
below the condenser, the water may be siphoned by the condenser.
If the water must be raised it may be pumped direct to the con-
denser, or to a supply tank. Both methods are indicated in Fig.
194, which shows the arrangement of piping, with the parts
lettered as follows: A is the condenser; B is the exhaust pipe
from the engine; C is the hot well; D is the injection water valve;
EXHAUST PIPING AND CONDENSERS 185
E is the starting valve; F is the water supply pipe; and is the
atmospheric relief valve. Either an open or closed relief valve
may be used, according as to whether the exhaust pipe is outside
or inside of a building. An arrangement of twin spirojector con*
1% 196. Eductor Condenov.
densers is shown in Fig. 195, as recommended for units larger
than 500 K.W. by the Blake-Knowlee Pump Works. It is ad-
visable as being more economical and flexible. When running
under light loads, or with low temperature cooling water, one
condenser may be cut out.
Multi-jet Educator Condenser. — This form of condenser is
made by Schutte & Koerting Co., and is shown in Fig. 106. With
186 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
this condenser no air pump is required. Hie cooling water enters
through a number of converging jeta which meet and form a
single jet in the lower part of the condensing tube. Exhaust
steam enters through the side connection and flows through the
Fig. 197. Piping for Eductor Condenser.
annular passages which guide it so that it impinges on the con-
densing jet. This steam is condensed and the particles of water
into which it is changed axe united with the water jet with which
it is discharged, together with the entrained air against atmos-
pheric pressure.
The method of piping is shown in Figs. 197 and 198, the first of
these being the preferred one. Here a standpipe is used. By
pumping the water up into the standpipe it is possible to get
rid of the air contained in the water. If water is available with
EXHAUST PIPING AND CONDENSERS 187
a head of 21 feet, or 9 pounds per square inch at the inlet flanges
of the condenser, no pump is necessary. Instead of a standpipe
the water may be delivered direct to the condenser by a pump,
as shown in Fig. 198. A water check valve in the exhaust pipe
Fig. 198. Steam Turbine and Eductor Condenser.
prevents water from flowing back from the condenser to the
engine, but allows the exhaust steam to pass to the condenser.
A steam turbine in connection with a multi-jet condenser is
illustrated in Fig. 198. In this case the water is supplied by a
centrifugal pump.
CHAPTER XI
Uses and Types of Heaters. — Exhaust steam from an engine
or other apparatus may be used to heat water for boiler feeding
laundries, paper and textile mills and other manufacturing pur-
poses. The steam may mingle with the water which it heats as
in an open heater or be separated from it as in a closed heater.
Closed heaters employ iron, brass, or copper tubes to separate
the water to be heated from the exhaust steam. Various arrange-
ments of the tubes, coiled, bent, straight, etc., are used in the dif-
ferent makes. The steam may
pass through the tubes as in the
steam tube heater, or surround the
tubes, as in the water tube heater.
The advantage of the closed type
is that the steam does not come
into contact with the feed water
and so keeps oil from entering the
boiler. However, if a scale form-
, ing water is used the open type is
* mim to be preferred as the scale can be
'J^2L.off f° rme d m " ie heater and removed
•"<» from time to time. The closed
heater is under pressure and tight
~" joints must be main taine d as well
as provision for expansion. AH
the exhaust steam may be passed
through the heater or only a part,
if all is not required to heat the
water. Sometimes the exhaust
steam is not sufficient, and pro-
Kg. 199. Goub«tCl»«iH.*.. ^ no* tarn* to supply
live steam. In the open heater the
steam mingles with the water which it heats and an oil separator
should be used, either separate or as a part of the heater.
FEED WATER HEATERS 189
Closed Feed Water Heaters. — The Goubert closed feed water
beater is shown in Fig. 199, where the various connections are
indicated. Most of the oil in the steam is removed and passes off
with the water of condensation through the drip pipe. The cold
feed water enters at the bottom and meets the deflector, which
spreads it out, allowing the mud or sediment to settle before the
Fig. 200. OtiB Closed Heater.
Fig. 201. National Closed Heater.
water passes upward through the tubes. The surface blow at
the top permits the removal of scum.
The Otis heater is shown in Fig. 200. As shown by the open-
ings, the exhaust steam enters at the top, passes down one sec-
tion of tubes to an oil and water separator, and then up the other
section of tubes to the outlet from which it is exhausted or used
for other purposes. The cold water enters near the bottom and
passes out near the top when heated.
The National heater shown in Fig. 201 consists of coils through
which the water to be heated passes. The exhaust steam enters
at the bottom of the shell and leaves at the top. In some forms
both exhaust and live steam coils are used to maintain the re-
quired temperature.
190
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
Closed Heater Piping. — The arrangement of piping for a
closed feed water heater may be such as to allow all of the exhaust
to pass through the heater, or only a part of it. This will depend
upon the source of supply. If the main exhaust is used, and is
2,
e*.
X
H0OH
Fig. 202. Piping for Cloeed Heater.
more than sufficient to heat the feed water, a branch may be
used to supply the heater and the extra steam used for heating
or other purposes. When the main exhaust is condensed and
only the exhaust from the pumps and other auxiliaries is passed
into the heater, the entire amount of steam can be passed through
the heater. A method of piping for a closed heater is shown in
FEED WATER HEATERS
191
Fig. 203. Piping for Combination Exhaust and live Steam Heaters.
Fig. 204. Piping for Heater and Storage Tank.
103 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
Fig. 202. The by-pas is arranged bo that the heater may be
cut out when necessary, or to regulate the amount of steam pass-
ing through the heater. The oil separator may be placed near the
heater as shown, or if the steam is from the main exhaust it may
Fig. 205. The Cochrane Open Heater.
be near the engine. As shown, the trap is arranged with a by-
pass for use if necessary.
The arrangements shown in Figs. 203 and 204 are from the
National Pipe Bending Company's book of plans. In Fig. 203
the piping is given for using a live steam heater in connection
with an exhaust heater where more or hotter water is wanted.
FEED WATER HEATERS 193
The piping in Fig. 204 is for a closed heater in connection with
a live steam re-heater and wooden storage tank.
Open Feed Water Heaters. — As stated before, the water is
heated in an open heater by direct contact with the exhaust
steam. Such heaters are usually designed to combine the func-
tions of heater, purifier,
receiver, and filter. The
water enters at the top of
a chamber and drips down
over trays while being
heated by the steam. The
water then passes through
filtering materia] contained
in the lower part of the
chamber to the pump suc-
tion. The cold water sup-
ply is regulated by a valve ^n,^
with a float control. One * D IW
of the advantages of an
open heater is that its effi-
ciency as a heater is not
affected by conditions as to
cleanliness of surfaces. The
details of several forms are
shown in the following
figures.
The Cochrane heater is
shown in Fig. 205. The
steam enters through an
oil separator forming a
part of the heater, while the water enters at the top and over-
flows from a trough over and through a series of perforated
trays, inclined first one way and then the other, each tray catch-
ing the drips from the one above. From the last tray the water
falls into a settling chamber. This has a perforated false bottom
for carrying a filter bed. The boiler feed pump receives its sup-
ply from the space underneath the filter bed. The body of the
heater is made of cast iron and the fittings of copper and brass.
A partial section of the Cochrane steam-stack and cut-out
heater is shown in Fig. 206. The steam enters through an oil
194 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
separator, near the top of which is a flanged outlet for passing
through the surplus exhaust steam to the heating system or atmos-
phere. The opening to the heater is controlled by a special
valve. When this valve is open it occupies such a position that
the beater has the "preference" for the steam. That is, in its
open position the valve diverts a portion of the steam from the
top opening and directs it into the heater, at the same time allow-
ing surplus steam to escape through the upper opening. The
valve may be closed and so cut out the heater without the neces-
sity for extra valves and fittings for a by-pass. A vent pipe
provides a means for the escape of air and gases.
The Webster feed water heater and purifier is shown in Figs.
207 and 208. Water is admitted through an automatically con-
trolled valve and is discharged into a trough which forms a water
seal. From this trough the water overflows to oppositely in-
clined and perforated copper trays. In this manner it mingles
with the steam and becomes thoroughly heated. It then flows
downward through a filter- bed and to the pump suction chamber.
Fig. 207 is the Standard type built on the induction principle,
FEED WATER HEATERS 196
with the oil separator attached to the heater shell. Fig. 208 is
the preference type which is a cut-out heater using a gate valve
in connection with an oil separator of sufficient size to purify all
steam passing through the exhaust main to both the feed water
heater and to a heating or drying system, or to low pressure tur-
bines.
A typical installation of a Webster feed water heater for power
service is Bhown in Fig. 209 and for a gravity return heating
system in Fig. 210.
TheTHoppes feed water heater and purifier is shown in Fig. 211.
The steam enters through an oil separator, passes through the
Fig. 209. Piping of Heater (or Power Service.
heater and escapes by the outlet near the front end. Water is
admitted through a balanced regulating valve and evenly dis-
tributed to the top pans by inside feed pipes. The water overflows
the edges of the pans and follows the under side to the lowest
point and drops into the next pan below until it reaches the
bottom of the chamber and passes to the main pump suction
through a hooded opening. The troughs of the pans provide
settling chambers and bo eliminate the necessity for a filter.
Solids precipitated from solution are deposited and retained on
the under side of the pans.
The Hoppes induction chamber shown In Fig. 212 takes the
place of by-pass piping, and is described as follows:
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
Fig. 210. Piping of Heater for Gravity Return Steam Heating System.
Fig. 211. Hoppee Feed Water Heater.
FEED WATER HEATERS 197
"This device may be used for any sue of exhaust pipe is con-
necting Hoppes heaters of any type to the exhaust line, effecting
a saving proportional to the
sue of the exhaust pipe by
doing away with large and
expensive valves and fittings.
"The steam enters the
chamber at the bottom, and
flowing upward, part of the
current enters into the mouth
of a downwardly curved pipe,
supplying the heater with an
ample amount of exhaust
steam to heat the water to
210 degrees, even though
the heater is worked con-
siderably beyond its rated
capacity. T1» remainder of ^ 212 . Hopp.IMurtic.nCk*>*,..
the steam passes out at the
top, either to atmosphere or heating system as the case may be."
A good way of connecting a Hoppes heater to an exhaust steam
heating system is shown in Fig. 213. The piping is arranged so
Fig. 213. Piping Arrangement for Hoppes Heater and Exhaust, Heating
196
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
that the heater has preference, the surplus steam passing out at
the side of the tee 1 to the heating system. A live steam connec-
tion is provided at t through reducing valve 8. The reducing
valve should be provided with a by-pass 4 so that it can be cut
out if necessary.
Open Heater Piping. — The arrangement of piping for open
heaters involves much the same considerations as for closed
0*t£
*^M^mmmvw-
U
i
Fig. 214. Piping for Open Heater.
heaters. The heater should be placed two or three feet higher
than the pump so that the hot water will flow into the pump suc-
tion by gravity. A by-pass should be arranged so that the heater
may be cut out for cleaning or inspection, or when all the steam
is needed for heating. A piping arrangement is shown in Fig.
214 for heater used With an exhaust heating system.
The cold water supply is controlled by a float inside of the
heater. As noted, the returns from drips, etc., or from the heating
FEED WATER HEATERS
199
system are connected directly to the heater. Should the valves
A and B both be closed at the same time, the starting of the
Fig. 215. By-pass Piping.
Fig. 216. Cochrane Cut-out Valve
in Place of By-pass.
engine can produce a sufficient pressure to rupture the heater
unless the valve A is arranged to open under such conditions or a
relief valve provided with direct connection to the heater. Some
I
DD
Htarter
Fig 217. Thoroughfare Heater.
Fig. 218. Preference Heater.
200
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
heaters have the by-pass made as part of the main casting, thus
effecting a considerable saving in valves and piping, as indicated
in Figs. 215 and 216, where Fig. 215 shows a piping by-pass and
Fig. 216 a by-pass contained in the cut-out valve.
All of the steam may pass through the heater to the atmos-
phere, as in Fig. 217. Part of the steam may pass through the
Z?=
Afoto £xho*9t
Wfmkwm$~
Figs. 210 and 220.
Preference Connections for Heaters Used with
Exhaust Heating Systems.
heater and part to the atmosphere, as in Fig. 218, where only
sufficient steam is admitted to the heater to heat the water.
Other forms of " preference connections" may be used, as shown
in Figs. 219 and 220, where the tendency of the steam is to enter
the heater, the excess passing on. A preference tee or a plain tee
arranged as shown may be used for this purpose.
CHAPTER Xn
PIPING FOR HSATING SYSTEMS
Piping for Heating Systems. — The purpose of this chapter is
to illustrate the general arrangement of piping and connections
as used for heating systems. No attempt is made at complete-
ness, but it is hoped that sufficient material is included to be of
value to those who wish to learn something about the different
systems of piping.
Fig. 221. One-pipe Wet System.
Steam Heating Piping Systems. — For supplying steam to
radiating surfaces and removing the condensed steam, there are
two general arrangements of piping "one-pipe" systems and
202
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
"two-pipe" systems. A one-pipe wet system is shown in Fig.
221. As the same pipes are used to supply steam and to return
the condensation from the radiators, they must be large. The
main steam pipe is sloped away from the boiler. A return main
is run under the supply main and is pitched toward the boiler,
entering it below the water line. The risers are taken from the
top of the steam main to supply the radiators, and these same
Fig. 222. One-pipe Circuit System.
risers are used by the condensation which drains into the return
pipe. A single radiator on the first floor may be used without
connecting to the return pipe. A one-pipe circuit system is
shown in Fig. 222. In this system the main steam pipe makes a
complete circuit of the basement, at the same time pitching
away from the boiler, and on returning enters it below the water
line. The radiators are supplied with steam and are drained by
the same riser which is made large enough for this purpose. The
condensation, after reaching the circuit pipe, is forced along in
the same direction as the steam and completing the circuit is
returned to the boiler. The steam main should be of one sise
and large enough so that there will be plenty of room for both
PIPING FOR HEATING SYSTEM
203
4Q
I
a
S0-
a
the steam and water of condensation. With tall buildings, the
use of the same pipe for supply and drain is objectionable, due
to the interference. In such cases the one-pipe system shown
in Fig. 223, may be used. The supply main in this case is run
to the top of the building,
and then the radiator
branches are taken off from
drop pipes. In this way the
steam and condensation both
flow downward except in the
short connections between
the drop and the radiator.
The drop pipe connects into
a drain pipe which returns
the condensation to the
boiler. A few radiators may
be connected into the main
riser.
The arrangement of a two-
pipe system is shown in Fig.
224. As shown, steam is
supplied at one end of the ^^^^^^^
radiator and drained from
the other, the steam and drain pipes being entirely separate.
The radiators are supplied by risers from a steam main located
near the basement ceiling. The drain pipes drop to a return
main located near the floor of the basement or below the water
line in the boiler.
Steam Radiator Pipe Connections. — Several methods of mak-
ing radiator connections are shown in Fig. 225. There should
always be provision for expansion and contraction. The connec-
tion at A is for a radiator and main, unconcealed, while B shows
a similar connection but using a 45 degree branch because of
limited room above the main. At C and D are shown methods of
connection between radiators and risers, one-pipe system. At
E and F are shown methods of connection for the two-pipe
system.
The sizes of pipe for which radiators are tapped as used by the
American Radiator Company are given in Table 78, which is for
one and two-pipe direct steam radiators. If the connection be-
204
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
tween the radiator and the riser is short these
be used.
same sues may
Fig. 224. Two-pipe System.
TABLE 78
Pipe Sizbs fob Stbam Radiators
Square FMt
One-pip*
System
Two-pipe System
of BiftittlfHi
Supply
Return
Up to 24
i
• • •
• • •
24 to 60
l'A
m • ■
• • •
60 to 100
I'A
• ■ •
• • *
Above 100
2
• • ■
• ■ •
Up to 48
• • •
1
•A
48 to 96
■ • •
1V«
l
Above 96
• • •
l'A
1V«
Sizes of Steam Heating Pipes. — Steam pipes for heating
should always be of ample size and carefully drained. The steam
main should never be less than l 1 /, inches in diameter, and should
PIPING FOR HEATING SYSTEM
206
be larger if more than 30 feet in length. Risers should be at
least one inch in diameter. All branches should be taken from
the top of the main or at an angle, but never from the side bo as
to avoid getting water with the steam. To insure good drainage
the steam main should have a slope of at least one inch in ten
feet and branches should have twice this slope.
The sizes of steam mains and risers may be obtained from Fig.
226, where average values are plotted, the sizes being propor-
tioned to the radiating surface. The sizes of returns for the
206 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
two-pipe system are not given aa they should be deter min ed
from the conditions in connection with each installation. For
email supply pipes they may be one sise smaller. For large
supply pipes the returns may be very much smaller, but dry
returns should be larger than wet returns. A dry return is one
Fig. 226. Sices of Steam Mains and Risen.
in which the return pipe is above the water level, and a wet
return is one which is below the water level of the boiler, and con-
sequently is always full of water. The dry return pipe exposes
the surface of the water flowing along the bottom of the pipe,
and is likely to cause water hammer and noises due to the rapid
condensation of the steam.
Hot Water Heating Systems. — There are two systems of
hot-water heating, the open tank system shown in Fig. 227, and
the closed tank system. The arrangement of piping is the same
for both systems, but the piping may be somewhat smaller for
the closed system, and a safety valve must be provided. This
safety valve is usually set for ten pounds pressure. The system
illustrated in Fig. 227 shows the supply mains rising from the
beater and the return mains sloping toward the heater and enter-
PIPING FOR HEATING SYSTEM
207
ing it at as low a point as possible. The risers to the radiators
are taken from the top of the supply mains. The mains and
risers may be reduced as the radiator branches are taken off.
For large buildings a single supply pipe may be carried to the
expansion tank, and from there the branch down-feed pipes run
jji
Fig. 227. Open Tank System.
to the radiators. This system is shown in Fig. 228. Circulation
is caused by the fact that water expands when it is heated, there-
fore it becomes lighter than cold water and rises through the
system, allowing the cold water to flow downward to the heater.
This method of operation is known as a gravity system. For
206
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
a a
o — a
&
or
Fig. 228. Down-feed Hot Water System.
large buildings it is necessary to use a pump to circulate the water
! ?,-> *&& & w then called a
t fj — *"» ™ * *m forced circulation system.
Expansion Tanks. —
The purpose of the ex-
pansion tank is to care
for the changes in vol-
ume of the water as it is
heated. It should be
placed above the highest
radiator in the system,
and should be provided
with a vent pipe, and an
overflow pipe connected
to a drain. The ordinary
form of tank made of
galvanized iron is shown
in Fig. 229, together with
the necessary piping con-
nections.
Hot Water Radiator Pipe Connections. — Several methods of
making radiator connections for hot water are
shown in Fig. 230. The connection for hori-
zontal mains is shown at D, and for vertical
pipes or risers at A and C. The supply pipe
may be connected at the top of the radiator,
as shown at B, which makes the valve handy.
Two methods of connection for overhead sup-
ply systems are shown at E and F. In the
method shown at F the water passes through
each radiator separately, entering all of them
at practically the same temperature, while in
the method shown at E it passes through each
of the radiators in succession, necessitating
larger radiators on the lower floors. The sizes
of pipe for which hot water radiators are
tapped as used by the American Radiator
Company are as follows. The same sizes are
used for both supply and return pipes. The size of pipe refers
to the nominal diameter of standard wrought pipe.
Fig. 229. Expansion
Tank Connections
PIPING FOR HEATING SYSTEM
209
Radiators containing 40 square feet and under 1 inch
Above 40, but not exceeding 72 square feet 17« "
Above 72 square feet l l /« "
Vapor tappingB, top and bottom opposite ends, supply */« inches, return
Ys inch.
Unless otherwise ordered, all openings of Direct Radiators will have right-
hand threads (except that of Wall Radiators where tapped lVt inch, in which
case tapping at one end is right-hand and left-hand on other end).
All air-valve tappingB of Direct Radiators are regularly made l /» inch.
firnmn
tiij [
i
j
Fig. 230. Hot Water Radiator Connections.
Sizes of Hot Water Pipes. — The factors involved in deter-
mination of sizes of hot water piping are: the amount of radiating
surface; the location of the radiating surface, both elevation
above and distance from the heater; and the difference in tem-
perature.
The sizes of hot water mains may be obtained from Fig. 231,
where average values are plotted, the sizes being approximately
proportional to the radiating surface. In a similar manner average
values are plotted in Fig. 232, for sizes of pipes to supply
various amounts of radiating surface on the different floors of
a building.
Exhaust Steam Heating. — Steam that has been used in a
steam engine or other power apparatus may be exhausted to a
210 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
beating system. Any system of heating may be used in con-
nection with exhaust steam by installing the proper apparatus.
Fig. 231. Sizes of Hot Water Mains.
Factories and large buildings having a power plant often make
use of exhaust steam in this way. The piping for such a system
should be large to keep the back pressure in the exhaust pipe
as low as possible. A live steam connection should be made to
""
-
X
/ /
' /
/ s
,~ ..\ /
' /.
*-, ■,\//
S /
■ /
/
/
^s
V*\S
/y>
' /
^/
/
/.
r-V -
//.
' S
///
S
s.
"'
4h
'
Fig. 232. Sites of Hot Water Risen.
PIPING FOR HEATING SYSTEM 211
the beating pipe, using a reducing valve to lower the pressure,
and a relief or back pressure valve should be placed in the exhaust
pipe to prevent excessive back pressure. If the condensation is
to be returned to the boiler, an oil separator should be placed in
the exhaust pipe before the connection is
made with the heating system. Steam
traps, automatic pump and receiver, and
other devices used in connection with ex-
haust heating are described in other parts
of this book, and may be located by refer-
ence to the index. The piping for feed
water heaters is shown in Chapter XI.
The Webster Vacuum System of Steam
Heating. — The Webster system is used Fig. 233.
here to illustrate a method of heating with Webeter 8ylphon Tr * p "
a pressure lower than atmospheric. A vacuum system necessitates
the removal of air from the system by means of a pump. This
establishes a lower pressure in the returns, after which the pump
removes the condensation and entrained air. The steam con-
denses in the radiators and so induces a further supply of steam.
This removal of air and condensation makes a positive circula-
tion, and insures complete filling of the radiators with steam.
If exhaust steam is used there will be
very little back pressure upon the
engines.
One of the essential features of the
Webster system is the outlet valve
used on radiators and coils. The
form shown in Fig. 233 is the Webster
I sylphon trap. It is operated by a syl-
phon bellows. The sum of the small
movement of each of the folds gives
the necessary lift to the valve. This
*%■ &*• trap will close quickly and positively
Wd.tolbtaUioT.be. whm 8team reacbee the be]]<JW8| but
at a slightly lower temperature the water and air will be with-
drawn or discharged. Since the valve is wide open when cold,
the radiator is sure to be drained.
The circulation of steam may be controlled and modulation
of temperature secured by throttling the inlet valve on any radia-
212
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
tor. The Webster modulation valve shown in Fig. 234 is made
so that less than a full turn is required from shut to full opening,
the area of the opening increases in proportionate progression,
and a pointer and dial are used to indicate the degree of opening.
Radiator Pipe Connections. — The size of radiator tappings
as given by Warren Webster Company are shown in Table 79.
TABLE 79
Cast Iron Radiator Tappings
Square Feet of
Direct Radiating
Surface Conden-
sing Normally not
to exceed */<
Pound per Square
Foot per Hour
Normal Maxi-
mum Pounds of
Condensation
Pipe Siae of Sup-
ply Tapping,
Customary Prac-
tice followed by
Engineers when
Supply Tapping
when the Webster
Modulation Valve
Pipe Si*, of
Return Tapping
per Hour,
Ordinary Radia-
tor Valves are
Used
is Used
1-25
7
V.
•A
v.
26-60
13
•A
•A
v.
51-100
25
1
•A
V.
101-175
44
1V4
•A-l
v.
176 and over
75
IV.
1
•A
Nora. *A' Webster Modulation Valve is used for radiators up to 150
square feet; 1' above 150 square feet, with interchangeable "Modulation"
sleeves to secure throttling control.
Pipe Cool Tappings
Square Feet of Direct
Radiating Surface Con-
densing Normally not
Normal Maximum
Pounds of Conden-
Pipe 8ise of Supply
Plp» 8to of Return
Tapping
to ezoeed >/« Pound
sation per Hour
Tapping
per Square Foot per Hour
42
13
*A
V.
84
25
1
v.
146
44
l'A
v.
250
75
IV.
•A
528
158
2
•A
024
277
2Vt
1
The figures refer to vacuum systems only. If the condensation is
greater than that given for the radiating surface the pipes should
be based upon the condensation rate. The run-outs from supply
risers to radiators should be one size larger if more than four feet
long.
PIPING FOR HEATING SYSTEM 213
Typical Arrangement Webster Systems. — A typical arrange-
ment of the Webster vacuum system is shown in Figs. 235 and
236, taken from the Warren Webster Company's catalog and
described by them as follows (the numbered parts are all of
Webster manufacture) :
"The engine A is protected by a steam separator 2 dripped
through a high pressure trap 3. The exhaust steam from the
engine passes through an oil separator 8, dripped through grease
Fig. 235. Webster Vacuum System.
trap 88, thence to the heating system. A pressure reducing
valve B with by-pass is provided to make up any deficiency in
the volume of exhaust steam or for heating when the main engine
is shut down.
" The supply main is dripped as it enters the building through
a heavy-duty thermostatic trap ££, protected by a dirt strainer
19. The steam supply risers in larger buildings may require to
be dripped through traps of the proper size and type.
"Steam is supplied to the various types of heating units through
Webster modulation valves £1, although the system will work
in harmony with automatic temperature control. We have shown
ordinary radiator supply valves on some of the units. A par-
ticular type of Webster modulation valve, with chain attach-
ment, is shown for the overhead radiator C.
"Each heating unit is drained through a Webster sylphon
214 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
trap BO into the return risers, the larger heating coils being pro-
tected by dirt strainers 19.
"Steam is also supplied to tempering and re-heating coils,
Fig. 236. Webster Vacuum System.
D-E which are also drained at the return ends of each group
through traps SO, protected by dirt strainers 19.
"All the returns join and lead to a vacuum pump, F protected
by a suction strainer 10, the steam supply to the pump being au-
tomatically controlled by the vacuum pump governor 9. Gauges
PIPING FOR HEATING SYSTEM 215
on slate board 11- -IS are shown with connections taken from the
heating main and the vacuum return line.
"The vacuum pump discharges through an air separating tank
15, to a feed water heater 6. The illustration shows the prefer-
ence type heater, the oil separator 8 being so constructed that a
sufficient quantity of exhaust steam is directed toward the heater,
the balance is available for the heating system, while any excess
Fig. 237. Atmoepheric System.
escapes through the atmospheric back pressure valve G. The
heater may thus be cut out of service while the oil separator
remains in use.
"The ventilation scheme provides for such rooms connected
thereto, a supply of purified, humidified and heated fresh air.
The air is partially heated in passing over the tempering heater
D, and is drawn by the fan through the air washer £6 and re-
heated to the proper temperature, passing over the re-heater E
into the main air supply duct. The supply of steam to the tem-
pering heater and re-heater coils is automatically governed by
temperature control system valve H."
216 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
Atmospheric System of Steam Heating. — The "Atmospheric
System" is a low pressure system developed by the American
District Steam Company. It is a two-pipe gravity return system,
operating with pressures of from five to eight ounces, and with
very rapid circulation. Each radiator is a separate unit, and can
be manipulated as desired without affecting the others. The
regulating valves are made in */» inch size, and the radiator
should be bushed to V* inch f° r both connections, with the inlet
at the top of one end and the outlet at the bottom of the other
end. The various principles involved, and the general arrange-
ment of piping is shown in Fig. 237. The main steam line in the
Fig. 238. Operation of Graduated Valve.
i is laid out in a complete circuit to make certain of
perfect circulation and equalisation of pressure at all points in
the system. The return pipes are under no pressure, and are used
to provide gravity return of the water of condensation and as an
outlet for the air in the system. Extra heating surface is used in
each radiator and the return piping is vented to the atmosphere
to allow air to freely enter or leave the system. This vent pipe
may be l 1 /* inch on small installations, but a number of pipes
may be required on large systems. Only one valve is used on the
radiators, the inlet valve. This inlet valve is so arranged that
the radiator may be one-quarter, one-half, or any desired part
filled with steam, as shown in Fig. 238. The steam admitted dis-
places the air, and being lighter, remains at the top of the radia-
tor. Sizes of pipe to install for various amounts of radiation, as
PIPING FOR HEATING SYSTEM
217
recommended by the American District Steam Company are
given in Table 80.
TABLE 80
Potb Sinus foe Vabioub Amounts of Radiation
Square Feet
Pipe
Return
Square Feet
Pipe
Return
of I^M***^"
Supply
Pipe
of Radiation
Supply
Pipe
30 feet
•A inch
Viinch
1400 feet
3 1 /* inches
V/t inches
50 "
1 "
»A "
2200 "
4 "
2
100 "
iy 4 inches
»A "
3600 "
5
2 "
200 "
17t "
1
6000 "
6 "
2V. "
300 "
2 "
1*A inches
8500 "
7 "
2>/i "
600 "
2V. "
l l A "
11000 "
8 "
2V» "
900 "
3 «
l'A "
Central Station Heating. — There are many points in connec-
tion with district steam heating which are of value in relation
to piping in general. Aside from this, however, the increase in
the use of this method of heating, and its importance as a means
of effecting economy are sufficient reasons for the inclusion of
the following articles which describe the systems of the American
District Steam Company as representing modern practice in this
kind of piping. The information and drawings were very kindly
supplied by the above company through Mr. H. E. Long, Chief
Draftsman.
Central station heating consists of a central generating plant,
from which steam is distributed through underground mains, care-
fully insulated and protected, to the radiation in homes and public
or private buildings. Birdsall Holly invented the first system
of this kind, and through him it was introduced in the city of
Lockport, N. Y., in 1877. The source of supply of steam may
be heating boilers, or the exhaust steam from electric or power
plants may be utilized. Where exhaust steam is used it is neces-
sary to have a live steam connection with a reducing valve to
supply additional steam, should the exhaust be insufficient. The
reducing valve should be provided with a by-pass for emergency
use. A back pressure valve in the atmospheric exhaust pipe is
necessary in order to maintain the desired back pressure. An oil
and water separator should be connected in the main exhaust
pipe which leads to the underground system. An initial pressure
of from two to five ounces has been found sufficient to give proper
circulation in the most extensive systems. A typical arrangement
218 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
of piping an described above ia shown in Fig. 239. An indicated,
any engine can exhaust into a condenser, to the atmosphere, or
to tho heating system.
Fig. 239. Station Piping Connection for Exhaust Heating.
Underground Steam Mains. — The underground system of pip-
ing is a particularly important part of district heating. Some of
the essential features of underground heating systems as installed
by the American District Steam Company are: efficient insula-
tion, perfect provision for expansion and contraction, provision
for taking service connections from fixed points only, special
attention to under-drainage, perfect grading and trapping of the
mains, use of highest grade materials, and competent supervision
of the work of installation. The methods of insulation found
most efficient and durable by the above company are the wood
Fig. 240. "Standard" Steam Pipe Casing.
stave casing shown in Figs. 240 and 241, and the patented multi-
cell construction shown in Figs. 242 and 243.
The wood casing is built up of staves of selected white pine, free
from sap and thoroughly air and kiln dried. The staves have a
PIPING FOB HEATING SYSTEM 219
tongue and groove their length, which is locked by spirally wound
banding wire. A four-inch
mortise and tenon is cut on
the ends, the mortise being
one-half inch greater than the
tenon to allow the joints to
be firmly driven together.
The casing is then coated with
asphalt um pitch and rolled in
sawdust. A tin and asbestos
lining completes the casing.
The lengths of sections vary
up to eight feet. The stand-
ard thickness of the casing is
four inches. The tin lining
reflects the heat waves back „ _,. „„ , ... „ ...
4. 4.1. ■_« j 4. 4. 4.1. Fig. M1 - Standard" Steam Mam
to the pipe, and protects the * CoMtmotton fa Ctab*
casing. The standard practice
of the American District Steam Company is to use a four-inch
shell, tin and asbestos lined casing on low pressure steam lines
and on hot water lines, and
two-inch thickness, unlined, for
return lines. The casing is
made from two to three inches
larger, inside diameter, than
the iron pipe which it covers,
thus providing an annular air
space which is made into
"dead air space" by the use
of cast iron collars which also
assist in anchoring the line.
Cast iron guides and rollers
placed about six feet apart are
used to centre the pipe.
Fig. 241 shows a cross
„ _ , , _ „ section of the standard steam
Fig. 242. Standard Steam Mam Con- . • _ j
... ., ... „ mam construction in wood
Btruction — Multi-cell. , .
stave casing for mams sue
inches and larger. For mains five inches and smaller, one of
the drains may be omitted.
220 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
The multi-cell construction, shown in Figs. 242 and 243, is
built in place in the trench. A concrete base upon which rest
supports for the pipe, is built on a layer of crushed stone. Hollow
tile blocks on end rest upon this base, and form the side walls,
the joints with the base and between tiles being made with
cement. The tiles are then
filled with shavings, and the
tops closed with cement.
The space above the piping
insulation is also filled with
shavings. Tile blocks with
closed ends laid across the
top close the conduit. All
joints are carefully cemented.
The closed tiles form a multi-
cell insulation of dead air.
The crushed stone at the
sides provides for effective
drainage to the drain tile.
It will be noted that the pip-
„ „ „ , ing is entirely separate from
*■ S^T*™*™ the conduit, which » thereby
relieved from the effects of
expansion of the piping. The cross section shown in Fig. 242
is for mains from six inches to sixteen inches inclusive. For
smaller size mains only one-drain tile is used. For mains eighteen
inches and larger, the arch form of construction is used, in order
to secure the strength necessary on account of the increased
width of the conduit, Fig. 243.
Ondcrdrainnge. — In addition to the insulation provided it is
necessary to prevent any water from coming into contact with
the steam pipe. The effect of water would be condensation of
steam in the main, as well as ultimately affecting the durability
of the insulation. This means that adequate underdrainage must
be provided, regardless of the kind of insulation used.
The methods of underdrainage, as installed by the American
district Steam Company, are shown in Figs. 241, 242 and 243.
When the trench is dug, a properly graded and drained field tile
or uncemented sewer pipe is installed. This pipe is connected at
as frequent intervals as necessary with the sewer, using check
PIPING FOB HEATING SYSTEM 221
valves. The drain tile and bottom of the trench are then covered
with a heavy layer of broken atone, gravel or clean cinders. This
forms a porous drain bed upon which the casing rests. The under-
Fig. 244. Vari&tor.
drainage shown in the figures is typical for ordinary clay soil. It
ia frequently installed in a different manner, depending upon
the amount of moisture which may be held in suspension, due to
the varying soils encountered in the trench. In every case, com-
petent supervision by experienced engineers should be obtained.
Installation in Wood Casings. — After the piping is made up
in place it is spirally wrapped with '/winch asbestos paper. This
Fig. 245. Double Expansion Joint, Showing Fig. 246.
Method of Anchoring. Anchorage Fitting.
paper is held in place by binding with pliable copper wire. The
casings are then forced together and the joints cemented with
hot pitch. A protection of three-ply tar paper is placed over the
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
PIPING FOR HEATING SYSTEM 223
line and reaching to a point below the centre of the casing. The
bench is then ready for filling.
Expansion and Contraction. — The two methods of caring for
expansion and contraction, shown in Figs. 244 and 245, are de-
vices made by the American District Steam Company. The
"variatar," Fig. 244, has two corrugated copper diaphragms.
It is made, with a fixed casing and two movable Blips. The outer
Fig. 248. Interior Piping and Meter Setting. Atmospheric System.
edge of the diaphragm is held in the casing, which casing is securely
anchored; the inner edge of the diaphragm is fastened to the end
of the slip. The casing of the variator and of the anchorage fit-
ting, Fig. 246, are provided with service openings, so that branches
are taken from fixed points. These variators are placed about 100
feet part, and have an anchorage fitting half way between them.
Such an expansion device does not require packing or attention
after being installed, and so avoids the expense due to the large
number of manholes necessary to care for the slip joint expansion
joints. When manholes can be used, the slip joint shown in Fig.
245 may be used. As shown, it is provided with service open-
324
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
inga. Tbo methods of installation, arrangement of manholes,
anchorages, and other details are shown in Fig. 247 for tile use
of variators and multi-cell insulation. With exp ansio n joints
more manholes would be necessary.
Interior Piping for Central Station Heat — If the building to
be heated is piped for steam or hot water, necessary connections
Fig. 249. Interior Piping. One-pipe Bysteni,
can be made for using the existing piping. Any system of steam
or hot water heating may be used in a new installation, but the
atmospheric system previously described is advised as being
most economical, Fig. 248. The interior piping for a one-pipe
system is shown in Fig. 249. When hot water piping is already
installed it may be continued by using a heater in which the
water is heated by steam from the street.
PIPING FOB HEATING SYSTEM 225
The steam after being used is measured by a condensation
meter, Fig. 250, which records the pounds of condensed steam.
From the meter the condensation passes to the sewer. Unless
Fig. 250. Condensation Meter.
the district heated is very compact and close to the central sta-
tion, it is generally better to allow the condensation to pass to
the sewer than to attempt to return it to the plant. The cost of
return lines and their up-keep generally makes such an investment
unprofitable.
CHAPTER Xin
WATER AND HYDRAULIC PIPING
Water Piping. — The purpose of this chapter is not to treat
extensively of the subject of water piping, but to give such infor-
mation as it is believed will be of practical value to those who
have piping to do around a building or plant.
The sixes and kinds of piping, valves, and fittings which are
used for water have been treated in the earlier chapters. The
following articles will deal with some of the special kinds of water
piping.
Gravity Pipe Lines. — If a pipe is used to fill one reservoir
from another at a higher level, the pressure in the pipe will de-
Fig. 261. Hydraulic Grade.
Fig. 252. Siphon.
crease uniformly from the higher to the lower level, this differ-
ence being due to friction. The pressures can be represented by
the line x-y, Fig. 251, where the pressures at various points are
proportional to the height of line x-y above the pipe. If the pipe
should rise above x-y at any point, the pressure will be negative,
and a partial vacuum will be formed, as at point A of the dotted
pipe line, resulting in decreased flow. This may be relieved by
an air cock, or the outlet of the pipe may be restricted. The line
x-y is called the hydraulic grade.
A pipe used to convey water from one container to another,
arranged as in Fig. 252, is called a siphon. In order to start water
flowing the air must be removed from the pipe, when the atmos-
pheric pressure at x will cause the water to rise in the pipe to
point z, from which it flows into container S. The wi«ntnimi
theoretical vertical distance between x and z is 34 feet. The
altitude of surface x and friction in the pipe will reduce this
WATER AND HYDRAULIC PIPING
227
amount. Air from the water may collect at the point z and must
be removed to keep the siphon in operation.
Flow of Water in Pipes. — The flow of water in pipes is too
large a subject to be treated with any degree of completeness in
this book, and the reader is referred to works on hydraulics. A
few approximations and some common pipe data will be given,
however. *
The quantity of water delivered by a pipe will depend upon the
head or pressure and the frictional resistances. At a given point
the cubic feet of water passing will be equal to the area of the
pipe times the velocity of the water.
Q-Av
(26)
when
Q - cubic feet per second.
A - area of cross-section of pipe, square feet.
v - velocity of flow, feet per second.
If the head or pressure is given the velocity may be figured and
then the quantity obtained by using the above formula. Table
81 gives pressures equivalent to various heads of water.
TABLE 81
Equivalent Pressures and Heads of Watbb
Feet
Preaa.
Feet
Preaa.
Feet
Preaa.
Feet
Prem
Head
per Sq. In.
Head
per Sq. In.
Head
per Sq. In.
Head
per Sq. In.
1
.43
50
21.65
170
73.64
290
125.62
2
.86
60
25.99
180
77.97
300
129.95
3
1.30
70
30.32
190
82.30
310
134.28
4
1.73
80
34.65
200
86.63
320
138.62
5
2.16
90
38.98
210
90.96
330
142.95
10
4.33
100
43.31
220
95.30
340
147.28
15
6.49
110
47.64
230
99.63
350
151.61
20
8.66
120
51.98
240
103.96
360
155.94
25
10.82
130
56.31
250
108.29
370
160.27
30
12.09
140
60.64
260
112.62
380
164.61
35
15.16
150
64.97
270
116.96
390
168.94
40
17.32
160
69.31
280
121.29
400
173.27
The theoretical velocity can be found from the formula for fall-
ing bodies, as given below:
228 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
v-^fyh (27)
in which v - velocity of flow, feet per second.
h - head of watery feet.
g - 32.16.
Values given by the above formulas are theoretical, and if the
length of the pipe is at all great will be very much reduced.
For dean straight pipe the quantity of water discharged and
friction loss at different velocities of flow may be obtained from
Fig. 253, which was plotted from Ellis and Howland's tables by
Mr. Walter R. Clark, Ph.B., Mechanical Engineer with Bridg-
port Brass Company, using formulas (28) and (29).
v - velocity in feet per second.
- gallons per minute.
F - pounds friction loss per 100 feet.
D « diameter of pipe in inches.
- .245*2)* (28)
03G*
F- # ^- (29)
Formula (28) is taken for velocities greater than three feet per
second. The method of using this chart may be understood from
an example. A flow of 300 gallons per minute is required with
a pressure loss of 25 pounds. The distance is 100 feet. Find the
intersection of a vertical line from 300 gallons with a horizontal
line through 25 pounds friction loss, which gives a 2Vt inch pipe
and 19 feet per second velocity. The heavy lines show actual
diameters, light lines show nominal diameters.
All fittings, meters, changes in direction, changes in the con-
dition of the pipe and other factors produce friction and tend to
reduce the flow so that they should be taken into account when
estimating sizes of pipes. The length of pipe equivalent to an
elbow for various sizes of pipe and velocities of flow may be found
in Fig. 254, which shows results obtained from experiments by
Professor F. E. Giesecke (Domestic Engineering, Nov. 2, 1912).
Pump Suction Piping. — The flow of water into the suction
pipe is dependent upon atmospheric pressure, from which it
follows that the piping should be direct and with as few valves
and angles as possible so as to avoid friction. It is of course essen-
tial that the piping should be tight. Whenever possible, new
WATER AND HYDRAULIC PIPING 229
jmx* 001 V24 eat/nov- ceoi MotDims
&
I
1
I
J
XUV - OV3MMO (SOT
230
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
piping should be tested with water under a pressure of between
25 and 50 pounds per square inch.
The velocity of flow in suction piping under ordinary conditions
may be from 150 to 200 feet per minute. For long pipes or high
lifts a larger pipe should be provided to reduce the velocity of
the water. This velocity depends upon the difference in pres-
sures between that on the surface of the water and in the pump,
!*, -
$
t
t
<<
$ 1
t
WA'A
$ I
id /
3 7
fc<
c~ry r-
£ *
£
y
" ?
*-*
Y/j
r
B
5 4
<* i
I
*Jt
■
Fig. 254. Length of Pipe Equivalent to an Elbow, Tee, etc.
and cannot exceed that due to the vacuum less the head of water
in the suction pipe. If this velocity is too low or the pipe too
small, the pump cylinder will not fill on each stroke.
The column of water in the suction pipe must be stopped and
started at the end of each stroke. This action can be modified
by providing a vacuum chamber into which the water may con-
tinue to flow. In every case it should be so placed that the water
may flow into it without changing its direction abruptly, Fig.
255. The proper position for the vacuum chamber is at the
WATER AND HYDRAULIC PIPING
231
highest point in the suction pipe and as near the pump as possi-
ble, in order to obtain the full benefit of the regulating action.
With long pipe or high lifts a foot-valve should be provided at
the lower end to keep
the pipe full of water.
In the arrangement
shown in Fig. 256 a
long pipe is avoided
by the use of a well,
supplied by a pipe
through which water ^ ^ ArraogemeQt of Surtion Piping
flows by gravity. The
pump takes its water from this well. This method is frequently
used for supplying condensing water.
The mftvimntn theoretical height through which cold water
can be raised by suction is 34 feet, at sea level. At higher levels
this distance is less. Air leaks and friction reduce this so that
the practical lift is about 26 feet. When water is heated it gives
off vapor or steam at 212° F. under atmospheric pressure.
At lower pressures this action takes place at lower temperatures.
For this reason hot water cannot be raised as high as cold water
by suction. The theoretical heights that hot water may be
raised at different temperatures are shown in Fig. 257. It is al-
Fig. 256. Pump Well.
ways better to arrange to have hot water flow into the pump,
especially if it is above 120° F.
Pomp Discharge Piping. — Since the water delivered has the
force of the pump pressure it may be given any velocity, and
friction is not so serious as in the suction pipe. For this reason
the discharge pipe is generally made smaller. A velocity of 250
232
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
to 300 feet per minute is a fair value for the discharge pipe, al-
though velocities up to 400 feet per minute are allowable.
u
■*
|.
1.
um*
0O m
m
• ^
M
J
»
4
9
n
<0
tS9
*00
0m
Fig. 267. Theoretical Heights that Hot Water may be Raised by Suction.
Whenever valves are used, either in the suction or discharge
piping, the gate form should be adopted as it offers very little
resistance to flow, while globe valves offer very large resistance.
Bolter Feed Piping. — Boilers of over 50 horsepower should
have at least two methods of feed water supply in order to insure
a supply at all times. When city mains, are used for boiler feed
a tank should be provided with a large capacity where water can
be stored, as it is unsafe to depend upon outside sources of
supply. The city pipes should feed into this tank and the
boilers should be supplied by a pump or injector.
For hot feed water
brass pipe is to be pre-
ferred, although extra
heavy steel pipe may be
used. The feed pipe to a
boiler should be provided
with a stop valve and
check valve, the stop valve
being nearer the boiler.
A relief valve located be-
=4.
Fig. 258. Boiler Feed Pipe.
tween these two valves is desirable when a pump is used, as it
will prevent an undue rise in pressure should the pump be
started with the stop valve closed. This relief valve may be
WATER AND HYDRAULIC PIPING 233
much smaller than the discharge pipe. Fig. 258 indicates the
arrangement of valves.
Variations in pressure seriously affect the supply of water to
the boilers. For this reason it is very desirable to have the boiler
feed pipes independent of all other piping. Where a common
pipe line is used to supply water for other purposes the opening
of valves to draw off water changes the pressure in the pipe and
the rate of feed to the boilers. The use of pump governors for
maintaining a uniform pressure in the discharge line is described
in Chapter VII.
1 Interior Water Piping. — When the water supply for a building
is obtained from city or water company mains, a "corporation
cock" is tapped into the street main. Connection is made be-
tween this cock and the service pipe leading into the building by
lead pipe in order to provide flexibility, which is necessary to take
care of any changes in alignment. The size of the code will of
course depend upon the amount of water to be supplied and may
be from '/» to l l A inches for dwellings, larger sixes being used
for public buildings and factories. The sizes of pipes used for
delivering water to the different outlets in a building vary, but
they may be the same as the fitting supplied if not over 25 feet
long. The figures given in Table 82 show the usual range of sizes.
TABLE 82
8ms of Watbb Supply Fittings
Fitting
Pipe Diameter
Corporation cocks
»/•' to 2"
Compression bibbs or faucets for basins, sinks, etc.
Ball oocks
7/ to V
7/ to 2"
8top cocks
7/ to V
The interior piping should be of the material best adapted to
its use. Plain iron pipe should not be used for hot water as it
corrodes very rapidly. Brass pipe is beet, but galvanized iron is
also suitable. For cold water either galvanized or lead pipe may
be used.
Hydraulic Pipe and Fittings. — The dimensions of standard
steel pipe are given in Chapter II. For hydraulic work extra
strong pipe may be used for pressures up to 1000 pounds and
double extra strong for pressures up to 6000 pounds per square
234 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
inch. Extra strong and double extra strong screwed fittings
may be used for making joints.
Fig. 269. Hydraulic Pipe and Coupling.
The pipe and couplings shown in Fig. 259 are made by the
Wataon-Stiliman Company for pressures of 1000 and 3000 pounds.
The internal diameter may be the same as either extra strong or
double extra strong pipe. The flanges are made integral with
©
Fig. 260. Hydraulic Flange Union.
the pipe and are held together by a very heavy steel split ring,
the two parts of which are drawn together by two bolts. A cup
packing is used to prevent leakage. The pipe is made in lengths
to suit the plans of the installation. Fittings are also made with
flanges arranged to use the same
clamp couplings. A form of
flange union for screwed pipe as
adopted by the same company in
connection with pumps, presses
and accumulators is shown in Fig.
260. It is recommended for pres-
sures of 1000 to 3000 pounds in
sizes from three to six inches.
The two flanges are made of forged steel and have inside thread
connections for the pipe. One part is recessed to receive a pro-
Fig. 201. Hydraulic Flange
Fittings.
WATER AND HYDRAULIC PIPING 235
jeotion from the other, a leather washer being inserted between
them. Fittings and companion flanges are made with similar
joints as shown in Fig. 261.
In hydraulic systems where there is a possibility of shocks
which may raise the pressure above the safe amount, or where
Fig. 262. Hydraulic Safety Valve.
the pressure from the pumps may become excessive due to closure
of the discharge pipe, some form of safety valve should be used.
These are made in both the spring-weighted form and the lever
form. A Schutte hydraulic safety valve is illustrated in Fig.
262, which is made for pressures up to 6000 pounds.
lydraulic Check Fig. 264. Balanced Hydraulic
valve. Valve.
Hydraulic Valves. — The general forms of valves for hydraulic
purposes are the same as those described in Chapter VI, but the
construction is heavier. Several valves as made by Schutte &
Koerting Company are shown in Figs. 283, 264 and 265. A hy-
draulic check valve as used for pressures up to 1500 pounds per
236 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
square inch is shown in Fig. 263. The email spring is to assure
seating. A valve for use at the same pressure is shown in Fig.
264. This valve is balanced above and below the seat, so that
the flow may be from either end, and requires but a small effort
Fig. 266. Unbalanced
Pig. 266. Hydraulic Stop Valve. Hydraulic Valve
for operation. A hydraulic stop valve for pressures up to 9000
pounds per square inch is shown in Fig. 265. An unbalanced
hydraulic stop and check valve for working pressures up to 1500
pounds per square inch is shown in Fig. 266. A fine pitch thread
and large handwheel are necessary for ease of operation. Such
valves are often used on high pressure oil lines for turbine
bearings.
CHAPTER XIV
COMPRESSED AIR, OAS AKD OIL PIPING
1 Air Piping. — Compressed air piping holds many
features in common with steam piping. It should be arranged
as direct as possible, and with provision for drainage and expan-
sion. All pockets, loops or places where moisture might collect
should be carefully drained. There is also the danger of freezing
in cold weather unless drains are provided. For these reasons
separators should be installed at the low points on the pipe line.
Such separators can be similar to the usual steam separator, or
can take the form of a receiver. In many cases it is well to have
a receiver near the point where the air is used and especially when
Fig. 267. Expansion Joint Used for Compressed Atr Line — Nicholson,
Pa. Tunnel, D.LtW. Cut-off.
there is a widely changing demand for air. Often a receiver is
desirable at both ends of the pipe line, more especially with long
lines.
Friction and air leakage are constant sources of loss with air
piping and should be carefully avoided by making the line as
tight as possible, and using long turn fittings. Gate valves and
shut-off cocks should be extra heavy. Careful attention to sup-
238
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
ports will do much toward eliminating vibration and so help to
mfl.int.ft .in tight, joints.
The author is indebted to the Ingersoll-Rand Company, for
Fig. 267 which illustrates a short section of a pipe used on the
contract for the Nicholson Pennsylvania Tunnel for the D., L.
and W. cut-off, and shows a simple but effective form of expan-
sion joint. This piping has been used on several jobs and is still
in perfect condition, due to the care exercised in laying it and a
special graphite mixture used on all joints. This pipe is laid so
ft
k
e_
8
K
1
*
1'
~t~
I
t
1
I
I
I
J
m
4
\
\ — s
1 3
^— ;
I — a — i
Fig. 268. Values for Coefficient C.
as to drain toward the air receiver from which any moisture can
be blown off.
Compressed Air Transmission. — In calculating pipe lines for
compressed air, Unwin's formula for flow of fluids as stated below
may be used.
Q - Volume in cubic feet per minute at pressure Pi.
Pi - pressure at entrance in pounds per square inch.
Pi - pressure at end of pipe in pounds per square inch.
d - diameter of pipe in inches.
L - length of pipe in feet.
Vh - weight of air in pounds per cubic foot at pressure Pi.
C - an experimental coefficient.
L W\L J
(30)
COMPRESSED AIR, GAS AND OIL PIPING
240
A HANDBOOK ON PIPINGS
1
i
B
i
I
I
I
A
£
3
&
*8
J
•tiQinXjoAfi
-«q -'Ajnbg
HP!
•?s « 3 ^-* 2 *9
Pi .9 pS •* <0» **
SSSSSSS?
3383883:3 3
SSSSSS^S^^g
8S88S8S8898R8
^^ ~ • ~ • ~ • • • • • • •
3 3 3 3 S 3 S 3 $ 9 S S3 8 $ S
3388S38883$3S::883S
H H H CI CO
338838883S2e$3882S;332
H N N (O V (0
3S3388SS3^S93SS8^S
*h C4 69 ^* <0
3.^8.3. *?s^«Ja|^^^a^8S3
hh eo»OQO
s^Wl^II^W^Wl^
HHHC4«0»
$ S3 S 2 55 $ 8. 3 8. $ 8 «. 2 S 3. $ R.
8822883S&Sfc85S558E:
^% ^^ • • • • • • • • • _j «^ .» * . • _j
HHHNCO^»ONa0
3328S88S8$53S883
• •••••••■ -• • _^ _j ^» ^
2 8 8 3 S 8 3 S 3 3 8 55
• • ^ ^ •••••• • _•
HHNWI'tOOOO
S8838isfc3S
• • • • • • • _• •
HC^tOiOOOtO
• • • • •
H ^ N N N
8^2
3
00
8JS8888
§
JO "^ IIQ
SRS89 5S^8««q^^25SS53«ca
iii
COMPRESSED AIR, GAS AND OIL PIPING 241
3599335
33333322
o o S 8 6 S H H H ^ 8
33S888S28fc38fc
S 8 8 8 S 8 2 5? 8 9 8 3 3 3
53599339993955359
_i _i ^h 4N
S388S8883!S8qifcaSS&8£
H H N CQ W ^
5559999933.953999335333
3599 353359599993 99 93 3
*H CT ^f> CD G& CO
I
I,
8828595988588238333
~ ~ • • ~ • • * • • • • • • • • • • •
« « »■» ^|< r» wm
I
383585S83S8ig88Sfc:388
h hmmco sn
8
2
38833S5$lTS3WSfc9 8 S 3.
882SS538883383S3
2S8lSW8Si8 8 a 3
J
• • ■ • • • •«? _.!
• • • • •
tH 00 >o o» co
S 5 co
co 06 >6
co
<4
ssggsg
I
*H»H»H^c^coco^>otp©e*
242
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
§
3
a
i
5
3
2
4
&
£
S
as
C*
&
s
8
1
£
*
^
!
8
J
mil
S3 B ™P *m
8
f
b « 5 8 «§ •
to .*+»
SS88SS8
• • •
S88S8SS-
oSoSSSShSSS
^% ^, ^» ^» ^^ ^» •••»•••
c?38S8.3;$§3$$5$8.$§
338S8S38828SS88S8
• • ■ • * _.l _ I _ I
5 53933335533*5533335
»H ^ C* 09 CO
SSS8333539*i333S33 8$S33
388S883228SS55S38S3339
3S8S8S323S|85>fc8&$3SS3
H H IH CO W W ▼
3838825835:8 55888 3 8 5 3 8
vH *4 *4 09 C« CD *■<
3888258838S8g:S£fcSg3
• • • ^ • • * • • • • * ^ -J -2. _J nj ^
^ • • •■ • • * : .! ^.c «.« ^C _•: mC a^ «-C m
8SS8S88835SBSe5
&83898$?eS3i
^ • ^« • ^m ■ • • • • •
• • • • •
*h c« »o r^ *h
• • _ -?
co I s * co
a
8 888812
I
p o' wo j dmoo
COMPRESSED AIR, GAS AND OIL PIPING 243
S388838
• •
3888388°
3S3S83&SS5S
333SS38SS8SS38
SSS888SS^^S^2KS
SS3SSS3SSSS 5 8 3 8 «S 3
&
•5
83SSS3S883288S82S28S
** i-H O* C* CO
• • ~ • ^» • m • • I • • • • • •••• •.••
I
5
3S8S882SS88S8S8S8838SSSS8
~ - N "» » 3 2 8 8 8
HHHe,,e *S8?5
• • • •
3S8S3S28g28!S82§333.S83 .
i-«*He*coe©^©oog
882288933&fe3383S!393
hhnwco»o«iooow
SS8gSJ23f23SSS33888
•8
J
8333388828388
t-< ** t-« <n
• • •
o?oS3$^8oSco8
• •
°.&S?8S3
«*22S8
8 8 S
*88
8 5288SS2
8
1^
S»JnHN^SrtSoOH8S8N8NHO)»OOOOH
• ••••••■•••••••■••■•••A
_^ -^ as *S mm «9fc
i-l ^ O*
OOO
214
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
Values of w% are given in Table 83 which is from Ingereoll-Rand
Company's catalog. The coefficient C may be taken from the
curve, Fig. 268, where a number of values have been plotted.
For computations having to do with compressed air trans-
mission, the information given in Tables 84 and 85 which are
from the catalog of Ingersoll-Rand Company, may be used.
TABLE 85
MUUTIPUBBS FOB DVTBBMINING THB VOLUHB OF FUS AlB
At Various Altitudes which, when Compressed to Various Pressures, is
Equivalent in Effect to a Given Volume of Free Air at Sea Level
Altitude
in
Barometrio Preeetm
Grace PrceeuM
Inohee
of
Mauuiy
Pounds
60 Lbe.
90 Lb*
100 Lbe.
135 Lbe.
ISO Lbe.
Feet
Inch
Multiptten
30.00
14.75
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1000
28.88
14.20
1.032
1.033
1.034
1.035
1.036
2000
27.80
13.67
1.064
1.066
1.068
1.071
1.072
9000
26.76
13.16
1.097
1.102
1.105
1.107
1.109
4000
25.76
12.67
1.132
1.139
1.142
1.147
1.149
6000
24.79
12.20
1.168
1.178
1.182
1.187
1.190
6000
23.86
11.73
1.206
1.218
1.224
1.231
1.234
7000
22.97
11.30
1.245
1.258
1.267
1.274
1.278
8000
22.11
10.87
1.287
1.300
1.310
1.319
1.326
9000
21.29
10.46
1.329
1.346
1.356
1.366
1.374
10000
20.49
10.07
1.373
1.394
1.404
1.416
1.424
The Air Lift Pumping System, — The use of compressed air
as a means of raising water is illustrated in Fig. 269. This form
of air lift pump was patented by Dr. E. S. Pohle in 1886. Several
arrangements for the lower end of the air pipe are shown. The
system is composed entirely of piping and the operation is as
follows: air is piped to the lower end of the water pipe where it
mixes with the water. As this mixture is lighter than the water
it is forced up the pipe and out at the discharge. The lift of course
is the distance from the water level to the discharge opening.
The distance from the water level to the bottom of the pipe where
the air is introduced is called the submergence. The amount of
submergence to give most efficient results varies greatly and is
often determined by trial for a given installation.
Concerning the proportions of air lift wells, Practical Engineer,
January 1st, 1916, gives Table 86, and says: "there are two classes
COMPRESSED AIR, GAS AND OIL PIPING 246
of submergence, starting submergence, which is temporary, and
running submergence, which is the important factor in any pump-
ing proposition. It is usually expressed as a percentage of the
total length of the water column from the point where the air is
introduced to the point of discharge.
Necessary percentage of submergence varies in accordance
with the lift, low lifts requiring proportionately more submer-
Fig. 269. Air Lift Pumping System.
genoe than high lifts. The range of these percentages is found
within the following limitations: for a lift of 20 feet, 66 per cent. ;
for a lift of 500 feet, 41 per cent.
Knowing the total lift and running submergence, the approxi-
mate amount of free air required can be calculated from the
following formula:
V - volume of free air to raise one gallon of water.
L - total lift in feet.
s - running submergence in feet.
C - constant found in the following table.
246 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
Lift in Feet (L) Constant
10 to 60 inclusive 245
61 to 200 " 233
201 to 500 " 216
501 to 650 " 185
651 to 750 " 156
TABLE 86
Well Pipe Sizbs
WeU
Casing
Inohat
Side Inlet
Center Air Pipe
Water
Pipe
Air
Pipe
Capacity
Gallons per
Minute
Air
Pipe
Capacity
Gallon* per
Minute
3Vt
4
4Vi
5
6
7
8
9
10
■ • •
IV.
2
2V.
3
3V.
4
5
6
• • •
•A
1
l
1V«
IV.
IV.
2
2
• • •
25
60
75
105
145
190
300
425
IV*
IV.
• • •
2
2
• • •
• • •
• • ■
• • •
115
150
• • ■
240
360
• • a
• • •
• • •
• • •
Gas Fitting. — Piping for gas inside of buildings is generally
spoken of as gas fitting. It is not the purpose of this chapter to
cover thoroughly the field of gas fitting, but to give only such
information as might be of use to those who occasionally have
some gas fitting to do. Gas piping should always be carefully
done and thoroughly tested.
The various pipes used in conveying gas from the source of
supply to points where it is burned are distinguished by different
names, depending upon their particular purpose. The cast-iron
pipes used to convey the gas through the streets are called mains.
From the mains, service pipes of cast-iron or wrought iron lead
to the building. These should be taken from the top of the
mains. Inside of the building the distributing pipes carry the
gas to the lights, heaters, etc. A riser is a vertical pipe through
which the gas flows upward. A drop is one in which the gas flows
downward.
Materials. — Cast iron and standard steel or wrought iron
pipe are used for gas piping. Fittings should be of malleable iron
and galvanized. Cast-iron fittings are heavier than malleable
COMPRESSED AIR, GAS AND OIL PIPING
247
iron and are more easily cracked or otherwise damaged. Gas
fittings in addition to those shown in the chapter on Pipe Fittings
are illustrated in Fig. 270. For turning on and off gas in service
pipes gas cocks are used, as shown in Fig. 271. Fig. 272 is a
meter cock, and Fig. 273 is a gas stove cock.
tt^n
W
Fig. 270. Gas Fittings.
tis^O
7im
Location of Piping. — The gas supply pipe from the street
should incline upward from the main in order that any condensa-
tion will drain back into the main. The amount of slope is not
material but should be sufficient to prevent the possibility of
water pockets forming, due to the settling of the pipe. In every
case the pipe should be firmly supported, and should be tested
for leaks before filling in the trench.
The piping in the building should be run to the fixtures with as
few fittings as possible, and should be pitched to provide drainage.
I Figs. 271, 272, and 273. Stove Cock, Meter Cock, Service Cock.
For this reason it is better to supply burners and fixtures by risers
rather than by drops.
Sizes of Pipes. — The size of pipes should be based upon the
maximum quantity (cubic feet) which is likely to be used. For
lights the meter rating of five cubic feet per hour may be used in
estimating the sizes of pipes. For cook stoves the size of pipe will
vary from */a inch up to l l /% inches or more, depending upon the
size of the stove. Service pipes should never be less than V«
248 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
inch, regardless of length, and in cold climates where there is
a possibility of frost forming it is better to use at least one inch
pipe. Insulating material may be used to protect the piping from
extreme cold. Alcohol may be poured into the pipe and allowed
to melt the frost which forms due to moisture in the gas. The
sise of pipe for a given quantity of gas may be figured by Moles-
worth's formula for maximum supply in cubic feet per hour.
F-1000
in which
\m* <*>
V - maximum cubic feet per hour.
d - diameter of pipe, inches.
h - pressure, inches of water.
- specific gravity of gas (air - 1).
L « length of pipe in yards.
The value of may be taken at from .40 to .65 based on a value
of 1 for air.
A series of articles "Instructions for Gas Company Fitters/ 9
by Mr. George Wehrle, published in The Oas Age, New York,
permission of which has been given the author under the copy-
right of the former, give complete particulars of the above subject.
Mr. Wehrle uses formula (33) for the flow of gas in pipes.
V - 1350 [ * (P ' ~ ^J /' (33)
in which
Pi - initial pressure, inches of water.
Pt - final pressure, inches of water,
other letters as in formula (32).
Quoting further from Mr. Wehrle's articles on the subject of
"Conductivity of Pipes," he says:
"The conductivity of a pipe is its carrying capacity in volumes
of gas, which is variable under certain conditions of pressure,
length and gravity of gas.
"All fitters know that the elimination of 'dead ends 9 in gas
pipes is favorable to the carrying capacity of the pipe, but to
just what extent, and the cause, should be understood.
"In the accompanying table, Fig. 274, explanation is given of
results to be obtained under different conditions representing
COMPRESSED AIR, GAS AND OIL PIPING
249
different methods of installing pipes. The first illustration repre-
sents a pipe supplied from one end, discharging from the other,
as a service pipe. This condition is represented as unity in all
quantities. The second illustration represents a pipe fed from
both ends, discharging from a point midway between the ends.
Here a comparison with the first illustration shows that such an
installation, considering the specific gravity of the gas to be the
same, will pass 2.8 times the amount of gas in a given time for the
same length, diameter and pressure drop; will pass the same
amount of gas for the same length and diameter with a pressure
fftwffJt4
Q**6344
Q*0/mkmrf inCu. Hi,
pmr Hour
d*4Nam. in inch**
h^Phetsur* drop Jh
***** oflYf/f
L •lm*$M to femt
S • Sp+ciftc Grmr/fy
M*Cond*cHrfty
L'tOOO
M
*
4
6
e
to
i£
i6
eo
£4
30
36
42
46
3
6
14
id
59
93
§70
tO 70
3t20
€570
It700
95 700
3BOO0
60/00
tooooo
1910^0
305000
450000
6Z2000
**•&
*
4.
/.
3.
iti
10
/
/
/
17
I
I
/
49
/
/
/
i
/
/
/
h
t
/
/
/
/
t
/
/
\so
Fig. 274. Pipe Conductivity Chart.
drop of Ys as much; will pass the same amount of gas with the
same pressure drop and diameter with a length eight times as
great; or will pass the same amount of gas for the same length
and pressure drop with a diameter .66 as great.
"The third and fourth illustrations bear the same relative
value to each other as the first and second, but have different
values, as shown, when compared with the first. Comparisons
of any one with another are easily made. Exactly the same values
are obtained if the pipe is fed from the center, discharging from
both ends.
"Problems very often occur in house piping where a knowledge
of the above information proves of great value. In meter header
installations, illustration No. 4, or its counterpart (fed from
the middle, discharging both ways) should in all cases be used,
250
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
even at the expense of additional pipe over No. 3. In street
main work, it is general practice to tie in all dead ends possible,
most companies allowing a considerable expense to be used for
that purpose."
Testing. — Gas Pipe systems should be tested before turning
on the gas in order to be certain that all the joints are gas tight.
Gas fitters' proving pumps are
made for this purpose. They
may be used with a mercury
column or a spring gage, the
former being preferred. A
proving pump is shown in
Fig. 275. The pump is used
to force air into the system,
and a pressure should be
maintained for one hour, with
a pressure loss of not more
than V« inch °f mercury
(about Ys pound per square
inch pressure). The rate of
drop in pressure is an indica-
tion of the extent of leakage.
In order to locate the leaks
an ether cup is attached to
the pump through which ether
Fig. 275. Gas Proving Pump.
may be introduced into the piping, and by its odor indicate the
points of leakage.
Gas Meters. — Gas is ordinarily measured in cubic feet. The
usual form of meter for measuring gas is illustrated in Figs. 276
and 277. This form is called a dry gas meter, and generally con-
sists of two chambers which are separated from each other by
partitions and flexible diaphragms. The operation may be under-
stood by reference to the diagram, Fig. 277. The gas from the
street enters through pipe 1 to the space A, and then through
opening 2 to spaces B, B, where it exerts pressure against the
diaphragm 8, S and so forces the gas from spaces C, C, out through
4, 5 and 6 to the piping system. When the spaces B, B are filled
the slide valve 7 is moved so as to open port 4 to space A and to
connect port 2 with the outlet pipe. Gas then flows into spaces
C, C and moves the diaphragm, expelling the gas from spaces
COMPRESSED AIR, GAS AND OIL PIPING
251
B, B. This operation is automatic and is communicated to the
recording discs which record the amount of gas measured by the
meter. A view of the recording dials is shown in Fig. 278. To
read the meter begin with the dial at the left and read the smaller
of the two numbers on each side of the hand on each of the three
dials, and add two ciphers. The reading as illustrated is 66200.
Such a reading, subtracted from the previous reading will give
the amount of gas consumed in the interval. The small dial
Fig. 276. Dry Gas Meter.
Fig. 277. Dry Gas Meter Diagram.
may be used to observe the rate of consumption as well as to indi-
cate leaks in the system. Before connecting a gas meter it is
advisable to be sure that the pipes are all clean and that no undue
pressure can come upon the diaphragm. The connection to the
meter should be one size larger than the pipes through which the
gas is supplied. A meter should be placed level on a solid support
and not in a damp place or where it will be subject to extreme
temperatures. Sises of gas meters are sometimes based upon a
consumption of five cubic feet of gas per hour per burner, so
that a 100-light meter would have a capacity of 500 cubic feet
per hour.
The report of the Committee on Meter Connections of the
American Gas Institute gives much valuable information on this
252
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
matter, and reports standard methods of many different com-
panies. No standard is recommended, as the requirements are
not the same in different cities. The following matter is ab-
stracted from the above report.
"The tendency is for gas companies to discontinue the use of
lead outlet connections, especially above the 10-light size, and to
discontinue the use of lead inlet connections for all sizes, and to
use all-iron connections and suitable swing joints, and, in addi-
tion, a solid or a split tie-in between the inlet and the outlet piping
Fig. 278. Gas Meter Dial.
in order to relieve the meter screws and column seams of all avoid-
able strain."
Philadelphia practice as described in the report follows, illus-
trated by drawings from the United Gas Improvement Company.
Fig. 279 shows the standard meter connections for all meters
except those with flange connections.
"The method of connecting 3- to 200-light meters, as shown by
the following sketches (Fig. 279) calls for the use of all-iron inlet
and outlet connections having two double swing joints on the
inlet side, and one double swing joint on the outlet side.
"The two-piece, cast iron tie-in between the inlet and outlet
meter unions is first adjusted, when setting three- and five-light
meters, to the meter to be set; the two parts are bolted together
and then attached to the inlet piping after which the outlet pip-
ing connections are made up.
"When a meter is changed on this type of connection, the
two-piece tie-in is removed and refitted to the screws of the meter
to be set, after which it is replaced in position on the piping
connections.
COMPRESSED AIR, GAS AND OIL PIPING
253
~~*^
JT/f.
fe? jMmf **/t*0Qr.
Fig. 279. Standard Meter Connections.
254
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
"The connection shown for meters larger than the five-light
size permits of all necessary adjustment of the piping to the vari-
able widths between meter screws, and enables the fitter to face
fUMGCD METEI9
Fig. 280. Flanged Meter Connections.
up the meter screws and meter unions fairly well and to level
the meter without straining the connections, meter screws, or
column seams.
"AH meters set in Philadelphia are supported by means of
hanger shelves, two-piece adjustable shelves mounted on a back
board placed on the wall below the meters, or are set on meter
tables, or on the floor."
TYPES OF HEADER CONSTRUCTHM
**
0E
**
iii
^
M
iT.iT. i."
S0
1
ja
*o
IALAICE0 yUOEH
Iftg. 281. Types of Header Construction,
The drawings reproduced in Figs. 280 and 281 show the prac-
tice of the United Gas Improvement Company at Philadelphia
for flanged meter connections and types of header construction.
COMPRESSED AIR, GAS AND OIL PIPING 255
Gas Piping Specifications. — Many cities and gas companies
have rules and regulations governing the installation of gas pip-
ing. Good practice is represented by the following quotations
from the specifications for fuel and illuminating gas of the United
Gas Improvement Company, Philadelphia Gas Works, and the
accompanying drawings, Figs. 279, 280, 281 and 282. This matter
was supplied through the kindness of Mr. Walton Forstall, Assist-
ant Engineer of distribution.
6. Pressure Test — The pipe should stand a pressure of 3
pounds per square inch, or 6 inches of mercury column, without
showing any drop in the mercury column of the gauge, for a
period of at least ten minutes. Leaky fittings or pipe should
be removed; cold-caulked or cement-patched material will be
rejected.
8. Obstructions and Jointing. — The piping should be free
from obstructions. Every piece of pipe should be stood on end
and thoroughly hammered! and also blown through, before being
connected. White lead or other jointing material should be used
sparingly, to avoid clogging the pipe. Jointing material should
always be put on the male thread on end of pipe, and not in the
fitting. The use of gas fitters' cement on joints is prohibited.
After being connected, all piping should be blown through from
the last outlet on each floor to the lower end of the riser, to make
sure it is clear. No piping should be coated or painted until in-
spected and passed by the company. The use of unions in con-
cealed work is not permitted; long screws or right-and-left
couplings should be used.
9. Slope of Piping. — The piping should slope toward the
meter, or toward an outlet from which condensation can be
removed if necessary; or it may be laid level. Piping with a
perceptible sag, which might hold condensation, will be rejected.
It is especially important that underground piping be laid in
such a way that condensation may be readily removed.
12-A. Protection of Piping. — When necessary to imbed a pipe
in direct contact with neat cement or ordinary concrete, black
iron pipe may be used. If cinders, salt, sea water, or other sub-
stance which has a corrosive action on the piping, is to be used
in the fabrication of the cement or concrete, or if the concrete
or cement in which the pipe is laid is to be exposed to brine, acid
pickling-bath liquor, or other liquids of corrosive nature, or if
256 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
the pipe is to be in contact with composition flooring, or similar
structural material, the piping shall be made up of pipe and
fittings galvanized on the outside, and shall be painted with two
coats of a pure red-leaded paint, a bituminous paint, or an equiv-
alent protective coating. It is preferable that it also be wrapped
or coated with an approved material for protection against
corrosion.
15. Outlets. — Ceiling outlets should project not more than
2 inches, nor less than '/• inch, and should be firmly secured and
perfectly plumb. Side-wall outlets should project not more than
7 /s inch, nor less than '/» inch, and should be at right angles to
the wall and firmly secured.
14. Gas Engine Connection. — (a) The gas piping should be
of sizes in accordance with the following schedule:
Size of Engine 8iie of Connection
lto 5H.P. 1 inch
6 " io " iy« "
n " 20 " ly, u
21 " 30 " 2 "
31 " 40 " 2»/, "
These sizes apply only where the length of piping from meter
to engine is 50 feet or less, and where the piping supplies the gas
engine alone. If other fuel or illuminating appliances are to be
supplied from the same piping, the sizes given above should not
be used.
16. Explanation of Piping Schedule. — (a) This schedule is
based on the standard formula for the flow of gas through pipes.
The friction, and, therefore, the pressure necessary to overcome
the friction, increases with the quantity of gas flowing through
and as the aim of the table is to have the loss in pressure not to
exceed one-tenth of an inch water pressure, per 30 feet of length
of piping, the size of the pipe increases from an extremity towards
the meter, as each section has an increasing number of outlets
to supply. The quantity of gas the piping may be called on to
deliver is stated in terms of */ 8 inch outlets, instead of cubic feet,
outlets being used as a unit instead of burners, because at the
time of first inspection the number of burners may not be defi-
nitely determined. The consumption of gas through an outlet
is assumed to be 10 cubic feet per hour, this being rather less than
would be used by two ordinary burners.
COMPRESSED AIR, GAS AND OIL PIPING
257
TABLE 87. — 15. Piping 8chbdulb
Required Sirno of Piping for Varimtt Lengtki and Numbers of Outlet*
Ma. of
See of Pipe in Inches
•/• Inches
•/• Vi •/•
1
!»/•
l»/t
a
3>/t
8
4
Outlets
Length of Pipe in Feet
1
2
3
4
20 30 50
27 60
12 50
50
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
50
. 44
. 35
. 30
25
21
. 18
. 16
14
. 12
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
00
75
60
53
46
41
36
. 32
20
. 27
24
22
. 20
18
. 17
. 12
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
160
150
150
150
150
150
130
115
100
00
80
73
65
58
53
40
46
42
30
. 22
. 17
. 13
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200]
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
100
175
120
00
70
55
, 46
, 27
. 20
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
270
210
165
135
80
60
33
22
15
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
330
200
150
80
50
36
. 28
. 21
14
600
600
600
600
5
33
600
6
24
600
7
18
600
8
13
600
600
10
600
11
600
12
600
13
600
14
600
15
600
16
600
17
600
18
600
10
600
20
600
21
600
22
600
23
600
24
600
25
600
30
600
35
600
40
600
45
600
60
600
65
600
75
600
100
360
125
230
160
160
175
120
200
00
250
60
300
. 30
350
. 20
400
. 22
500
. 14
258 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING.
If any outlet is larger than '/• inch, it must be counted as more than one, in
accordance with the schedule below:
Size of outlet in inches Vt 'A 1 l l A lVi 2 2 1 /, 3 4
Value in */• inch, outlets... 2 4 7 11 16 28 44 64 112
17. Use of Piping Schedule. — In using the schedule observe
the following rules:
(a) No piping between the meter and the first branch line
should be smaller than s /* inch.
(b) No piping should be smaller than s / 8 inch.
(c) No independent line in the cellar or on the first floor, from
the meter to a gas range should be smaller than 1 inch, but when
the range is supplied from the house piping, a */* inch outlet will
suffice. Above the first floor, an independent line from the meter
to a gas range on an upper floor should not be smaller than 8 / 4
inch. No pipe laid under ground should be smaller than I 1 /*
inches. No pipe extending outside of the main wall of a building
should be smaller than y 4 inch.
(d) No ceiling outlet where the height of ceiling is 20 feet or
more should be smaller than s /* inch.
(e) Piping for any type of room heater, except gas logs, over
18 inches in length, and where line does not exceed 9 feet in
length, should not be less than y 2 inch. For similar installations
with line exceeding 9 feet, the size should not be less than s /*
inch, but a short riser through the floor may be l /% inch. In
other cases, and where the house piping is to supply fuel appli-
ances, other than ranges, application should be made to the
district shop to ascertain the proper size of piping. In any case
the capped outlet should not be more than 2 inches nor less than
*/s inch above the floor level.
(/) In determining the sizes of piping, always start at the ex-
tremities of the system and work toward the meter.
(g) The lengths of piping to be used in each case are the lengths
measured from one branch or point of junction to another, dis-
regarding elbows or turns. Such lengths will be hereafter spoken
of as "sections" and are ordinarily of one size of pipe. There
are only two reasons for which a change in size of piping will be
allowed in a section. First: where the length of a section is greater
than the length allowed for the outlets being supplied, as for
example, if a section supplying two outlets is 33 feet long, 27
COMPRESSED AIR, GAS AND OIL PIPING 259
feet of this could be Vi inch, and the remaining 6 feet of */< inch.
Second: where the required length for the outlets being supplied
will cause a violation of clause ( j) unless the size is changed.
(h) If the exact number of outlets under consideration cannot
be found in the schedule, take the next larger number. For
example, if 27 outlets are required, the next larger number in the
schedule, which is 30, should be taken.
(t) For any given number of outlets, do not use a smaller size
pipe than the smallest size in the schedule for that number of
outlets. Thus, to supply 17 outlets, no smaller size pipe than 1
inch may be used, no matter how short the section may be.
(j) In any piping plan in any continuous run from an extrem-
ity to the meter, there should not be used a longer length of any
size pipe than shown for that size in the line opposite 1 outlet,
as 50 feet for */ 4 inch, 70 feet for 1 inch, etc. Exceptions to this
rule are: First: when larger piping than called for by the schedule
is run in following (&) of this paragraph. Second: when fitter
voluntarily runs a larger pipe than is necessary, as for example,
if three outlets are to be supplied by 60 feet of piping, instead of
50 feet of */ * inch and 10 feet of l /% inch being required, the entire
60 feet may be of *A inch piping. When two or more successive
sections work out to the same size of piping, and their total length
or sum exceeds the longest length shown for that size piping,
the change in size to a larger pipe should be made as soon as the
limiting length has been reached. For example, if 5 outlets are
to be supplied through 30 feet of piping, and then these 5 and 1
more, making 6 in all through 24 feet of piping, it would be found
by the schedule that 5 outlets through 30 feet require *A inch
piping, and that 6 outlets through 24 feet require */< inch piping,
but as the sum of the two sections, 30 plus 24 equals 54 feet, is
4 feet longer than the amount of *A inch piping that may be
used in any continuous run, the 24 foot section must be changed
from V* inch to 1 inch, 4 feet from the end nearest the meter.
(k) Never supply gas from a smaller size pipe to a larger one.
If 25 outlets are to be supplied through 300 feet of piping and
these 25 and 5 more, making 30 in all, through 100 feet of piping,
it would be found by the schedule that 25 outlets through 300
feet require 2 x / 2 inch pipe, and 30 outlets through 100 feet require
2-inch pipe, but as under this condition a 24nch pipe would be
supplying a 2 x /% inch, the 100 foot section should be made 2 l /%
260
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
inches. This does not apply to the case of a small pipe inside of
a building supplying one outside of a building, which has been
made larger as per (c) of this paragraph, because it is exposed to
out-door temperatures.
18. Plan of Piping. — In preparing a plan, Fig. 282, the follow-
ing instructions should be strictly adhered to:
(a) Vertical piping should be drawn parallel to the short side
of the sheet.
** m JL **** **•
H /* / /«
r i % r
SAMPLE PIPING PLAN
*
*
Aisgm mom mctk*
Fig. 282. Gas Piping Drawing.
(b) Piping through the length of the building should be shown
parallel to the long side of the sheet
(c) Piping across the width of the building should be shown
diagonally on the sheet.
(d) State length and size of each section of piping. A section
designates the length of piping existing between outlets, fittings
and points of changes in piping sines.
(e) On horizontal piping, mark the length under the line, and
the sine over the line.
(/) On vertical piping, including drops, mark the length to the
right of the line, and the sine to the left of the line.
COMPRESSED AIR, GAS AND OIL PIPING 261
(g) Mark each outlet X, and in case of a plugged outlet, state
its sue.
88. Stems. — (a) The sizes of pipe or tubing in the stems of
pendants, or of wall brackets, should be not smaller than those
in the following schedule:
Length of Stan
Number
of
Burners
When made of
Iron Pipe
Whan made of
Brua Tubing
i Qaa-waj
throuch
Caeed
Unoaaed
Plain
Chain
Coak
30' and under
Over 30' and under 42'
42* and over
1-2
1-2
1-2
a-e
7-12
13 and
over
V.'
v/
v/
w
»/■'
V.'
V.'
'A.'
Vt'
V.'
•A'
•A'
•A'
•A'
Vt'
V.'
v. r
Vt'
'A.'
•A.'
»A'
Any Length
<< u
"Length of stem 1 ' is understood to be a distance measured as
follows:
In pendants, a straight line from the stiff joint to the lowest
point of the pendant.
* In brackets that cany more than one burner, a straight line
from the stiff joint to the point where the arms diverge.
(6) A one-piece or harp pendant, if not over 33 inches long,
may be made of Y« inch iron pipe, or s /s inch brass tubing. If
longer than 33 inches, it should conform to the schedule.
(c) In the case of wall brackets) that carry more than one
burner, the sizes given in the schedule are correct, except that
no pipe of smaller size than l / 4 inch should be used.
29. Anns. — (a) Arms of pendants or of wall brackets, that
is, those parts which carry gas for only one burner, should be
made not smaller than the sizes in the following schedule:
Length of Arm
When made of Iron Pipe
Braai Tubing
Caaed
Uneaeed
12 inch and under
V.'
V.'
v/
v. r
'A'
•A'
•A'
Over 12 inch and under 18 inch
Over 18 inch
* •
V.t»
Vt'
/ »
"Length of arm" is understood to be a distance measured as
follows:
262 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
In pendants, a straight line from the centre of the stem to the
centre of the burner nozzle;
In stemless wall brackets, as stiff, single-swing or double-swing
brackets, carrying but one burner, a straight line from the stiff
joint to the centre of the burner nozzle, measured when the bracket
has its maximum reach;
In stemmed wall brackets, a straight line from the point of
divergence of the arm to the centre of the burner nozzle.
(6) In the case of cast wall brackets, the area of the gas-way
in stems and arms should be not less than the area of the pipe, or
tubing, of equivalent lengths, of the sizes already specified.
SO. General. — (a) Special precautions should be taken in the
construction to prevent the obstruction of the gas-way by foreign
matter, such as solder, other jointing material, or metal chips.
The ends of tubing should be reamed to remove burs. When
duplex tubing is used, care should be exercised to prevent faulty
alignment of gas-ways.
(6) Gas fitters' cement should not be used on any part of the
fixture where it may be affected by the heat from the burners.
Where solder is used, it should be of such a mixture that it will
not be affected by the heat from the burners.
(c) Fixtures for out-door use, or in exposed situations, should
be provided with suitable drips, or means for the convenient
removal of condensation from any part of the fixture in which
such condensation may accumulate.
(d) Globe rings should fit snugly over the threads of the burner
nozzles, and should be so constructed that the screwing on of the
burner will be certain to bind the globe ring firmly between the
burner and the shoulder of the burner nozzle. Globe rings
should have ample openings for the admittance of the proper
quantity of air to the burners.
Oil Piping. — The following articles contain a few general ideas
upon various kinds of oil piping. The problems to be met are
about the same as those common to all kinds of piping. For
lubricating oil almost any material may be used. Small oil pipes
may be of copper, as it is easily bent to conform to the shape of
the machine to which it may be attached. Brass and steel pipe
and tubes are generally used with screwed fittings, brazed joints,
and special connections. For fuel oil, steel piping and galvanized
fittings are advisable. Oil pipes should always be sufficiently
COMPRESSED AIR, GAS AND OIL PIPING 263
large to prevent choking, especially returns from a lubricating
system.
Oil Pining for Lubrication. — Various methods of supplying oil
to machinery are in use. In some cases it is advisable to use a
simple oil or grease cup and allow such oil as is not used to go to
waste. For steam engines the splash system may be employed.
For oiling the valves and cylinders of steam driven machinery
the oil may be supplied by a sight-feed lubricator. In other cases
a force feed or sight-feed system may be employed and the oil
collected, filtered and used over again automatically. Such
Fig. 283. Richardson Individual Oiling System.
systems involve pumps, piping, filters, etc., but cut down the
amount of oil required. For an efficient lubricating system the
following considerations should be given attention. The oil
should be supplied in a continuous stream at the exact points
where it is needed. The oil should be sufficiently cool bo that
it can carry away heat. There should be a carefully designed
system for collecting the oil which drains from the lubricating
system. There should be an efficient filter for removing dirt,
particles of metal, and water from the oil.
Richardson Individual Oiling System. — This is one of the
systems of the RichardBon-Phenbt Company, and is illustrated
in Fig. 283, which shows the application to a simple engine. The
oil, after being used, flows by gravity to a cast-iron drain well.
264
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
One end of a double-ended plunger pump raises this dirty oil from
the well and discharges it into the filter where the oil is purified.
It is then pumped through a system of piping on the engine, or
other machine, and delivered to the sight feed oilers located at
each of the points to be lubricated. A constant oil pressure is
maintained by means of a glass overflow stand.
Phenix Individual Oiling System. — This method is similar to
the Richardson eystem, but the apparatus is differently arranged,
adapting it for small engines, air compressors, and ice machines.
Fig. 284. Phenix Individual Oiling Stysem.
The principle of operation and the required parts are shown in
Fig. 284. The dirty oil flows into a receiver-separator, where
heavy foreign matter and entrained water are removed. It is
then pumped up to the filter-reservoir where it is purified. From
the final purification the oil flows by gravity to the various sight
feed oilers.
Oil Pipe Fittings. — In addition to the regular pipe and fittings
there are several special forms of fittings used with oil piping, a
number of which are illustrated in Fig. 285. Feed valves are
shown at A, B and C, where A is a plain feed valve, straight form,
B is a sight feed valve, angle form, and C is a cross sight feed valve
with a lever for stopping the feed. Regulation is obtained by
the nut 1 and the valve is closed by throwing the lever X down
into the position shown by dotted lines. These may be in the
form of straight, angle, cross, or corner fittings, and are made
COMPRESSED AIR, GAS AND OIL PIPING
265
in suseB to fit Va, 7*> V* ajl(i 7* mc & Pipe threads. A plain metal
wiper cup is shown at D, Fig. 285; an adjustable wick wiper at
E; a drip trough at F, and an oil cup wiper tip at 0.
VO — ^
Fig. 285. Oil Pipe Fittings.
Some fittings are so made that no threading is required, such
as the "Union-Cinch" fittings shown in Fig. 286. Each fitting is
a union, thus making it very easy to assemble or take down the
piping. Referring to the figure A is a soft brass cinch ring which
is slipped over the end of the pipe B. The end of the pipe is then
inserted in the fitting until it comes against the shoulder C and
Fig. 286. Union Cinch FittingB.
the nut D screwed on, making a double joint at E-E, thus insur-
ing tightness.
Oil Piping Drawing. — A drawing showing the pipe layout for
an oiling system is reproduced in Kg. 287. The engine frame is
indicated by very fine lines, heavy full lines being used for the
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
COMPRESSED AIR, GAS AND OIL PIPING
267
clean oil lines, and dotted lines for the drain oil pipes. Each fit-
ting and part is numbered and the quantity required is given in
the material list opposite the reference number. The conventional
symbols as shown in the chapter on piping
drawings are used as the scale is small.
Sight Feed Lubricator Connections. —
The method of piping a double connection
sight feed lubricator for steam cylinders
is shown in Fig. 288. The operation of the
lubricator depends upon having a greater
pressure upon the oil than exists in the
steam pipe. This is accomplished by a
condenser pipe tapped into the steam pipe
above the lubricator. The pressure inside
the lubricator will then exceed the pressure
in the steam pipe by an amount equal to
the head of water (condensed steam) in the
condenser pipe, and so force the oil from
the lubricator into the steam pipe. It is
necessary that the condenser pipe should
be about 18 inches long, in order to be sure
of a sufficient difference in pressure. If
connection is made to a horizontal pipe the
condenser pipe should extend above the
steam pipe and then descend to the lubri-
cator. The size of the connection A will
depend upon the size of the lubricator, the pipe B may be V«
inch steel pipe or brass tubing, iron pipe size.
Oil Fuel Piping. — Piping for oil fuel is not essentially different
than for other purposes. Extra heavy standard pipe with screwed
joints may be used. Tight joints may be obtained with flanges
screwed on and packed with manilla paper, cardboard or prepared
oilproof packing. Rubber or other material affected by the sul-
phur in the oil must be avoided. On this account copper piping
should not be used. Fittings for oil piping may be extra heavy
galvanized iron, brass or composition. Valves in the suction line
to oil pumps should be of the gate pattern, as they offer less resist-
ance to flow, but globe valves may be used in the delivery pipes.
The velocity of flow in oil pipes ranges from a maximum of 20 feet
per minute in suction pipes to 100 feet per minute in delivery pipes.
tnntHB w&nfG
Fig. 288. Lubricator
Connections.
268 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
For the United States Navy service oil piping is specified as
seamless-drawn steel, with steel flanges, pipes for heating coils,
seamless-drawn steel, and suction oil piping, lap-welded steel or
wrought iron. Service oil fittings are of cast steel or composition
and suction oil fittings are cast steel or cast-iron screwed fittings.
All joints and fittings in pressure piping must be oil tight under
test, without the use of gaskets. On suction lines paper gaskets
may be used.
CHAPTER XV
ERECTION — WORKMANSHIP— MISCELLANEOUS
Handling Pipe. — In the handling of pipe it is advisable to
keep wrenches and tools off from the threads and to protect
them from injury in other ways. Clean, sharp threads form the
very best means of obtaining tight joints.
The countersinking of tapped holes is of advantage in making
certain that the pipe will enter squarely, and that the threads
will not cross. Fittings and valves are manufactured with such
counterbores as shown at A and B in Fig. 289. The end of the
pipe may also be chamfered.
Pipe may be cut off in a machine with a cutting-off tool, or by
hand with a wheel pipe cutter, or with a hack saw. When cut
Fig. 289. Counter-bored Fittings.
by hand with a pipe cutter, the edge is almost always rough and
turned in toward the centre, thus reducing the area of the pipe.
In such cases a pipe reamer should be used to remove the turned
in edge and restore the full diameter of the pipe. When a hack
saw is used the pipe should be revolved away from instead of to-
ward the worker in order to avoid stripping the teeth from the saw.
Putting Up Pipe. — The inaccuracies of "making up" render
it undesirable to run piping without some means of allowing for
differences in length. With screw fittings this is best done by
means of elbows as shown in the simple case of Fig. 290. In case
A the dimensions must be very exact to obtain good joints at x and
y. In cases B and C the elbows allow the flanges at x and y to
meet squarely as the pipe can turn on the elbows and so be brought
into line. A small amount of lack of alignment can often be taken
care of by a union. The bolt holes of flanges can allow a small
amount of latitude if they are made Vs inch larger than the bolts.
270 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
This of course would not apply to recessed flanges of any kind.
Unions, or right and left couplings should always be placed in
such positions that piping can be disconnected without taking
down a long line of piping. Tees and plugs used instead of elbows
make it easy to take off new branch lines should they be neces-
sary. Valves are both a convenience and a nuisance. They
should be used where necessary but not promiscuously, for they
offer resistance to flow and must be kept in repair. Sometimes
steam pipe is cut short in order to decrease the strain due to
expansion. In such cases allow one half the change in length due
to expansion and spring the pipe into place. This will be relieved
when the pipe is heated and there will be only one half as much
Fig. 290. Putting Up Pipe.
strain as there otherwise would be. When long pipe coils are
used for heating there should be allowance for expansion — let
the pipe slide on supports and leave room at the end between
the coil and the building wall. Provide unions for convenience
in disconnecting, especially near valves. Piping should be ar-
ranged so that repairs can be conveniently made; so that units
can be readily cut out; and, so that various necessary combina-
tions can be made in times of accident or repairs.
Pipe Dopes. — There are a number of prepared pipe dopes
which may be used for making tight pipe joints by smearing on
flange faces or on pipe threads. For most purposes flake graphite
and oil is one of the best dopes, as joints made with it can be
taken apart. A mixture which is suitable for either steam or
water pipes is composed of 10 pounds of finely ground yellow
ochre; 4 pounds of ground litharge; 4 pounds of whiting; and,
V* pound of finely cut hemp; all of which is mixed with linseed
oil until it is about the consistency of putty. White lead and
red lead are also used. For permanent joints, red lead makes a
tight joint which is satisfactory. A mixture for ammonia pipe
joints is composed of litharge and glycerine mixed up in small
ERECTION — WORKMANSHIP — MISCELLANEOUS 271
quantities for each joint. As this substance sets very quickly,
a joint made with it should not be changed.
Gaskets. — A great many materials are in use for maintaining
tight joints between pipe flanges. In addition to selecting the
proper materials for the fluid to be transmitted or the temperature
to be withstood, the proper design of the flanges is very important.
Rough or uneven surfaces are difficult to make tight with any
substance. Bolts should be uniformly spaced and not too far
apart for the thickness of flange. Water hammer and vibration
are other frequent causes of leaky
joints. With good true surfaces
which are parallel, thin packing
material may be used. Under such
conditions a good quality of paper
soaked in oil is suitable. In some
plants, used drawing paper is kept
and made into gaskets. Sheet rub-
ber, with either cloth or wire inser-
tion may be used for water or for
saturated steam, the wire insertion
being better for high pressures.
Such packings may be had in sheets
with thicknesses of from V» m <& up to V< inch. Rough or un-
even flanges require a thick packing. These expose a greater area
to pressure than thin ones, and are, therefore, undesirable. For
high pressure steam or water, or superheated steam, gaskets may
be made of asbestos, corrugated metal, or corrugated metal and
asbestos. Corrugated steel makes a gasket suitable for super-
heated steam. Fig. 291 shows a Goetze's corrugated copper
gasket, with asbestos lining. Such gaskets are made in a large
number of forms, suiting them to different purposes. For am-
monia, sheet lead is often used. Asbestos packing may be used
for acids, ammonia, or oils.
When rubber gaskets are used they can be prevented from
sticking if the flanges are treated with plumbago, pulverized
soapstone or chalk. The joint can then be broken and the gasket
removed whole and used over again.
A full face gasket is one which extends over the whole face of
the flange, Fig. 292; a ring gasket is one which fits inside of the
bolts, Fig. 293. It is well to have the hole through the gasket
. 291. Copper and Asbestos
Gasket.
273 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
slightly larger in diameter than the pipe as some kinds of gaskets
spread when tightened or after use, and so decrease the sue of the
opening. Gaskets of rubber or asbestos may be cut by placing
the sheet on the flange and striking around the edges with a
hammer. The bolt holes can be cut in the same manner with a
ball peen hammer. When a gasket has been put in place the
flanges should be drawn together by tightening up the bolts uni-
formly — lightly at first, and then going over them again until
they are all under the same tension. Graphite and oil placed on
Fig. 292. Full Faoe Gaaket. Fig. 293. Ring Gasket
the bolt threads will make them easier to take down again when
Valves. — The importance of valves should be fully realised
when piping is being assembled, as they are the means of control
for the system. For this reason they should be carefully examined
and cleaned out, lightweight valves should be avoided, and all
valves should receive care in handling. It is important that
steam lines be thoroughly blown out after erection in order to
make sure that scale, iron filings, bits of metal and other objects
are removed. The valve seats should then be examined before
dosing to see that nothing has been deposited on them. It some-
times happens that valves are ruined by cutting too long a thread
on the pipe and then screwing the pipe too far into the valve
allowing it to come against the seat. Valve seats may be sprung
out of place by holding the valve on the end farthest away from
the pipe to which it is being connected. When a valve leaks the
seat should be reground at once, lest it be damaged beyond repair.
ERECTION — WORKMANSHIP — MISCELLANEOUS 273
Putting a wrench on the hand wheel is a very poor way of attempt-
ing to make a valve tight.
Vibration and Support — The question of vibration should be
considered in connection with supports for piping. The use of
L-tH
Fig. 294. Pipe Supports.
high velocities and small pipes makes it necessary to use care in
the selection of supports or vibration with its consequent leak-
ing joints will result. Other causes of vibration: too large steam
pipes connected to an engine taking an intermittant supply from
them, with the consequent surging of a large volume of steam;
improper foundations for the machines to which the piping is
connected. The distance between supports should generally be
about 12 feet but this will
vary with the kind of piping n *"*
and number of valves and
fittings. Supports should be
provided near changes in di-
rection, branch lines and par-
ticularly near valves. The
weight of piping should not be
carried through valve bodies
if they are to be kept tight.
Expansion and contraction due
to changes in temperature re-
quire provision for movement
of the piping. Hangers by
which the pipe is suspended
allow it to move freely but
also admit of vibration being
set up, especially where there
are a number of changes in the direction of the line. Some-
times this vibration can be stopped by fastening one of the lengths
of pipe. Various forms of brackets upon which the pipe can rest,
free to move both lengthwise and sidewise are more satisfactory
Fig. 295. Pipe Bracket.
274
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
in preventing vibration. Rollers may be provided for the pipe
to rest upon, either with hanging or bracket supports. Several
forms of supports are shown in Figs. 291 and 295.
Expansion. — The expansion and contraction of pipe under
changes in temperature produce severe stresses unless amply
QUARTER BEND 45* BEND
0*033 ovejK
OFFSET QUARTER BENfi
U BEND
OOUBLC OFFSET it BEND
EXPANStON U BEND
Fig. 296. Pipe Bends.
3/NUE
UBCMB t
ERECTION — WORKMANSHIP — MISCELLANEOUS 275
provided for. There are several ways of doing this. The general
method when the line is not too long is by means of expansion
bends, depending upon the elasticity of the pipe for the necessary
movement. Several forms of bends are shown in Fig. 296 and the
ordinary dimensions are given in Table 80.
TABLE 88 (Fig. 295)
Cranb Pipb Brackets
Sue of Pipe
wiu Support
Inches
Safe
Load
Tons
A
Inches
B
Inches
C
Tnohrm
D
Inches
B
Inches
P
Inches
o
ImIm.
5to8
1
25
12
34
5V»
6
1V4
8V.
9 to 14
2
30
14
40
6
6
l»A
15 to 18
3
34
16
45
6Vt
6
l'/i
»V«
20 to 24
4
40
19
5lVi
7
6
1*A
n»A
20 to 30
Special
44Vt
19
64
7
6
IV.
12»/4
TABLE 89 (Fig. 296)
Lap-wbldbd Stbbl Pipb Bands
R
^jpimiim
A-B-C
D
Length of
Straight
Pipe on
each Bend
P
Radius to which
Sis* of
Advisable
Centre to End
Centra of
Bends can be
Pip*
Radius of
or Pace of
Bends to Pace
made from
Bendi
Fiances
of flanges
Extra Strong
Pipe Only
Inches
Inches
PL — Ins.
Inches
Pt — Ins.
Tn^hff
2Vt
12Vi
0-0Vu
4
l-4Vt
7
3
15
0-1074
4
1-7
8
3Vi
17Vt
l-0 l A
5
l-10Vi
10
4
20
1-1V4
5
2-1
12
4Vt
22Vt
l-3»/u
6
2-4Vt
14
5
25
l-4»/t
6
2-7
15
6
30
l-7Vw
7
3-1
20
7
35
1-10V1
8
3-7
24
8
40
*-V/u
9
4-1
28
9
45
2-5'/,
11
4-8
35
10
50
2-8V4
12
5-2
40
12
60
3-2Vt
14
6-2
50
14
70
3-9
16
7-2
65
15
75
3-UVu
16
7-7
70
16
80
4^3Vt
18
8-2
78
18
108
5-2»A
18
10-6
88
20
120
5-7»A
18
ll-«
104
22
132
6-0»/t
18
12-6
132
24
144
6-5»/t
18
13-6 1
144
276
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
When screwed fittings are used and the pressures are not too
high, expansion may be taken care of by allowing the pipe to turn
on the threads as shown in Fig. 297. A swivel joint, Fig. 298,
may be used with flanged fittings to allow for expansion. Hie
change in length is allowed for by a turning movement at the
two swivels which are packed the same as any gland stuffing box.
This turning movement is easier to keep tight than a sliding move-
Fig. 297. Expansion Bends, with Screwed Fittings.
ment. They are made by the Walworth Company of cast iron
with brass bearings for steam pressures up to 250 pounds, and of
cast steel with Monel metal bearings for 350 pounds pressure
and 800 degrees F. total temperature. Another method, when
bends or angles cannot be used, is to provide an expansion joint.
One form is shown in Fig. 299. Tie bolts should always be pro-
vided so that the joint cannot pull apart from any cause. The
body is usually made of cast iron and the sleeve of brass. Some
dimensions of expansion joints are given in Table 90. Diaphragm
joints are sometimes used for low pressures. A joint using a
copper shell and made for pressures up to 25 pounds is shown in
ERECTION — WORKMANSHIP — MISCELLANEOUS 277
Fig. 298. Swivel Joint.
II
rruo
3
Fig. 290. Expansion Joint.
300. Low Pressure Expansion Joint.
278
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
Fig. 300. Other forms of expansion joints are shown in the
chapter on Exhaust Piping (Chapter X).
TABLE 90 (Fro. 300)
Extra Hbavt Expansion Joints
Tnohrm
Tnrtm
Tnohw
End to find
find to find
SiM
TnTeree
Inches
find to find
find to End
Sore wed
Inches
Flanged
Inchee
Screwed
Indnet
Flanged
Inohes
2
2 l A
15Vt
15Vt
8
7
30»A
81V.
2Vt
2 l /t
15»/it
16
9
7
31»A
31»A
3
2»A
16Vt
17»/t
10
7
32»A
33»/t
3V»
3
18
18»/u
12
8
36»At
37»/u
4
3 l A
18Vt
19Vt
14
10
• • •
43
5
4
«»/•
22»A
15
10
• • •
43Vt
6
5
24Vt
26»A
16
10
• • •
45
7
6
27Vt
28Vi
18
10
• • •
46 l A
Whatever method is used the pipe should be anchored or fas-
tened at suitable places to make sure that the movement will
occur where it has been designed to take place. The expansion
usually provided for saturated steam is from two to three inches
per 100 feet of length. The increase in length for 100 feet of
steel pipe for various ranges in temperature may be found from
Fig. 301.
Pipe Bends. — For high pressure steam plants long radius
bends made of steel pipe are generally used in place of elbows.
These bends reduce friction and allow the pipe to expand and
contract.
As will be seen by reference to Fig. 296, bends are made pur-
posely for expansion and other requirements.
Extensive tests with various types of bends in several sises and
weights of pipe to determine their relative value have been made
by Crane Company and are fully reported in The Valve World,
October, 1915, from which the following is quoted:
"These tests were made with Full Weight and Extra Strong
Quarter Bends, 'U' Bends, Expansion 'U' Bends, and Built-up
Bends placed in lines representing the ordinary installation, being
anchored at one end and carried on roller supports so that the
strains due to expansion and contraction were properly directed
to the bend.
ERECTION — WORKMANSHIP — MISCELLANEOUS 279
"The bends were then extended and compressed repeatedly
until something failed. These tests were made with the line cold
and also under steam pressure. In this manner the safe allow-
able movements of bends were determined.
"Combining practical experience, tests, and the formula, it is
found that a 180° or 'U' Bend has twice the expansive value of
'1
1
™
1 M
t 4
>
5*
/4
/
•
i
O «
9 M
9 *A
t it
or j»
9 M
V M
9 #0
V 4&
» A
v Si
* *
M 4M
Fig. 301. Curve Showing Expansion of Pipe for Variation in
Temperature.
a 90° or Quarter Bend of the same sise and radius, and an Expan-
sion 'U' Bend four times the expansive value of a Quarter Bend
or twice that of a 'U' Bend. A Double Offset Expansion 'U'
Bend has five times the expansive value of a Quarter Bend, two
and one half times that of a 'U' Bend and one and one-fourth
times that of an Expansion 'U' Bend.
"A battery of Expansion 'IT Bends connected to large headers
or manifolds is often used. This method occupies less space and
280
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
allows of a greater movement than with a single pipe bend of
ordinary construction. However, care must be exercised in the
design of this type to provide sufficient area.
"We present herewith the expansive value of Quarter Bends
of various pipe stses and radii, Table 91.
TABLE 91
Sato Expansion Valuns of 90* on Quabtbbs Wbought Btsnl Bam* in
Inchbs
Mean Radius of Bend (in tnchee)
1
2
2Vt
3
3Vt
4
4Vt
5
6
8
10
12
14
15
16
18
20
12
V4
V.
• •
15
v.
•A
v.
90
•A
•A
»A
•A
'A
•A
30
l'A
1
V.
*A
•A
V.
V.
»/•
•A
40 I SO
3'A
l'A
l'A
l"A
1
1
'A
•A
•A
V.
ay.
2V
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
1
V
V
oo
3V
3V
3V
2'/
2
IV.
IV
IV
1
V
V
70
5'/,
4V
3V
3V
2V
2V
2V
IV
IV
IV
1
V.
80
5V
4'/
4V
3V
3V
3
2V
IV
IV
IV
IV
1
v.
oo
6
5V
4V
4V
3V
3V
2'/
2
IV
IV
IV
IV
100
5»A
5»A
4»/.
3V.
3
2»A
2
l'A
IV.
l'A
no
5V
4V
3V
27
2V
a»/
2
IV
IV
uo
4V.
3V«
2'A
2V.
2»A
2'A
IV.
l'A
"'U' Bends have twice the above expansive value.
"Expansive 'U' Bends have four times the above expansive
value. •
"Double Off-set Expansion 'U' Bends have five times the
above expansive value.
" "An important factor to be considered either when laying out
or ordering pipe bends is the weight of the pipe to use. After
having obtained the required size, radii of bend, and the working
pressure the bend is to be subjected to, the weight of the pipe is
the next determination. Based on wide experience in bending
pipe and elaborate tests, we recommend the thickness of pipe as
follows (Table 92)."
ERECTION — WORKMANSHIP — MISCELLANEOUS 281
TABLE 02
Thickness or Pm for Various Bends
Up to 125 Pounds Working Pressure
125 to 250 Pounds Working Pressure
Diam. of Pipe
Thick, of Pipe
Diam. of Pipe
Thick, of Pipe
Radius 4 to 5 Diameters
Radius 4 to 5 and 6 Diameters
7' and smaller
8' and larger
Extra strong
V/ thick
7' and smaller
8' and larger
Extra strong
7/ thick
Radius over 5 Diameters
Radius over 6 Diameters
7' and —wiw
8'
10'
12'
14 'to 16 'inclusive
18' to 22' "
24' to 30' "
Full weight
28.55 lbs. per ft.
48.48 " " "
49.56 " " "
•A/ thick
Vis "
7' and smaller
8'
lfl'
12'
14' to 16' inclusive
18' to 22' "
24' to 30' "
Full weight
28.55 lbs. per ft.
40.48 " " "
49.56 " " «
»/•' thick
Vu "
Vt "
250 to 350 Pounds, Working Pressure
Radius 4 Diameters and over
7' and
8' and
larger
Extra strong
l A* thick
Bending Pipe. — In the factory pipe is heated and bent to the
desired form on a bending floor. Small piping can be bent with-
out crushing by screwing a cap on (me end and filling with melted
Fig. 802. Pipe Bending
Form.
Fig. 803. Bending Small Pipe.
rosin, allowing the rosin to cool and then bending, after which
the rosin may be melted out. Sand is sometimes used for the
same purpose. There are a number of devices made to assist in
bending pipe, one form being shown in Fig. 302. Small pipe can
often be bent by using two tees as shown in Fig. 303.
282
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
A pipe bending machine for use where a large amount of pipe
is to be bent is shown in Fig. 304. With this machine iron or
brass pipe up to two inches diameter can be bent cold. The
Fig. 304. Pipe Bending Machine.
geared sector which moves the quadrant is operated by a pinion.
This pinion is turned by a pilot wheel, 50 inches in diameter.
Quadrants are regularly made as follows:
Size of pipe, inches l /t
Radius of bend, inches 4
v«
1
6
1V«
9
lVt
12
2
14
Fig. 905. Noules.
G*0/AAT'
Fig. 906. Nozzles.
Nozzles. — Nozzles are used to make the connection between
the pipe line and the boiler or for connecting a steam drum to the
boiler, Figs. 305 and 306. When made of cast iron or cast steel
ERECTION — WORKMANSHIP — MISCELLANEOUS 283
the dimensions of the upper flange, bolts, thickness of walls, etc.,
may be made the same as the American Standard. The height
D varies from 5 to 16 inches depending upon the size of the outlet.
Pressed steel nozzles are stronger and lighter than cast nozzles.
As shown in Fig. 306
the body is pressed
out of */s inch flange
steel and the upper
flange from l 1 /* inch
flange steel. The
flange is connected to
the body by expand-
ing the metal of the
body under hydraulic
pressure into a groove
turned in the flange.
The joint is tight un-
der a pressure of 1500
pounds per square inch.
Pipe Saddles. —
Steam pipe saddles
y
Fig. 307. Pipe Saddle.
for making connections to wrought iron pipe are made as shown
in Fig. 307. These are convenient for use in adding to existing
pipe lines, and may be arranged so that they can be put in
place upon pipes under pressure. The boss is made of malleable
iron and the straps of wrought iron. The combinations of pipe
and branches are shown in Table 93.
TABLE 93 (Fia. 307)
Pipe Saddles
Si« of
Tapped for
Siseof
Tapped for
Pipe.
Pipe.
Pipe.
Pipe.
Inches
Inches
Inohes
Inohes
iVt
7s and 'A
6
27, to 4
2
V. to 1 Vl
7
lto4
2Vt
v« to iy,
8
lto4
8
»Ato2
9
l'A to 4
svi
»A to 2
10
IVt to 4
4
•A to 2
10
47s to 6
4Vt
V«to2
12
17s to 4
5
»A to 2
12
47t to 6
5
2Vt and 3
15
3to6
6
»A to 2
16
3to6
Fig. 306. Supporting Large Lead Pipe.
284 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
Supporting Luge Thin Pipe. — Large lead pipe and fittings
for acid and other work may be made up from sheets of lead by
forming from developed patterns, and burning the edges together.
The supports for such piping should be arranged to carry the
upper as well as the lower
half of the pipe. Thinness
of material makes tins
neoesBary. Fig. 308 shows
Huch a support with the
two halves of the iron
ring bolted together and
a strip of lead burned over the upper half, thus holding the
shape of the pipe.
Flexible Metal Hose. — For many purposes a flexible pipe con-
nection is desirable, such as for blowing boiler tubes, operating
steam or air drills, temporary steam, air, oil, or gas lines, for oil
feed piping, connections to moving parte of machines and similar
services. For such uses metal hose may be had which will give
good results if handled with proper care. A section of hose made
by the American Metal Hose Company is shown in Fig. 300. It
is made from a continuous
strip of high tensile strength
phosphor bronae, which is
wound spirally over itself and
made pressure tight by means
of a special prepared asbestos
cord that is fed into place be-
tween the metal surfaces dur-
ing the winding operation.
This hose is also made of steel
which is somewhat stronger
than bronse and is preferred
for superheated steam and
where eubjeot to hard usage. „_ HAIE.
Information concerning
"American" bronse metal hose is given in Table 94. Sites are
specified by the inside diameter.
Aluminum Piping and Tubing. — Al uminum tubing is specified
by outside diameter and thickness of wall. The tables and in-
formation in this article are from the catalog of the Aluminum
ERECHON — WORKMANSHIP -- MISCELLANEOUS 385
TABLE 94
SlZXS AMD DIMENSIONS OF METAL HOSB
Bronae
Hose
Approx.
beading
diameter
Weight
per foot
in lb*.
Bronae
Hose
Approx.
bending
diameter
Weight
per foot.
Diain.
Diem.
inlbe.
v/
•A
Vt'
•A'
l'
l»A'
4'
6'
7'
12'
14'
18'
.11
.25
.35
.80
1.00
1.50
2'
ay.'
3'
4'
6'
22'
26'
32'
38'
44'
56'
1.75
2.65
3.15
4.50
5.70
9.00
it
It
tl
It
tt
It
It
it
tt
it
it
Steel hose is approximately 10 % lighter than bronze
Company of America. Table 95 gives the outside diameter and
several wall thicknesses for aluminum tubing. The safe pressure
may be figured by formula 2 Chapter II. The allowable unit
stress when the temperature is less than 100 degrees Centigrade
is given as follows:
Pure aluminum (oast) 5000 lbs. per sq. inch
Special casting alloy (cast) 5000 to 6000 lbs. per sq. inch
No. 12 casting alloy (cast) 6000 to 8000
Pure aluminum tubing (made from sheet) 6000 to 8000
38 aluminum tubing (made from sheet) 8000 to 10000 "
When the temperature is more than 100 degrees Centigrade the
above values should be halved and when more than 200 degrees
Centigrade aluminum should not be used under pressure.
Aluminum tubing up to l l /% inches outside diameter can be
made by extrusion in almost any desired length. Such continu-
ous lengths have an especial advantage for condensing coils for
chemical works as the entire coil can be made from a single piece
without joints.
Seamless drawn aluminum tubes are also made to the same
dimensions as standard wrought pipe. The weight of aluminum
pipe when made to iron pipe sizes is given in Table 96. Such
piping can be used with iron fittings, but aluminum fittings can
be had in most pipe sizes and are preferable as being less liable to
induce galvanic action, than when the fitting is made of another
metal.
Brass and Copper Tubing. — The outside diameter is generally
used in specifying brass or copper tubing. The thickness may be
288
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
*&&&&&** AA&&&A&A& A A&&&&A&&&&&&A A
• ft**..***-****
3 %, I §§ills|i2 = 222222saaSJ?S?SS535S3S
iiIil?l = 2222222saSaS8S8$3538SS!5
8 § lil?ii22222S2asS8aa^S5S333SSSSSS
8 § I §ils§§222S22SaS688Sa3?S33SSJ6gS
3
s
ii§ll§S2222S8S8888S3S8SS8Sfe?Sf:S
s § i§si=§§2aasssasss93ss8ssss8S?8$
a 3
t*4 *-4 *4
II§SISsSSaS8853SS8SPt:88.8SSSSS^8
S § SS = ?§§Ss8S?^S3S?JSfe58$S8S = 2a8S33
f^^ f^^ *^^ ^^^ ^^ *^^ ^*^ ^"^
2 §
§SlliS8^SS35SS88SS$SS82a8S38£S
* 3
3 ©
CO •* *» *•
SfeSSfcSgSgSSSSSSSSSg
• ■ V
S 3 §§S§llc3$SS3S83gS8fcc523S333gg8
8SS
• • ■
9 §
= ftaS8&933S88R8885S83S8R8J8288!;
-uuih hji^ih-i^ e* c* ei e* c*
S2S833S3833S3oo82S83S5
288
• • •
** »•* o»
niQ0
m M (0
■ » •
9
CA *4
■ • ■
« « M
s 2
28882SSJS{:8.t$Sa8!;8SS
• _ • •
»4 N «
t» Q M
• * •
n n n
SS3
oi ei co
8S393S3
P ^33838S83
t* r»
sess
HHmHHl"tHe<
231;
• * ■
^ co a
C0 ** 00
• • •
e* « e*
333
_ j _ + m
CO CO CO
3
S8eo38333S:3SS85
CO <* £ 00
8S&
• * •
3$£
• • •
ci m m
388
• • •
ci eo co
3 33
CO 00 CO
s
3 3 9
S53rt8S8858
98**
r* at
283
ot « oi
« oi ei
235
_ m * •
00 CO to
r«> 3 ^
oo eo <*
§
833SSSS8=a8?S
00
85
■ •
88J2
• • ■
8 38
• » •
W CO CO
8 01 ~
• • ■
CO CO CO
S3*.
I
8RS&828
*8
■ • •
• • *
\ ;8g3SS28833
rtS
^ eo
• •
c* c«
3S8
• • •
etjoi e*
233
_ j ■ ■
CO TO CO
2S3338
CO
• •
f: S 3 3 2 & 2 3 3 3 S 3 3 £ 3 25
I
SR8838838R
■ • •
53
$5 5
• • *
e* co co
* • •
eo co •*
3 83
4
* • •
• • •
S332333
eo 3>
r» oo
eo O
C4 C»
WON
<r« ^i ID
3
* •
C* «
H CD H
01 9 CO
CO CO CO
33S3
an o
<• iO «o
293
• • ■
JOJO JO
3 35
• • •
883
• • »
•o o o
•< »
• ■ •
3 3 3 33 3 3 3 3 3*
c4 oi
32
* •
c« co
So3c»
CO CO CO
e1|38
^ ■* -*
29^
^ • •
•o io «o
ERECTION — WORKMANSHIP — MISCELLANEOUS 287
TABLE 96
Weight of Aluminum Pipe for Ibon Pipe 8m
Same m
Iron, SUe
Outside
Diameter
Inside
Diameter
Weights per
foot
Aluminum lbs.
V.
.406
.270
.083
v«
.640
.364
.146
•/•
.676
.494
.193
V.
.840
.623
.290
v«
1.050
.824
.387
1
1.316
1.048
.677
1V«
1.660
1.380
.777
lVt
1.900
1.611
.928
2
2.376
2.067
1.24
2V.
2.876
2.468
1.98
3
3.600
3.067
2.69
37,
4.000
3.648
3.11
4
4.600
4.026
3.69
given in Stubs' gauge or B. and S. gauge, but more commonly the
former is used. Almost any combination of diameter and thick-
ness may be obtained. The Handbook of Seamless Tubing of the
Bridgeport Brass Company gives very complete tables and
information.
Boiler Tubes. — The dimensions of standard lap-welded steel
or charcoal iron boiler tubes are given in Table 97. The sue of
tube is specified by the outside diameter.
TABLE 97. — Standard Boiler Tubes
Outside
Thick-
Thickness
Nominal
Outside
Thick-
Thickness
Nominal
Diameter.
nees.
Nearest
Weight
Diameter.
ness.
Nearest
Weight
Inches
Inches
B.W.G.
per Foot
Inches
Inches
B.W.O.
per Foot
IV.
.095
13
1.16
4
.134
10
5.53
IV.
.095
13
1.42
4V»
.134
10
6.25
We
.095
13
1.68
5
.148
9
7.67
2
.095
13
1.93
6
.165
8
10.28
2Vi
.095
13
2.18
7
.165
8
12.04
2V.
.109
12
2.78
8
.165
8
13.81
2»A
.109
12
3.07
9
.180
7
16.95
3
.109
12
3.36
10
.203
6
21.24
3 X A
.120
11
4.01
11
.220
6
25.33
3V.
.120
11
4.33
12
.229
4V»
28.79
3»A
.120
11
4.65
288 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
Color System to Designate Piping. — For convenience in
tinguishing pipe systems various methods have been devised, for
using different colors on the pipes. The A. S. M. E. standard
markings are given in Vol. 33 of the Transactions, from which the
following is abstracted: "In the main engine rooms of plants
which are well lighted and where the functions of the exposed
pipes are obvious, all pipes shall be painted to conform to the
color scheme of the room, and if it is desirable to distinguish pipe
systems, colors shall be used only on flanges and on valve fitting
flanges.
In all other parts of the plant, such as boiler house, basements,
etc., all pipes (exclusive of valves, flanges and fittings) except
the fire system, shall be painted black, or some other single, plain,
durable, inexpensive color.
All fire lines (suction and discharge) including pipe lines, valve
flanges and fittings, shall be painted red throughout.
The edges of all flanges, fittings or valve flanges on pipe lines,
larger than 4 inches, inside diameter, and the entire fittings valves
and flanges of lines 4 inches inside diameter and smaller, shall
be painted the following distinguishing colors:
dlstingxjiflhinq colobs to bb u8bd on valves,
Flangbs and Fittings
Steam Division
High pressure — white
Exhaust steam — buff
Water Division
Fresh water, low pressure — blue
Fresh water, high pressure, boiler feed lines — blue and white
Salt water piping — green
Oil Division
Delivery and discharge — brass or bronze yellow
Pneumatic Division — all pipe gray
Gas Division
City Lighting Service — aluminum
Gas Engine Service — black, with red flanges
Fuel Oil Division — all piping black
Refrigerating System
Flanges and fittings — white and green stripes, alternately
Body of pipe — black
Electric Lines and Feeders
Flanges and fittings — black and red stripes, alternately
Body of pipe — black
CHAPTER XVI
PIPING INSULATION
Pipe Coverings. — The importance of providing suitable insula-
tion or covering for steam pipes is well known. The loss due to
radiation with bare pipes is about 3 B.t.u. per square foot of
surface, per degree difference in temperature between steam and
air, per hour. With a good covering about one inch thick from
80 to 90 per cent, of this loss can be saved. Some points to be
considered in the selection of a pipe covering are as follows: the
material should not carbonize after being in contact with a hot
surface; the material should be fireproof; the material should not
lose its shape after being in use; the material should not contain
sulphate of lime or any other substance which might corrode the
pipe; the life of the material; the thickness of the material; the
value of the coal saved by use of the material; the cost of the
material; with superheated steam it is especially necessary that
the material contain no organic substances — magnesia and
similar materials are desirable; the material should not loosen
or disintegrate under vibration. The losses with small pipes are
greater than with large ones (relatively). The thickness of ma-
terial should be between one and two inches. Flanges, valves,
etc., should be covered as well as pipes.
Tests on Pipe Coverings. — A valuable series of tests on 26
coverings by L. B. McMillan is described in the Journal of the
A. S. M. E., January, 1916. Very complete data is given, and
the interested reader is advised to secure the complete paper.
The following is abstracted. The tests were made on a 16-foot
section of 5-inch pipe. Table 98 gives the B.t.u. losses for the
bare pipe and for various kinds of coverings.
Sectional moulded coverings can be obtained for flanges and
valves and are especially advisable when the coverings may
have to be removed. The material to be used and the exterior
covering or casing will be influenced by the location of the
piping. Low pressure steam, hot and cold pipes all require
separate consideration.
290
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
TABLE 96
Data on Emamscam tob Soraia Tmonnas Commas
Cov-
ering
Kind of
Carving
Tempere-
tun Dif-
ference
(Pipe and
Room)
Actual
Tempera-
tun
(Room -
80deg.
Fate.)
B.t.u. Lorn /8q. ft./
Deg. Temperature
Dinennoe/Hr.
B.t.u.
Saving
Due to
Covering
/Deg./
8q. Ft./
Hr.
isffioienoy
of Cover-
ing—Per
Cant.
No.
Ban
Pipe
Covered
Pipe
I
J-M85%
Magnesia
50
100
200
300
400
500
130
180
280
380
480
580
1.950
2.152
2.665
3.260
4.035
5.180
0.435
0.438
0.446
0.455
0.469
0.488
1.515
1.714
2.219
2.805
3.566
4.692
77.7
79.6
83.3
86.1
88.4
90.6
II
J-M
Indented
50
100
200
300
400
500
130
180
280
380
480
580
1.950
2.152
2.665
3.260
4.035
5.180
0.472
0.483
0.309
0.549
0.603
0.666
1.478
1.669
2.156
2.711
3.432
4.514
75.6
77.6
80.9
83.2
85.1
87.1
m
J-M
Vitribestos
50
100
200
300
400
500
130
180
280
380
480
580
1.950
2.152
2.665
3.260
4.035
5.180
0.626
0.654
0.715
0.781
0.856
0.967
1.324
1.498
1.950
2.481
3.177
4.213
67.9
69.6
73.2
76.0
78.8
81.4
IV
J-M
Eureka
50
100
200
300
350
130
180
280
380
430
1.950
2.152
2.665
3.260
3.627
0.440
0.451
0.464
0.478
0.487
1.510
1.701
2.201
2.782
3.140
77.4
79.0
82.6
85.4
86.6
V
J-M
Molded
50
100
200
300
400
180
180
280
380
480
1.950
2.152
2.665
3.260
4.035
0.517
0.522
0.539
0.561
0.596
1.433
1.630
2.126
2.699
3.439
73.4
75.8
. 79.8
82.8
85.2
VI
J-M
Wool-Felt
50
100
200
300
350
130
180
280
380
430
1.952
2.152
2.665
3.260
3.627
0.386
0.400
0.421
0.442
0.453
1.564
1.752
2.244
2.818
3.174
803
81.4
84.2
86.4
87.6
PIPING INSULATION
291
TABLE 08 (Continual)
Cov-
ering
Kind of
Covering
Tempera-
ture Dif-
ference
(Pipe end
Room)
Actual
Tempera-
ture
(Room -
SOdeg.
Fahr.)
B.t-u. Loai/Sq. Ft./
Dag. Temperature
Differenoe/Hr.
B.t.u.
Saving
Due to
Covering
/Deg./
8q. Ft/
Hr.
Efficiency
of Cover-
ing — Per
Cent.
No.
Bare
Pipe
Covered
Pipe
VII
Sall-Mo
Expanded
50
100
200
300
400
500
130
180
280
380
480
580
1.950
2.152
2.665
3.260
4.035
5.180
0.409
0.427
0.464
0.503
0.541
0.581
1.541
1.725
2.201
2.757
3.494
4.599
79.0
80.2
82.6
84.6
86.6
88.8
vra
Carey
Carooel
50
100
200
300
400
500
130
180
280
380
480
580
1.950
2.152
2.665
3.260
4.035
5.180
0.358
0.378
0.421
0.466
0.510
0.562
1.592
1.774
2.244
2.794
3.525
4.618
81.6
82.4
84.2
85.7
87.4
89.2
IX
Carey
Serrated
50
100
200
300
400
500
130
180
280
380
480
580
1.950
2.152
2.665
3.260
4.035
5.180
0.454
0.468
0.506
0.546
0.587
0.634
1.496
1.684
2.159
2.714
3.448
4.546
76.7
78.2
81.0
83.3
85.4
87.8
X
Carey
Duplex
50
100
200
300
350
130
180
280
380
430
1.950
2.152
2.665
3.260
3.627
0.423
0.447
0.498
0.548
0.574
1.527
1.705
2.167
2.712
3.053
78.3
79.2
81.3
83.2
84.2
XI
Carey 85%
Magnesia
50
100
200
300
400
500
130
180
280
380
480
580
1.950
2.152
2.665
3.260
4.035
5.180
0.413
0.418
0.424
0.436
0.454
0.472
1.537
1.734
2.241
2.824
3.581
4.708
78.8
80.5
84.1
86.6
88.8
90.9
xn
Sall-Mo
Wool-Felt
50
100
150
200
250
300
130
180
230
280
330
380
1.950
2.152
2.400
2.665
2.951
3.260
0.395
0.401
0.421
0.433
0.455
0.459
1.555
1.751
1.979
2.232
2.506
2.801
79.8
81.4
82.5
83.8
84.9
85.9
292
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
TABLE 96 (Continued)
Goff-
ering
Kind of
Coming
Tempera-
ture Dif-
ference
(Pipe and
Room)
Actual
Tempera-
tun
(Room ™
80 dec.
Fahr.)
B.t.a. Lom/Sq. Ft./
Dag. Temperature
Differenoe/Hr.
B.t-u.
flaring
Due to
/^7
Sq. Ft./
Hr.
Effioiency
of Coyer-
ing — Per
Cent
No.
Bare
Pipe
Covered
Pipe
XTTT
Nonpareil
High
Pressure
50.
100
200
300
400
500
130
180
280
380
480
580
1.950
2.152
2.665
3.260
4.035
5.180
0.399
0.402
0.412
0.426
0.444
0.465
1.551
1.750
2.253
2.834
3.591
4.715
79.5
81.3
84.6
68.9
89.0
91.0
XIV
J-M
Fire Felt
50
100
200
300
400
500
130
180
280
380
480
580
1.950
2.152
2.665
3.260
4.035
5.180
0.694
0.711
0.749
0.795
0.845
0.901
1.256
1.441
1.916
2.465
3.190
4.279
64.4
67.0
71.9
75.6
79.0
82.6
XV
J-M
Sponge
Felted
50
100
200
300
400
500
130
180
280
380
480
580
1.950
2.152
2.665
3.260
4.035
5.180
0.336
0.347
0.369
0.391
0.414
0.439
1.614
1.805
2.296
2.869
3.621
4.741
82.7
83.8
86.2
88.0
89.8
91.6
XVI
J-M
Asbestocel
50
100
200
300
400
500
130
180
280
380
480
580
1.950
2.152
2.665
3.260
4.035
5.180
0.418
0.429
0.454
0.493
0.544
0.609
1.532
1.723
2.211
2.767
3.491
4.571
78.5
80.0
83.0
84.8
86.6
88.2
XVII
J-M
Air Cell
50
100
200
300
400
500
130
180
280
380
480
580
1.950
2.152
2.665
3.260
4.035
5.180
0.459
0.475
0.516
0.571
0.643
0.733
1.491
1.677
2.150
2.689
3.392
4.447
76.4
77.9
80.7
82.7
84.1
85.8
PIPING INSULATION
293
Table 99 gives data for various thicknesses of 86 per oent.
magnesia.
TABLE 90
Data on Efficiencies fob Vabiotts Thicknesses of 85 Pbb Cent.
Magnesia Covering
Tempera-
ture
Difference
Thickneai
B.t.u./8q. ft/Deg. Dif./Hr.
Saving
Bare Pipe
Plastic 85
PerCent.
Magnesia
Sectional 85
Per Cent.
Magnesia
Efficiency
100
0.5
2.152
0.735
0.691
1.461
67.8
100
1.0
0.402
0.462
1.690
78.4
100
2.0
0.319
0.300
1.852
85.5
100
3.0
0.248
0.233
1.919
89.1
100
4.0
0.209
0.196
1.956
90.8
100
5.0
1.185
0.174
1.978
91.9
300
0.5
3.260
0.805
0.757
2.503
76.8
300
1.0
0.524
0.493
2.767
84.9
300
2.0
0.335
0.315
2.945
90.4
300
3.0
0.260
0.244
3.016
92.5
300
4.0
0.219
0.206
3.054
93.7
300
5.0
0.192
0.181
3.079
94.4
500
0.5
5.180
0.895
0.842
4.338
83.7
500
1.0
0.557
0.524
4.656
89.9
500
2.0
0.350
0.329
4.851
93.6
500
3.0
0.273
0.257
4.923
95.0
500
4.0
0.229
0.215
4.965
95.8
500
5.0
0.199
0.187
4.993
96.4
The seventeen coverings listed in Table 83 are described as
follows:
" I. J-M 86 Pet Cent. Magnesia. A moulded sectional covering for use on
high pressure steam pipes. Contains 85 per cent, by weight of magnesium
carbonate and the remainder is principally asbestos fibre. Weight per foot
is 2.92 lbs. and the thickness 1.08 in.
II. J-M Indented. Made up of layers of asbestos felt which has in it
indentations, about Vfo in. in diameter and */• in. deep, spaced very close to
each other in staggered rows. Suitable for use on pipes containing high pres-
sure steam. Weight per foot 3.46 lbs. and thickness 1.12 in.
III. J-M Vitntoeefae. An asbestos air cell covering made of alternate
layers of smooth and corrugated vitrified asbestos sheets. Corrugations are
about Yi in. deep and run lengthwise of the pipe. Recommended for use on
high pressure and superheated steam pipes and for stack linings, etc. Weight
per foot 4.05 lbs. and thickness 0.96 in.
294 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
IV. J-Af Eureka. For use on low pressure steam and hot water pipes.
Made of l U in. of asbestos felt on the inside of the section and the balance
of alternate layers of asbestos and wool felt. Weight 4.60 lbs. per ft. and 1.04
in. thick.
V. J-M Molded Asbestos. A molded sectional covering for use on low and
medium pressure steam pipes. Made of asbestos fiber and other fireproof
material. Weight per ft. 5.53 lbs. and thickness is 1.25 in.
VI. J-M Wool Felt, A sectional covering made of layers of wool felt with
an interlining of two layers of asbestos paper. May be used on low pressure
steam and hot water pipes. Weight per ft. 2.59 lbs. and thickness 1.10 in.
VII. SaBrMo Expanded. A covering for use in high and low pressure steam
pipes. Made of eight layers of material, each consisting of a smooth and a
corrugated piece of asbestos paper, the corrugations being so crushed down
to form small longitudinal air spaces. Weight 3.47 lbs. per ft., and thickness
1.07 in.
VIII. Carey Carocel. Composed of plain and corrugated asbestos paper
firmly bound together. Corrugations are approximately */• in. deep and run
lengthwise of the pipe. For use on medium and low pressure steam pipes.
Weight 3.06 lbs. per ft. and thickness 0.90 in.
IX. Carey Serrated. A covering for use on high pressure steam pipes.
Composed of successive layers of heavy asbestos felt having closely spaced
indentations in it. Weight 5.66 lbs. per ft., and thickness 1.00 in.
X. Carey Duplex. For use on low pressure steam and hot water pipes.
Made of alternate layers of plain wool felt and corrugated asbestos paper
firmly bound together. Corrugations run lengthwise of the pipe and make
air cells approximately l U in. deep. Weight 1.79 lbs. per ft. and 0.96 in. thick.
XI. Carey 86 Per Cent. Magnesia. A covering for high pressure steam and
similar in composition to No. 1. Weight per foot 2.75 lbs. and thickness is
1.10 in.
XII. SaU-Mo Wool Felt. Similar to No. VI except that it has no inter-
lining of asbestos paper. For use on low pressure steam and hot water pipes.
Weight per foot 3.73 lbs. and thickness is 1.01 in.
XIII. Nonpareil High Pressure. A molded sectional covering consisting
mainly of silica in the form of diatomaceous earth — the skeletons of micro-
scopic organisms. For use on high pressure and superheated steam pipes.
Weight 2.96 lbs. per ft., and is 1.16 in. thick.
XIV. J-M Asbestos Fire Fell. Consists of asbestos fiber loosely felted
together, forming a large number of small air spaces. For use on high pres-
sure and superheated steam pipes. Weight per ft. is 3.75 lbs., and thickness
0.99 in.
XV. J-M Asbestos Sponge Felted. Covering is made from a thin felt
asbestos fiber and finely ground sponge forming a very cellular fabric Made
up of 41 of these sheets per inch thickness and air spaces are formed between
the sheets in addition to those in the felt itself. Specially recommended for
high pressure and superheated steam pipes. Weight per foot 4.04 lbs. and
thickness 1.16 in.
XVI. J-M Asbestocel. For use on medium pressure steam and heating
pipes. Consists of alternate sheets of corrugated and plain asbestos paper
PIPING INSULATION 295
forming air cells about */• in. deep that run around the pipe. Weight per
foot 1.94 lbs., and thickness 1.10 in.
XVII. J-M Air Cell. Made of corrugated and plain sheets of asbestos
paper arranged alternately so as to form air cells about V< in. deep running
lengthwise of the pipe. For use on medium pressure steam and heating
pipes. Its weight per foot is 1.55 lbs., and thickness is 1.00 in."
The results of exhaustive tests made on Nonpareil coverings
are given in very complete form in a book published by the Arm-
strong Cork and Insulation Company. This covering is com-
posed of diatomaceous earth (kieselguhr) and asbestos fibre. These
tests showed the conductivity of Nonpareil High Pressure Covering
per square foot at the mean circumference per one inch thickness
per degree difference in temperature to be 7.363 B.t.u. and the
transmission through bare pipe 51.07 B.t.u. per square foot of
pipe surface per degree difference in temperature for 24 hours.
These transmissions were measured in still air and consequently
are less than would obtain under operating conditions. The
following thicknesses of Nonpareil High Pressure covering are
considered economical for the purposes listed under average con-
ditions. Standard thickness ranges from one inch for the small
sizes to V/i inches for the large sizes of pipe. For high pressure
piping, inside of buildings.
Cost of Steam per
1000 Pounds
Less than 10 cents
10 cents to 15 cents
15 cents to 20 cents
20 cents and over
Saturated Steam
Standard thickness
Standard thickness
1V/ thick
V thick
Superheated Steam
1V/ thick
2' thick
Double layer l 1 //
Double layer V/%'
For exhaust feed and hot well, high pressure drip piping, etc.,
under all conditions listed above — standard thickness. For high
pressure steam outside of buildings under all conditions listed
above — double layer of 1 1 /% inch thickness.
Low Pressure Steam, Hot and Cold Water Pipes. — All heat-
ing piping, either steam or hot water, should be fully covered
where radiation losses are to be avoided. Cold water pipes are
frequently insulated in order to prevent "sweating" and dripping.
For the above conditions, and where exhaust pipes are to be in-
sulated, the low temperatures do not require thick coverings and
wool felt or air cell coverings x /% inch to one inch thickness may
be used.
296
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
Cold Pipes. — It is important to consider the question of in-
sulation of pipe used to convey ammonia or brine for refrigera-
tion purposes, if serious losses are to be prevented. The problem
is not very different from insulation of hot pipes, but it is very
essential that the material used is not easily injured by moisture.
Hair, felt and paper in alternate layers has been used as a protec-
tion for cold pipes. Hair felt soaked in boiling resin and applied
to the pipes while hot is also used. Sectional coverings composed
of granulated cork may
be obtained ready for use
on brine or ammonia
pipes and fittings.
Nonpareil cork covering
is made by the Armstrong
Cork and Insulation Com-
_ „ w . , ^ , pany by compressing and
Kg. 310. Support for Pipe with Cork K J ./,. * *
Wation. ibea bakm « P^ S* 1111 -
lated cork in metal moulds.
After this the covering is coated inside and out with a water-
proof mineral rubber finish, ironed on hot. Tests by the above
company gave an average transmission per square foot at mean
circumference, per one inch thickness per degree difference in
temperature per 24 hours of 8.6 B.t.u. for cork covering and
of 43.2 B.t.u. for bare pipe. Four grades of this covering are
made. Standard brine covering, from two to three inches thick
for temperatures of to 25 degrees F.; special thick brine cover-
ing, from three to four inches thick for temperatures below zero
degrees F.; ice water covering, about I 1 /* inches thick for tem-
peratures of 25 to 45 degrees F. ; and cold water covering for use
on cold water piping to prevent sweating. The method of sup-
porting the pipe is shown in Fig. 310 where a hanger is on the
outside with a piece of sheet iron protecting the covering.
Forms of Pipe Coverings. — The materials for pipe coverings
may be had in a variety of forms. For covering pipe, sheets of
material may be wrapped around the pipe and fastened with
wire or heavy twine; the material may be in plastic form and
applied in the shape of a mortar; or any of the large variety of
moulded or sectional coverings, Fig. 311, may be used. Sectional
coverings are made in lengths of three feet, and are split length-
wise into halves. When applied to the pipe they are wrapped with
PIPING INSOLATION 297
canvas and then held on with iron or brass bands spaced from
one to two feet apart. Fittings and valves may be insulated with
a plastic coating or with moulded covers made in sections to fit
over them.
Fig. 311. BectitHttl Pipe Covering.
Hair felting comes in rolls six feet wide and in thicknesses of
'/« to 1 */i inches. Asbestos paper is made in varying thicknesses
and in rolls 36 inches wide.
Underground Piping. — Two methods of insulating under-
ground piping are described in Chapter XIII. Careful under-
drainage is essential to any system.
Forms of wood casing for underground steam and hot water
piping made by A. Wyckoff & Son Company are shown in Figs.
Z
Fig. 312. Wood Casing — Split Form.
312 and 313. The form shown at X, Y and Z is made of thor-
oughly seasoned gulf cypress staves, one inch thick, closely jointed
together, wound with heavy galvanized steel wire, and then
206 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
wrapped with two layers of heavy corrugated paper. Another
casing of one inch cypress staves is put on the outside and wound
with galvanized wire. For use with high pressure steam pipe the
Kg. 818. Improved Wood Casing.
casing is lined with tin and two layers of asbestos paper to prevent
the wood from charring. The casing is made in lengths of from
four to eight feet which are connected by tenon and socket joints
X, Fig. 312. For use on pipes which are already in place the
casing may be had split in the form shown at Y and Z, Fig. 312.
The casing shown in Fig. 313 is an improved form in which A is
a two inch inner shell, B is asphaltum packing, C is a '/* inch air
Kg. 314. Double Plank Box
lamfaUcQ Fig. 315. Plank Box Insolation.
space and D is a one inch outer shell. The casing is afterwards
coated with Hydolene-B and rolled in sawdust. This form is
made in lengths of from four to twelve feet, with tenon and socket
joints. It cannot be split, but must be slipped over the pipes,
while they are being connected up.
PIPING INSULATION 299
Two forms of plank box insulation for underground piping
are shown in Figs. 314 and 315, which have appeared in Power,
and are described as being in successful use. Fig. 314 is by W. H.
Wolfang, and shows double pairing with shavings filled in be-
Fig. 316. Split Tile Conduit.
tween. The supports are rollers made from l'/« inch pipe and
one inch rods. The side dimensions for four inch pipe are eight
by twelve inches. Fig. 315 is by Henry G. Pope, and is com-
posed of rough two inch plank. As noted, the top plank slopes
to one side to shed water. Waterproofed building paper was
tacked over each joint. Bricks were used for supporting the
pipe. The method of anchoring is also shown in the figure.
A method of constructing underground mains up to 20 inch
pipe using split tile is illustrated in Figs. 316 and 317, and de-
scribed by the Armstrong Cork and Insulation Company.
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
TABLE 100
9 OF BtHAM LlMXS AND pROTXCnHO TlLB
Staui line
Protecting Tile
Steam Ll»
ProtMtinc Tilo
BUa inobm
aiw. InobM
Btolnohei
Bue, Iaohce
I
8
7
15
IV.
8
8
16
l'/i
8
9
18
2
10
10
18
2'/.
10
12
20
3
10
14
21
SVi
12
16
24
4
12
18
27
< l /i
12
20
27
5
12
24
so
6
IS
30
36
" For underground lines excellent results can be secured by using
two inch thick, nonpareil, high pressure covering, protected with
a good grade of hard-glazed, split tile, although for lines larger
Fig. 317. Split Tile Conduit.
than twenty inches it is often advisable to use regular tunnel con-
struction. A four inch drain is laid in the bottom of the trench
to carry off seepage water and concrete supporting piers are in-
stalled on sixteen-foot centres. A bed of crushed stone or coarse
gravel is then put down to grade, and upon this the lower half
of the tile is laid. The expansion rollers are strapped to the steam
pipe so that they will rest directly over the concrete supporting
piers. To prevent abrasion of the tile, No. 18 gauge galvanised
PIPING INSULATION 301
steel plates are inserted between the expansion rollers and the
tile. After the pipe is in position, the covering is applied and
held in place by copper-clad steel wire, canvas on the outside
being usually dispensed with. The joints are pointed up with
nonpareil high pressure cement,
and the top of the tile is then
cemented in place with Portland
cement mortar."
The sizes of protecting tile are
given in Table 100.
Where a number of pipes,
electric wires, etc., are to be
Fig. 318. Method of Anchoring. Cftrried underground, some form
of tunnel is about the best ar-
rangement. Such tunnels can be built up of brick or can be made
of concrete. Electric wires may be run in tile set in the walls
or roof of the tunnel. Pipe lines can be carried on brackets or sup-
ports at the sides, with provision for expansion and drainage and
regular methods of insulation. The floor of the tunnel should
be arranged with drain connections to take care of any water
that may accumulate from leaks in the piping or other causes.
Out-of-Doors Piping. — The
methods of insulation shown
in Figs. 312 and 313 are well
adapted for use on steam pipes
running out of doors and ex-
posed to the weather. For
such purposes the outer wooden
casing is painted with black
asphaltum paint.
Very often the regular method
of insulation as used on in-door
lines are employed, making the
covering somewhat thicker and Figm 319 rqH^. Support,
enclosing it in waterproof paper,
or wooden or steel plate boxing may be constructed for a protec-
tion from the weather.
Some details of an interesting out-door pipe line forming part
of the River Power Plant of the Victor Talking Machine Com-
pany are shown in Figs. 318, 319, 320, 321 and 322. This plant
\
- 1
o
\
1
-_/
302
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
J^lJL. < « ST t ir ^i
^I^JMNI ^— >\
I I I M MM II 1 TPT
CL£V*TIOtt
Fig. 320. Part Plan and Elevation of Outdoor Steam Line.
t :9 2! S
Fig. 321. Drawing of Supporting Structure for Outdoor Steam Line.
PIPING INSULATION 303
is the design of Mr. Albert C, Wood, consulting engineer, who
has furnished the information concerning it. A part plan and
elevation of the line which is several hundred feet long is show
in Fig. 320. One of the supporting structures is shown in Fig.
321 with its foundation resting upon two concrete piles, which
were necessary because the ground is made and is underlaid with
Fig. 322. Method of Covering Bends and Fittings.
river mud. The supports were made very heavy in order to pro-
vide for the possibility of lumber stacks falling against them and
also that the high pressure steam line might be substantially sup-
ported. These supports are placed about 20 feet apart. They
carry a ten inch high pressure steam line, 160 pounds per square
inch (150 degrees superheat) and an eleven inch sawdust line, as
well as brackets for 500,000 C.N., 250 volt D.C. cables. The
method of anchoring is shown in Fig. 320. The roller support,
which allows freedom for movement due to expansion, is clearly
indicated in Fig. 319.
304
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
The insulation of the high pressure steam pipe consists of two
layers, l'/i inches thick, 85 per cent, mftgnnmn blocks, moulded
to proper radius to suit the pipe with the joints broken both
longitudinally and circumferentially. The joints and interstices
were filled with 85 per cent,
magnesia plastic. Over this
resin sued paper was applied
and wired every twelve inches
with two turns of No. 16 cop-
per wire. Then two layers of
roofing material were applied
with all joints lapped at least
two inches and wrapped with
roofing compound. The first
layer of roofing material was
secured at the joints and at intervals of about 18 inches with
three turns of No. 16 copper wire, while the second layer was
secured at the joints and at regular intervals of about twelve
inches with three turns of No. 14 copper wire. Fittings and
Pig. 323.
Frost Boxing for Water
Stand Pipe.
Fig. 824. Square Boxing for Water
Pipe.
Fig. 325. Circular
Boxing for Water Pipe.
valves were covered as indicated in Fig. 322, blocks being used,
together with 85 per cent, magnesia plastic.
Air piping may be run on the surface of the ground or carried
on trussed poles or towers. Proper care must be taken to pro-
vide for drainage and necessary expansion.
PIPING INSULATION 305
The protection of water standpipes from freezing is an impor-
tant matter. In Fig. 323 is shown a tightly constructed frost
boxing described by Mr. W. C. Teague in the A. S. M. E. Journal,
April, 1914. Arrangements should be made for keeping the
water heated by a hot water heater or steam coil placed in the
bottom of the tank.
A simple form of protection is shown in Fig. 324, composed
of two plank boxes with an air space between them. The joints
should be made very tight and the outside painted with asphal-
tum paint or be otherwise protected. A circular form of protec-
tion is shown in Fig. 325.
CHAPTER XVH
HParo drawings
The underlying principles are the same for all classes of draw-
ings, but for each branch there are certain conventions and gen-
eral methods of representation. It is the purpose of this chapter
to deal with some of these general customs and details rather
than to present a collection of complicated drawings.
Classification of Piping Drawings. — There are several kinds of
piping drawings depending upon the purpose and requirements of
the work. Sometimes a freehand sketch is sufficient, sometimes
a line diagram, and sometimes a large scale drawing, consist-
ing of several views of the entire system, together with working
drawings of details is necessary. A drawing for construction
purposes must give complete information as to sues, position of
valves, branches and outlets. A drawing to show the layout of
existing pipe lines need not be as complete and is often made to
small scale, using single lines to represent the pipes, with notes
to tell sizes, location and purpose for which the pipe is used. A
drawing to show proposed changes should give both existing and
proposed piping, using different kinds of lines to distinguish the
changes. Dot and dash lines, dash lines, or red or other colored
ink may be used for this purpose. A drawing for repairs may
consist of simply the part to be repaired, or may show the loca-
tion or connection between the repairs and apparatus or other
parts of the system. Drawings for repairs should be checked
very carefully and just what is to be replaced or repaired should
be made clear.
Erection Drawings. — Drawings for erection are sometimes
made with very few dimensions but with all pieces numbered and
accompanied by a list giving complete information concerning
each piece. A piping list may be made up. in a variety of ways.
One method is to list each piece of pipe, fitting and valve in order
from one end of the system, and then collect all the pipe of each
size, all the ells, tees, unions, valves, etc. A form similar to fig.
326 is often useful.
PIPING DRAWINGS
307
Detail drawings should be made in the same manner as for any
other purpose. The detail drawing for a special fitting is shown
in Fig. 327. All piping drawings should have a title giving the
purpose of the piping, scale of drawing, and date, together with
provision for changes and date of changes and any other neces-
sary information. It is particularly important that piping draw-
ings be kept up to date. The dimensions for standard flange
fittings are given in Chapter IV, and throughout this book will
be found tables giving dimensions for various piping fixtures and
Size
Pipe
Number
Votves
Number
Flftings
Thds
/HaTi
Moke
8
36S
R
W.i.
i*
/es
#
W.I
/f
—
e Gtoto*
K
Brass
TZ.Ca.
'#
—
2i JT/*s
n
C.i.
'i
—
7 Tees
K
a.
*i
SCbvpttogs
WL
CI.
Fig. 326. Form for Listing Fittings.
fittings, etc. When possible it is always well to use the manu-
facturers' catalogs, provided the makes to be used are known.
A steam piping drawing is shown in Fig. 328, in which the dimen-
sions are indicated without the figures, for the sake of clearness.
Conventional Representation. — Fittings and valves may be
drawn as in the various figures shown throughout this book.
When drawn to a small scale conventional representations are
often used. A variety of such conventions are shown in Figs.
329 and 330. It is desirable to add an explanatory list to a draw-
ing when these are used, unless notes make clear the meaning of
each one. They are very convenient for sketching and diagram-
matic purposes. Several methods of showing pipe are given in Fig.
331. Except in special cases, or for small pieces, it is not neces-
sary to use shading. When a single line is used it should be
308
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
Drill £ m Hok3^
fbr/ 9 3a/to
Drift to 7*mpfatm
7-f Ho/** for
\ it
BASE ELBOW
S iNCH PIPE.
OW ■ ^« W-— >\\ P -
1 • A
* — % 4 — *■*
— i —
ig. 327. Detail of Base Elbow.
PIPING DRAWINGS
309
,,,s/////////////////////////,s///^
310
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
enough heavier than the other lines of the drawing to stand out
clearly, usually about three times as heavy will be satisfactory.
r
*/**>»>
Y
Y^Brmneh
h5h
ft
-O-
tfr/v0-PU*f
G/o6m Kr/rm
Cefm t*/rm
G*f* Kr/r*
Hi
7*n#i* f*fr*
£/6*»>
Mvm
C/pvcA P*frw
r/anpm tfmm hxj—
J4*»
/fcfci
Fig. 329. Conventional Representations for Fittings.
Apparatus used in connection with piping as well as the machines
to which it is connected are frequently represented by diagrams,
more or less conventional. Several methods in use are shown in
fe*6rJe*v
I$LJ>*"
i i i pi S— FTcmo* Union
Fig. 380. Conventional Representations for Fittings.
Fig. 332, and these will serve to suggest such others as may be
required. The over all dimensions together with notes and loca-
PIPING DRAWINGS
311
i
J
Pip* with a/tod* //n*
Sing* Lint - Pip* ymhh
Singto Lin* - Pip* InrM
i
M
Shoot* Linos Lin** or* oo**f/y */***•* i
but yory in tvtstoht.
m
3-
Shod* Linos, Linos oro
*viohf bst very jh Jpoo/no.
'<+-Gi»3Jnfct/*n tor spec/if.
#f oouoi
I
Q=Q
E3 -^E3EE
Fig. 331. Methods of Representing Pipe,
tO n
C
I
i__r— ~" l Lr~" I \ *S t / '*
'^-0 =Q TL [h i*i
^ j(|l'J2
*#
Fig. 332. Conventional Representations for Apparatus.
312
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
tion of pipe flanges or openings are necessary in many cases, and
always desirable.
1, 2. Plan of Direct Acting Steam Pump.
3, 4, 5. Elevation of Direct Acting Steam Pump.
6. End View of Direct Acting Steam Pump.
7, 8, 9. Separator.
10, 11. Receiver — or Receiver Separator.
12. Vertical Steam Engine.
13. Plan of Horizontal Steam Engine.
14, 15. Steam Trap.
16. Feed Water Heater.
17. End View Horizontal Steam Engine.
18. Plan of Water Tube Boiler.
19. Elevation of Water Tube Boiler.
20. Plan of Fire Tube Boiler.
21. Centrifugal Pump.
Dimensioning. — Most of the general rules for dimensioning
drawings hold for piping plans, but there are a few points which
may be mentioned. Always give figures to the centres of pipe,
valves and fittings, and let the pipe fitters make the necessary
allowances. If a pipe is to be left unthreaded, it is well to place a
note on the drawing calling attention to the fact. If left-hand
(L.H.) threads are wanted it should be noted. Wrought pipe
sizes can generally be given in a note using the nominal sizes.
The bosses into which pipe screws should be located from
centre lines of the machines and from the base or foundation.
Flange connections should be located in the same way. Satis-
factory sizes of cast-iron bosses to be provided for pipe to screw
into are given in Table 101. This table also gives the distance
which the pipe may be expected to enter in order to obtain a
tight joint.
TABLE 101 (Fig. 333)
Cast-Iron Bosses
Sbe
B
c
Sise
B
c
Inches
Inohea
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inohea
v.
V.
.19
2
3V.
.68
Vi
1
.29
2 l A
4 l A
•80
•A
IV.
.30
3
5
.95
V.
IV.
.39
3Vt
5Vi
1.00
•A
IVi
.40
4
6
1.05
1
2V.
.51
4Vf
6»A
1.10
iVi
2Vi
.54
5
7V.
1.16
IV.
2V<
.55
6
8Vi
1.26
PIPING DRAWINGS
313
These values may be used where it is necessary to make an allow-
ance for the thread. Crane Company gives the values shown in
Table 102 for length of thread on pipe that is screwed into valves
or fittings to make a tight joint.
Fig. 333. Cast Iran Bom.
Fig. 334. Distance Pipe Eaten
Fitting.
TABLE 102 (Fig. 334)
Distance itn Pifb to Enter FrrnNoa
On
A
Bm
A
On
A
bub.
Indtn
Inflh«
InstH.
iDcha
iMfaM
V.
V.
IV.
V.
5
IV-
V.
■/■
2
"A.
e
IV.
•/■
V.
2V.
'■/..
7
IV.
V.
V.
3
l
s
IV.
V.
V.
»v.
IV..
9
IV.
1
•/..
4
l'A.
10
IV.
IV.
V.
«v.
IV.
11
IV.
Flanged valves when drawn to large scale may have the over
all dimensions given, the distance from centre to top of hand
wheel or valve stem when open and when closed, diameter of hand
wheel, etc., about as shown in Chapter VI. Separate flanges
should be completely dimensioned, as in Fig. 338, as should all
special parts. It is necessary that the location of the piping
should be definitely given, which means that the parts of the
building containing the piping must be shown and must be accu-
rately dimensioned. The location of apparatus and the pipe
connections should be given by measurements from the centre
314
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
tines of the machines, distances between centres of machines,
heights of connections, etc.
In all cases the principal object of dimensioning must be kept
in mind, namely, to tell exactly what is wanted in sue, location
Other Material*,
Fig. 83S. A. S. M. E. Crow Section*
and material, in such a way as to leave no room for misunder-
standing. To this end clearness and exactness are essential.
Several examples of dimensioning are shown in Figs. 327, 328 and
When it is desired to indicate the different materials appearing
in cross-flection, the standard recommended by a committee of
the A. S. M. E. may be used. This standard is shown in Fig.
PIPING DRAWINGS
315
335. It is not advisable to depend upon such representations,
and a note should always be added to tell the material. Their
chief value is to make it easier to distinguish different pieces.
Final drawings should be made after the engines, boilers and
other machinery have been decided upon, as they can then be
Fig. 336. Flanges.
drawn completely and accurately. At least two views should be
drawn, a plan and elevation. Often extra elevations and detail
drawings are necessary. Every fitting and valve should be shown.
A scale of */« inches equals 1 foot is desirable for piping drawings
when it can be used, as it is large enough to show the system to
scale.
Flanges. — The dimensions of the American Standard for
flanges are given in Tables 39 and 40, but sometimes special
flanges or drilling are required. The number of bolts used for the
Fig. 337. Tapered FiUing-in Piece.
*-jftm tor fat*.
Fig. 338. Flange.
flanges or fittings and valves is generally divisible by four, and
placed "two-up" or to "straddle" the centre line. If any other
arrangement is required the location of bolt holes should be
clearly shown, as in Fig. 336 at B and C. Regular spacing can
be given in a note, as "18 holes equally spaced," etc. The draw-
ing for a tapered fiUing-in piece is shown in Fig. 337, and for a
318
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
special flange in Fig. 338. The bolt holes are sometimes blacked
in to indicate that the bolts or studs are not required, in which
case a note should be added indicating such a meaning. A tapped
or threaded hole may be shown by the methods of Fig. 339. The
nominal diameter may be used or the actual diameter obtained
from Table 4. The taper of the thread is usually exaggerated
when shown. A straight hole with ordinary thread representa-
tions may be used.
Kg. 899. Threaded Holes.
Coils. — Several drawings for pipe coils are shown in Fig. 340.
Such drawings should tell the thickness of the pipe and the mar
terials, the diameter of the coil taken either inside or outside of
the pipe as indicated; the length of the pipe or coil; the number
of turns; the pitch of the turns; the position and arrangement
of the ends, and the method of connection, support, etc. It is
not necessary to draw the complete coil if the ends are clearly
drawn. Single line representations require explicit notes to tell
whether centre line or outside dimensions are meant and other-
wise explain what is wanted.
Sketching. — Sketching is an invaluable aid as a preliminary
step in any kind of drawing, and a sketch is often the only draw-
ing needed. One's ideas can be made clear and the number and
kind of fittings and valves checked up in this way. Where only
a small amount of work is to be done, a sketch may be made and
fully dimensioned, from which a list of pieces can be made with
lengths, sizes, etc. This will avoid mistakes in cutting, and the
sketch shows just how the parts go together without depending
Upon memory. Such a sketch may be used to order with, but
PIPING DRAWING
TO
ji
Pig. 340. KpeCoOi.
318
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
in such cases it should be made upon tracing cloth or thin paper
so that a blue print can be made as a record. An H or 2H pencil
will give lines black enough to print if ink is not used. The figures,
however, should be put on in ink in all cases. If only one or two
copies are wanted carbon paper may be used. Dimensions and
notes should be put on as carefully as on a finished drawing. The
general procedure is much the same as for all kinds of sketching.
First sketch the arrangement using a single line diagram. When
satisfactory the real sketch may be started by drawing in the
Turbin* ELxhau*
Fig. 341. Pictorial View of Piping.
centre lines, estimating locations of fittings, valves, etc., which
should be spaced in roughly in proportion to their actual posi-
tions. The piping, valves, etc., can then be sketched in, using
any of the conventions shown in Figs. 329 and 330. Finally locate
dimension lines, figures and notes, together with the date and a
title of some kind. Pictorial methods can be used to great advan-
tage for sketching purposes, especially for preliminary layouts,
as the directions and changes in levels can be clearly shown,
Fig. 341.
Developed or Single Plane Drawings. — It will often be found
convenient to swing the various parts of a piping layout into a
single plane in order to show the various lengths and fittings in
one view. Different methods of showing the same piping are here
PIPING DRAWING
319
illustrated. Fig. 341 is a pictorial view using single lines to show
the position in space; Fig. 342 is a developed line sketch with the
sues, fittings, etc., written on, and Fig. 343 is a developed draw-
ing with complete dimensions and notes. Such drawings are
valuable when listing or making up an order as well as for the
pipe fitters to work from. A free-hand line sketch, as a preliminary
step in laying out a steam line, can often be made in this way.
I
.1
'>VS^r
*' ?* *f K V~.
3&M
Fig. 342. Developed Sketch.
Isometric Drawing. — Two forms of pictorial drawing lend
themselves readily to piping drawings, isometric and oblique.
Both show the position of the pipe in space and are easily drawn
and easily understood. They are especially valuable for sketch-
ing and preliminary layout work. The principles here given will
enable anyone to make use of this convenient form of representa-
tion. Isometric drawing is based upon the three edges of a cube
which come together at a corner. The lines representing these
three edges are called isometric axes. One of these axes is vertical
and the other two make angles of 30 degrees with the horizontal.
See Fig. 344. These three lines represent three directions in space.
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
» $
PIPING DRAWINGS
321
Lines parallel to the axes are called isometric lines. All other
lines are non-isometric lines. All measurements are made along
the axes or along isometric lines. Non-isometric lines cannot be
Fig. 344. Isometric Axes.
measured or laid off directly, but must be transferred from an
orthographic projection. The method of doing this is shown in
Figs. 345, 346, and 347, where both orthographic and isometric
drawings are shown for several cases. Angles are drawn in isomet-
ric by transferring from the orthographic projection, as shown
in Fig. 347, where B-C makes an angle with the other lines. It
will be noticed that the effect of position in space would be lost
Fige. 345 and 346. Orthographic and Isometric Representations.
without the isometric lines in Fig. 346. Circles show as ellipses
when drawn in isometric, but are generally drawn by approxi-
mate methods as shown on the three faces of the cube, Fig. 348,
322
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
where two radii having centres at A and B are used. Circular
arcs can be drawn by the same method.
In Fig. 349 the method of boxing in and laying out dimensions
is shown for a plain ell. The orthographic projections of the ell
At. ,
"Y
9 ^mmmam
Y
&"
I
MHMBB
}-
et
i
31+
i
Fig. 347. Orthographic and Isometric Representations.
are shown at A and the points are numbered to correspond with
the isometric views. The first step is to lay off the centre dis-
tances 2-8 and 8-4 as shown at B. The centre for the arc is found
by the intersection of perpendiculars from 2 and 4- The distances
are indicated by dimension lines on Figs. A and B, and are the
same length in both figures.
Fig. 348. Isometric Circles.
The next step is to lay out the diameters for the isometric
circles, as shown at C. The centres for the arcs are shown at D
and the completed ell at E.
PIPING DRAWINGS
323
ig. 340. Steps in Making Iaometrio Drawing of a Plain Elbow.
324
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
** •*.
Fig. 350. Isometric Drawing of Screwed Elbow.
4:
'/-^*
Fig. 861. Isometric Drawing of Flanged Tee.
PIPING DRAWINGS
325
The method of blocking in and drawing a screwed ell is indi-
cated in Fig. 350. The construction for a flanged tee is indicated
in Fig. 351, in which some of the dimensions are noted. The
Fig. 352. Isometric Drawings of Pipe.
manner of obtaining the isometric diameter for piping is shown
in Fig. 352, in which the measure of the actual diameter is marked.
Some examples of piping as represented by isometric drawing
are shown in Fig. 353 and other parts of the book.
Fig. 353.
The method of laying out for a definite problem is shown in
Figs. 354, 355 and 356. A sketch plan and elevation for an engine
exhaust are shown in Fig. 354. The piping and engine room are
326
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
E
Pton
/MiJG
a
*4
i
4
t
=-]
!
J
^
WHMSm&SBm
wmtwmm
Fig. 354. Flan and Elevations of Piping.
Fig. 356. Iaometrio Drawing.
PIPING DRAWINGS
327
boxed in, and the centres of pipe lines, valves, and fittings ate
measured off parallel to isometric lines as indicated in Fig. 355*
Fig. 356. Isometrio Drawings.
The dimensions and notes are left off for the sake of clearness in
showing the construction, but a few distances are indicated to
show the manner of laying off measurements. Fig. 356 is the
same as Fig. 355 except that the boxing has been left off.
Fig. 367. Oblique
With a little practice it is possible to make free hand isometric
drawings that are a great help in clearing up ideas and deciding
locations.
Oblique Drawings. — Oblique drawings are made by the use
of three axes located as shown in Fig. 357. Lines parallel to the
328
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
plane of the front face of the cube show in their true length and
angles in their true sue. The drawing of circles is shown on the
Fig. 368. Oblique Circles.
faces of the cube. Fig. 358. It should be noted that the centre
for arcs is found by the intersection of perpendiculars erected at
the points of tangency of the arcs. Except for the change in
Fig. 859. Oblique Drawing.
angles this method is the same as for isometric. Fig. 359 shows
an oblique drawing.
CHAPTER XVIII
SPECIFICATIONS
Specifications. — The specification of materials and piping
apparatus for various purposes involves a knowledge of the con-
ditions under which they are to be used. In the preceding chapters
of this book an attempt has been made to describe piping ma-
terials, commercial sizes, and to indicate the uses for which they
are adapted.
The possible consequences due to the failure of piping, often
involving loss of life, are such that the best material, workman-
ship, and design should always be the end in view when prepar-
ing piping specifications.
Some fluids and the materials adapted for use with them are as
follows:
For cold water — almost any material, but depending upon
pressure and impurities.
For impure cold water — brass or similar composition.
For hoi water — brass or similar composition, galvanized iron,
cast iron.
For salt water or brine — brass or other composition.
For ammonia water — iron or steel.
For weak sulphuric acid — lead, lead lined iron or steel.
For strong sulphuric acid — wrought iron, wrought steel, cast
iron.
For hydrochloric acid — lead, lead-lined pipe.
For fuel oil — steel tubing, extra heavy wrought iron or steel;
galvanized pipe.
Specifications for piping can be very much simplified by the
use of well made and accurate scale drawings showing the entire
system with the sizes and makes of its various components. The
specifications should cover whatever is not named on the draw-
ings and should give the trade name, make or manufacturers'
names, sizes and materials for all parts of the system which in-
cludes the following: kinds of pipe; method of support; provision
for expansion; pipe bends; flanges; bolting and drilling;
330
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
8
6
P
*
n
to • 5
WW H
I
I? 1
Jyi
C* W ^«
ft . ft
i * °
1
* o
2-a
1
J§
1-
C* d »H
1
qqW
^1
3?£
41 !k
WWW
8
o
s
S3
SPECIFICATIONS
331
it
44
1
CO *0*
1
1 -
Si*
in
* — %
M 0» ■*
Oh
CO -*
Q
2
OQ
Oh
1 *
-9
CO *0*
1
I
06 1 $^
d %
1
1
yil
.u
1^
113»
•6
I
fc&SS
ids &
Va"P
■J?
In
CI C*
o8 •«
%
332
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
55
8
o
W
3
(N <0
*1
£9
8
|
&
111
ill
Ill's
•ah .
»H « W
i
1
9%S
w
i 1
ill
,a»
I II
SPECIFICATIONS
833
ill
»H . g
►1
s
•o > .£ «
* ^ 1 .£
fe is z c
lh!l
111!
* * * ®
ass**
d
2
!
i-4
1
*
i
.8 a
I
-a*
_fi B » fa 13
12 * * s 9
N 5n
1
J
it
I
00
1
5 1
i
"Ml
334 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
erf packing; fittings; steam valves; water valves; air valves;
reducing valves; back pressure valves; blow-off valves; safety
valves; non-return valves; relief valves; foot valves; separa-
tors; steam traps; injectors; meters, etc.
Standard Piping Schedule. — The standards for pipe and
fittings of Stone & Webster Engineering Corporation are given
in the accompanying tabulation. The different materials as
used for power plant work and their variation to meet the needs
of each particular service are made especially clear by this pres-
entation.
Standard Specifications (Stone & Webster). — Local condi-
tions are certain to vary any sample specifications that might be
given, but the basis of the specification for high-class work should
be very much the same. For this reason the author is pleased to
be able to include the following standard piping specification
which was kindly supplied by the Stone & Webster Engineering
Corporation. It is used by them as a basis for detailed specifica-
tions on each particular job. It represents good modern practice
and should prove of much value as a guide in the selection of
proper materials, and in calling attention to the important factors
involved in a piping installation.
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR PIPE AND FITTINGS
Stone & Webster Engineering Corporation
IN GENERAL
This specification coven the furnishing and installation of a complete
piping system in the power station of the .
MATERIAL
All pipe steel, forged steel, cast steel, wrought iron, cast iron, and com-
position used in the various fittings, flanges, pipe, etc., shall have the follow-
ing physical characteristics.
Pipe Steel
Tensile strength not less than 50,000 lbs. per sq. in.
Elastic limit " " " 90,000 " " " "
Elongation in 8 in., not less than 18 %
Reduction of area, not less than 50 %
Forged Steel
Tensile strength not less than 70,000 lbs. per sq. in.
Elastic limit " " " 40,000 " " " "
Elongation in 8 in., not less than 20 %
Reduction of area, not less than 40%
SPECIFICATIONS 335
Cast Stbibl
Tensile strength not less than 60,000 lbs. per sq. in.
Elastic limit " " " 30,000 " " " "
Elongation in 2 in., not less than 20 %
Reduction of area, not less than 30 %
The percentage each of phosporous and sulphur shall not exceed five
one hundredths (0.05).
All castings shall be annealed and sample pieces shall satisfactorily stand
bending cold around 1' radius and through 120°. Two test pieces
from each melt shall be prepared to standard sise for testing and shall
be furnished free of charge.
Wrought Iron
Tensile strength not less than 50,000 lbs. per sq. in.
Elastic limit " " " 26,000 " " " "
Elongation in 8 in., not less than 18 %
Reduction of area, not less than 50 %
Cast Iron
All castings shall be of tough gray iron, free from all defects affecting
either strength or tightness under pressure, true to pattern and of
workman-like finish.
Sample pieces 1* square cast from the same heat of metal in sand molds,
shall be capable of sustaining on a clear span of 4'-8' a central load
of 500 lbs. when tested in the rough bar.
Turned test pieces shall show an ultimate tensile strength of not less
than 24,000 lbs. per sq. in. One test piece from each melt for each of
the above tests shall be prepared for testing and furnished free of
charge to the Engineers.
Composition
All composition shall be a dense strong mixture especially selected for
the particular service in which it is to be used and shall not suffer
a serious loss of strength due to the temperature to which it is
regularly subjected.
All wrought iron and steam pipe shall be made by the Youngstown Sheet
and Tube Company.
HIGH PRESSURE STEAM PIPING
All fittings 2'/s' and above, for use with super-heated steam shall be of
extra heavy flanged pattern, designed for 250 pounds per square inch work-
ing pressure and made of cast steel of a quality as previously specified. The
section of all fittings shall increase gradually by a long taper at flanges.
The thickness of metal shall be not less than that given for corresponding
sues in the following table:
Sise
15' 14' 12* 10* 8" 6' 5' W 4" 3|' 3* 2tf
Thickness
if if if W i' f f f W W f f
336 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
All high pressure steam fittings 27s* and above, for use with saturated
■team shall be of the extra heavy flanged pattern designed for 250 pounds
per square inch working pressure and made of cast iron.
The section of all fittings shall increase gradually by a long taper at flanges.
All high pressure steam fittings below 2 l /« r , both for superheated and for
saturated steam shall be extra heavy screw end pattern* made of cast iron
and designed for a working steam pressure of 260 pounds per square inch.
All pipe 27s* and above for high pressure steam piping, both for super-
heated and saturated steam shall be what is commercially known as full
weight selected lap welded pipe made from the best quality of steel, as pre-
viously specified.
AH steel bends must be bent to the radius designated and must be free
from wrinkles, buckles, creases, etc., and flanges shall be faced at right angles
to the centre line of the pipe.
All steel pipe and bends 6* in diameter and above, for use with superheated
steam, shall have extra heavy rolled or forged steel flanges of the Van Stone
type.
All steel pipe and bends 6* in diameter and above, for use with saturated
steam, shall have extra heavy cast iron flanges of the Van Stone type.
All steel pipe and bends from 27s* to 5* inclusive shall have flanges screwed
on and refaced in lathe. These flanges shall be of rolled or forged steel for
superheated steam piping, and of cast iron for saturated steam piping.
All steel pipe and bends under 27s' shall be extra strong and threaded for
screw end fittings.
At the dead ends of all pipes blank flanges of approved design shall be
furnished and shall be of cast steel for superheated steam piping and of cast
iron for saturated steam piping.
AH unions for high pressure steam piping under 27s' shall be extra heavy
bronse for 260 pounds per square inch working steam pressure and shall be
of the ground joint type. They shall be of the Tuxedo or Economic make.
Main steam headers for use with superheated steam shall be made up by
one of the following methods:
(1) With extra heavy cast steel fittings and full weight steel pipe with
extra heavy rolled or forged Van Stone flanges.
(2) Full weight steel pipe with nossles of full weight steel pipe welded on
and with extra heavy rolled or forged steel Van Stone flanges made on.
Fillets where nossles are welded on to be long radius.
AH flanges for high pressure steam work on pipe fittings and bends shall
be faced off on the back or spot faced so as to provide a smooth even bearing
for bolt heads and nuts. They shall be of dimensions and drilling as shown
on attached sheet and shall be provided with a raised face inside bolt holes
7it ' hi thickness.
HIGH PRESSURE WATER PIPING
AH fittings 27/ and above, for high pressure water piping, including feed
water piping, shall be of extra heavy flanged pattern made of cast iron.
The section of all fittings shall increase gradually by a long taper at
flanges.
SPECIFICATIONS 337
AD fittings below 27/ shall be extra heavy east iron, screw end pattern.
All pipe 4' in diameter and above, both for hot and cold water shall be
extra heavy flanged cast iron.
Fillets at flanges shall be of long radius or tapered the same as specified
above for high pressure water fittings.
All fittings and pipe shall be designed for a working pressure of 250 pounds
per square inch.
All pipe for high pressure cold water from 2 l /i r to 3Yt* inclusive shall be
of full weight steel and shall have extra heavy cast iron flanges screwed on
and refaoed in lathe.
All pipe for high pressure cold water below 27s* shall be full weight lap
welded steel and shall be threaded for screw end fittings.
All pipe for high pressure hot water from 27s* to 3 1 // inclusive shall be
of iron pipe size brass pipe equal in every respect to that manufactured by
the American Tube Company, and shall have extra heavy cast iron flanges
screwed on and refaoed in lathe.
All pipe for high pressure hot water under 27t' shall be of iron pipe sise
brass pipe threaded for screw end fittings.
All unions for high pressure water piping below 27s' shall be of the extra
heavy bronse ground joint type and of Economic or Tuxedo make.
All flanges on above pipe and fittings shall be spot faced on the back to
provide a smooth even bearing for bolt heads and nuts, and shall have a
raised face inside bolt holes 7i« r in thickness. They shall conform to dimen-
sions and drilling as shown on attached sheet.
BLOW-OFF PIPING
All fittings for blow-off piping 27s' and above shall be extra heavy flanged
pattern made of cast iron.
The section of all fittings shall increase gradually by a long taper at
flanges.
All fittings below 27i' shall be extra heavy screw end cast iron.
All pipe inside buildings 27s' and above shall be full weight lap welded
steel with extra heavy cast iron flanges screwed on and refaoed in lathe.
All pipe below 27s' in diameter shall be extra strong steel, threaded for
screw end fittings.
All pipe 4' and above for blow-off outside of buildings shall be extra heavy
flanged cast iron designed for a working pressure of 250 pounds per square
inch.
| Where blow-off piping outside of building is sufficient distance from boilers,
extra heavy bell and spigot cast iron water pipe can be used in place of flanged
cast iron pipe.
All blow-off piping outside of building shall be laid in wooden box and
this box shall be filled with magnesia or asbestos or other suitable non-con-
ducting material, thoroughly packed around the pipe.
Blow-off piping shall have free discharge above maximum water level
wherever possible.
Blow-off piping outside buildings, where the free end is sealed by water,
shall have 3* vent pipe installed in every 60 foot of length.
338 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
All flanges on both pipe and fittings shall be spot faced on the back to
provide a smooth even bearing for bolt heads and nuts and shall have raised
face inside bolt holes Vu r in thickness.
All flanges shall be of dimensions and drilling as shown on attached sheet.
LOW PRESSURE EXHAUST PIPING
All fittings for low pressure exhaust piping 4' in diameter and above shall
be standard weight flanged pattern designed for 100 pounds per square inch
working pressure, and made of cast iron.
All fittings below 4' in diameter shall be standard weight cast iron, screw
end pattern.
All pipe for low pressure exhaust from 4' to 12' inclusive, excepting verti-
cal outboard exhaust pipe, shall be of standard weight steel of a quality as
previously specified and shall have standard weight cast iron flanges made on.
All pipe under 4* in diameter shall be standard weight steel pipe threaded
for screw end fittings.
All pipe from 14' to 22* inclusive, unless otherwise specified, shall be lap
welded steel pipe l /S in thickness, with cast iron flanges riveted on.
Unless otherwise specified the sizes of lap welded steel exhaust pipe, from
14* to 22* inclusive, shall be taken as the inside diameter of the pipe.
All pipe 24' in diameter and above shall be standard weight flanged cast
iron pipe designed for working pressure of 100 pounds per square inch.
Flanges on all pipe and fittings shall be plain faced and shall conform to
dimensions and drilling shown on attached sheet.
Vertical outboard exhaust pipe beyond exhaust relief valve and back
pressure valve shall be flanged galvanized spiral riveted pipe.
Exhaust heads shall be flanged galvanised of ample area, with inside parts
of copper as made by the Wright Manufacturing Company.
All unions below 27s' in diameter shall be of ground joint type and made
of brass.
All unions from 27s to 37a' inclusive, shall be flanged standard weight
cast iron.
LOW PRESSURE WATER PIPING
All fittings for low pressure water piping 4' in diameter and above shall
be standard weight flanged pattern and made of cast iron.
All fittings below 4' shall be standard weight cast iron screw end pattern.
All pipe for low pressure water 4' in diameter and above, for use both with
cold and hot water, shall be standard weight flanged cast iron designed for
a working pressure of 100 pounds per square inch.
All pipe for low pressure water below 4' shall be standard weight galvan-
ised steel pipe and shall be threaded for screw end fittings.
Flanges on all pipe and fittings shall be plain faced and shall conform to
dimensions and drilling shown on attached sheet.
All unions below 27s' shall be standard weight brass with ground joints.
All unions from 27s to 37s' inclusive shall be standard weight flanged
cast iron.
SPECIFICATIONS 339
DRIP PIPING
(1) High Pressure
All fittings for high pressure drip piping below 27s* shall be extra heavy
cast iron screw end pattern.
All fittings 2 1 // and above shall be extra heavy flanged cast iron.
All pipe for high pressure drips under 27s* shall be extra strong lap welded
steel threaded for screw end fittings.
All pipe 27s* and above shall be full weight steel pipe with extra heavy
cast iron flanges screwed on and refaced in lathe.
All unions below 27s* shall be extra heavy brass ground joint pattern of
Economic or Tuxedo make.
Flanges on all pipe and fittings shall be spot faced on the back to provide
smooth even bearing for bolt heads and nuts and shall conform to dimensions
and drilling shown on attached sheet.
(2) Low Pressures
All fittings for low pressure drips shall be standard weight cast iron, screw
end pattern.
All pipe shall be standard weight steel pipe threaded for screw end
fittings.
All unions below 27s* shall be standard weight brass unions with ground
joints.
All unions 27s* and above shall be standard weight flanged cast iron.
In all cases where possible, water seals made with pipe and fittings shall
be used in place of traps.
DRY AIR PIPING
All fittings for dry air piping 4* and above, shall be standard weight flanged
cast iron, designed for 100 pounds per square inch working pressure.
All fittings under 4' shall be standard weight cast iron screw end pattern.
All pipe shall be standard weight steel pipe and shall be provided for screw
end fittings on sixes under 4*.
Pipe 4* in diameter and above shall have standard weight cast iron flanges
made on.
All flanges on both pipe and fittings shall be plain faced and shall conform
to dimensions and drilling shown on attached sheet.
All unions below 27s* shall be standard weight brass unions with ground
joints and all unions 27s* and above shall be standard weight flanged cast
iron.
OIL PIPING
All fittings for oil piping shall be cast iron pattern brass fittings with screw
ends.
All pipe shall be iron sue brass pipe threaded for screw end fittings.
All unions below 27s* shall be standard weight brass ground joint pattern
of Economic or Tuxedo make.
All unions 27s* and above shall be standard weight flanged cast iron.
340 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
AIR PIPING
All fittings for air piping shall be standard weight cast iron with screw ends.
All pipe shall be standard weight lap welded steel pipe threaded for screw
end fittings.
All unions below 2 l /%* shall be standard weight brass with ground joints.
All unions 27s' and above shall be standard weight flanged cast iron.
STEP BEARING PIPING
All fittings for step bearing piping to vertical turbines shall be of cast steel
hydraulic pattern, designed for from 2000 to 3000 pounds per square inch
working pressure with Economic ground joints made by the Edwards Steam
Specialty Company.
All flanges and unions shall be of cast steel with Economic ground joints
designed for same pressure as above fittings and made by the Edwards Steam
Specialty Company.
All pipe shall be double extra strong lap welded steel threaded for flanges
and unions specified above.
JOINTS
Joints for high pressure steam piping shall be made with Durabla gaskets
7m' m thickness, or of some other equally good packing as approved by
Engineers.
Joints for high pressure water piping shall be made with Durabla gaskets
Vis* in thickness, or with corrugated copper gaskets coated on both sides
with Dixon's graphite or Callahan's cement.
Joints in low pressure steam and water piping shall be made with Rain-
bow gaskets Vi« r in thickness, or of some other equally good rubber packing.
Where flanges are screwed on pipe they should be made on as tight as it
is safe and the pipe shall be made entirely through the flange until it is flush
with the face of the flange.
Joints made with screw end fittingB shall have pipe threads thoroughly
slushed with Dixon's graphite or Callahan's cement and made into the fit-
tings as tight as it is safe to screw them.
All gaskets on both high and low pressure piping shall extend out to the
inside edge of the bolt holes of flanges, except on low pressure piping above
14' in diameter, where they shall extend to the outside edge of flanges.
All bolts for both high and low pressure joints shall be made of bolt steel
and shall have clean cut U. S. threads with upset square heads and semi-
finished hexagonal cold pressed nuts.
SUPPORTS
All piping and apparatus shall be supported in a thorough and substantial
manner.
Main steam headers, unless otherwise specified, shall be supported on a
heavy cast iron adjustable pipe chair with concave rollers.
All other piping shall be supported by adjustable wrought iron hangers or
by brackets.
All hangers and supports shall be installed so that they will not interfere
in any way with the expansion and contraction of the piping.
SPECIFICATIONS 341
Exhaust risen to atmosphere shall be braced by means of stays fastened
to walls or steel work in a thorough and substantial manner.
Wherever necessary, damps, braces and anchors shall be installed in
order to remove all vibration which is injurious or excessive. These clamps
and braces shall not be fastened to pipe in such a manner as to interfere with
their proper expansion and contraction.
ERECTING AND TESTING
All piping shall be erected so as to bring all the joints true and fair in order
that flanges can be carefully faced and properly bolted.
Piping must not be subjected to unnecessary or excessive strain in making
up.
All steel castings must be tested at the shop before shipment and shall be
tight under an hydraulic pressure of 500 pounds per square inch.
All high pressure steam piping shall be tested after erection to 300 pounds
per square inch hydraulic pressure.
All extra heavy cast iron feed pipe shall be tested under an hydraulic
pressure of 500 lbs. per square inch before leaving the factory. The entire
high pressure feed line shall be tested under an hydraulic pressure of 300
pounds per square inch after erection.
All piping under vacuum shall be tested and made tight against air leaks.
Pet-cocks shall be placed on any portion of the piping system where air
is liable to collect.
All piping put together with screw end fittings shall have sufficient unions
to allow of ease for removal or repairs.
After piping system has been erected it shall be blown clear of dirt and
chips before connections are made to any apparatus.
All high pressure steam piping shall be blown with live steam.
Model Specifications (Walworth). — A valuable set of model
piping specifications for three classes of power houses has been
prepared by Mr. H. W. Evans, formerly manager of the power
piping department of the Walworth Manufacturing Company,
outlining standard practice. The following is condensed from
the above.
Specification of Material fob Steam Plants Operating with Sat-
urated Steam — Pressures up to 125 Pounds per Square Inch
STEAM LINES
High pressure steam and drip pipe to be wrought steel, lap-welded. Sites
12' and smaller to be full card weight. Sises 14' and larger «/•* thick or
heavier.
Pipe fob Bends to be same weight as straight lengths unless of short
radius, when heavy pipe must be used. Bends to be finished accurately to
dimens ions to avoid forcing into position, except expansion bends, which
should be cut shorter than dimensions and drawn into place which will allow
the bend to expand into place and fit properly when the line heats.
342 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
Flanqbs fob Pzfb and bends for sizes 3 l /t* and smaller to be standard
weight cast iron threaded type; 4* and larger to be Waimanco type.
Fittings 2 1 // and larger to be standard weight cast iron, flanged: 2' and
smaller, standard cast iron, threaded.
Valvis 2' and larger, except stop and checks and other specialties, to be
iron body, flanged, gate or angle valves, standard weight, outside screw and
yoke; larger, sizes fitted with by-pass. The seating faces of discs and the
seat rings to be renewable bronse. Bonnet to be arranged for back seating
when the valve is open for packing under pressure. Valves lYt' And smaller
to be all bronse.
Flanqbs, except Waimanco type, on pipe, valves, and fittings, to be faced
straight across, rough finish.
BOILER FEED LINES
The feed water pipe from pumps to boilers to be full weight lap-welded
wrought steel or iron. Use brass pipe if quality of water demands it.
FrrnNOs 27i* and larger, except checks and feed valves (globes) to be
iron body, flanged, gate or angle valves, standard weight, outside screw and
yoke, with bronse stems. Valves 2" and smaller to be all bronse.
Flanqbs on pipe valves and fittings to be faced straight across, rough
finish.
Corrugated lead gaskets about x /i%' thick, cut in rings to fit inside the bolt
holes.
EXHAUST LINES
Pipe for exhaust lines except cast iron to be lap-welded wrought steel,
sices 12' and smaller standard weight; 14 * to 20' outside diameter, *//
thick. Sixes 22' and over not less than 1 /i'.
Fob Bends, see specification for steam lines.
Cast Iron Pipe may be used for the exhaust to the condenser or for
other lines if cheaper than wrought; weight, etc., to conform to specification
for flanged fittings.
Flanqbs fob Pipe and bends for sises 12' and smaller to be standard
weight, cast iron, threaded type; for pipe 14' and larger to be standard weight
cast iron attached by Waimanco method.
FrrriNQS 3* and larger to be cast iron, flanged; 2Vi' and smaller, cast
iron, threaded. Sizes 14' and smaller standard weight; 16' and larger may
be low pressure.
Valves for sizes 2 1 // and larger, except relief, back pressure, and other
specialties to be iron body, flanged, gate or angle valves, preferably outside
screw and yoke. Inside screw valves with brass stem; outside screw and
yoke may have steel stem. Sises 10' and smaller standard weight; 12' and
larger may be low pressure, in which case they are to have standard weight
flanges. The seating faces of discs and seat rings are to be renewable bronse;
bonnet to be arranged for back seating when the valve is open for packing
under pressure. Valves 2' and smaller to be all brass.
Flanqbs on pipe valves and fittings to be faced straight across, rough
finish.
SPECIFICATIONS 343
Oarlock or Rainbow gaskets x /\%* thick cut in rings to fit inside the bolt
holes.
WATER PIPING
Suction or discharge pipe (except cast iron) to be lap-welded wrought steel
or iron. Sises 12' and smaller standard weight; 14' and larger not less than
V/ thick. Bends made as for steam piping.
Cast Ibon pipe when used should conform to specifications for flanged
Flangbb for pipe and bends for sixes 12' and smaller to be standard weight
cast iron, threaded type; for pipe 14' and larger to be standard weight cast
iron attached by Walmanco method.
Fittings for sises 3' and larger to be cast iron, flanged; 2' and smaller
east iron, threaded. Sises 14' and smaller standard weight; 16' and larger
either standard or low pressure as demanded by the service. Elbows long
Stop Valves 2 1 // and larger to be standard weight, iron body brass
mounted, flanged, gate or angle valves. Preferably outside screw and yoke
with brass stems. Valves 2' and smaller to be all brass.
Flangbb on pipe valves and fittings except Walmanco type, to be faced
straight across, rough finish.
Cloth Inserted Rubber or Rainbow gaskets Vi« r thick, cut in rings to fit
inside the bolt holes; for pipe in the ground use heavy canvas, full face,
dipped in red lead.
BLOW-OFF LINES
Pipb and Bknd6 to be full weight lap-welded steel In all particulars same
as for steam lines.
Flangbb for pipe and bends to be standard weight, cast iron, threaded,
screwed on and refacecL (Same as for steam lines.)
Fittings to be standard weight cast iron, flanged. Elbows, long radius;
use extra heavy malleable screwed ells if within the fire walls. Header fit-
tings to be laterals or single sweep tees.
Cast Ibon Pzfb may be desirable for a header buried in the ground,
then use heavy weight flanged pipe.
BLOW-OFF LINES from boilers to be double valved; use one heavy
asbestos packed cock, and one Walworth angle pattern blow-off valve,
flanged ends.
Flangbb on pipe, valves and fittings to be faced straight across, rough
finish.
Gablock ob Lbad Gaskets Yit' thick, cut in rings to fit inside the bolt
holes.
Spbgoication of Matbbzals fob Stbam Plants Opsbating with Satu-
rated Stbam — Pbbbbubbb up to 250 Pounds pbb Squabb Inch
STEAM LINES
High pressure steam and drip pipe to be wrought steel, lap-welded. For
pressures up to 200 pounds per square inch, sises 7' and smaller to be full
card weight; 8 '-28 pounds per foot; 9 '-34 pounds per foot; 10'-40 pounds
344 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
per foot; 12 '-60 pounds per foot. 8iaes 14' aiwi larger Vi' thick or heavier.
For pressures 200 pounds per square inch and over, 12* and smaller to be
extra strong; 14' and larger x l%* thick.
Pifb for Bunds to be same weight as straight lengths unless of short
radius, when heavy pipe must be used. Bends to be finished accurately to
dimensions to avoid forcing into position, except expansion bends, which
should be cut shorter than dimensions and drawn into place which will allow
the bend to expand into place and fit properly when the line heats.
Flangbs for pipe and bends for sues 3 1 // and smaller to be extra heavy
weight malleable iron or steel, threaded type, screwed on and refaced. For
sues 4* and larger malleable iron or steel flanges flow hub section) attached
by Walmanco method should be used.
FrrnNOB 2* and smaller to be extra heavy cast iron, threaded; sises 2 l /%'
and larger to be extra heavy weight cast iron or semi-steel, flanged.
Valves 2* and larger, except stop and checks and other specialties to be
iron body, flanged, gate or angle valves, extra heavy weight, outside screw
and yoke. (For pressures up to 175 pounds medium weight valves may be
used.) Sises 8' and larger to be fitted with one-piece by-pass valve. The
seating faces of discs and the seat rings to be renewable hard bronze; bonnet
to be arranged for back seating when the valve is opened for packing under
pressure. Valves l l /« r and smaller to be all bronse.
Flangbs, except Walmanco type, on pipe, valves and fittings to be faced
with Ym' raised projection inside the bolt holes; bearing surface for bolt
head and nut to be finished, i.e. spot faced.
BOILER FEED LINES
The feed water pipe from pumps to boilers to be extra strong lap-welded
wrought steel or iron. Use brass pipe if the quality of water demands it.
Flanges for the pipe and bends to be extra heavy weight malleable iron or
steel (low hub section). Sises 2 1 // and smaller, threaded type; 3' and
larger, Walmanco method. Fittings 27s* and larger to be extra heavy weight
cast iron or semi-steel, flanged. Sises 2' and smaller to be extra heavy oast
or malleable iron, threaded. Elbows, long radius.
Valves 2 1 // and larger, except checks and feed valves (globes) to be
iron body, flanged, gate or angle valves, extra heavy weight, outside screw
and yoke, with bronse stem. (Medium weight valves may be used for pres-
sures up to 175 pounds.) Valves 2' and smaller to be all bronse. Flanges
on pipe, valves and fittings to be faced with 7u* raved projection inside the
bolt holes; bearing surface for bolt head and nut to be finished, i.e. spot faced.
Corrugated lead gaskets about Vu * thick cut in rinp to fit the raised faced.
EXHAUST LINES
See exhaust lines under specifications for plant operating with 125 pounds
steam pressure.
WATER PIPING
See water piping under specifications for plant operating with 125 pounds
SPECIFICATIONS 345
BLOW-OFF LINES
Pipe and bends to be extra strong lap-welded steel. In all particulars
same as for steam lines.
Flanobb to be extra heavy malleable iron or steel (low hub section). Sues
3Vt* and smaller, threaded type; 4* and larger Walmanco method. Semi-
steel flanges may be used for pressures up to 150 pounds.
Frrrnras to be extra heavy weight cast iron, flanged. Elbows, long radius.
Header fittingB to be laterals or single sweep tees. Cast iron pipe, valves,
facing, and gaskets same as for 125 pound plant.
Specification of Material fob Steam Plants Operating with Sufbb-
heatbd Steam — Pressures up to 250 Pounds per Square Inch
STEAM LINES
High pressure steam and drip pipe to be wrought steel, lap-welded. For
pressures up to 175 pounds per square inch, sues 7' and smaller to be full
card weight; 8 '-28 pounds per foot; 9 '-34 pounds per foot; 10 '-40 pounds
per foot; 12 '-50 pounds per foot. Sues 14' and larger '/•' thick or heavier.
For pressure 175 pounds per square inch and over, 12' and smaller to be extra
strong; 14' and larger V»* thick.
Pipe fob Bends to be same weight as straight lengths unless of short
radius, when heavy pipe must be used. Bends to be finished accurately to
dimensions to avoid forcing into position, except expansion bends, which
should be cut shorter than dimensions and drawn into place which will allow
the bend to expand into place and fit properly when the line heats.
Flanges for pipe and bends for sues 3Yt* and smaller to be extra heavy
weight steel, threaded type, screwed on and refaoed. For pipe 4' and larger
to be steel (low hub section) attached by the Walmanco method.
Frrrnras V and larger to be extra heavy open hearth steel castings, hav-
ing sweep outlets and large fillets back of the flanges. Sues l l /t* and smaller
to be extra heavy malleable iron or cast steel, threaded.
Valves l 1 /** and larger, except stop and checks and other specialties, to
be extra heavy weight, flanged, gate or angle valves, outside screw and yoke;
bonnet packed with Durabla gasket. 8ues 7' and larger to be fitted with
one-piece by-pass valve. Body, Bonnet and Discs or Wedge to be open
hearth steel castings — yoke may be cast iron. When temperature does
not exceed 500° stem may be cold rolled steel; for higher temperatures use
Monel metal stems. Valves l 1 // and smaller to be all bronse, or of suitable
composition to withstand high temperatures; fitted with renewable seat and
disc.
Flanobb, except Walmanco type, on pipe valves and fittings, to be faced
with Yit* raved projection inside the bolt holes; bearing surface for bolt
head and nut to be finished, Le. spot faced.
BOILER FEED LINES
The feed water pipe from pumps to boilers to be extra strong lap-welded
wrought steel or iron. Use brass if the quality of water demands it.
Flanobb for pipe and bends to be extra heavy weight malleable iron or
steel (low hub section). Sues 3 1 // and smaller to be threaded type; sise 4'
346 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
and larger to be attached by Walmanco method. Semi-steel flanges may
be used for small sites for pressures up to 160 pounds.
FrmNOS 2 1 // and larger to be extra heavy weight cast iron or semi-steel
flanged. Sues 2* and smaller to be extra heavy, cast or malleable iron,
threaded. Elbows, long radius.
Valves 2Vt* and larger, except checks and feed valves (globes) to be iron
body, flanged, gate or angle valves, extra heavy weight, outside screw and
yoke, with bronse stem. (For pressures up to 175 pounds medium weight
valves may be used.) Valves 2' and smaller to be all bronse.
Flangss except Walmanco type on pipe, valves and fittings, to be faced
with Yi«* raised projection inside the bolt holes; bearing surface for bolt
head and nut to be finished, i.e. spot faced.
EXHAUST LINES
See exhaust lines under specifications for plant operating with 125 pounds
steam pressure.
WATER PIPING
See water piping under specifications for plant operating with 125 pounds
steam pressure.
BLOW-OFF LINES
See blow-off lines under specifications for plant operating with 250 pounds
steam pressure (saturated steam).
Corrugated lead gaskets about l /i«* thick, cut in rings to fit the raised face.
Notes — (Common to all Piping)
Drilling. — Templates to be the "American Standard of 1915/' for flanges,
fittings and valves.
Supports. — Not more than 12 foot centres, designed to provide for move-
ment in all directions; use substantial anchors where necessary.
Drainage. — Provide adequate drainage arrangements wherever n e c essa ry
on all steam lines.
Union*. — Provide suitable unions on small threaded lines wherever neces-
sary to insure quick repairs and at all valve connections.
Volte*. — The seating faces of discs and the seat rings to be of renewable
bronse (or suitable metal); bonnet to be arranged for back seating when the
valve is open for packing under pressure.
CHAPTER XIX
LIST OP BOOKS AND REFERENCES
The following sources of information are included as a means
of increasing the value of the book, which is necessarily limited
in its treatment of the various phases of piping and allied sub-
jects. It is not intended to be a complete list of books and articles,
but is suggestive, and may be amplified by the reader.
Adamb, A. I. — Wood Stave Pipe. Am. Soo. C. E. Transactions, Vol. 41,
p. 27.
Allen, J. K. — Sues of Flow and Return Steam Mains. 104 pp. 31. Pub.
by Domestic Engineering, Chicago, 1907.
American District Steam Company. — Bulletins Nob. 103 to 143 covering
subject of district heating. North Tonawanda, N. Y.
American Gas In stitute . — Standard Specifications for Cast Iron Pipe
and Special Fittings. 55 pp. (Adopted Oct. 1911 and Oct 1913.) The
Chemical Publishing Co., Easton Pa., 1914.
The American Standard Pipe Flanges, FrrnNoa and Their Bolting. —
Report of Committee of Am. Soo. M. £. Revised to Mar. 7 and 20,
1914. N. Y.
Armstrong Cork and Insulation Company. — Nonpareil High Pressure
Covering. 80 pp., 1916. Nonpareil Cork Covering for Cold Pipes. 60
pp., 1916. Pittsburgh, Pa.
Batcbellbr, B. C. — The Rapieff Joint is described in the American Machin-
ist, April 23, 1908.
Bjorling, Phillip R. — Pipe and Tubes. 344 pp. ilL Whittaker and Co.,
London, 1902.
Booth, Wm. H. — Steam Pipes. 187 pp. ill. A. Constable & Co., Ltd.,
London, 1905.
Browning, William D. — Dimensions of Pipe, Fittings and Valves. 88
pp. ill. 3rd ed., 1910. For sale by National Book Co., Collinwood, Ohio.
Chandler, S. M. — Bursting Strength of Cast-iron Elbows and Tees. Tests
at Case School of Applied Science. American Machinist, Mar., 1906.
Collins, Hubert E. — Pipes and Piping. 140 pp. ill. $1.00. McGraw-
Hill Book Co., N. Y. 1908.
Condensed Catalogues or Mechanical Equipment. — Gives names and
addresses of manufacturers of piping and equipment engineers, etc. 6th
Vol., Oct., 1916. Am. See. M. E., N. Y.
Crane Company. — The Effect of High Temperatures on the Physical Prop-
erties of Some Metals and Alloys, by I. M. Bregowsky and L. W. Spring,
Power Plant Piping Specifications. Chicago.
348 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
Crams, R. T. — Eariy History of Gas Pipes. Engineering Record, July 8,
1803.
Dudlby, Arthur W. — Experiments with Wood Pipe in New Hampshire
Journal of the New England Waterworks Association. Sept., 1916.
Duband, W. L. — Flow of Steam in Pipes (A Chart). Mechanical World,
May 26, 1916.
Ellis, George A. — Tables Relating to the Flow of Water in Oast Iron
Pipes. 63 pp. Press of Springfield Printing (>»., 8pringfield, Mass. 1883.
Engineering Standards Committee. — Leslie S. Robertson, M. Inst. C. E.
Sec'y. Published for the Committee by C. Lockwood & Son, London.
Report No. 10, 1904. British Standard Tables for Pipe Flanges.
Report No. 21, 1905. British Standard Pipe Threads for Iron or Steel
Pipes.
Report No. 40, 1908. British Standard Specifications for Oast Iron
Spigot and Socket Low Pressure Heating Pipes.
Report No. 44, 1909. British Standard Specification for Oast Iron
Pipes for Hydraulic Power.
Report No. 58, 1912. British Standard Specification for Cast Iron
Spigot and Socket Soil Pipes.
Report No. 59, 1912. British Standard Specification for Oast Iron
Spigot and Socket Waste and Ventilating Pipes, for other than Soil
Purposes.
Evans, W. H. — Model Piping Specifications. Walworth Mfg. Co., 1915,
Boston, Mass.
Fobst all, Walton. — The Installation of Cast Iron Street Mains. 121 pp.
The Chemical Publishing Co., Easton, Pa. 1913.
Foam, E. H. — Flow of Superheated Steam in Pipes. Am. Soc M. E.
Transactions, Vol. 29, p. 247.
Fbxbnd, J. NnwroN. — The Corrosion of Iron and Steel. Longmans, Green
Co., N.Y. 1911.
Gabbjrt, Jesse. — Making Cast Iron Pipe. Journal of N. E. Waterworks
Association, Sept., 1896.
Gbbhabp, W. P. — Gas Piping and Gas Lighting. 306pp. $3.00. McGraw-
Hill Pub. Co., N. Y. 1908.
Gibson, A. H. — Water Hammer in Hydraulic Pipe Lines. 60 pp. ilL D.
Van Nostrand Co., N. Y. 1909.
Guillaumb, M. — Table, Determination of Pressure Fall in Steam Piping.
Journal Am. Soc. M. E., 1914, p. 0129.
Harbison Safety Boilbb Works. — Philadelphia, Pa. "The Exhaust
Steam Heating Encyclopedia," Bulletins and Catalogs, Cochrane Heaters,
Separators, Multiport Valves, etc.
Hawlet, W. C. — Wooden Stave Pipe. 18 pp. 31. Engineers 9 8ociety of
Western Pennsylvania, Pittsburgh, Pa. Mar. 21, 1905.
Hbrschel, Clemens. — 115 Experiments on the Carrying Capacity of
Large! Riveted, Metal Conduits. 122 to 130 pp. J. Wiley 6 Sons,
N.Y. 1897.
Hills, H. F. — Gas and Gas Fittings. 243 pp. ill. Whittaker k Co., N. Y.
1902.
LIST OF BOOKS AND REFERENCES 840
Hole, Walter. — The Distribution of Gas. 837 pp. ilL $7.50. J. Allen &
Co., London, 1912.
Hollis, I. N. — Cast Iron Fitting* for Superheated Steam. Am. Boo. M. E.
Transactions, Vol. 31, p. 989.
Hows, H. M. — The Relative Corrosion of Steel and Wrought Iron Tubing.
Am. Soe. for Testing Materials. Vol. 8.
Hubbabd, Chas. I. — Heating and Ventilation. 213 pp. American Tech-
nical Society. Chicago, 111.
Hutton, William. — Hot Water Supply and Kitchen Boiler Connections,
etc. 211pp. ill. $1.50. David Williams Co., N. Y. 1913.
Jaynb, Stephen O. — Wood Pipe for Conveying Water for Irrigation. 40
pp. U. S. Dept. of Agriculture Bulletin No. 155. Government Printing
Office, Washington, D. C. 1914.
Kbllog, M. W. — Pipe, Fittings, Valves, Joints, Gaskets for Superheated
Steam. Am. Soc. M. E. Transactions, Vol. 29, p. 355.
Kent, Wm. — The Mechanical Engineer's Pocket-Book. $5.00. John Wiley
6 Sons, N. Y.
Lewis, W. K. — The Flow of Viscous liquids Through Pipes. The Journal
of Industrial and Engineering Chemistry, July, 1916.
Lovekin, S. D. — Joints for High Pressure Superheated Steam or Hydraulic
Work are described in the American Machinist, June 8, 1905.
Machinery Data Shut Book No. 12. — Pipe and Pipe Fittings. 44 pp.
ill. $0.25. The Industrial Press, N. Y. 1910.
Machinery Reference Series No. 72. — Pumps and Condensers, Steam
and Water Piping. 48 pp. ill. $0.25. The Industrial Press, N. Y.
1911.
Mann, A. S. — Cast Iron Valves and Fittings for Superheated Steam. Am.
Soc. M. E. Transactions, Vol. 31, p. 1003.
Marks, Lionel S. — Mechanical Engineers' Handbook. 1836 pp. $5.00.
McGraw-Hill Book Co., N. Y. 1916.
McMillan, L. B. — The Heat Insulating Pr o per t ies of Commercial Steam
Pipe Coverings. Journal of Am. Soc. M. E., Jan. 1916.
Motes Connections. — Report of Committee of American Gas Institute,
N.Y. 1916.
Miller, E. F. — The Effect of Superheated Steam on the Strength of Cast
Iron, Gun Iron, and Steel. Am. Soc. M. E. Transactions, Vol. 31, p. 998.
The Flow of Superheated Ammonia Gas in Pipes. Am. Soc. Refrig.
Eng*rs Journal, Sept. 1916.
Morris, William L. — Steam Power Plant Piping. 490 pp. ill. $5.00.
McGraw-Hill Book Co., N. Y. 1909.
" National" Bulletins Noe. 1 to 24. — National Tube Co., Pittsburgh, Pa.
National Tube Company, Book of Standards. — 559 pp. $2.00. Na-
tional Tube Co., Pittsburgh, Pa.
Pbabody, Ernest H. — Ofl Fuel. Paper No. 214, Trans. International
Engineering Congress, 1915. The Neal Pub. Co., San Francisco, Cat
Piping. — Practical Engineer, Jan. 1, 1917.
Piping for Steam Generating Plants from a Safety Point of View. —
The Travelers 1 Standard, Vol. IV, No. 8.
850 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
Preston, Arthur C. — Experiments on the Vkm of Oil in Pipes. Journal
of Engineering of the University of Colorado, Dec. 1915.
Plumbing & Gas FrrnNGS. — Prepared for students of the International
Correspondence Schools. The Colliery Engineer Co., Scranton, Pa.
1897.
8anq, A. — The Corrosion of Iron and Steel. McGraw-Hill Book Co., N. Y.
1910.
Specifications for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. 31 pp. Hitsel-
bergar, Tietenberg 6 Co., N. Y. 1915.
Scobbt, Fred C. — The Flow of Water in Wood-Stave Pipe. 96 pp. U. 8.
Dept. of Agriculture Bulletin No. 376. Government Printing Office,
1916. Washington, D. C.
Snow, William, G.— Pipe Fitting Charts. 285 pp. ill. $1.50. David
Williams Co., N. Y. 1912.
Standard Pipe and Pipe Threads. — Report of Committee. Am. Soc.
M. E. Transactions. Vol 7, pp. 20, 414; Vol. 8, p. 29.
Standard Specifications. — Am. Soc. for Testing Materials. Edgar War-
burg, Sec'y Trees., Philadelphia, Pa.
A 53-15. For Welded Steel and Wrought Pipe.
A 44-04. For Cast Iron Pipe and Special Fittings
Standardization or Special Threads for Fixtures and Fittings (Straight
Threads). — Report of Committee of Am. Soc M. E. Trans. Vol. 37,
p. 1263.
Stanley, W. E. — Loss of Head in Pipes, Bends, Valves and Other Fittings.
The Purdue Engineering Review, May, 1916.
Stewart, R. T. — Strength of Steel Tubes, Pipes and Cylinders under
Internal Fluid Pressure. Am. Soc. M. E. Transactions, Vol. 34.
Walker, W. H. — "The Relative Corrosion of Iron and Steel Water Pipes.
N. E. Water Works Association, Boston, Dec. 1911.
Wehrlb, George. — Instructions for Gas Company Fitters. The Gas Age.
An Extensive Series of Articles beginning Sept., 1916.
Weston, E. B. — Tables Showing the Loss of Head Due to Friction of Water
in Pipes. 170 pp. D. Van Nostrand Co., N. Y. 1896.
Among the technical magazines which contain much information on pip-
ing the following may be mentioned.
Compressed Air Magazine.
Engineering News, N. Y.
The Gas Age, N. Y.
Journal of the A. S. M. E.
Journal of the N. E. Waterworks Association.
Power, N. Y.
Practical Engineer, Chicago.
The Valve World, Chicago.
APPENDIX
The drawings shown on Plates 1 to 8 Inclusive are re-drawn for reproduc-
tion from piping drawings prepared by Stone & Webster Engineering Cor-
poration for a steam power plant (Gannon Street Station) which they are
constructing for the New Bedford Gas & Edison Light Company, New Bed-
ford, Massachusetts. A brief description of the plant is contained in The
Walworth Log for December, 1916, which says that it is, perhaps, the last
word in every detail as regards efficiency and low cost of operation, and con-
tinues: "The coal is brought to the company's wharf in barges, transferred
by an electric unloading tower through the coal crusher into storage, only
crushed coal being stored. It is transferred from storage by locomotive crane
and dump cars into hoppers at the east end of the station; from here by skip
chutes to bunker storage at end of firing aide.
"From bunker storage to automatic stokers the coal is transferred by a
traveling coal weigher, same having two compartments, one for north and
the other for south boilers. By the use of bunkers and traveling ash cars
the ashes are removed and disposed of in a correspondingly modern way.
By the use of force draft and Baboock & Wilcox boilers they are able to meet
peak loads with a liberal boiler overload. The steam leads and mains are
figured to provide enough steam to meet any emergency which may arise."
All of the high p ress ure piping, and most of the low pressure work in this
station was furnished by the Walworth Manufacturing Company.
On the original drawings all figures and lettering are made large and very
distinct. The large reduction necessary for reproduction has of course caused
a loss in the matter of clearness. A great deal of valuable information in
connection with the preparation of piping drawings can be obtained by a
careful study of these plates. The completeness of the notes, descriptions
of valves and special fittings, old and new material, location of centre lines
for present and future apparatus, together with the location of building
features should be noted. The grade lines specified on the elevations and
the location of the north point on the different plans make comparisons easy.
These drawings are considered typical for modern plants operating at
about 200 pounds pressure.
Plates 1 and 2 show the main steam pipe lines in plan and elevation.
Expansion is cared for by bends and loops. Connections from the boilers to
the 12 inch header are made by 6 inch bends. The location of connections
for indicating p r e ss u re gauge and recording temperature and pressure gauges
is indicated on Plate 1.
Plates 3 and 4 give the plan and elevation of the auxiliary exhaust lines.
Plates 5 and 6 show the boiler feed lines in plan and elevation. Note the
enlarged detail for the connections at the Bailey Meter.
362 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
Plate 7 gives the plan and elevation for the boiler blow-off lines. Note the
location of the valves.
Plate 8 shows the plan and elevation for the heater suction and city water
lines.
For the use of these valuable drawings the author is indebted to the Stone
& Webster Engineering Corporation, who were kind enough to supply them
for this purpose.
INDEX
Abendroth & Root, spiral riveted
pipe, 22
Air, equivalent volumes of free, 244;
piping, 237, 339, 340; weight of,
239
Air lift pumping system, 244; well
pipesises, 246
Aluminum Co. of America, 284
Aluminum piping, 284; sises and
weights, 287
American District Steam Co., 216,
219, 220, 223
American Gas Institute, 251
American Metal Hose Co., 284
American pipe threads, 36
American Radiator Co., 203, 208
Am. Soc. Mech. Kngrs., 13, 18, 37,
134, 138, 140, 289, 305, 314
Am. Soc. Test Materials, 13
American Spiral Pipe Works, 25
American standard flanged fittings,
58-70
Ammonia fittings, 71
Apparatus, conventional representa-
tion, 311
Armstrong Cork & Insulation Co.,
295,299
Asphalted riveted pipe, 22
Atwood line weld, 76
Auld Co., 125, 128
Automatic valves, Crane-Erwood,
121; Fisher exhaust relief, 132;
Foster, 117
Babcock's formula, 143
Back pressure valves, 130
Baldwin, Wm. J., 43
Bamboo tubes, 1
Barlow's formula, 20
Barometric condenser, 183; piping
for, 184
Bell and spigot joint, 89
Bending pipe, 281; machine, 282
Benjamin, C. H., 13
Bends, pipe, 275-281; dimensions
of, 275
Blake & Enowfes Pump Works, 180,
185
Blow-off piping, 169, 337, 343; tanks,
170, 171.
Blow-off valves, 114; arrangement
of, 169
Boiler feed piping, 232; specifica-
tions, 342, 344, 345
Boiler stop valves, 117
Boiler tubes, 287
Bolt circles and drilling, 79
Bolted socket joint, 89
Books and references, 347
Brackets, 273; dimensions of, 275
Brass, pipe, 29; fittings, 54; uses
of, 8
Brass tubing, 285
Bregowsky, I. M., 146
Bridgeport Brass Co., 228
Briggs, Robert, 35
Briggs standard, 2
British pipe threads, 42
British standard flanges and fittings,
72
Bronse, gun, 10
Bull head tees, 60
Burhorn, Edwin, 27
Bursting pressures of, cylinders, 13;
flanged fittings, 57; wrought pipe,
18,21
Bushings, 47
Butterfly valves, 114
354
INDEX
Butt weld pipe, 6
By-pass valves, 103
Caps, 47
Casing, wood, 297
Casting alloys, U. S. Navy, Bureau
of Steam Engineering, 9
Cast iron, bosses, 312; cylinder
tests, 13
Cast iron pipe, Am. std., 64, 65;
dimensions of hub and spigot, 7,
13, 15; fittings, 49; flange ends, 7;
formulae for, 12; joints, 96; plain,
16; uses of, 7; weights of hub and
spigot, 14; weight of plain, 16
Cast steel fittings, 71
Cast steel screwed fittings, 57
Central station heating, 217; con-
densation meter, 225; interior
piping, 224
Chadwick-Boston Co., 30
Chasers, number of, 40
Check valves, 111; hydraulic, 235
Clark, Walter R., 228
Clearance, 40
Closed heater piping, 190
Cochrane steam-stack and out-out
valve, 193
Coils, 316; drawings of, 317
Cold pipes, coverings for, 296
Color system, 288
Compressed air piping, 237
Compressed air transmission tables,
238,240-243
Condensers, 176
Conductivity chart for gas pipes, 249
Conduit, split tile, 299
Connections, boiler to header, 152;
exhaust main, 174; gas engine,
256; gas meter, 252-254; hot
water radiator, 208; lubricator, 267;
special, 88; steam radiator, 203
Converse joints, 90
Copper pipe, 8, 29; flanges for, 93;
method of manufacture, 8; uses
of, 8
Copper tubing, 285
Corrosion of pipe, 2
Coupling, 44, 45
Coverings, pipe, 289; forms of, 296;
tests on, 289; thickn e s ses of, 295
Crane Co., 53, 54, 57, 78, 82, 103,
104, 121, 146
Crimped end, 94
Crosby Steam Gage 6 Valve Co., 100
Crosses, 46
Cylinder tests, 13
Detail drawing, 308
Dimensioning drawings, 312
Dimensions of, Am. std. flanged
fittings, 61-70; boiler tubes, 287;
brass fittings, 55; British pipe
threads, 42; British std. flanged
fittings, 72-75; cast iron bosses,
812; cast iron screwed fittings,
50-54; Converse lock joint pipe,
91; expansion joints, 278
Dimensions of flanges, standard
weight Walmanco, 85; extra heavy
Walmanco, 86; extra heavy Crane-
lap, 84; extra heavy shrunk and
peened, 86; extra heavy tongued
and grooved, 87; extra heavy male
and female, 88
Dimensions of globe and gate valves,
104-111; hub and spigot pipe, 15;
lead pipe, 32; malleable iron fit-
tings, 56, 57; Matheson joint pipe,
92; pipe, 11; pipe bends, 275, 281;
pipe brackets, 275; pipe saddles,
283; riveted pipe flanges, 95;
screwed unions, 78; spiral riveted
pipe, 22-26; straight riveted pipe,
27; Universal C. I. pipe, 97;
Whitworth pipe threads, 43
Dopes, pipe, 270
Double extra strong wrought pipe, 3
Drainage, 161
Drainage fittings, 167
Draining exhaust pipe, 173
Drawings, conventional representa-
tion, 307; dimensioning, 312; erec-
tion, 306; flanged, 315; gas piping,
260; isometric, 319-327; oblique,
328; oil piping, 266; pictorial, 319-
INDEX
355
328; piping, 306; single plane,
318, 320; sketching, 316; steam
piping, 309; steam power plant,
351
Drilling for bolt circles, 79
Drip and blow-off piping, 161
Drip piping, 339
Drip pockets, 163
Drips from steam cylinders, 167
Eductor condenser, 185; piping for,
186
Efficiency of pipe coverings, 290
Elbows, 46,59
Emergency stop valves, 118, 121
Engineering Standards Committee, 73
Engines, steam lines for, 154; exhaust
from, 173
English pipe, 22; formula for, 22
Equalisation of pipes, formula for,
144; tables, standard wrought pipe,
147; extra strong, 148; double
extra, 149
Equivalent lengths of pipe, 90° elbow,
145; elbow, tee, etc., 230
Erecting, specifications, 341
Erection drawings, 306; pipe, 269
Evans, H. W., 341
Exhaust heads, 174
Exhaust piping, 172; method of
draining. 173; specifications, 338.
342
Exhaust relief valves, 132
Expansion, 274
Expansion bends, 275, 276; radii
for, 280; thickness of pipe, 281;
values, 280
Expansion chart, 279
Expansion joints, 96, 277; exhaust
pipe, 176
Extra heavy Am. std. C. I. pipe, 65;
flanged fittings, 63
Extra strong wrought pipe, 3; dimen-
sions of, 18; weight of, 18
Farnsworth Mfg. Co., 64
Feed piping, 232
Feed water heaters, 188
Feed water purifier, live steam, 157
Field riveted joint, 89
Filling-in piece, 315
Fisher Governor Co., 129, 131, 132
Fisher reducing valve, 126
Fittings, flanged, Am. std. C. I.,
58-70; ammonia, 71; British std.,
72-75; conventional representa-
tions, 310; distance pipe enters, 313;
drainage, 167; form for listing, 307;
gas, 247; hydraulic, 233; oil pipe,
264; riveted steel plate, 172;
screwed, 44-^57; sises of water
supply, 233
Flanged fittings, strength of, 67
Flanged unions, 79
Flanges, Am. std., 65-67; British
std., 72, 73; dimensions of, 85;
drilling, 315; for copper pipe, 93;
facing, 80; male and female, 81;
raised face, 80; riveted, 89;
straight face, 80; tongued and
grooved, 81; with follower rings, 89
Flow of water in pipes, 227; chart,
229
Foreign pipe threads, 43
Formula, Barlow's, 20
Formula for, air lift pumping system,
245; cast iron pipe, 12; compressed
air transmission, 238; copper pipe,
29; English pipe, 22; flow of
water, 227, 228; gas pipes, 248;
lead pipe, 30; safety valves, 136;
spiral riveted pipe, 22; steam
pipes, 143, 144; strength of pipe,
11; wooden stave pipe, 34
Forstall, Walton, 255
Foster Engineering Co., 117, 131
Fuel piping, oil, 267; U.S. Navy, 268
Gages, pipe thread, 37; steam, 160
Gas engine connections, 256
Gas fitting, 246
Gaskets, 271; ammonia, 71
Gas meters, 250; connecting, 252;
sises of, 251
Gas pipe, sises of, 247, 257; testing;
250
366
INDEX
Gas piping, anna, 261; drawings, 260;
location of, 247; obstructions and
joining, 265; outlets, 256; pressure
tests, 255; schedule, 257; slope
of. 255: specifications. 255: stems.
261
Gate valves, 99-103; standard pres-
sures and dimensJons, 104-111;
strength of , 104
Giesecke, F. E., 228
Globe valves, 09; standard pressures
and dimensions, 104-111
Governors, pump, 128
Gravity pipe lines, 226
Gun bronse, 10
Handling pipe, 269
Header, live steam, 152
Heads and pressures of water, 227
Heaters, feed water, 188; piping for,
199
Heating systems, piping for, 201
High temperature, effect of, 146,
150
Hirshfield, C. F., 138
Homestead Valve Mfg. Co., 116
Hoppes Mfg. Co., 157, 163, 175,
197
Hose, metal, 284
Hot water heating, 206; down feed
system, 208; forced circulation
system, 208; mains and risers, 210;
open tank system, 207; pipe sises,
209
Hot water suction pipe, 282
Hub and spigot pipe, 13; weights of,
14; dimensions of, 15
Hydraulic pipe and fittings, 233
stop valves, 236
Ingersoll-Rand Co., 238, 244
Injector piping; 166
Insulation, 289; for water stand pipe,
304
Interlock welded necks, 76
Interior water piping, 233
Intn A«'n for Test Matfls, 146
Isometrio drawing, 319-327
Jayne, a <X, 34
Jenkins Bros., 100
Jet condensers, 180; piping for,
181
Joints, expansion, 277; flanged for
steel pipe, 81; pipe, 76; spechV
cations, 340; welded, 76
Kewanee flanged union, 79
Lap weld furnace, 4
Lap welding rolls, 5
Lap weld process, 3
Laterals, 59
Lead pipe, formula for, 30; history, 1;
joints, 93; manufacture of, 30;
uses of, 8
Lip angle, 39
live steam header, 152
Location of valves, 113
Long bends, British stoL, 75
Long, H. £., 217
Long radius fittings, 59
Lubricator connections, 267
Lunkenheimer Co., 54, 101
header, pipe lines from, 154
Malleable iron fittings, 55
Mason Regulator Co., 123
Materials for valves, 99; specifica-
tions, 334; strength of, 9; sym-
bols for, 314
Matheson joints, 90
McMillan, L. B., 289
Metal hose, 284
Meter cock, 247
Meters, gas, 250; steam condensa-
tion, 225
Mul tests of wrought pipe, 20
National Pipe Bending Co., 192
National Tube Co., 20, 38, 51, 56, 78*
102
New Bedford Gas and Edison Light
Co., 351
Nipples, 47, 48
Noules,282
Nut, pipe, 47
INDEX
357
Oblique drawing; 828
Oil fuel piping, 267; U.S. Navy, 268
Oil piping, 339; drawing, 266; fittings,
264; for lubrication, 263; Phenix
system,264; lUcliardaon system, 263
Open heater piping, 108
Operation of valves, 112
Outlets, gas, 256
Out-of-doors piping, 901
Outside diameter wrought pipe, 3;
weight of, 19
Philadelphia Gas Works, 265
Pictorial drawing, 319, 328
Pilot valve, 120
Pipe coverings, forms of, 287, 296
Pipe joints, 76-83
Pipe nut, 47 t
Pipe saddles, dimensions of , 283
Pipe sizes. See Dimensions.
Pipe threading, 38; machine, 39
Pipe threads, 36; foreign, 43; sym-
bols, plan and section, 316; table
of standard, 36; Whitworth, 41
Pipe tools, 3&-41
Piping drawings, 306
Piping for various liquids, 329
Piping schedule, service, pipe, fittings,
valves, gaskets, flanges, 330
Pittsburgh Valve, Foundry and Con-
struction Co., 76
Plain cast iron pipe, 16
Plan of gas piping, 260
Plug* 47
Hug valves, 116
Pohle, E. S., 244
Pope, Henry G., 299
Pop safety valves, 182; installation
of, 134
Pottery tubes, 1
Power plant piping, 330
Power plant piping drawings, 861
Preference heater, 199
Pressures, bursting, 18
Pump, and receiver, 168; and surface
condenser, 179; discharge piping,
231; governors, 128; suction pip-
ing, 228; well, 231
Pumping system, air lift, 244; well
pipe sues, 246
Pumps, exhaust from, 173; gas prov-
ing, 250; steam lines for, 164
Purifier, feed water, 167; method of
piping, 168
Radiator connections, hot water, 208;
steam, 203
Radiators, pipe sues, 204, 209, 212
Reducing elbows, 68
Reducing fittings, 64; Am. std., 67-69
Reducing valves, 122; sizes of, 127
Reference books, 347
Relief valves, 132, 232
Representation, conventional, 307;
fittings, 310; apparatus, 311
Return trap, 163; setting for, 167
Richardson-Pheniz Co., 263
Riveted pipe, joints, 94; spiral, 22;
straight, 27
Roller support, 301
Russell, James, 1
Saddles, 283
Safely valves, 132; hydraulic, 236;
requirements, 134
Schedule, standard piping, 330; gas
piping, 267
Schutte 6 Koerting Co., 186, 235
Scott, J. B., 140
Screwed fittings, 44; cast iron, 50-
64; malleable, 66, 57; reducing, 64;
X cast steel, 57
Screwed unions, 77, 78
Sections, conventional, 314
Separators, 161
Service cook, 247
Short bends and tees, British std., 74
Side outlet elbows, 60
Side outlet tees, 60
Sises of, gas engine pipes, 266; gas
pipes, 247, 267
Sises of pipes. See Dimensions.
Sises of, safety valves, 136; steam
pipes, 143; tile conduit, 300;
water supply fittings, 233
Sketching, 316
Sup joint, 94
358
INDEX
Special connections, 88
Special valves, 114
Spiral riveted pipe, 22-26
Spring, L. W., 146
Standard pipe threads, 36, 36
Standard valves, 98
Standard wrought pipe, dimension*
of, 17; weight of, 17
Steam cylinders, drips from, 167
Steam gages, piping of, 160
Steam beating, atmospheric system,
216, 223; central station, 217;
down flow system, 203; nhm^
211; mains and risers, 206; one pipe
circuit system, 203; pipe aises,
203; two pipe system, 204; Web*
ster vacuum system, 211-215
Steam line, out door, 301
Steam loop, 166
Steam mains, miderground, 218
Steam pipe casing; 218
Steam piping; 137; drawing, 309;
specifications, 336, 341, 343, 346
Steam power piping; direct system,
138; duplicate system, 142; header
system, 137; ring system, 140
Steam power plant piping drawings,
361
Steam, superheated, 146
Steam traps, 163
Steam turbine, and eductor con-
denser, 187; and Jet condenser,
182; and surface condenser, 179
Steam velocity, 142
Steel pipe, manufacture of, 3; uses of, 2
Step bearing piping, 340
Stewart, Reid T., 18
Stone & Webster Engineering Cor-
poration, 352; standard specifi-
cations, 334
Stove cock, 247
Straight seam riveted pipe, 27
Strength of, gate valves, 104; pipe,
11; piping materials, 9
Suction piping; 228; arrangement of,
231
Superheated steam, 146
Supports, pipe, 273; for insulated
pipe, 296; roller, 301; specifica-
tions, 340; thin pipe, 284
Surface condensers, 176; piping for,
177
Tanks, blow-off, 170, 171
Tap drills diameter of, 36
Taper of pipe threads, 35
Taylor's spiral riveted pipe, 25,
Teague, W. E., 306
Tees, 46; specification of, 47
Testing gas pipes, 250
Testing, specifications, 341
Tests, cylinder, 13; pipe
290
Thermometer well, 159;
160
Thickness of, Am. stcL C. L
64, 65; wrought pipe, 17
Thin pipe, supporting; 284
Thoroughfare heater, 199
Tile conduit, 299; siies of, 300
Transmission, compressed air,
Tubes, bamboo, 1; brass and
285; boiler, 287; wrought
history of, 1
Tubing, aluminum, 284; sises,
Twin elbows; 60
of,
nine*
iron,
TTftd cT d T l " lB »c* l 220
Underground piping; insulation of,
297
Underground steam mains, 218; in-
stallation of, 221
Unions, flanged, 79; hydraulic
flanged, 234; screwed, 77, 78
United Gas Improvement Co., 254
U. S. Navy, Bureau of Steam Engi-
neering; casting aDoys, 9
Universal O. L joint, 96
Vacuum exhaust pipes, 175
Valve seats, 99
Valves (me type wanted)
Valves, care of, 272; hydraulic, 236;
location of, 118; operation of, 112;
standard, 98; special, 114
Vibration, 278
INDEX
369
Walmanco flanges, 86
Walworth Mfg. Co., 60, 64, 67, 71,
82, 100, 115, 341, 361
Warren Webster 6 Co., 212
Water, equivalent pressures and
heads, 227; flow in pipes, 227;
chart, 229
Water column piping, 169
Water piping, 226; coverings for, 296;
interior, 233; specifications, 336,
338,343
Water stand pipe, insulation for, 304
Wateon-Stillm&n Co., 146, 234
Webster heaters, piping for, 196
Wehrle, George, 248
Weight of, brass pipe, 29; copper
pipe, 29; hub and spigot pipe, 16;
lead pipe, 31; O. D. wrought pipe,
19; plain cast iron pipe, 16; spiral
riveted pipe, 22-26; straight riv-
eted pipe, 27
Welded joints, 76
Welding rolls, 6
Whitworth pipe threads, 41
Wolfang, W. H., 299
Wood, Albert C, 303
Wood casing, 297
Wooden stave pipe, 33
Wood pipe, 1
Wrought pipe, bursting pressures of,
18; dimensions of, 17; history, 1;
lengths of, 18; tests of, 20; uses
of, 2; weight of, 17; weight of
O. D., 19; X, dimensions of, 18;
X, weight of, 18; XX, dimensions
of, 19; XX, weight of, 19
Wyckoff, A. & Son Co., 297
X wrought pipe. See Extra strong
wrought pipe.
XX wrought pipe. See Double extra
strong wrought pipe.
Yamell-Waring Co., 116
/
D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY
26 PARK PLACE
NEW YORK
SHORT-TITLE CATALOG
OP
publications anb importations
OP
SCIENTIFIC AND ENGINEERING
BOOKS
This list includes
t'ie technical publications of the following English publishers:
SCOTT, GREENWOOD &. CO. JAMES MUNRO & CO., Ltd.
CONSTABLE&COMPANY.Ltd. TECHNICAL PUBLISHINGCO.
ELECTRICIAN PRINTING & PUBLISHING CO.
for whom O. Van Nottrand Company are American agents.
Mat, 1918
SHORT-TITLE CATALOG
OP THE
Publications and Importations
OP
D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY
25 PARK PLACE, N. Y.
-A// Trie** in thU lUt are JVET.
-A// binding* are in cloth unless otherwise noted.
Abbott, A. V. The Electrical Transmission of Energy. 8vo, *ts oo
A Treatise on Fuel. (Science Series Ho. 9.) i6mo, o 50
Testing Machines. (Science Series No. 74.) i6mo, o 50
Abraham, Herbert. Asphalts and Allied Substances 8vo, 5 00
Adam, P. Practical Bookbinding. Trans, by T. E. Maw 12 mo, *2 50
Adams, H. Theory and Practice in Designing 8vo, *2 50
Adams, H. C. Sewage of Sea Coast Towns 8vo *a 00
Adams, J. W. Sewers and Drains for Populous Districts 8to, a 50
Adler, A. A. Theory of Engineering Drawing 8vo, *a 00
— — Principles of Parallel Projecting-iine Drawing 8vo, *i 00
Aikman, C. M. Manures and the Principles of Manuring 8vo, 2 50
Aitken, W. Manual of the Telephone 8vo, *8 00
d'Albe, E. E. F., Contemporary Chemistry i2mo, *i 25
Alexander, J. H. Elementary Electrical Engineering iamo, a 50
Allan, W. Strength of Beams Under Transverse Loads. (Science Series
No. 19.) i6mo, o 50
Theory of Arches. (Science Series No. n.) i6mo,
Allen, H. Modern Power Gas Producer Practice and Applications. i2mo, *a 50
Anderson, J. W. Prospector's Handbook iamo, 1 50
And6s, L. Vegetable Fats and Oils 8vo, *5 00
Animal Fats and Oils. Trans, by C. Salter 8vo, % 00
Drying Oils, Boiled Oil, and Solid and Liquid Driers 8vo, *5 00
Iron Corrosion, Anti-fouling and Anti-corrosive Paints. Trans, by
C. Salter 8vo, *6 00
Oil Colors, and Printers' Ink. Trans, by A. Morris and H.
Robson 8vo. *a 5a
Treatment of Paper for Special Purposes. Trans, by C. Salter.
i2mo, *a 50
Andrews, E. S. Reinforced Concrete Construction iamo, *i 50-
Theory and Design of Structures 8vo, *s 50
Further Problems in the Theory and Design of Structures 8vo, *a 50
The Strength of Materials 8vo, *4 00
Andrews, E. S., and Heywood, H. B. The Calculus for Engineers. iamo, *i 50
Annual Reports on the Progress of Chemistry. Twelve Volumes now
ready. Vol. I., 1904, Vol. XII., 1914 8vo, each, *a 00.
D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG 3
Argand, M. Imaginary Quantities. Translated from the French by
A. S. Hardy. (Science Series No. 52.) i6mo, 50
Armstrong, R., and Idell, F. B. Chimneys for Furnaces and Steam Boilers.
(Science Series Ho. 1.) i6mo, 50
Arnold, B. Armature Windings of Direct-Current Dynamos. Trans, by
F. B. DeGres* 8vo, *2 00
Asch, W., and Asch, D. The Silicates in Chemistry and Commerce . 8 vo, *6 00
Ashe, S. W., and Keiley, J. D. Electric Railways. Theoretically and
Practically Treated. Vol. I. Rolling Stock i2mo, *2 50
Ashe, S. W. Electric Railways. Vol. n. Engineering Preliminaries and
Direct Current Sub-Stations i2mo, *2 50
Electricity: Experimentally and Practically Applied i2mo, *2 00
Ashley, &. H. Chemical Calculations i2mo, *a 00
Atkins, W. Common Battery Telephony Simplified i2mo, *i 25
Atkinson, A. A. Electrical and Magnetic Calculations 8vo, *i 50
Atkinson, J. J. Friction of Air in Mines. (Science Series No. 14.) . . i6mo, o 50
Atkinson, J. J., and Williams, Jr., E. H. Gases Met with in Coal Mines.
(Science aeries Ho. 13.) 16 mo, 50
Atkinson, P. The Elements of Electric Lighting 12 mo, z 00
The Elements of Dynamic Electricity and Magnetism 12 mo, 2 00
Power Transmitted by Electricity 12 mo, 2 00
Auchincloss, W. S. Link and Valve Motions Simplified 8vo, *i 50
Austin, E. Single Phase Electric Railways 4to, *5 00
Austin and Conn. Pocket book of Radio telegraphy (In Press.)
Ayrton, H. The Electric Arc 8vo, 5 50
Bacon, F. W. Treatise on the Richards Steam-Engine Indicator . . iimo, z 00
Bailey, R. D. The Brewers' Analyst. 8vo, *5 00
Baker, A. L. Quaternions 8vo, *z 25
Thick-Lens Optics iimo* *i 50
Baker, Benj. Pre s sur e of Earthwork. (Science Series Ho. 56.)...i6mo 9
Baker, G. S. Ship Form, Resistance and Screw Propulsion 8vo, *4 50
Baker, I. O. Levelling. (Science Series Ho. 91.) i6mo, o 50
Baker, M. H. Potable Water. (Science Series Ho. 61.) i6mo, o 50
Sewerage and Sewage Purification. (Science Series Ho. z8.)..i6mo, o 50
Baker, T. T. Telegraphic Transmission* of Photographs 12 mo, *i 35
Bale, G. R. Modern Iron Foundry Practice. Two Volumes. i2mo.
VoL I. Foundry Equipment, Materials Used *2 50
VoL II. Machine Moulding and Moulding Machines
Ball, J. W. Concrete Structures in Railways 8vo, *a 50
Ball, R. S. Popular Guide to the Heavens 8vo, *5 00
Natural Sources of Power. (Westminster Series.) 8vo, *a 00
Ball, W. V. Law Affecting Engineers 8vo, *3 50
fiankson, Lloyd. Slide Valve Diagrams. (Science Series Ho. 108.) . i6mo, o 50
Barham, G. B. Development of the Incandescent Electric Lamp. . . .8vo, *2 00
Barker, A. F. Textiles and Their Manufacture. (Westminster Series.) 8 vo, 2 00
Barker, A. F., and Midgley, E. Analysis of Textile Fabrics 8vo, 3 00
Barker, A. H. Graohic Methods of Engine Design. zamo, *i 50
Heating and Ventilation 4to, *8 00
5^
*o
6o
*4
oo
3
50
*2
00
•l
5°
♦l
5°
*2
oo
2
00
*I
50
*I
So
30
*2
00
*6
00
*4
CO
*5
00
2
50
4 D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG
Barnard, J. H. The Naval Militiaman's Guide i6mo, leather i oo
Barnard, Major J. 6. Rotary Motion. (Science Series Ho. 90.) x6mo,
Barnes, J. B. Elements of Military Sketching i6mo,
Barms, G. H. Engine Tests 8vo,
Barwise, S. The Purification of Sewage 12 mo,
Baterden, J. R. Timber. (Westminster Series.) &vo,
Bates, E. L., and Charlesworth, F. Practical Mathematics and
Geometry i2mo,
Part L Preliminary and Elementary Course. *x
Partn. Advanced Course
Practical Mathematics 121110,
Practical Geometry and Graphics iamo,
Batey, J. The Science of Works Management ismo,
Steam Boilers and Combustion iarao,
Bayonet Training Manual i6mo,
Beadle, C. Chapters on Papermaking. Five Volumes i2mo, each,
Beaumont, R. Color in Woven Design 8vo,
Finishing of Textile Fabrics 8vo,
Standard Cloths 8vo,
Beaumont, W. W. The Steam-Engine Indicator 8vo,
Bechhold, H. Colloids in Biology and Medicine. Trans, by J. G.
Bullowa (In Press.)
Beckwith, A. Pottery 8vo, paper, o 60
Bedell, F., and Pierce, C. A. Direct and Alternating Current Manual.
8vo, 4 00
Beech, F. Dyeing of Cotton Fabrics 8vo, 4 00
Dyeing of Woolen Fabrics 8vo, *3 50
Begtrup, J. The Slide Valve 8vo, *2 00
Beggs, G. E. Stresses in Railway Girders and Bridges (In Press.)
Bender, C. E. Continuous Bridges. (Science Series No. 26.) 16 mo, o 50
Proportions of Pins used in Bridges. (Science Series No. 4.)
1 6 mo, o 50
Bengough, G. D. Brass. (Metallurgy Series.) (In Press.)
Bennett, H. G. The Manufacture of Leather 8vo, *5 00
Bernthsen, A. A Text - book of Organic Chemistry. Trans, by G.
M'Gowan i2mo, *3 00
Bersch, J. Manufacture of Mineral and Lake Pigments. Trans, by A. C.
Wright 8vo,
Bertin, L. E. Marine Boilers. Trans, by L. S. Robertson 8vo, 5 00
Beveridge, J. Papermaker's Pocket Book i2mo,
Binnie, Sir A. Rainfall Reservoirs and Water Supply 8vo,
Binns, C. F. Manual of Practical Potting 8vo, *7 50
The Potter's Craft i2mo,
Birchmore, W. H. Interpretation of Gas Analysis i2mo,
Blaine, R. G. The Calculus and Its Applications i2mo,
Blake, W. H. Brewers* Vade Mecum 8vo,
Blasdale, W. C. Quantitative Chemical Analysis. (Van Nostrand's
Textbooks.) i2mo,
Bligh, W. G. The Practical Design of Irrigation Works 8vo,
*4
00
*3
OO
*7
50
*2
OO
*I
=5
*I
50
%
00
*2
50
D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG 5
Bloch, L. Science of Illumination. Trans, by W. C. Clinton too, *a 50
Blok, A. Illumination and Artificial Lighting 12 mo, 1 25
Bliicher, H. Modern Industrial Chemistry. Trans, by J. P. Millington.
avo, *7 5°
Blyth, A. W. Foods: Their Composition and Analysis 8vo, 7 50
Poisons: Their Effects and Detection 8vo, 8 50
Bdckmann, F. Celluloid iamo, *2 50
Bodmer, G. R. Hydraulic Motors and Turbines iamo, 5 00
Boileau, J. T. Traverse Tables 8vo, 5 00
Bonney, 6. £. The Electro-platers' Handbook i2mo» 1 50
Booth, N. Guide to the Ring-spinning Frame i2mo, *i 25
Booth, W. H. Water Softening and Treatment 8vo, *2 50
Superheaters and Superheating and Their Control 8vo, *i 50
Bottcher, A. Cranes: Their Construction, Mechanical Equipment and
Working. Trans, by A. Tolhausen 4to, *io 00
Bottler, M. Modern Bleaching Agents. Trans, by C. Salter .... iamo, *2 50
Bottone, S. R. Magnetos for Automobilists i2mo, *i 00
Boulton, S. B. Preservation of Timber. (Science Series No. 82.) . i6mo, o 50
Bourcart, E. Insecticides, Fungicides and Weedkillers 8vo, *4 50
Bourgougnon, A. Physical Problems. (Science Series No. 113.). i6mo, 050
Bourry, E. Treatise on Ceramic Industries. Trans, by A. B. Searle.
8vo, *5 00
Bowie, A. J., Jr. A Practical Treatise on Hydraulic Mining 8vo, 5 00
Bowles, O. Tables of Common Rocks. (Science Series No. i25.).i6mo, o 50
Bowser, E. A. Elementary Treatise on Analytic Geometry i2mo, 1 75
Elementary Treatise on the Differential and Integral Calculus . 1 2mo, 225
Elementary Treatise on Analytic Mechanics i2mo, 3 00
Elementary Treatise on Hydro-mechanics i2mo, 2 50
A Treatise on Roofs and Bridges 1 2mo, *2 25
Boycott, G. W. M. Compressed Air Work and Diving 8vo, *4.oo
Bradford, G., 2nd. Whys and Wherefores of Navigation i2mo, 2 00
Bragg, E. M. Marine Engine Design i2mo, *2 00
Design of Marine Engines and Auxiliaries 8vo, *3 00
Brainard, F. R. The Sextant. (Science Series No. 101.) i6mo,
Brassey's Naval Annual for 1915. War Edition 8vo, 4 00
Briggs, R., and Wolff, A. R. Steam-Heating. (Science Series No.
68.) i6mo, 50
Bright, C. The Life Story of Sir Charles Tilson Bright 8vo, *4 50
Brislee, T. J. Introduction to the Study of Fuel. (Outlines of Indus-
trial Chemistry.) 8vo, *3 00
Broadfoot, S. K. Motors: Secondary Batteries. (Installation Manuals
Series.) iamo, *o 75
Broughton, H. H. Electric Cranes and Hoists
Brown, G. Healthy Foundations. (Science Series No. 80.) . i6mo, o 50
Brown, H. Irrigation 8vo, *5 00
Brown, H. Rubber 8vo, *2 00
W. A. Portland Cement Industry 8vo, 3 00
Brown, Wm. N. Dipping, Burnishing, Lacquering and Bronzing
Brass Ware i«no, *x *5
Handbook on Japanning i2mo, *i 50
6 D. VAN NOSTRAND CO/S SHORT TITLE CATALOG
Brown, Wm. N. The Art of Enamelling on Metal iamo, *i oo
House Decorating and Painting iimo, *i 50
History of Decorative Art iamo, *i 25
— Workshop Wrinkles 8vo, *i 00
Browne, C. L. Fitting and Erecting of Engines 8vo, *i 50
Browne, R. E. Water Meters. (Science Series No. 81.) i6mo, o 50
Bruce, E. M. Detection of Common Food Adulterants iamo, 1 25
Brunner, R. Manufacture of Lubricants, Shoe Polishes and Leather
Dressings. Trans, by C. Salter 8vo, *3 00
Buel, R. H. Safety Valves. (Science Series No. 21.) i6mo, o 50
Bunkley, J. W. Military and Naval Recognition Book i6mo, 1 oc
Burley, G. W. Lathes, Their Construction and Operation xamo, 1 25
Machine and Fitting Shop Practice umo, 2 00
Burnside, W. Bridge Foundations iamo, *i 50
Burstall, F. W. Energy Diagram for Gas. With Text 8vo, 1 50
Diagram. Sold separately *i 00
Burt, W. A. Key to the Solar Compass i6mo, leather, ' 2 50
Buskett, E. W. Fire Assaying i2mo, *i 25
Butler, H. J. Motor Bodies and Chassis 8vo, *2 50
Byers, H. G., and Knight, H. G. Notes on Qualitative Analysis 8vo, *i 50
Cain, W. Brief Course ir» the Calculus iamo, *i 75
Elastic Arches. (Science Series No. 48.) i6mo, o 50
— — Maximum Stresses. (Science Series No. 38.) i6mo, o 50
Practical Designing Retaining of Walls. (Science Series No. 3.)
i6mo, o 50
Theory of Steel-concrete Arches and of Vaulted Structures.
(Science Series No. 42.) z6mo, o 50
— — Theory of Voussoir Arches. (Science Series No. 12.) i6mo, o 50
__ Symbolic Algebra. (Science Series No. 73.) x6mo, o 50
Calvert, G. T. The Manufacture of Sulphate of Ammonia and
Crude Ammonia iamo, 3 00
Carpenter, F. D. Geographical Surveying. (Science Series No. 37.).x6mo,
Carpenter, R. C, and Diederichs, H. Internal Combustion Engines. . 8vo, *$ 00
Carter, H. A. Ramie (Rhea), China Grass iamo, *2 00
Carter, H. R. Modern Flax, Hemp, and Jute Spinning 8vo, *3 00
Bleaching, Dyeing and Finishing of Fabrics 8vo, *i 00
Cary, E. R. Solution of Railroad Problems with the Slide Rule . . z6mo, *i 00
Casler, M. D. Simplified Reinforced Concrete Mathematics iamo, *i 00
Cathcart, W. L. Machine Design. Part I. Fastenings 8vo, *3 00
Cathcart, W. L., and Chaffee, J. I. Elements of Graphic Statics . . 8vo, *3 00
• Short Course in Graphics iamo, 1 50
Caven, R. M., and Lander, G. D. Systematic Inorganic Chemistry. iamo, *2 00
Chalkley, A. P. Diesel Engines 8vo, *4 00
Chalmers, T. W. The Production and Treatment of Vegetable Oils,
4to, 7 50
Chambers' Mathematical Tables 8vo, 1 75
Chambers, G. F. Astronomy i6mo, *i 50
Chappel, E. Five Figure Mathematical Tables 8vo, *a 00
Charnock, -Mechanical Technology 8vo, *3 00
Charpentier, P. Timber 8vo, *6 00
Chatley, H. Principles and Designs of Aeroplanes. (Science Series
No. 126) i6mo, o 50
How to Use Water Power iamo, *i 00
Gyrostatic Balancing 8vo, *i 00
D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG 7
Child, C. D. Electric Arc 8vo, *a 00
Christian, M. Disinfection and Disinfectants. Trans, by Chas.
Salter iamo, a 00
Christie, W. W. Boiler-waters, Scale, Corrosion, Foaming 8vo, *3 00
Chimney Design and Theory 8vo, *3 00
Furnace Draft. (Science Series No. 123.) i6mo, o 50
Water: Its Purification and Use in the Industries 8vo, *2 00
Church's Laboratory Guide. Rewritten by Edward Kinch 8vo, *i 50
Clapham, J. H. Woolen and Worsted Industries 8vo, a 00
Clapperton, G. Practical Papernuudng 8vo, 2 50
Clark, A. G. Motor Car Engineering.
Vol. I. Construction *3 00
Vol. II. Design 8vo, *3 00
Clark, C. H. Marine Gas Engines New Edition (In Press.)
Clark, J. M. New System of Laying Out Railway Turnouts iamo, 1 00
Clarke, J. W., and Scott, W. Plumbing Practice.
Vol. I. Lead Working and Plumbers' Materials 8vo, *4 00
Vol. II. Sanitary Plumbing and Fittings (In Press.)
Vol. III. Practical Lead Working on Roofs (In Press.)
Clarkson, R. B. Elementary Electrical Engineering (In Press.)
Clausen-Thue, W. A B C Universal Commercial Telegraphic Code.
Sixth Edition (In Press.)
Clerk, D., and Idell, F. E. Theory of the Gas Engine. (Science Series
No. 62.) i6mo, o 50
Clevenger, S. R. Treatise on the Method of Government Surveying.
i6mo, morocco, a 5c
Clouth, F. Rubber, Gutta-Percha, and Balata 8vo, *5 o*
Cochran, J. Concrete and Reinforced Concrete Specifications 8vo, *a 50
Inspection of Concrete Construction 8vo, *4 00
Treatise on Cement Specifications 8vo, *i 00
Cocking, W. C. Calculations for Steel-Frame Structures iamo, *a 25
Coffin, J. H. C. Navigation and Nautical Astronomy i2mo, *3 50
Colburn, Z., and Thurston, R. H. Steam Boiler Explosions. (Science
Series No. 2.) i6mo, o 50
Cole, R. S. Treatise on Photographic Optics i2mo, 1 50
Coles-Finch, W. Water, Its Origin and Use 8vo, *$ 00
Collins, C. D. Drafting Room Methods, Standards and Forms 8vo, a 00
Collins, J. E. Useful Alloys and Memoranda for Goldsmiths, Jewelers.
i6mo, o 50
Coll is, A. G. High and Low Tension Switch-Gear Design 8vo, *3 50
Switch gear. (Installation Manuals Series.) iamo, *o 50
Comstock, D. F., and Troland, L. T. The Nature of Electricity and
Matter 8vo, *a 00
Coombs, H. A.^ ( *Gear Teeth. (Science Series No. 120.) i6mo, o 50
Cooper, W. R. Primary Batteries 8vo, *4 00
Copperthwaite, W. C. Tunnel Shields 4to, *o 00
Corfield, W. H. Dwelling Houses. (Science Series No. 50.) x6mo, o 50
Water and Water-Supply. (Science Series No. 17.) x6mo, o 50
Cornwall, H. B. Manual of Blow-- ipe Analysis 8vo, *2 50
Cowee, G. A. Practical Safety Methods and Devices 8vo, *3 00
fc D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG
Cowell, W. B. Pure Air, Ozone, and Water iamo, *2 oo
Craig, J. W., and Woodward, W. P. Questions and Answers About
Electrical Apparatus. iamo, leather, i 50
Craig, T. Motion of a Solid in a Fuel. (Science Series fro. 49.) . i6mo, o 50
Wave and Vortex Motion. (Science Series No. 43.) i6mo, o 50
Cramp, W. Continuous Current Machine Design 8vo, *2 50
Crehore, A. C. Mystery of Matter and Energy 8vo, z 00
Creedy, F. Single Phase Commutator Motors 8vo, *2 00
Crocker, F. B. Electric Lighting. Two Volumes. 8vo.
Vol. I. The Generating Plant 30)
Vol. n. Distributing Systems and Lamps
Crocker, F. B., and Arendt, M. Electric Motors „8vo, *2 50
Crocker, F. B., and Wheeler, S. S. The Management of Electrical Ma-
chinery iamo, *i 00
Cross, C. F., Bevan, E. J., and Sindall, R. W. Wood Pulp and Its Applica-
tions. (Westminster Series.) 8vo, *a 00
Crosskey, L. R. Elementary Perspective 8vo, z 25
Crosskey, L. R., and Thaw, J. Advanced Perspective 8vo, 1 50
Culley, J. L. Theory of Arches. (Science Series No. 87.) i6mo, o 50
Cushing, H. C, Jr., and Harrison, N. Central Station Management ... *2oo
Dadourian, H. M. Analytical Mechanics i2mo, *3 00
Dana, R. T. Handbook of Construction plant iamo, leather, *s 00
Danby, A. Natural Rock Asphalts and Bitumens 8vo, *2 50
Davenport, C. The Book. (Westminster Series.) 8vo, *a 00
Davey, N. The Gas Turbine 8vo, *4 00
Davie?, F. H. Electric Power and Traction 8vo, *2 00
foundations and Machinery Fixing. (Installation Manual Series.)
i6mo, *i 00
Deerr, N. Sugar Cane 8vo, 8 00
Deite, C. Manual of Soapmaking. Trans, by S. T. King 4to,
De la Coux, H. The Industrial Uses of Water. Trans, by A. Morris. 8vo, *4 50
DelpMar, W. A. Electric Power Conductors 8vo, *a 00
Denny, G. A. Deep-level Mines of the Rand 4to, *io 00
Diamond Drilling for Gold ...» *5 00
De Roos, J. D. C. Linkages. (Science Series No. 47.) i6mo, o 50
Derr, W. L. Block Signal Operation Oblong i2mo, *i 50
Main tenance-of- Way Engineering (In Preparation.)
Desaint, A. Three Hundred Shades and How to Mix Them 8vo, *8 00
De Varona, A. Sewer Gases. (Science Series No. 55.) i6mo, o 50
Devey, R. G. Mill and Factory Wiring. (Installation Manuals Series.)
i2mo,
Dibdin, W. J. Purification of Sewage and Water 8vo,
Dichmann, Carl. Basic Open-Hearth Steel Process i2mo,
Dieterich, K. Analysis of Resins, Balsams, and Gum Resins 8vo,
Dilworth, E. C. Steel Railway Bridges 4to.
Dinger, Lieut. H. C. Care ax_d Operation of Naval Machinery . . . iamo,
Dixon, D. B. Machinist's and Steam Engineer's Practical Calculator.
i6mo, morocco,
Dodge, G. F. Diagrams for Designing Reinforced Concrete Structures,
folio,
*I
OO
6
50
*3 50
*3
OO
*4
00
*2
OO
I
*5
*4
OO
D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG 9
» ■
Dommett, W. E. Motor Car Mechanism x?mo, *i 50
Dorr, B. F. The Surveyor's Guide and Pocket Table-book.
i6mo, morocio. 2 00
Draper, C. H. Elementary Text-book of Light, Heat and Sound . . xamo, 1 00
Heat and the Principles of Thermo-dynamics i2mo, *aoo
Dron, R. W. Mining Formulas i2ino, 1 00
Dubbel, H. High Power Gas Engines 8vo, *5 00
Dumesny, P., and Noyer, J. Wood Products, Distillates, and Extracts.
8vo, *4 50
Duncan, W. G., and Penman, D. The Electrical Equipment of Collieries.
8vo, *4 00
Dunkley, W. G. Design of Machine Elements. Two Volumes. .8vo, each, 1 50
Dunstan, A. E., and Thole, F. B. T. Textbook of Practical Chemistry.
i2mo, *i 40
Durham, H. W. Saws 8vo, 2 50
Duthie, A. L. Decorative Glass Processes. (Westminster Series.) .8vo, *2 00
Dwight, H. B. Transmission Line Formulas 8vo, *2 00
Dyson, S. S. Practical Testing of Raw Materials ... 8vo, *5 00
Dyson, S. S., and Clarkson, S. S. Chemical Works 8vo, *7 50
Eccles, W. H. Wireless Telegraphy and Telephony 12210, *4 50
Eck, J. Light, Radiation and Illumination. Trans, by Paul Hogner,
8V0, *2 50
Eddy, H. T. Maximum Stresses under Concentrated Loads 8vo, 1 50
Eddy, L. C. Laboratory Manual of Alternating Currents 12 mo, o 50
Edelman, P. Inventions and Patents i2mo, *i 50
Edgcumbe, K. Industrial Electrical Measuring Instruments 8vo,
(In Press.)
Edler, R. Switches and Switchgear. Trans, by Ph. Laubach. . 8vo, *4 00
Eissler, M. The Metallurgy of Gold 8vo, 7 50
The Metallurgy of Silver 8vo, 4 00
The Metallurgy of Argentiferous Lead 8vo, 5 00
A Handbook on Modern Explosives 8vo, 5 00
Ekin, T. C. Water Pipe and Sewage Discharge Diagrams folio, *3 00
Electric Light Carbons, Manufacture of 8vo, 1 00
Eliot, C. W., and Storer, F. H. Compendious Manual of Qualitative
Chemical Analysis iamo, *i 25
Ellis, C. Hydroge nation of Oils 8vo, (In Press.)
Ellis, G. Modern Technical Drawing 8vo,
Ennis, Wm. D. Linseed Oil and Other Seed Oils 8vo,
Applied Thermodynamics 8vo,
Flying Machines To-day i2mo,
Vapors for Heat Engines , iamo,
Ennen, W. F. A. Materials Used in Sizing 8vo,
Erwin, M. The Universe and the Atom xamo, *2 00
Evans, C. A. Macadamized Roads (In Press.)
Ewing, A J. Magnetic Induction in Iron 8vo, *4 00
Fairie, J. Notes on Lead Ores i2mo, *o 50
Notes on Pottery Clays i2mo, *i 50
*2
00
*4
00
*4 50
*l
50
*l
00
*2
00
10 D, VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG
Fairley, W., and Andre, Geo. J. Ventilation of Coal Mines. (Science
Series No. 58.) i6mo, o 50
Fairweatgte*r, W. C. Foreign and Colonial Patent Laws 8vo, *3 00
Falk, mT S. Cement Mortars and Concretes 8vo, *2 50
Fanning, J. T. Hydraulic and Water-supply Engineering 8vo, *5 00
Fay, I. W. The Coal-tar Colors 8vo, *4 00
Fernbach, R. L. Glue and Gelatine 8vo, *3 00
Findlay, A. The Treasures of Coal Tar 12 mo, 2 00
Firth, J. B. Practical Physical Chemistry i2mo, 1 25
Fischer, E. The Preparation of Organic Compounds. Trans, by R. V.
Stanford iamo, *i 25
Fish, J. C. L. Lettering of Working Drawings Oblong 8vo, 1 00
Mathematics of the Paper Location of a Railroad, .paper, iamo, *o 25
Fisher, H. K. C, and Darby, W. C. Submarine Cable Testing 8vo, *3 50
Fleischmann, W. The Book of the Dairy. Trans, by C. M. Aikman.
8vo, 4 00
Fleming, J. A. The Alternate-current Transformer. Two Volumes. 8vo.
Vol. I. The Induction of Electric Currents *5 50
Vol. II. The Utilisation of Induced Currents 5 50
Propagation of Electric Currents 8vo, *3 00
A Handbook for the Electrical Laboratory and Testing Room. Two
Volumes 8vo, each, *$ 00
Fleury, P. Preparation and Uses of White Zinc Paints 8vo, *a 50
Flynn, P. J. Flow of Water. (Science Series No. 84.) iamo, o 50
Hydraulic Tables. (Science Series No. 66.) i6mo, o 50
Forgie, J. Shield Tunneling 8vo. (In Press.)
Foster, H. A. Electrical Engineers' Pocket-book. (Seventh Edition.)
iamo, leather, 5 00
Engineering Valuation of Public Utilities and Factories 8vo, *3 00
Handbook of Electrical Cost Data 8vo (In Press.)
Fowle, F. F. Overhead Transmission Line Crossings iamo, *i 50
The Solution of Alternating Current Problems 8vo (In Press.)
Fox, W. G. Transition Curves. (Science Series No. no.) i6mo, o 50
Fox, W., and Thomas, C. W. Practical Course in Mechanical Draw-
ing iamo, 1 25
Foye, J. C. Chemical Problems. (Science Series No. 69.) i6mo, o 50
Handbook of Mineralogy. (Science Series No. 86.) i6mo, o 50
Francis, J. B. Lowell Hydraulic Experiments 4to, 15 00
Franzen, H. Exercises in Gas Analysis iamo, *x 00
Freudemacher, P. W. Electrical Mining Installations. (Installation
Manuals Series.) iamo, *i 00
Friend, J. N. The Chemistry of Linseed Oil iamo, 1 00
Frith, J. Alternating Current Design 8vo, *a 00
Fritsch, J. Manufacture of Chemical Manures. Trans, by D. Grant.
8vo, *4 00
Frye, A. I. Civil Engineers' Pocket-book iamo, leather, *5 00
Fuller, G. W. Investigations into the Purification of the Ohio River.
4to, *xo 00
Fumell, J. Paints, Colors, Oils, and Varnishes 8vo.
Gairdner, J. W. I. Earthwork 8vo Jn Press.)
Gant, L. W. Elements of Electric Traction 8vo, *a 50
D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG n
Garcia, A. J. R. V. Spanish-English Railway Terms 8vo, *4 50
Gardner, H. A. Paint Researches, and Their Practical Applications,
8vo, *5 00
Garforth, W. £. Rules for Recovering Coal Mines after Explosions and
Fires iamo, leather, 1 50
Garrard, C. C. Electric Switch and Controlling Gear 8vo, *6 00
Gaudard, J. Foundations. (Science Series No. 34.) i6mo, 050
Gear, H. B., and Williams, P. F. Electric Central Station Distribution
Systems 8vo, *3 50
Geerligs, H. C. P. Cane Sugar and Its Manufacture 8vo, *5 00
Chemical Control in Cane Sugar Factories 4*°» 4 00
Geikie, J. Structural and Field Geology 8vo, *4 00
Mountains. Their Growth, Origin and Decay 8vo, *4 00
The Antiquity of Man in Europe 8yo, *3 00
Georgi, F., and Schubert, A. Sheet Metal Working. Trans, by C.
Salter 8vo, 30a
Gerhard, W. P. Sanitation, Watersupply and Sewage Disposal* of Country
Houses 1 2 mo, *2 oc
Gas Lighting (Science Series No. in.) i6mo, o 50
Household Wastes. (Science Series No. 97.) i6mo, o 50
House Drainage. (Science Series No. 63.) i6mo, 50
— — Sanitary Drainage of Buildings. (Science Series No. 93.) i6mo, o 50
Gerhardi, C. W. H. Electricity Meters 8vo, *6 00
Geschwind, L. Manufacture of Alum and Sulphates. Trans, by C.
Salter 8vo, *s 00
Gibbings, A. H. Oil Fuel Equipment for Locomotives 8vo, *a 50
Gibbs, W. E. Lighting by Acetylene i2mo, *i 50
Gibson, A. H. Hydraulics and Its Application 8vo, *5 00
Water Hammer in Hydraulic Pipe Lines i2mo, *a 00
Gibson, A. H., and Ritchie, E. G. Circular Arc Bow Girder 4to, *3 50
Gilbreth, F. B. Motion Study i2mo, *2 00
Bricklaying System 8vo, *3 00
Field System xamo, leather, *3 00
Primer of Scientific Management i2mo, *r 00
Gillette, H. P. Handbook of Cost Data iamo, leather, *5 00
Rock Excavation Methods and Cost nmo, *5 00
and Dana, R. T. Cost Keeping and Management Engineering . 8 vo, *3 50
and Hill, C. S. Concrete Construction, Methods and Cost 8vo, *5 00
Gillmore, Gen. Q. A. Roads, Streets, and Pavements-. iamo, 1 25
Godfrey, E. Tables for Structural Engineers i6mo, leather, *i 50
Golding, H. A. The Theta-Phi Diagram i2mo, *i 25
Goldschmidt, R. Alternating Current Commutator Motor 8vo, *? 00
Goodchild, W. Precious Stones. (Westminster Series.) 8vo, *2 00
Goodell, J. M. The Location, Construction and Maintenance of
Roads 8vo, 1 00
Goodeve, T. M. Textbook on the Steam-engine. . 12 mo, 2 00
Gore, G. Electrolytic Separation of Metals ; . . 8vo, *3 50
Gould, E. S. Arithmetic of the Steam-engine 12 mo, 1 00
Calculus. (Science Series No. 112.) i6mo, o <o
High Masonry Dams. (Science Series No. 22.) i6mo, o 50
Gould, E- S. Practical Hydrostatics and Hydrostatic Formulas. (Science
Series No. 117.) z6mo, o 50
♦a
oo
2
oo
•l
^5
*2
50
*3
00
*3
oo
3
00
*3
50
*4
50
*i
^5
*a
oo
*2
oo
*3
00
2
oo
12 D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG
Gratacap, L. P. A Popular Guide to Minerals 8vo,
Gray, J. Electrical Influence Machines 12 mo,
Marine Boiler Design xamo,
Greenhill, G. Dynamics of Mechanical Flight 8vo,
Gregorius, R. Mineral Waxes. Trans, by C. Salter xamo,
Grierson, R. Some Modern Methods of Ventilation 8vo, *3 00
Griffiths, A. B. A Treatise on Manures. i2mo,
Dental Metallurgy 8vo,
Gross, E. Hops 8vo,
Grossman, J. Ammonia and Its Compounds 12 mo,
Groth, L. A. Welding and Cutting Metals by Gases or Electricity.
(Westminster Series) 8vo,
Grover, F. Modern Gas and Oil Engines 8vo
Gruner, A. Power-loom Weaving 8vo,
Grunsky, C. E. Topographic Stadia Surveying i6mo,
Gttldner, Hugo. Internal Combustion Engines. Trans, by H. Diederichs.
4to, *i5 00
Gunther, C. 0. Integration Bvo, *i a5
Gurden, R. L. Traverse Tables folio, half morocco, *7 50
Guy, A. E. Experiments on the Flexure of Beams. 8vo,
Haenig, A Emery and Emery Industry . . * • , .8vo,
Hainbach, R. Pottery Decoration. Trans, by C. Salter i2mo,
Hale, W. J. Calculations of General Chemistry iamo,
Hall, C. H. Chemistry of Paints and Paint Vehicles iimo,
Hall, G. L. Elementary Theory of Alternate Current Working 8vo,
Hall, R. H. Governors and Governing Mechanism 12 mo,
Hall, W. S. Elements of the Differential and Integral Calculus 8vo,
Descriptive Geometry 8vo volume and a 4to atlas,
Haller, G. F., and Cunningham, E. T. The Tenia Coil x imo,
Halsey, F. A. Slide Valve Gears. ... i2mo,
The Use of the Slide Rule. (Science Series Ho. 114.) i6mo,
Worm and Spiral Gearing. (Science Series No. xx6.) x6mo,
Hancock, H. Textbook of Mechanics and Hydrostatics 8vo,
Hancock, W. C. Refractory Materials. (Metallurgy Series.) (In Press.)
Hardy, E. Elementary Principles of Graphic Statics 12 mo,
Haring, H. Engineering Law.
Vol. I. Law of Contract 8vo,
Harper, J. H. Hydraulic Tables on the Flow of Water i6mo,
Harris, S. M. Practical Topographical Surveying (In Press.)
Harrison, W. B. The Mechanics' Tool-book 12 mo,
Hart, J. W. External Plumbing Work 8vo,
— Hints to Plumbers on Joint Wiping 8vo,
Principles of Hot Water Supply 8vo,
Sanitary Plumbing and Drainage 8vo,
Haskins, C. H. The Galvanometer and Its Uses x6mo,
Hart, J. A. H. The Colorist square 12 mo,
Hausbrand, E. Drying by Means of Air and Steam. Trans, by A C.
Wright X2mo,
Evaporating, Condensing and Cooling Apparatus. Trans, by A. C.
Wright 8vo, *< 00
*I
25
♦2
50
*3
OO
*i
25
*2
OO
*2
00
*2
25
*3
50
*i
25
1
50
50
50
X
50
*I
50
*4
00
♦2
00
X
50
*3
00
*3
00
*3
00
*3
00
X
50
*i
50
*2
00
D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG 13
Hausmann, £. Telegraph Engineering 8vo, *3 00
Hausner, A. Manufacture of Preserved Foods and Sweetmeats. Trans.
by A. Morris and H. Robson 8vo,
Hawkesworth, J. Graphical Handbook for Reinforced Concrete Design.
4to,
Hay, A. Continuous Current Engineering 8vo,
Hayes, H. V. Public Utilities, Their Cost New and Depreciation. . .8vo,
Public Utilities, Their Fair Present Value and Return 8vo,
Heath, F. H. Chemistry of Photography 8vo. (In Press.)
Heather, H. J. S. Electrical Engineering 8vo,
Heaviside, O. Electromagnetic Theory. Vols. I and II 8vo, each,
Vol. IH 8vo,
Heck, R. C. H. The Steam Engine and Turbine 8vo, *3 50
Steam-Engine and Other Steam Motors. Two Volumes.
VoL I. Thermodynamics and the Mechanics 8vo,
VoL II. Form, Construction, and Working 8vo,
Notes on Elementary Kinematics 8vo, boards,
Graphics of Machine Forces 8vo, boards,
Heermann, P. Dyers' Materials. Trans, by A. C. Wright 12 mo,
Heidenreich, E. L. Engineers' Pocketbook of Reinforced Concrete,
i6mo, leather,
Hellot, Macquer and D'Apligny. Art of Dyeing Wool, Silk and Cotton. 8vo,
Henrici, O. Skeleton Structures. 8vo,
Hering, C, and Getman, F. H. Standard Tables of Electro-Chemical
Equivalents xamo,
Bering, D. W. Essentials of Physics for College Students 8vo,
Hering-Shaw, A. Domestic Sanitation and Plumbing. Two Vols. . . 8vo,
Hering-Shaw, A. Elementary Science 8vo,
Herington, C. F. Powdered Coal as Fuel 8vo,
Herrmann, G. The Graphical Statics of Mechanism. Trans, by A. P.
Smith i2mo,
Herzfeld, J. Testing of Yarns and Textile Fabrics 8vo,
Hildebrandt, A. Airships, Past and Present/ 8vo,
Hildenbrand, B. W. Cable-Making. (Science Series No. 32.) i6mo,
Hilditch, T. 1 P. A Concise History of Chemistry iamo,
Hill, C. S. Concrete Inspection i6mo,
Hill, J. W. The Purification of Public Water Supplies. New Edition.
(In Press.)
Interpretation of Water Analysis (In Press.)
Hill, M. J. M. The Theory of Proportion 8vo,
Hiroi, I. Plate Girder Construction. (Science Series No. 95.) . . . i6mo,
Statically-Indeterminate Stresses xamo,
HirshfelC, C. F. Engineering Thermodynamics. (Science Series No. 45.)
x6mo,
Hoar, A. The Submarine Torpedo Boat iamo,
Hobart, H. M. Heavy Electrical Engineering 8vo, *4 50
Design of Static Transformers xamo,
Electricity 8vo, *a 00
Electric Trains 8vo, *a 50
— Electric Propulsion of Ships 8vo, *a 50
*3
00
*2.
50
*a
50
*a
00
*2
00
*3
50
*5
00
*7
50
*3
50
*3
5o
*5
00
*i
00
*i
00
*2
50
*3
00
*2
00.
I
50
*I
50
*I
75
*5
00
*2
00
3
00
2
00
*3
50
50
*i
as
*i
00
*2
50
O
50
*a
OQ
SO
*a
00
*4 50
*a
00
>v*
, («
I
. t
*I
oo
o
75
*I
50
*7
50
6
oo
i
25
50
*2
oo
*3
oo
3
oo
*a
oo
2
oo
*I
50
*I
25
14 D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG
Hobart, J. F. Hard Soldering, Soft Soldering and Brazing iamo,
Hobbs, W. R. P. The Arithmetic of Electrical Measurements nmo,
Hoff, J. N. Paint and Varnish Facts and Formulas 12 mo,
Hole, W. The Distribution of Gas 8vo,
Holley, A. L. Railway Practice folio,
Hopkins, N. M. Model Engines and Small Boats i2ino,
Hopkinson, J., Shoolbred, J. N., and Day, R. E. Dynamic Electricity.
(Science Series No. 71.) 16 mo,
Horner, J. Practical Ironf ounding 8vo,
Gear Cutting, in Theory and Practice 8vo,
Hornimcn, Roy. How to Make the Railways Pay For the War 8vo,
Houghton, C. E. The Elements of Mechanics of Materials iamo,
Houstoun, R. A. Studies in Light Production 12 mo,
Hovenden, F. Practical Mathematics for Young Engineers 12 mo,
Howe, G. Mathematics for the Practical Man i2mo,
Howorth, J. Repairing and Riveting Glass, China and Earthenware.
8vo, paper, *o 50
Hoyt, W. E. Chemistry by Experimentation 8vo, *o 70
Hubbard, E. The Utilization of Wood- waste 8vo, *a 00
Hiibner, J. Bleaching and Dyeing of Vegetable and Fibrous Materials.
(Outlines of Industrial Chemistry.) 8vo, *5 00
Hudson, 0. F. Iron and Steel. (Outlines of Industrial Chemistry. ) .8vo, *2 00
Humphrey, J. C. W. Metall6graphy of Strain. (Metallurgy Series.)
(In Press.)
Humphreys, A. C. The Business Features of Engineering Practice . .8vo. *i 25
Hunter, A. Bridge Work 8vo. (In Press.)
Hurst, G. H. Handbook of the Theory of Color 8vo, *i 50
Dictionary of Chemicals and Raw Products 8vo, *4 50
Lubricating Oils, Fats and Greases 8vo, *4 00
Soaps 8vo, *s 00
Hurst, G. H., and Simmons, W. H. Textile Soaps and Oils 8vo, 3 00
Hurst, H. E., and Lattey, R. T. Text-book of Physics 8vo, *3 00
- — Also published in three parts.
Part I. Dynamics and Heat *i 25
Part II. Sound and Light *i 25
Part III. Magnetism and Electricity *i 50
Hutchinson, R. W., Jr. Long Distance Electric Power Transmission.
iamo, *3 00
Hutchinson, R. W., Jr., and Thomas, W. A. Electricity in Mining, iamo,
(In Press.)
Hutchinson, W. B. Patents and How to Make Money Out of Them.
i2mo, 1 00
Hutton, W. S. The Works' Manager's Handbook 8vo, 6 00
Hyde, E. W. Skew Arches. (Science Series No. 15.) i6mo, o 50
Hyde, F. S. Solvents, Oils, Gums, Waxes 8vo, *2 00
Induction Coils. (Science Series No. 53.) i6mo, o 50
Ingham, A. E. Gearing. A practical treatise. 8vo, *2 50
Ingle, H. Manual of Agricultural Chemistry 8vo, *3 00
D VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG 15
Iiiness, C. H. Problems in Machine Design i2mo, *2 00
Air Compressors and Blowing Engines i2mo,
Centrifugal Pumps i2mo, *2 00
The Fan i2mo, *2 00
Jacob, A., and Gould, E. S. On the Designing and Construction of
Storage Reservoirs, (Science Series No. 6) i6mo, o 50
Jannettaz, E. Guide to the Determination of Rocks. Trans, by G. W.
Plympton i2mo,
Jehl, F. Manufacture of Carbons 8vo,
Jennings, A. S. Commercial Paints and Painting. (Westminster Series.)
8vo,
Jennison, F. H. The Manufacture of Lake Pigments 8vo,
Jepson, G. Cams and the Principles of their Construction 8vo,
Mechanical Drawing 8vo (In Prejxiration.)
Jervis-Smith, F. J. Dynamometers 8vo,
Jockin, W. Arithmetic of the Gold and Silversmith iimo,
Johnson, J. H. Arc Lamps and Accessory Apparatus. (Installation
Manuals Series.) i2mo,
Johnson, T. M. Ship Wiring and Fitting. (Installation Manuals Series. )
i2xno,
Johnson, W. McA. The Metallurgy of Nickel (In PrejxircUion.)
Johnston, J. F. W., and Cameron, C. Elements of Agricultural Chemistry
and Geology i2mo,
Joly, J. Radioactivity and Geology 12 mo,
Jones, H. C. Electrical Nature of Matter and Radioactivity 12 mo,
Nature of Solution 8vo,
New Era in Chemistry 12 mo,
Jones, J. H. Tinplate Industry 8vo,
Jones, M. W. ■ Testing Raw Materials Used in Paint i2mo,
Jordan, L. C. Practical Railway Spiral i2mo, leather,
Joynson, F. H. Designing and Construction of Machine Gearing . 8vo,
Juptner, H. F. V. Siderology : The Science of Iron , , ( 8vo,
Kapp, G. Alternate Current Machinery. (Science Series No. 96.). i6mo, o 50
Kapper, F. Overhead Transmission Lines 4 to, '4 00
Keim, A. W. Prevention of Dampness in Buildings 8vo, *2 00
Keller, S. S. Mathematics for Engineering Students. 1 2mo, half leather.
and Knox, W. E. Analytical Geometry and Calculus *2 00
Kelsey, W. R. Continuous-current Dynamos and Motors 8vo, *2 50
Kemble, W. T., and Underhill, C. R. The Periodic Law and the Hydrogen
Spectrum 8vo, paper, *o 50
Kemp, J. F. Handbook of Rocks 8vo, *i 50
Kennedy, A. B. W., and Thurston, R. H. Kinematics of Machinery.
(Science Series No. 54.) i6mo, o 50
Kennedy, A. B. W., Unwin, W. C, and Well, F. E. Compressed Air.
(Science Series No. 106.) i6mo, o 50
I
50
*4
00
*2
00
*3
00
*i
50
*3
50
•1
00
*o
75
*o
75
2
60
'3
00
*2
00
*3
50
*2
00
*3
00
*2
00
*I
50
2
00
*5oo
16 D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT ^ITLE CATALOG
Kennedy, R. Electrical Installations. Five Volumes 4to, 15 00
Single Volumes each, 3 50
Flying Machines ; Practice and Design 1 21110, *a 50
Principles of Aeroplane Construction 8vo, *a 00
Kennelly, A. E. Electro-dynamic Machinery 8vo, 1 50
Kent, W. Strength of Materials. (Science Series No. 41.) i6mo, o 50
Kershaw, J. B. C. Fuel, Water and Gas Analysis 8vo, *2 50
Electrometallurgy. (Westminster Series.) 8vo, *2 00
The Electric Furnace in Iron and Steel Production iamo,
Electro-Thermal Methods of Iron and Steel Production. .. 8vo, *3 00
Kindelan, J. Trackman's Helper i2mo, 2 00
Kinzbrunner, C. Alternate Current Windings 8vo, *i 50
Continuous Current Armatures 8vo, *i 50
Testing of Alternating Current Machines 8vo, *2 00
Kirkaldy, A.. W., and Evans, A. D. History and Economics of
Transport 8vo, *3 00
Kirkaldy, W. G. David Kirkaldy* s System of Mechanical Testing. .4to, 10 00
Kirkbride, J. Engraving for Illustration 8vo, *i 50
Kirkham, J. E. Structural Engineering 8vo, *5 00
Kirkwood, J. P. Filtration of River Waters ato, 7 50
Kirschke, A. Gas and Oil Engines i2mo, *i 25
Klein, J. F. Design of a High-speed Steam-engine 8vo, *5 00
Physical Significance of Entropy 8vo, *i 50
Klingenberg, G. Large Electric Power Stations 4to, *5 00
Knight, R.-Adm. A. M. Modern Seamanship 8vo, *6 50
Knott, C. G., and Mackay, J. S. Practical Mathematics 8vo, 2 00
Knox, G. D. Spirit of the Soil xamo, v i 25
Knoz, J. Physico-Chemical Calculations iamo, *i 25
Fixation of Atmospheric Nitrogen. (Chemical Monographs.) . iamo, *i 00
Koester, F. Steam-Electric Power Plants . .ato, *5 00
Hydroelectric Developments and Engineering ato, *5 00
Roller, T. The Utilization of Waste Products 8vo, *3 00
■ Cosmetics 8vo, *2 50
Koppe, S. W. Glycerine i2mo, *2 50
Kozmin, P. A. Flour Milling. Trans, by M. Falkner 8vo, 7 50
Kremann, R. Application of the Phyaico -Chemical Theory to Tech-
nical Processes and Manufacturing Methods. Trans, by H.
E. Potts 8vo, *3 00
Kretchmar, K. Yarn and Warp Sizing 8vo, *a 00
Laffargue, A. Attack in Trench Warfare i6mo, o 50
Lallier, E. V. Elementary Manual of the Steam Engine 12 mo, *2 00
Lambert, T. Lead and Its Compounds 8vo, *3 50
« Bone Products and Manures 8vo, *3 00
Lamborn, L. L. Cottonseed Products 8vo, *3 00
Modern Soaps, Candles, and Glycerin 8vo, *7 50
Lamprecht, R. Recovery Work After Pit Fires. Trans, by C. Salter. 8vo, *a 00
Lancaster, M. Electric Cooking, Heating and Cleaning 8vo, *i 00
Lanchester, F. W. Aerial Flight Two Volumes. 8vo.
Vol. I. Aerodynamics *6 00-
Vol. II. Aerodonetics *6 00
D. VAN NOSTRAXD CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOC 17
Lanchester, F. W. The Flying Machine 8vo, *3 00
Lange, K. R. By-products of Coal-Gas Manufacture xamo, 2 00
Lamer, E. T. Principles of Alternating Currents nmo. *i 25
La Rue, B. F. Swing Bridges. (Science Series No. 107.) i6mo, o 50
Lassar-Cohn. Dr. Modern Scientific Chemistry. Trans, by M. M.
Pattison Muir i2mo, *2 00
Latimer, L. H., Field, C. J., and Howell, J. W. Incandescent Electric
Lighting. (Science Series No. 57.) i6mo, o 50
Latta, M. N. Handbook of American Gas-Engineering Practice . . . 8vo, *4 50
American Producer Gas Practice 4to, *6 00
Laws, B. C. Stability and Equilibrium of Floating Bodies 8vo, *3 50
Lawson, W. R. British Railways. A Financial and Commercial
Survey 8vo, 200
Leask, A. R. Breakdowns at Sea nmo, 2 00
Refrigerating Machinery 12 mo, 2 00
Lecky, S. T. S. "Wrinkles" in Practical Navigation 8vo, 10 00
Le Doux, M. Ice-Making Machines. (Science Series No. 46.) . . i6mo, o 50
Leeds, C. C. Mechanical Drawing for Trade Schools oblong 4to, *a 00
Mechanical Drawing for High and Vocational Schools 4 to, *i 25
Leftvre, L. Architectural Pottery. Trans, by H. K. Bird and W. M.
Binns 4to, *7 50
Lehner, S. Ink Manufacture. Trans, by A. Morris and H. Robson . 8vo, *2 50
Lem8trom, S. Electricity in Agriculture and Horticulture 8vo, *i 50
Letts, E. A. Fundamental Problems in Chemistry 8vo, *2 00
Le Van, W. B. Steam-Engine Indicator. (Science Series No. 78.)i6mo, o 50
Lewes, V. B. Liquid and Gaseous Fuels. (Westminster Series.) . 8vo, *2 00
Carbonization of Coal 8vo, *3 00
Lewis, L. P. Railway Signal Engineering 8vo, *3 50
Lewis Automatic Machine Rifle ; Operation of i6mo, *o 75
Licks, H. E. Recreations in Mathematics xamo, *i 25
Lieber, B. F. Lienor's Five Letter Standard Telegraphic Code...8vo, *io 00
Code. German Edition 8vo, *io 00
Spanish Edition 8vo, *io jo
French Edition 8vo, *xo 00
Terminal Index 8vo, *2 50
Lieber's Appendix folio, *i5 00
Handy Tables .4to, *a 50
Bankers and Stockbrokers' Code and Merchants and Shippers'
Blank Tables 8vo, *i5 00
100,000,000 Combination Code 8vo, *io 00
Engineering Code 8vo, *i2 50
Livermore, V. P., and Williams, J. How to Become a Competent Motor-
man i2mo, *i 00
Livingstone, R. Design and Construction of Commutators 8vo, *2 25
Mechanical Design and Construction of Generators 8vo, *3 50
Lloyd, S. L. Fertiliser Materials (In Press.)
Lobben, P. Machinists' and Draftsmen's Handbook 8vo, 2 50
Lockwood, T. D. Electricity; Magnetism, and Electro-telegraph 8vo, 2 50
Electrical Measurement and the Galvanometer iamo, 071
1 8 D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG
Lodge, O. J. Elementary Mechanics iamo, i 50
Signalling Across Space without Wires 8vo, *2 00
Loewenstein, L. C, and Crissey, C. P. Centrifugal Pumps *4 50
Lomax, J. W. Cotton Spinning xamo, 1 50
Lord, R. T. Decorative and Fancy Fabrics 8vo, *3 50
Loring, A. £. A Handbook of the Electromagnetic Telegraph i6mo o 50
Handbook. (Science Series No. 39.) 16m, o 50O
Lovell, D. H. Practical Switchwork 12 mo, *x 00
Low, D. A. Applied Mechanics (Elementary) i6mo, o 80
Lubschez, B. J. Perspective iamo, *i 50
Lucke, C. E. Gas Engine Design 8vo, *3 00
Power Plants: Design, Efficiency, and Power Costs. 2 vols.
(In Preparation.)
Luckiesh, M. Color and Its Application 8vo, *3 00
Light and Shade and Their Applications 8vo, *a 50
Lunge, 6. Coal-tar and Ammonia. Three Volumes 8vo, *ao 00
Technical Gas Analysis 8vo, *4 00
Manufacture of Sulphuric Acid and Alkali. Four Volumes 8vo,
Vol. I. Sulphuric Acid. In three parts *i8 00
Vol. I. Supplement 8vo, 5 00
Vol. II. Salt Cake, Hydrochloric Acid and Leblanc Soda. In two
parts (In Press.)
Vol. HI. Ammonia Soda (In Press.)
Vol. IV. Electrolytic Methods (In Press.)
Technical Chemists' Handbook iimo, leather, *3 50
Technical Methods of Chemical Analysis. Trans, by C. A. Keane
in collaboration with the corps of specialists.
Vol. I. In two parts 8vo, *i5 00
Vol. H. In two parts 8vo, *i8 00
Vol. HI. In two parts 8vo, *i8 00
The set (3 vols.) complete *5o 00
Luquer, L. M. Minerals in Rock Sections 8vo, *i 50
Macewen, H. A. Food Inspection 8vo, *2 50
Mackenzie, N. F. Notes on Irrigation Works 8vo, *2 50
Mackie, J. How to Make a Woolen Mill Pay 8vo, *2 00
Maguire, Wm. R. Domestic Sanitary Drainage and Plumbing . . . .8vo, 4 00
Malcolm, C. W. Textbook on Graphic Statics 8vo, *3 oc
Malcolm, H. W. Submarine Telegraph Cable (In Press.)
Mallet, A. Compound Engines. Trans, by R. R. Buel. (Science Series
No. 10.) i6mo,
Mansfield, A. N. Electro-magnets. (Science Series No. 64.) . . . i6mo,
Marks, E. C. R. Construction of Cranes and Lifting Machinery . i2mo,
Construction and Working of Pumps i2mo,
Manufacture of Iron and Steel Tubes nmo,
Mechanical Engineering Materials i2mo,
Marks, G. C. Hydraulic Powe r Engineering 8vo,
Inventions, Patents and Designs i2mo,
Marlow, T. G. Drying Machinery and Practice 8vo,
50
*I
50
*2
00
•i
00
3
50
*i
00
*5
00
*2
00
*2
00
*2
00
•2
50
*I
50
*I
00
*4
00
*3
5o
•1
50
3
00
D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG 19
Marsh, C. F. Concise Treatise on Reinforced Concrete 8vo, *2 50
Reinforced Concrete Compression Member Diagram. Mounted on
Cloth Boards ". *i . 50
Marsh, C. F., and Dunn, W. Manual of Reinforced Concrete and Con-
crete Bldck Construction i6mo, fabrikoid (In Press.)
Marshall, W. J., and Sankey, H. R. Gas Engines. (Westminster Series.)
8vo,
Martin, G. Triumphs and Wonders of Modern Chemistry 8vo,
Modern Chemistry and Its Wonders 8vo,
Martin, N. Properties and Design of Reinforced Concrete i2ino,
Martin, W. D. Hints to Engineers iamo,
Massie, W. W., and Underbill, C. R. Wireless Telegraphy and Telephony.
i2mo,
Mathot, R. E. Internal Combustion Engines 8vo,
Maurice, W. Electric Blasting Apparatus and Explosives 8vo,
— — Shot Firer's Guide 8vo,
Maxwell, F. Sulphitation in White Sugar Manufacture iamo,.
Maxwell, J. C. Matter and Motion. (Science Series No. 36.).
i6mo, o 50
Maxwell, W. H., and Brown, J. T. Encyclopedia of Municipal and Sani-
tary Engineering 4to, *io 00
Mayer, A. M. Lecture Notes on Physics 8vo, '2 00
Mayer, C, and Slippy, J. C. Telephone Line Construction 8vo, *3 00
McCullough, E. Practical Surveying iamo, *a 00
Engineering Work in Cities and Towns 8vo, *3 00
Reinforced Concrete iamo, *i 50
McCullough, R. S. Mechanical Theory of Heat 8vo, 3 50
McGibbon, W. C. Indicator Diagrams for Marine Engineers 8vo, *3 50
Marine Engineers' Drawing Book oblong 4to, *a 50
McGibbon, W. C. Marine Engineers Pocket book iamo, *4 00
Mcintosh, J. G. Technology of Sugar . 8vo, *5 00
Industrial Alcohol 8vo, *3 00
Manufacture of Varnishes and Kindred Industries. Three Volumes.
8vo.
Vol. I. Oil Crushing; Refining and Boiling *3 50
Vol. II. Varnish Materials and Oil Varnish Making % 00
Vol. III. Spirit Varnishes and Materials *4 50
McKay, C. W. Fundamental Principles of the Telephone Business.
8vo. (In Press.)
McKillop, M., and McKillop, A. D. Efficiency Methods iamo, 1 50
McKnight, J. D., and Brown, A. W. Marine Multitubular Boilers *i 50
McMaster, J. B. Bridge and Tunnel Centres. (Science Series No. 20.)
i6mo, o 50
McMechen, F. L. Tests for Ores, Minerals and Metals iamo, *i 00
McPherson, J. A. Water-works Distribution 8vo, 2 50
Meade, A. Modern Gas Works Practice 8vo, *7 50
Meade, Alwyne. Modern Gas Works Practice 8vo, 7 50
Meade, R. K. Design and Equipment of Small Chemical Laboratories,
8vo,
Melick, C. W. Dairy Laboratory Guide nmo, *i 25
Mensch, L. J. Reinforced Concrete Pocket Book i6mo, leather, *4 00
Merck, E. Chemical Reagents ; Their Purity and Tests. Trans, by
H. E. Schenck 8vo, 1 00
20 D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG
Merivals, J. H. Notes and Formulae for Mining Students iamo,
Merritt, Wm. H. Field Testing for Gold and Silver i6mo, leather,
Mortens. Tactics and Technique of River Crossings* Translated by
W. Kruger 8vo,
Mierzinski, S. Waterproofing of Fabrics. Trans, by A. Morris and H.
Robson 8vo,
Miessner, B. F. Radio Dynamics iamo,
Miller, G. A. Determinants. (Science Series No 105.) i6mo,
Miller, W. J. Introduction to Historical Geology tamo,
Milroy, M. £. W. Home Lace-making iamo,
Mills, C. N. Elementary Mechanics for Engineers 8vo,
Mitchell, C. A. Mineral and Aerated Waters 8vo,
Mitchell, C. A., and Prideaux, R. M. Fibres Used in Textile and Allied
Industries 8vo,
Mitchell, C. F., and G. A. Building Construction and Drawing. i2mo.
Elementary Course *i
Advanced Course *a 50
Monckton, C. C. F. Radiotelegraphy. (Westminster Series.) 8vo,
Monteverde, R. D. Vest Pocket Glossary of English-Spanish, Spanish-
English Technical Terms 64010, leather,
Montgomery, J. H. Electric Wiring Specifications x6mo,
Moore, E. C. S. New Tables for the Complete Solution of Ganguillet and
Kutter's Formula 8vo,
Morecroft, J. H., and Hehre, F. W. Short Course in Electrical Testing.
8vo,
Morgan, A. P. Wireless Telegraph Apparatus for Amateurs . ... iamo,
Moses, A. J. The Characters of Crystals 8vo,
and Parsons, C. L. Elements of Mineralogy 8vo,
Moss, S.A. Elements of Gas Engine Design. (Science Series No. 1 2 1 . ) 1 6mo,
The Lay-out of Corliss Valve Gears. (Science Series No. 1 xo.)i6mo,
Mulford, A. C. Boundaries and Landmarks iamo,
Mullin, J. P. Modern Moulding and Pattern-making i2mo,
Munby, A. E. Chemistry and Physics of Building Materials. (West-
minster Series.) 8vo,
Murphy, J. G. Practical Mining i6mo,
Murray, J. A. Soils and Manures. (Westminster Series.) .,,,., ,8vo,
Nasmith, J. The Student's Cotton Spinning 8vo,
Recent Cotton Mill Construction iamo,
Neave, G. B., and Heilbron, I. M. Identification of Organic Compounds.
i2mo,
Neilson, R. M. Aeroplane Patents 8vo,
Nerz, F. Searchlights. Trans, by C. Rodgers 8vo,
Neuberger, EL, and Noalhat, H. Technology of Petroleum. Trans, by
J. G. Mcintosh 8vo,
Newall, J. W. Drawing, Sizing and Cutting Bevel-gears 8vo,
Newell, F. H., and Drayer, C. E. Engineering as a Career, .iamo, cloth,
P*I*r,
Newbeging, T. Handbook for Gas Engineers and Managers 8vo, *6 50
Nicol, G. Ship Construction and Calculations 8vo, *5 00
Nipher, F. E. Theory of Magnetic Measurements iamo, 1 00
I
50
X
50*
a
50
*2
50-
♦a
00
*a
00
*i
00
*i
00
*3
00
*3
00
*i
50
*a
50
♦a
00
•x
00-
*i
00
*5
00
*i
50
•1
50
*2
00
*3
00
50
50
*x
00
2
50
♦2
00
1
00
*2
00
3
00
2
50
♦1
*5
*2
00
*3
00
*X0
00
X
50
*x
00
75
D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG 21
Hisbet, H. Grammar of Textile Design 8vo,
Nolan, ^H. The Telescope. (Science Series No. 51.) i6mo, o 50
Norie, J. W. Epitome of Navigation octavo, % 8 00
A Complete Set of Nautical Tables with Explanations ot Their
Use octavo, 6 50
North, H. B. Laboratory Experiments in General Chemistry iamo, *i 00
Nugent, E. .Treatise on Optics i2mo, 1 50
O'Connor, H. The Gas Engineer's Pocketbook iamo, leather, 3 50
Ohm, G. S., and Lockwood, T. D. Galvanic Circuit. Translated by
William Francis. (Science Series No. 102.) i6mo, o 50
Olsen, J. C. Text-book of Quantitative Chemical Analysis 8vo, 3 50
Olsson, A. Motor Control, in Turret Turning and Gun Elevating. (U. S.
Navy Electrical Series, No. 1.) nmo, paper, *o 50
-Ormsby, M. T. M. Surveying iamo, 1 50
Oudin, M. A. Standard Polyphase Apparatus and Systems. 8vo, *3 00
Owen, D. Recent Physical Research 8vo,
Pakes, W. C. C, and Nankivell, A. T. The Science of Hygiene . .8vo, *i 75
Palaz, A. Industrial Photometry. Trans, by G. W. Patterson, Jr. . 8vo, *4 00
Pamely, C. Colliery Manager's Handbook 8vo, *io 00
Parker, P. A. M. The Control of Water 8vo, *5 00
Parr, G. D. A. Electrical Engineering Measuring Instruments. . .8vo, *3 50
Parry, E. J. Chemistry of Essential Oils and Artificial Perfumes,
(In Press.)
Foods and Drugs. Two Volumes.
Vol. I. Chemical and Microscopical Analysis of Foods and Drugs. *7 50
Vol. H. Sale of Food and Drugs Act *3 00
and Coste, J. H. Chemistry of Pigments 8vo, *4 50
Parry, L. Notes on Alloys. . 8vo, *3 00
Metalliferous Wastes 8vo, *2 00
Analysis of Ashes and Alloys 8vo, *a 00
Parry, L. A. Risk and Dangers of Various Occupations 8vo, *3 00
Parshall, H. F., and Hobart, H. M. Armature Windings 4to, *y 50
Electric Railway Engineering 4to, *io 00
Parsons, J. L. Land Drainage 8vo, *i 50
Parsons, S. J. Malleable Cast Iron 8vo, *2 50
Partington, J. R. Higher Mathematics for Chemical Students. .12010, *a 00
Textbook of Thermodynamics 8vo, *4 00
Passmore, A. C. Technical Terms Used in Architecture 8vo, *3 50
Patchell, W. H. Electric Power in Mines 8vo, *4 00
Paterson, G. W. L. Wiring Calculations 12 mo, *2 00
Electric Mine Signalling Installations i2mo, *i 50
Patterson, D. The Color Printing of Carpet Yarns 8vo, *3 50
Color Matching on Textiles 8vo, *3 00
Textile Color Mixing. 8vo, *3 00
Paulding, C. P. Condensation of Steam in Covered and Bare Pipes. 8vo, *2 00
Transmission of Heat through Cold-storage Insulation i2mo, *i 00
Payne, D. W. Iron Founders' Handbook 8vo, *4 00
Peckham, S. F. Solid Bitumens 8vo, *5 00
Peddle, R. A. Engineering and Metallurgical Books 12 mo, *i 50
Peirce, B. System of Analytic Mechanics 4to, 10 00
Linnear Associative Algebra 4to, 3 00
Pendred, V. The Railway Locomotive. (Westminster Series.) 8vo, *2 00
22 D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG
Perkin, F. M. Practical Methods of Inorganic Chemistry i2mo,
Perrin, J. Atoms 8vo,"
and Jaggers, £. M. Elementary Chemistry zamo,
Pcrrine, F. A. C. Conductors for Electrical Distribution 8vo,
Petit, G. White Lead and Zinc White Paints 8vo,
Petit, R. How to Build an Aeroplane. Trans, by T. O'B. Hubbard, and
J. H. Ledeboer 8vo,
Pettit, Lieut J. S. Graphic Processes. (Science Series No- 76.) . . . i6mo,
Philbrick, P. H. Beams and Girders. (Science Series No. 88.) . . . i6mo,
Phillips, J. Gold Assaying 8vo,
Dangerous Goods 8vo,
Phin, J. Seven Follies of Science 12 mo,
Pickworth, C. N. The Indicator Handbook. Two Volumes . 12 mo, each,
Logarithms for Beginners 12 mo. boards,
The Slide Rule nmo,
Plattner's Manual of Blow-pipe Analysis. Eighth Edition, revised. Trans.
by H. B. Cornwall 8vo,
Plympton, G. W. The Aneroid Barometer. (Science Series No. 35.) 16 mo,
How to become an Engineer. (Science Series No. 100.) x6mo,
Van Nostrand's Table Book. (Science Series No. 104.) x6mo,
Pochet, M. L. Steam Injectors. Translated from the French. (Science
Series No. 39.) i6mo,
Pocket Logarithms to Four Places. (Science Series No. 65.) 16 mo,
leather,
Polleyn, F. Dressings and Finishings for Textile Fabrics. 8vo,
Pope, F. G. Organic Chemistry xamo,
Pope, F. L. Modern Practice of the Electric Telegraph 8vo,
Popplewell, W. C. Prevention of Smoke 8vo,
Strength of Materials 8vo,
Porritt, B. D. The Chemistry of Rubber. (Chemical Monographs,
No. 3.) i2mo,
Porter, J. R. Helicopter Flying Machine i2mo,
Potts, H. E. Chemistry of the Rubber Industry. (Outlines of Indus-
trial Chemistry) .' 8vo,
Practical Compounding of Oils, Tallow and Grease 8vo,
Pratt, K. Boiler Draught iamo,
High Speed Steam Engines 8vo,
• Pray, T., Jr. Twenty Years with the Indicator 8vo,
Steam Tables and Engine Constant 8vo,
Prelini, C. Earth and Rock Excavation 8vo,
Graphical Determination of Earth Slopes 8vo,
Tunneling. New Edition 8vo,
— Dredging. A Practical Treatise 8vo,
Prescott, A. B. Organic Analysis 8vo,
Prescott, A. B., and Johnson, O. C. Qualitative Chemical Analysis. . .8vo,
Prescott, A. B., and Sullivan, E. C. First Book in Qualitative Chemistry.
i2mo,
Prideaux, E. B. R. Problems in Physical Chemistry 8vo,
Primrose, G. S. C. Zinc. (Metallurgy Series.) (In Press.)
Prince, G. T. Flow of Water iamo,
*I
OO
*2
50
*I
OO
*3
5*
*i
50
*i
50
5*
*2
5°
3
50
*i
25
1
5o
50
z
09
*4
OO
O
So
O
50
50
50
50
I
00
*3
00
2
50
I
50
*3
50
*i
75
*i
09
1
50
*2
50
*3
50
*i
25
*2
00
2
50
2
00
*3
00
*2
00
*3
00
*3
00
5
00
*3
50
*i
50
*2
00
*2
00
D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG 23
Pullen, W. W. F. Application of Graphic Methods to the Design of
Structures i2mo,
Injectors: Theory, Construction and Working i2mo,
Indicator Diagrams 8vo,
Engine Testing 8vo,
Putsch, A. Gas and Coal-dust Firing 8vo,
Pynchon, T. R. Introduction to Chemical Physics 8vo,
Rafter G. W. Mechanics of Ventilation. (Science Series No. 33.) . i6mo,
Potable Water. (Science Series No. 103.) i6mo,
Treatment of Septic Sewage. (Science Series No. 118.). ..x6mo,
Rafter, G. W., and Baker, M. N. Sewage Disposal in the United States.
4to,
Raikes, H. P. Sewage Disposal Works 8vo,
Randau, P. Bnamels and Enamelling 8vo,
Rankine, W. J. M. Applied Mechanics 8vo,
Civil Engineering 8vo,
Machinery and Millwork 8vo,
The Steam-engine and Other Prime Movers. 8vo,
Rankine, W. J. M., and Bamber, E. F. A Mechanical Text-book. . . .8vo,
Ransome, W. R. Freshman Mathematics x2mo,
Raphael, F. C. Localization of Faults in Electric Light and Power Mains.
8vo,
Rasch, E. Electric Arc Phenomena. Trans, by K. Tornberg 8vo,
Rathbone, R. L. B. Simple Jewellery 8vo,
Rateau, A. Flow of Steam through Nozzles and Orifices. Trans, by H.
B. Brydon 8vo
Rausenberger, F. The Theory of the Recoil of Guns 8vo,
Rautenstrauch, W. Notes on the Elements of Machine Design. 8 vo, boards,
Rautenstrauch, W., and Williams, J. T. Machine Drafting and Empirical
Design.
Part I. Machine Drafting 8vo, *i 25
Part II. Empirical Design (In Preparation.)
Raymond, E. B. Alternating Current Engineering nmo,
Rayner, H. Silk Throwing and Waste Silk Spinning 8vo,
Recipes for the Color, Paint, Varnish, Oil, Soap and Drysaltery Trades . 8vo,
Recipes for Flint Glass Making nmo,
Redfern, J. B., and Savin, J. Bells, Telephones (Installation Manuals
Series.) i6mo,
Redgrove, H. S. Experimental Mensuration xamo,
Redwood, B. Petroleum. (Science Series No. 92.) i6mo,
Reed, S. Turbines Applied to Marine Propulsion *5 00
Reed's Engineers' 'Handbook 8vo,
— — Key to the Nineteenth Edition of Reed's Engineers' Handbook . . 8vo,
Useful Hints to Sea-going Engineers i2mo,
Reid, E. E. Introduction to Research in Organic Chemistry. (In Press.)
Reid, H. A. Concrete and Reinforced Concrete Construction 8vo,
Reinhardt, C. W. Lettering for Draftsmen, Engineers, and Students.
oblong 4to, boards,
*2
50
*I
50
*2
SO
*4 50
*3
OO
3
OO
So
50
50
*6
00
*4
00
*4
00
5
00
6
50
5
00
5
00
3
50
*i
35
3 50
*2
00
*2
OO
*I
So
*4
50
*i
50
*2
So
*3
50
*4 5o
♦0
*i
50
*5
*9
5o
00
00
4
00
3
00
*5
OO
t
24 D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG
Reinhardt, C. W. The Technic of Mechanical Drafting,
oblong, 4to, boards, *x oo
Reiser, F. Hardening and Tempering of SteeL Trans, by A. Morris and
H. Robson 12 mo, *a 50
Reiser, N. Faults in the Manufacture of Woolen Goods. Trans, by A.
Morris and H. Robson 8vo, *a 50
Spinning and Weaving Calculations 8vo, *5 00
Renwick, W. G. Marble and Marble Working 8vo, 5 00
Reuleaux, F. The Constructor. Trans, by H. H. Suplee 4to, *4 00
Reuterdahl, A. Theory and Design of Reinforced Concrete Arches. 8 vo, *i 00
Rey, Jean. The Range of Electric Searchlight Projectors 8vo, *4 50
Reynolds, O., and Idell, F. E. Triple Expansion Engines. (Science
Series No. 99.) i6mo, o 50
Rhead, G. F. Simple Structural Woodwork i:rao, *i 00
Rhodes, H. J. Art of Lithography 8vo, 3 50
Rice, J. M., and Johnson, W. W. A New Method of Obtaining the Etffer-
ential of Functions ismo, o 50
Richards, W. A. Forging of Iron and Steel i2mo, z 50
Richards, W. A, and North, H. B. Manual of Cement Testing i2mo, *i 50
Richardson, J. The Modern Steam Engine 8vo, *3 50
Richardson, S. S. Magnetism and Electricity i2mo, *2 00
Rideal, S. Glue and Glue Testing 8vo, *4 00
Riesenberg, F. The Men on Deck 12010, 3 00
Rimmer, E. J. Boiler Explosions, Collapses and Mishaps 8vo, *i 75
Rings, F. Concrete in Theory and Practice i2mo, *2 50
Reinforced Concrete Bridges 4to, *5 00
Ripper, W. Course of Instruction in Machine Drawing (olio, *6 00
Roberts, F. C. Figure of the Earth. (Science Series No. 79.) i6mo, o 50
Roberts, J., Jr. Laboratory Work in Electrical Engineering 8vo, *2 00
Robertson, L. S. Water-tube Boilers 8vo, 2 00
Robinson, J. B. Architectural Composition 8vo, *2 50
Robinson, S. W. Practical Treatise on the Teeth of Wheels. (Science
Series No. 24.) i6mo, o 5*
— — Railroad Economics. (Science Series No. 59.) i6mo, o 50
— — Wrought Iron Bridge Members. (Science Series No. 60.) i6mo, o 50
Robson, J. H. Machine Drawing and Sketching 8vo, *a 00
Roebling, J. A. Long and Shcrt Span Railway Bridges folio, 25 00
Rogers, A. A Laboratory Guide of Industrial Chemistry 8vo, 2 00
Elements of Industrial Chemistry i2mo, *3 00
Manual of Industrial Chemistry 8vo, *$ 00
Rogers, F. Magnetism of Iron Vessels. (Science Series No. 30.) . i6mo, o 5o
Rohland, P. Colloidal and Crystalloids! State of Matter. Trans, by
W. J. Britland and H. E. Potts nmo, *i 25
RoUinson, C. Alphabets Oblong, i2mo, *i 00
Rose, J. The Pattern-makers' Assistant 8vo, 2 50
• Key to Engines and Engine-running i2mo, 2 50
Rose, T. K. The Precious Metals. (Westminster Series.) 8vo, *2 00
Rosenhain, W. Glass Manufacture. (Westminster Series.) 8vo. *2 00
Physical Metallurgy, An Introduction to. (Metallurgy Series.)
8vo, *3 50
Roth, W. A Physical Chemistry 8vo, *aoo
D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG 25
Rowan, F J. Practical Physics of the Modern Steam-boiler 8vo, *3 00
and Idell, F. £. Boiler Incrustation and Corrosion. (Science
Series Wo. 27.) i6mo, o 50
Roxburgh, W. General Foundry Practice. (Westminster Series.) .8vo, *a 00
Runnier, E. Wireless Telephony. Trans, by J. Erskine-Murray . .8vo, *3 50
Russell, A. Theory of Electric Cables and Networks 8vo, *3 00
Rutley, F. Elements of Mineralogy iamo, *i 25
Sanford, P. G. Nitro-explosives 8vo, *4 00
Saunders, C. H. Handbook of Practical Mechanics i6mo, 1 00
leather, 1 25
Sayers, H. M. Brakes for Tram Cars 8vo, *i 25
Scheele, C. W. Chemical Essays 8vo, *2 00
Scheithauer, W. Shale Oils and Tars 8vo, *3 So
Scherer, R. Casein. Trans, by C. Salter 8vo, *3 00
Schidrowitz, P. Rubber, Its Production and Industrial Uses 8vo, *$ 00
Schindler, K. Iron and Steel Construction Works i2mo, *i 25
Schmall, C. N. First Course in Analytic Geometry, Plane and Solid.
i2mo, half leather, *i 75
Schmeer, L. Flow of Water 8vo, *3 oc
Schumann, F. A Manual of Heating and Ventilation iamo, leather, z 50
Schwarz, E. H. L. Causal Geology 8vo, *a 50
Schweizer, V. Distillation of Resins 8vo, 4 50
Scott, W. W. Qualitative Analysis. A Laboratory Manual. New
Edition (In Press.)
Standard Methods of Chemical Analysis 8vo, *6 00
Scribner, J. M. Engineers' and Mechanics' Companion . . i6mo, leather, 1 50
Scudder, H. Electrical Conductivity and Ionization Constants of
Organic Compounds 8vo, *3 00
Searle, A. B. Modern Brickmaking 8vo, *5 00
Cement, Concrete and Bricks 8vo, *3 00
Searle, G. M. "Sumners' Method." Condensed and Improved.
(Science Series No. 124.) i6mo, o 50
Seaton, A. E. Manual of Marine Engineering 8vo 8 00
Seaton, A. E., and Rounthwaite, H. M. Pocket-book of Marine Engi-
neering i6mo, leather, 3 50
Seeligmann, T., Torrilhon, G. L., and Falconnet, H. India Rubber and
Gutta Percha. Trans, by J. G. Mcintosh 8vo, *5 00
Seidell, A. Solubilities of Inorganic and Organic Substances 8vo, 3 00
Seligman, R. Aluminum. (Metallurgy Series.) (In Press.)
Sellew, W. H. Steel Rails 4to, *io 00
Railway Maintenance Engineering i2mo, *2 50
Senter, G. Outlines of Physical Chemistry iamo, *2 00
Text-book of Inorganic Chemistry i2mo, *x 75
Sever, G. F. Electric Engineering Experiments 8vo, boards, *x 00
Sever, G. F., and Townsend, F. Laboratory and Factory Tests in Elec-
trical Engineering t 8vo, *2 50
Sewall, C. H. Wireless Telegraphy 8vo, *2 00
Lessons in Telegraphy i2mo, *i 00
26 D. VAN NOSTRAND CO/S SHORT TITLE CATALOG
Sewell, T. The Construction of Dynamos 8vo, *3 oo
Sexton, A. H. Fuel and Refractory Materials iamo, *a 50
Chemistry of the Materials of Engineering iamo, *a 50
Alloys (Non-Ferrous) 8vo, *3 00
Sexton, A. IL, and Primrose, J. S. 6. The Metallurgy of Iron and Steel
8vo, "*6 50
Seymour, A. Modern Printing Inks 8vo, *a 00
Shaw, Henry S. H. Mechanical Integrators. (Science Series No. 83.)
x6mo, o 50
Shaw, S. History of the Staffordshire Potteries 8vo, 2 00
Chemistry of Compounds Used in Porcelain Manufacture 8vo, *5 00
Shaw, T. R. Driving of Machine Tools iamo, *2 00
Precision Grinding Machines nmo, 4 50
Shaw, W. N. Forecasting Weather 8vo, *3 50
Sheldon, S., and Hausmann, E. Direct Current Machines nmo, *2 50
Alternating Current Machines i2mo, *2 50
Sheldon, S., and Hausmann, E. Electric Traction and Transmission
Engineering 12 mo, *s 50
Physical Laboratory Experiments, for Engineering Students. .8vo, *i 25
Shields, J. E. Notes on Engineering Construction i2mo, z 50
Shreve, S. H. Strength of Bridges and Roofs 8vo, 3 50
Shunk, W. F. The Field Engineer iamo, f abrikoid, 2 50
Simmons, W. H., and Appleton, H. A. Handbook of Soap Manufacture,
8vo, *3 00
Simmons, W. H., and Mitchell, C. A. Edible Fats and Oils 8vo, *3 00
Simpson, G. The Naval Constructor iamo, fabrikoid, *5 00
Simpson, W. Foundations 8vo. ( In Press.)
Sinclair, A. Development of the Locomotive Engine. . . 8vo, half leather, 5 00
Sindall, R. W. Manufacture of Paper. (Westminster Series.) 8vo, *a 00
Sindall, R. W., and Bacon, W. N. The Testing of Wood Pulp 8vo, *2 50
Sloane, T. O'C. Elementary Electrical Calculations i2mo, *a 00
Smallwood, J. C. Mechanical Laboratory Methods. (Van No**r— «■''
Textbooks.) iamo, fabrikoid. *3 00
Smith, C. A. M. Handbook of Testing, MATERIALS Svo, *2 50
Smith, C. A M., and Warren, A. G. New Steam Tables 8vo, *i 25
Smith, C. F. Practical Alternating Currents and Testing 8vo, *3 50
Practical Testing of Dynamos and Motors 8vo, *3 00
Smith, F. A. Railway Curves iamo, *i 00
Standard Turnou ts on American Railroads iamo, *i 00
Maintenance of Way Standards iamo, *i 50
Smith, F. E. Handbook of General Instruction for Mechanics . . . i2mo, z 50
Smith, H. G. Minerals and the Microscope iamo, *i 25
Smith, J. C. Manufacture of Paint 8vo, *3 50
Smith, R. H. Principles of Machine Work iamo,
Advanced Machine Work iamo, *3 00
Smith, W. Chemistry of Hat Manufacturing i2mo, *3 00
Snell, A T. Electric Motive Power 8vo, *4 00
Snow, W. G. Pocketbook of Steam Heating and Ventilation. (In Press.)
Snow, W. G., and Nolan, T. Ventilation of Buildings. (Science Series
No. 5.) i6mo, o 50
Soddy, F. Radioactivity 8vo, *3 09
D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG 27
^Solomon, M. Electric Lamps. (Westminster Series.) 8vo, *2 00
Somerscales, A. N. Mechanics for Marine Engineers 12 mo, *a 00
Mechanical and Marine Engineering Science 8vo, *5 00
Sothern, J. W. The Marine Steam Turbine 8vo, *6 00
Verbal Notes and Sketches for Marine Engineers 8vo, *g 00
Sothern, J. W., and Sothern, R. M. Elementary Mathematics for
Marine Engineers iamo, *i 50
Simple Problems in Marine Engineering Design iamo,
Southcombe, J. E. Chemistry of the Oil Industries. (Outlines of In-
dustrial Chemistry.) 8vo, *3 00
Soxhlet, D. H. Dyeing and Staining Marble. Trans, by A. Morris and
H. Robson 8vo, *2 50
Spangenburg, L. Fatigue of Metals. Translated by S. H. Shreve.
(Science Series No. 23.) i6mo, 50
Specht, G. J., Hardy, A. S., McMaster, J. B., and Walling. Topographical
Surveying. (Science Series No. 72.) i6mo,
Spencer, A. S. Design of Steel-Framed Sheds 8vo,
Speyers, C. L. Text-book of Physical Chemistry • 8vo,
-Spiegel, L. Chemical Constitution and Physiological Action. ( Trans.
by C. Luedeking and A. C. Boylston.) xamo,
Sprague, E. H. Hydraulics iamo,
Elements of Graphic Statics 8vo,
Stability of Masonry iamo,
Elementary Mathematics for Engineers iamo,
Stability of Arches i2mo,
Strength of Structural Elements iamo,
Stahl, A. W. Transmission of Power. (Science Series No. 28.) . i6mo,
Stahl, A. W., and Woods, A T. Elementary Mechanism iamo,
Staley, C, and Pierson, G. S. The Separate System of Sewerage. . .8vo,
Standage, H. C. Leatherworkers' Manual 8vo,
Sealing Waxes, Wafers, and Other Adhesives 8vo,
Agglutinants of all Kinds for all Purposes i2mo,
Stanley, H. Practical Applied Physics (In Press.)
Stansbie, J. H. Iron and Steel. (Westminster Series.) 8vo,
Steadman, F. M. Unit Photography iamo,
Stecher, 6. E. Cork. Its Origin and Industrial Uses iamo, 1 00
Steinman, D. B. Suspension Bridges and Cantilevers. (Science Series
No. 127.) : o 50
Melan's Steel Arches and Suspension Bridges 8vo, *3 00
Stevens, E. J. Field Telephones and Telegraphs 1 00
Stevens, H. P. Paper Mill Chemist i6mo,
Stevens, J. S. Theory of Measurements iamo,
Stevenson, J. L. Blast-Furnace Calculations i2mo, leather,
Stewart, G. Modern Steam Traps i2mo,
Stiles, A. Tables for Field Engineers i2mo,
Stodola, A. Steam Turbines. Trans, by L. C. Loewenstein 8vo,
Stone, H. The Timbers of Commerce 8vo,
Stopes, M. Ancient Plants 8vo,
The Study of Plant Life 8vo,
Sudborough, J. J., and James, T. C. Practical Organic Chemistry. . iamo,
Suffling, E. R. Treatise on the Art of Glass Painting 8vo, *3 50
Sullivan, T. V., and Underwood, N. Testing and Valuation of Build-
ing and Engineering Materials (In Press.)
50
*3
50
*i
50
*i
*5
1
50
a
00
1
50
*i
5o
1
50
X
75
*2
00
*3
00
*3 50
•2
00
*3
50
*2
00
*a
00
♦2
*i
50
25
*2
00
•i
*5
I
*5
00
00
3 50
•2
00
*2
00
*2
00
*I
OO
4
OO
I
SO
*2
OO
50
•2
OO
*2
50
*2
50
*2
00
*I
00
*3
00
2
00
♦a
50
*2
OO
28 D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG
Sur, F. J. S. Oil Prospecting and Extracting 8vo,
Svenson, C. L. Handbook on Piping 8vo,
Essentials of Drafting 8vo,
Swan, K. Patents, Designs and Trade Marks.- (Westminster Series.).
8vo,
Swinburne, J., Wordingham, C. H., and Martin, T. C. Electric Currents.
(Science Series No. 109.) i6mo,
Swoope, C. W. Lessons in Practical Electricity 12 mo,
Tailfer, L. Bleaching Linen and Cotton Yarn and Fabrics 8vo, 6 00
Tate, J. S. Surcharged and Different Forms of Retaining- walls. (Sci ence
Series No. 7.) i6mo, o 50
Taylor, F. N. Small Water Supplies iamo,
Masonry in Civil Engineering 8vo,
Taylor, T. U. Surveyor's Handbook iamo, leather,
Backbone of Perspective 12 mo,
Taylor, W. P. Practical Cement Testing 8vo,
Templeton, W. Practical Mechanic's Workshop Companion.
1 2 mo, morocco,
Tenney, E. H. Test Methods for Steam Power Plants. (Van
Nostrand's Textbooks.) i2mo,
Terry, H. L. India Rubber and its Manufacture. (Westminster Series. )
8vo,
Thayer, H. R. Structural Design. 8vo.
Vol. L Elements of Structural Design *2 00
Vol. II. Design of Simple Structures *4 00
Vol. m. Design of Advanced Structures (In Preparation.)
Foundations and Masonry (in Preparation.)
Thiess, J. B., and Joy, G. A. Toll Telephone Practice 8vo,
Thorn, C, and Jones, W. H. Telegraphic Connections oblong, i2mo,
Thomas, C. W. Paper-makers' Handbook (In Press.)
Thomas, J. B. Strength of Ships 8vo,
Thompson, A. B. Oil Fields of Russia 4to,
Oil Field Development 7 50
Thompson, S. P. Dynamo Electric Machines. (Science Series No. 75.)
i6mo,
Thompson, W. P. Handbook of Patent Law of All Countries i6mo,
Thomson, G. Modern Sanitary Engineering.*. iamo,
Thomson, G. S» Milk and Cream Testing i2mo,
Modern Sanitary Engineering, House Drainage, etc 8vo,
Thornley, T. Cotton Combing Machines 8vo,
Cotton Waste 8vo,
Cotton Spinning. 8vo.
First Year *i 50
Second Year *3 00
Third Year *2 50
Thurso, J. W. Modern Turbine Practice 8vo, *4 00
Tidy, C. Meymott Treatment of Sewage. (Science Series No. 04. )iomo, o 50
Tillmans, J. Water Purification and Sewage Disposal. Trans, by
Hugh S. Taylor 8vo, *a 00
Tinney, W. H. Gold-mining Machinery 8vo, *3 00
Titherley, A. W. Laboratory Course of Organic Chemistry 8vo, *2 00
*3
50
1
5o
3
00
*7 So
7 50
5o
1
50
*3
00
*i
75
*3
00
*3
00
*3
00
D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG 29
Tizard, H. T. Indicators (In Press.)
Toch, M. Chemistry and Technology of Paints ... 8vo, *4 00
Materials for Permanent Painting xamo, *2 00
Tod, J., and McGibbon, W. C. Marine Engineers' Board of Trade
Examinations 8vo, *a 00
Todd, J., and Whall, W. B. Practical Seamanship 8vo, 8 00
Tonge, J. Coal. (Westminster Series.) 8vo, *2 00
Townsend, F. Alternating Current Engineering 8vo, boards, *o 75
Townsend, J. S. Ionization of Gases by Collision 8vo, *i 25
Transactions of the American Institute of Chemical Engineers, 8vo.
Eight volumes now ready. Vol. I. to IX., 1908-19x6. Vol.
X. In Press 8vo, each, 6 00
Traverse Tables. (Science Series No. 115.) i6mo, o 50
morocco, 1 00
Treiber, E. Foundry Machinery. Trans, by C. Salter 12 mo, 1 50
Trinks, W., and Housum, C. Shaft Governors. (Science Series No. 122.)
i6mo, o 50
Trowbridge, W. P. Turbine Wheels. (Science Series No. 44.) . . i6mo, 50
Tucker, J. H. A Manual of Sugar Analysis 8vo, 3 50
Tunner, P. A. Treatise on Roll-turning. Trans, by J. B. Pearse.
8vo, text and folio atlas, 10 00
Turnbull, Jr., J., and Robinson, S. W. A Treatise on the Compound
Steam-engine. (Science Series No. 8.) i6mo,
Turner, H. Worsted Spinners' Handbook xamo, *2 00
Turrill, S. M. Elementary Course in Perspective i2mo, *i 25
Twyford, H. B. Purchasing 8vo, *3 00
Storing, Its Economic Aspects and. Proper Methods 8vo, 3 00
Tyrrell, H. G. Design and Construction of Mill Buildings 8vo, *4 00
Concrete Bridges and Culverts i6mo, leather, *3 00
Artistic Bridge Design 8vo, *3 00
Underhill, C. R. Solenoids, Electromagnets and Electromagnetic Wind-
ings i2mo, *2 00
Underwood, N., and Sullivan, T. V. Chemistry and Technology of
Printing Inks 8vo, *3 00
Urquhart, J. W. Electro-plating i2mo, 2 00
Electrotyping i2mo, 2 00
Usborne, P. O. G. Design of Simple Steel Bridges 8vo, *4 00
Vacher, F. Food Inspector's Handbook i2mo,
Van Nostrand's Chenrcal Annual. Fourth issue 19x8. .leather, i2mo, *3 00
Year Book of Mechanical Engineering Data (In Press.)
Van Wagenen, T. F. Manual of Hydraulic Mining i6mo, 1 00
Vega, Baron Von. Logarithmic Tables 8vo, 2 50
Vincent, C. Ammonia and its Compounds. Trans, by M.J. Salter. 8vo, *2 00
Volk, C. Haulage and Winding Appliances 8vo, *4 00
Von Georgievics, G. Chemical Technology of Textile Fibres. Trans.
by C. Salter 8vo,
Chemistry of Dyestuff s. Trans, by C. Salter 8vo, *4 50
Vose, G. L. Graphic Method for Solving Certain Questions in Arithmetic
and Algebra (Science Series No. 16.) i6mo, 50
3 o D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG
Vosmaer, A. Ozone 8vo, *a 50
Wabner, R. Ventilation in Mines. Trans, by C. Salter . . , 8vo, *4 50
Wade, E. J. Secondary Batteries 8vo, *4 o<*
Wadmore, T. M. Elementary Chemical Theory zimo, *z 50
Wadsworth, C. Primary Battery Ignition iamo, *o 50
Wagner, E. Preserving Fruits, Vegetables, and Meat xamo, *2 50
Wagner, J. B. A Treatise on the Natural and Artificial Processes of
Wood Seasoning 8vo, 3 00
Waidram, P. J. Principles of Structural Mechanics iimo, *3 00
Walker, F. Aerial Navigation 8vo,
— — Dynamo Building. (Science Series No. 98.) i6mo, o *o
Walker, J. Organic Chemistry for Students of Medicine i..8vo, *2 50
Walker, S. F. Steam Boilers, Engines and Turbines 8vo, 3 00
Refrigeration, Heating and Ventilation on Shipboard 12 mo, *a 00
Electricity in Mining 8vo, *3 56
Wallis-Tayler, A. J. Bearings and Lubrication 8vo, *i 50
Aerial or Wire Ropeways 8vo, *3 00
Preservation of Wood 8vo, 4 00
Sugar Machinery iimo, *a 50
Walsh, J. J. Chemistry and Physics of Mining and Mine Ventilation,
i2mo, *2 00
Wanklyn, J. A. Water Analysis 121110, 2 00
Wansbrough, W. D. The A B C of the Differential Calculus i2mo, *i 5°
Slide Valves i2mo, *a 00
Waring, Jr., G. E. Sanitary Conditions. (Science Series No. 31.) . i6mo, o 50
Sewerage and Land Drainage *6 00
Modern Methods of Sewage Disposal xamo, 2 00
How to Drain a House xamo, 1 25
Warnes, A, R. Coal Tar Distillation 8vo, *5 00
Warren, F. D. Handbook on Reinforced Concrete 121110, *a 50
Watkins, A. Photography. ( Westminster Series.) 8vo, *a oo-
Watson, E. P. Small Engines and Boilers iamo, z 25
Watt, A. Electro-plating and Electro-refining of Metals 8vo, *4 5a
Electro-metallurgy xamo, 1 oa
The Art of Soap Making 8vo, 3 00
Leather Manufacture 8vo, *4 00
Paper-Making 8vo, 3 00
Webb, H. L. Guide to the Testing of Insulated Wires and Cables. i2mo, 1 00
Webber, W. H. Y. Town Gas. (Westminster Series.) 8vo, *a 00
Wegmann, Edward. Conveyance and Distribution of Water for
Water Supply 8vo, 5 00
Weisbach, J. A Manual of Theoretical Mechanics 8vo, *6 00
sheep, *7 50-
Weisbach, J., and Herrmann, G. Mechanics of Air Machinery 8vo, *3 75
Wells, M. B. Steel Bridge Designing 8vo, *a 50
Weston, E. B. Loss of Head Due to Friction of Water in Pipes, .iamo, *x 50
Wheatley, 0. Ornamental Cement Work 8vo, *a 00
Whipple, S. An Elementary and Practical Treatise on Bridge Building.
8vo, 3 00
White, C. H. Methods of Metallurgical Analysis. (Van Nostrand's
Textbooks.) xamo, 3 50
D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG 31
White, 6. F. Qualitative Chemical Analysis iimo, *i 25
White, G. T. Toothed Gearing lamo, *i 25
Widmer, E. J. Military Balloons 8vo, 3 00
Wilcox, R. M. Cantilever Bridges. (Science Series No. 25.) i6mo, o 50
Wilda, H. Steam Turbines. Trans, by C. Salter iamo, 1 50
Cranes and Hoists. Trans by C. Salter iamo, 1 50
Wilkinson, H. D. Submarine Cable Laying and Repairing 8vo, *6 00
Williamson, J. Surveying 8vo, *3 00
Williamson, R. S. On the Use of the Barometer 4to, 15 00
Practical Tables in Meteorology and Hypsometery 4to, 2 50
Wilson, F. J., and Heilbron, I. M. Chemical Theory and Calculations.
1 2 mo, *i 00
Wilson, J. F. Essentials of Electrical Engineering 8vo, 2 50
Wimperis, H. E. Internal Combustion Engine 8vo, ^3 00
Application of Power to Road Transport 12 mo, *i 50
Primer of Internal Combustion Engine i2mo, *i 00
Winchell, N. H., and A. N. Elements of Optical Mineralogy 8vo, *3 50
Winslow, A. Stadia Surveying. (Science Series No. 77.) i6mo, o 50
Wisser, Lieut. J. P. Explosive Materials. (Science Series No. 70.)
i6mo, o 50
Wisser, Lieut. J. P. Modern Gun Cotton. (Science Series No. 89.) . z6mo, o 50
Wolff, C. E. Modern Locomotive Practice 8vo, *4 20
Wood, De V. Luminiferous Aether. (Science Series No. 85>...i6mo, o 50
Wood, J. K. Chemistry of Dyeing. (Chemical Monographs No. 2.)
1 2 mo, *: 00
Worden, E. C. The Nitrocellulose Industry. Two Volumes -.8vo, *io 00
Technology of Cellulose Esters. In zo volumes. 8vo.
/ol. VIII. Cellulose Acetate *5 00
Wren, H. Organometallic Compounds of Zinc and Magnesium. (Chem-
ical Monographs No. 1.) T2ino, *\ 00
Wright, A. C. Analysis of Oils and Allied Substances 8vo, *3 50
Simple Method for Testing Painters' Materials 8vo, *- 50
Wright, F. W. Design of a Condensing Plant iamo, *i 50
Wright, H. E. Handy Book for Brewers 8vo, *5 00
Wright, J. Testing, Fault Finding, etc., for Wiremen. (Installation
Manuals Series.) i6mo, *o 50
Wright, T. W. Elements of Mechanics 8vo, *a 50
Wright, T. W., and Hay lord, J. F. Adjustment of Observations. ..8vo, *3 00
Wynne, W. E., and Sparagen, W. Handbook of Engineering Mathe-
matics 8vo, *2 00
Yoder, J. H., and Wharen, G. B. Locomotive Valves and Valve Gears,
8vo, *3 00
Young, J. E. Electrical Testing for Telegraph Engineers 8vo, *4 00
Youngson. Slide Valve and Valve Gears 8vo, 2 50
Zahner, R. Transmission of Power. (Science Series No. 4o.)..x6mo,
Zeidler, J., and Lustgarten, J. Electric Arc Lamps 8vo, *a 00
Zeuner, A. Technical Thermodynamics. Trans, by J. F. Klein. Two
Volumes 8vo, *8 00
Zimmer, G. F. Mechanical Handling and Storing of Materials 4to, *i2 50
Mechanical Handling of Material and Its National Importance
During and After the War 4to, 4 00
Zipser, J. Textile Raw Materials. Trans, by C. Salter 8vo, *5 00
Zur Nedden, F. Engineering Workshop Machines and Processes. Trans.
by J. A. Davenport 8vo, *2 00
D. Van Nostrand Company
are prepared to supply, either from
their complete stock or at
short notice,
Any Technical or
Scientific Book
In addition to publishing a very large
and varied number of Scientific and
Engineering Books. D. Van Nostrand
Company have on hand the largest
assortment in the United States of such
books issued by American and foreign
publishers.
All inquiries are cheerfully and care-
fully answered and complete catalogs
sent free on request.
25 Park Place
New York
J
ai031077ASM
b890S9077854a
his book may belcept
FOURTEEN DAYS
fine * r ' ~~* will be -charged
>r<» * ^ertime.
i
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11